PDF

Volume 1
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
Operation Manual
Version 3.01
English
MI68-02880A
PROPRIETRAY INFORMATION AND SOFTWARE LICENSE
The Customer shall keep confidential all proprietary information furnished or disclosed to the Customer
by Samsung Medison, unless such information has become part of the public domain through no fault of
the Customer. The Customer shall not use such proprietary information, without the prior written consent
of Samsung Medison, for any purpose other than the maintenance, repair or operation of the goods.
Samsung Medison’s systems contain Samsung Medison’s proprietary software in machine-readable

form. Samsung Medison retains all its rights, title and interest in the software except that purchase of this
product includes a license to use the machine-readable software contained in it. The Customer shall not
copy, trace, disassemble or modify the software. Transfer of this product by the Customer shall constitute
a transfer of this license that shall not be otherwise transferable. Upon cancellation or termination of this
contract or return of the goods for reasons other than repair or modification, the Customer shall return to
Samsung Medison all such proprietary information.
Safety Requirements
Classifications:

Type of protection against electrical shock: Class I

XX
Degree of protection against electrical shock (Patient connection): Type BF or CF Applied Part
XX
Degree of protection against harmful ingress of water: Ordinary equipment

XX
Degree of safety of application in the presence of a flammable anesthetic material with air or with
XX
oxygen or nitrous oxide: Equipment not suitable for use in the presence of a flammable anesthetic
mixture with air or with oxygen or nitrous oxide.
Mode of operation: Continuous operation

XX
Electromechanical safety standards met:

Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 1: General Requirements for Basic Safety and Essential
XX
Performance [IEC 60601-1:2005]
Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 1-2: General Requirements for Basic Safety and Essential
XX
Performance- Collateral Standard: Electromagnetic Compatibility - Requirements and Tests [IEC
60601-1-2:2007]
Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 1-6: General Requirements for Basic Safety and Essential
XX
Performance - Collateral Standard: Usability [IEC 60601-1-6:2010]
Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 2-37: Particular Requirements for the Basic Safety and Essential
XX
Performance of Ultrasonic Medical Diagnostic and Monitoring Equipment [IEC 60601-2-37:2007]
Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 1: General Requirements for Safety [IEC 60601-1:1988 with
XX
A1:1991 and A2:1995]
Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 1-1: General Requirements for Safety - Collateral Standard:
XX
safety Requirement for Medical Electrical Systems [IEC 60601-1-1:2000]
XX
Electromagnetic Compatibility - Requirements and Test [IEC 60601-1-2:2001, A1:2004]
XX
Programmable Electrical Medical Systems [IEC 60601-1-4:1996, A1:1999]
Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 2-37: Particular Requirements for Safety - Ultrasonic Medical
XX
Diagnostic and Monitoring Equipment [IEC 60601-2-37:2001 with A1:2004, A2:2005]
Medical Devices - Application of Risk Management to Medical Devices [ISO 14971:2007]

XX
Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 1: General Requirements for Safety [UL 60601-1:2003]
XX
Medical Electrical Equipment - Part 1: General Requirements for Safety [CAN/CSA C22.2
XX
No.601.1-M90:1990, with R2003, with R2005]
Biological Evaluation of Medical Devices, Part 1: Evaluation and Testing within a risk management
XX
process [ISO 10993-1:2009]
Standard Means for the Reporting of the Acoustic Output of Medical Diagnostic Ultrasonic
XX
Equipment [IEC 61157:2007]
Declarations:

This is CSA symbol for Canada and United States of America.
This is manufacturer’s declaration of product compliance with applicable

EEC directive(s) and the European notified body.
This is manufacturer’s declaration of product compliance with applicable

EEC directive(s).
Precautions For Use
How to Use Your Manual

This manual addresses the reader who is familiar with ultrasound techniques. Only medical doctors
or persons supervised by medical doctors should use this system. Sonography training and clinical
procedures are not included here. This manual is not intended to be used as training material for the
principles of ultrasound, anatomy, scanning techniques, or applications. You should be familiar with all
of these areas before attempting to use this manual or your ultrasound system.
This manual does not include diagnosis results or opinions. Also, check the measurement reference for
each application’s result measurement before the final diagnosis.
It is useless to make constant or complex adjustments to the equipment controls. The system has been
preset at the factory to produce an optimum image in the majority of patients. User adjustments are
not usually required. If the user wishes to change image settings, the variables may be set as desired.
Optimal images are obtained with little difficulty.
We are not responsible for errors that occur when the system is run on a user’s PC.
Non-Samsung Medison product names may be trademarks of their respective owners.
Please keep this user guide close to the product as a reference when using the system.
For safe use of this product, you should read ‘Chapter1. Safety’ and ‘Chapter8. Maintenance’ in this
manual, prior to starting to use this system.
NOTE: Some features are not available in some countries. The features with options, and specifications
that this manual present can be changed without notice. Government approval is still pending in some
nations.
Conventions Used in This Manual
DANGER: Describes precautions necessary to prevent user hazards of great urgency. Ignoring a
DANGER warning will risk life-threatening injury.
WARNING: Used to indicate the presence of a hazard that can cause serious personal injury, or
substantial property damage.
CAUTION: Indicates the presence of a hazard that can cause equipment damage.
NOTE: A piece of information useful for installing, operating and maintaining a system. Not related
to any hazard.
Revision History
VERSION DATE NOTE
v3.01.00-02 2014.03.18 Initial Release
System Upgrades and Manual Set Updates

Samsung Medison Ultrasound is committed to innovation and continued improvement. Upgrades may be
announced that consist of hardware or software improvements. Updated manuals will accompany those
system upgrades.
Verify that Check if this version of the manual is correct for the system version. If not, please contact the
Customer Service Department.
If You Need Assistance

If you need any assistance with the equipment, like the service manual, please contact the Samsung Medison
Customer Service Department or one of their worldwide customer service representatives, immediately.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents – Volume 1

Chapter 1 Safety
Indication for Use........................................................................................................................ 1-3
Safety Signs.................................................................................................................................. 1-4
Safety Symbols..................................................................................................................................................................... 1-4
Symbols.................................................................................................................................................................................. 1-5
Labels....................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-6
Electrical Safety........................................................................................................................... 1-8

Prevention of Electric Shock........................................................................................................................................... 1-8
ECG-Related Information...............................................................................................................................................1-10
ESD..........................................................................................................................................................................................1-10
EMI..........................................................................................................................................................................................1-11
EMC........................................................................................................................................................................................1-11
Mechanical Safety..................................................................................................................... 1-18

Moving the Equipment...................................................................................................................................................1-18
Safety Note..........................................................................................................................................................................1-19
Biological Safety....................................................................................................................... 1-20

ALARA Principle.................................................................................................................................................................1-20
Environmental Protection....................................................................................................... 1-33

Correct Disposal of This Product (Waste Electrical & Electronic Equipment).............................................1-33
Chapter 2 Introduction
Specifications.............................................................................................................................. 2-3
Product Configuration and Installation................................................................................. 2-6
Monitor .................................................................................................................................................................................. 2-9
Control Panel......................................................................................................................................................................2-11
Console.................................................................................................................................................................................2-16
Peripheral Devices ...........................................................................................................................................................2-18
Probe......................................................................................................................................................................................2-21
Accessories..........................................................................................................................................................................2-22
Optional Functions...........................................................................................................................................................2-23
13
Operation Manual
Chapter 3 Starting Diagnosis

Power Supply............................................................................................................................... 3-3
Powering On......................................................................................................................................................................... 3-3
Powering Off......................................................................................................................................................................... 3-3
Probes & Applications................................................................................................................ 3-4

Probe Selection and Application.................................................................................................................................. 3-5
Changing Application....................................................................................................................................................... 3-5
Editing Probe Preset Values............................................................................................................................................. 3-5
Patient Information.................................................................................................................... 3-7

Patient Information for Application............................................................................................................................. 3-9
Finding Patient Information..........................................................................................................................................3-15
Managing Patient Exams...............................................................................................................................................3-17
Changing Measurements..............................................................................................................................................3-23
Chapter 4 Diagnosis Modes

Information.................................................................................................................................. 4-3
Diagnosis Mode Type........................................................................................................................................................ 4-3
Basic Use................................................................................................................................................................................. 4-4
Basic Mode................................................................................................................................... 4-6

2D Mode................................................................................................................................................................................. 4-6
Panoramic ...........................................................................................................................................................................4-13
M Mode.................................................................................................................................................................................4-15
Color Doppler Mode........................................................................................................................................................4-17
Power Doppler Mode......................................................................................................................................................4-20
PW Spectral Doppler Mode...........................................................................................................................................4-22
CW Spectral Doppler Mode..........................................................................................................................................4-27
TDI Mode..............................................................................................................................................................................4-28
TDW Mode...........................................................................................................................................................................4-29
ElastoScan Mode ..............................................................................................................................................................4-30
Combined Mode....................................................................................................................... 4-37

2D/C/PW Mode..................................................................................................................................................................4-37
2D/PD/PW Mode...............................................................................................................................................................4-37
2D/C/CW Mode..................................................................................................................................................................4-37
2D/PD/CW Mode...............................................................................................................................................................4-37
2D/C/M Mode.....................................................................................................................................................................4-38
2D/C Live Mode.................................................................................................................................................................4-38
14
Table of Contents
Multi-Image Mode.................................................................................................................... 4-39

Dual Mode...........................................................................................................................................................................4-39
Quad Mode..........................................................................................................................................................................4-40
3D/4D Mode............................................................................................................................... 4-41

3D/4D Mode........................................................................................................................................................................4-41
3D StandBy Mode.............................................................................................................................................................4-43
3D View-MPR.......................................................................................................................................................................4-47
3D XI Mode (Optional)....................................................................................................................................................4-63
Chapter 5 Measurements and Calculations

Measurement Accuracy............................................................................................................. 5-3
Causes of Measurement Errors...................................................................................................................................... 5-3
Optimization of Measurement Accuracy................................................................................................................... 5-5
Measurement Accuracy Table........................................................................................................................................ 5-7
Basic Measurements.................................................................................................................. 5-9

Distance Measurement...................................................................................................................................................5-11
Circumference and Area Measurement...................................................................................................................5-16
Volume Measurement.....................................................................................................................................................5-18
Calculations by Application.................................................................................................... 5-21

Things to note....................................................................................................................................................................5-21
Common Measurement Methods..............................................................................................................................5-25
OB Calculation....................................................................................................................................................................5-31
Gynecology Calculation.................................................................................................................................................5-44
Cardiac Calculation...........................................................................................................................................................5-51
Carotid Calculation...........................................................................................................................................................5-63
Urology Calculation.........................................................................................................................................................5-75
Fetal Echo Calculation.....................................................................................................................................................5-80
LE Artery Calculation.......................................................................................................................................................5-85
UE Artery Calculation......................................................................................................................................................5-95
LE Vein Calculation........................................................................................................................................................ 5-100
UE Vein Calculation....................................................................................................................................................... 5-104
Radiology Calculation.................................................................................................................................................. 5-109
TCD Calculation.............................................................................................................................................................. 5-117
Thyroid Calculation....................................................................................................................................................... 5-123
Breast Calculation.......................................................................................................................................................... 5-125
Testicle Calculation........................................................................................................................................................ 5-127
Superficial Calculation................................................................................................................................................. 5-129
Pediatric Hips Calculation........................................................................................................................................... 5-131
Musculoskeletal Calculation...................................................................................................................................... 5-133
15
Operation Manual
Report.......................................................................................................................................5-134
Viewing Report............................................................................................................................................................... 5-135
Video Out.......................................................................................................................................................................... 5-136
Editing Report................................................................................................................................................................. 5-136
Adding Comment.......................................................................................................................................................... 5-138
Printing Report................................................................................................................................................................ 5-139
Saving Report.................................................................................................................................................................. 5-139
Transferring Report....................................................................................................................................................... 5-140
Stress Echo Report......................................................................................................................................................... 5-140
Graph Function............................................................................................................................................................... 5-141
Closing Report................................................................................................................................................................. 5-145
** Reference Manual
Samsung Medison is providing an additional SONOACE R7 Reference Manual. GA tables and references for
each application are included in the Reference Manual.
16
1
Chapter
Safety
Indication for Use..............................................1-3
Safety Signs.......................................................1-4
Safety Symbols..........................................................................1-4
Symbols........................................................................................1-5
Labels............................................................................................1-6
Electrical Safety.................................................1-8
Prevention of Electric Shock.................................................1-8
ECG-Related Information.....................................................1-10
ESD...............................................................................................1-10
EMI................................................................................................1-11
EMC..............................................................................................1-11
Mechanical Safety......................................... 1-18

Moving the Equipment........................................................1-18
Safety Note................................................................................1-19
Biological Safety............................................ 1-20

ALARA Principle......................................................................1-20
Environmental Protection............................ 1-33

Correct Disposal of This Product
(Waste Electrical & Electronic Equipment)...................1-33
Chapter 1 Safety
Indication for Use

The SONOACE R7 Diagnostic Ultrasound System and transducers are intended for diagnostic ultrasound
imaging and fluid analysis of the human body.
The clinical applications include: Fetal, Abdominal, Pediatric, Small Organ, Neonatal Cephalic, Adult Cephalic,
Trans-rectal, Trans-vaginal, Muscular-Skeletal (Conventional, Superficial), Cardiac Adult, Cardiac Pediatric,
Peripheral vessel.
Contraindications
The SONOACE R7 system is not intended for ophthalmic use or any use causing the acoustic beam to pass
through the eye.
CAUTION:
XX
Federal law restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a physician
XX
The method of application or use of the device is described in the manual 'Chapter 3. Starting
Diagnosis' and 'Chapter 4. Diagnosis Modes'.
1-3
Operation Manual
Safety Signs
Please read this chapter before using the Samsung Medison ultrasound system. It is relevant to the
ultrasound system, the probes, the recording devices, and any of the optional equipment.
SONOACE R7 is intended for use by, or by the order of, and under the supervision of, a licensed physician
who is qualified for direct use of the medical device.
Safety Symbols
The International Electro Technical Commission (IEC) has established a set of symbols for medical electronic
equipment, which classify a connection or warn of potential hazards. The classifications and symbols are
shown below.
Symbols Description Symbols Description
Alternating current voltage source Input port
CAUTION: Risk of electric shock Output port
Type BF applied part (Classification

based on degree of protection against Print remote output
electric hazard)
Defibrillation-proof type CF applied

part (Classification based on degree of Foot Switch Port
protection against electric hazard)
Power on/off ECG port
Power on USB port
Power off Network port
1-4
Chapter 1 Safety
WARNING: The accompanying

information must be followed to prevent
Microphone Port
serious accidents and/or damage to
property.
CAUTION: The accompanying

IPX 7: Protected against the effects of
information helps to prevent minor
temporary immersion in water
accidents and/or damage to property.
IPX 1: Protected against vertically falling

Refer to the operation manual.
water drops
IPX 8: Protected against the effects of

Power ON for part of the product
continuous immersion in water
Equipotentiality Probe port
Dangerous voltage (Indicates dangerous CAUTION: Electrostatic sensitive devices

voltages over 1000V AC or 1500V DC) (ESD)
Protective earth (ground) Do not sit on the product.
Data output port Do not push the product.
Data input port Do not lean against the product.
Data Input/Output port Follow the operation manual.
Symbols
Authorised Representative In The

Manufacturer
European Community
1-5
Operation Manual
Labels
To protect the system, you may see ‘Warning’ or ‘Caution’ marked on the surface of the product.
[Label 1. ID label]
275-K-A4288
[Label 2. Marked below OUTLET]
1-6
Chapter 1 Safety
[Label 3. Safety note for “TIP-OVER” Precaution]
[Label 4. Prohibition of seating on Control panel]
1-7
Operation Manual
Electrical Safety
This product is categorized as a Class I device.
CAUTION:
XX
As for US requirement, the LEAKAGE CURRENT might be measured from a center-tapped circuit
when the equipment connects in the United States to 240V supply system.
XX
To help assure grounding reliability, connect to a “hospital grade” or “hospital only” grounded
power outlet.
Prevention of Electric Shock

In a hospital, dangerous currents are due to the potential differences between connected equipment and
touchable conducting parts found in medical rooms. The solution to the problem is consistent equipotential
bonding. Medical equipment is connected with connecting leads made up of angled sockets to the
equipotential bonding network in medical rooms.
[Figure 1.1 Equipotential bonding]
1-8
Chapter 1 Safety
Additional equipment connected to medical electrical equipment must comply with the respective IEC standards
(e.g., IEC 60950/EN 60950 for data processing equipment, IEC 60601-1/EN 60601-1) for medical devices).
Furthermore, all components of the product shall comply with the requirements for medical electrical systems IEC
60601-1-1/EN 60601-1-1. A person connecting additional equipment to signal input and output ports of medical
electrical equipment must verify that the equipment complies with IEC 60601-1-1/EN 60601-1-1.
WARNING:
XX
Electric shock may exist result if this system, including and all of its externally mounted recording
and monitoring devices, is not properly grounded.
XX
Do not remove the covers on the system; hazardous voltages are present inside. Cabinet panels
must be in place while the system is in use. All internal adjustments and replacements must be
made by a qualified Samsung Medison Customer Service Department.
XX
Check the face, housing, and cable before use. Do not use and disconnect the power source, if
the face is cracked, chipped, or torn, the housing is damaged, or if the cable is abraded.
XX
Always disconnect the system from the wall outlet prior to cleaning the system.
XX
All patient contact devices, such as probes and ECG leads, must be removed from the patient
prior to application of a high voltage defibrillation pulse.
XX
The use of flammable anesthetic gas or oxidizing gases (N2O) should be avoided.
XX
Avoid places where the system is likely to be difficult to operate the disconnection device.
XX
Do not use HF surgical equipment with the system. Any malfunctions in the HF surgical
equipment may result in burns to the patient.
XX
The System must only be connected to a supply mains with protective earth to avoid risk of electric
shock.
CAUTION:
XX
The system has been designed for 100-120VAC and 200-240VAC; you should select the input
voltage of printer and VCR. Prior to connecting a peripheral power cord, verify that the voltage
indicated on the power cord matches the voltage rating of the peripheral device.
XX
An isolation transformer protects the system from power surges. The isolation transformer
continues to operate when the system is in standby.
XX
Do not immerse the cable in liquids. Cables are not waterproof.
XX
The auxiliary socket outlets installed on this system are rated 100-120V and 200-240V with
maximum total load of 150W. Use these outlets only for supplying power to equipment that is
intended to be part of the ultrasound system. Do not connect additional multiple-socket outlets
or extension cords to the system.
XX
Do not connect peripheral devices, not listed in this manual, to the auxiliary socket outlets of the
system.
XX
Do not touch SIP/SOP and the patient simultaneously. There is a risk of electric shock from
leakage current.
1-9
Operation Manual
ECG-Related Information
WARNING:
XX
This device is not intended to provide a primary ECG monitoring function, and therefore does
not have means of indicating an inoperative electrocardiograph.
XX
Do not use ECG electrodes of HF surgical equipment. Any malfunctions in the HF surgical
equipment may result in burns to the patient.
XX
Do not use ECG electrodes during cardiac pacemaker procedures or other electrical stimulators.
XX
Do not use ECG leads and electrodes in an operating room.
ESD
Electrostatic discharge (ESD), commonly referred to as a static shock, is a naturally occurring phenomenon.
ESD is most prevalent during conditions of low humidity, which can be caused by heating or air conditioning.
During low humidity conditions, electrical charges naturally build up on individuals, creating static electricity.
An ESD occurs when an individual with an electrical energy build-up comes in contact with conductive objects
such as metal doorknobs, file cabinets, computer equipment, and even other individuals. The static shock
or ESD is a discharge of the electrical energy build-up from a charged individual to a lesser or non-charged
individual or object.
CAUTION:
XX
The level of electrical energy discharged from a system user or patient to an ultrasound system
can be significant enough to cause damage to the system or probes.
XX
Always perform the pre-ESD preventive procedures before using connectors marked with the
ESD warning label.
−− Apply anti-static spray on carpets or linoleum.
−− Use anti-static mats.
−− Ground the product to the patient table or bed.
XX
It is highly recommended that the user be given training on ESD-related warning symbols and
preventive procedures.
1-10
Chapter 1 Safety
EMI
Although this system has been manufactured in compliance with existing EMI (Electromagnetic Interference)
requirements, use of this system in the presence of an electromagnetic field can cause momentary degradation
of the ultrasound image.
If this occurs often, Samsung Medison suggests a review of the environment in which the system is being used,
to identify possible sources of radiated emissions. These emissions could be from other electrical devices used
within the same room or an adjacent room. Communication devices such as cellular phones and pagers can
cause these emissions. The existence of radios, TVs, or microwave transmission equipment nearby can also
cause interference.
CAUTION: In cases where EMI is causing disturbances, it may be necessary to relocate this system.
EMC
The testing for EMC (Electromagnetic Compatibility) of this system has been performed according to the
international standard for EMC with medical devices (IEC 60601-1-2). This IEC standard was adopted in Europe
as the European norm (EN 60601-1-2).
Guidance and manufacturer’s declaration - electromagnetic emission

This product is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below. The customer or the
user of this product should assure that it is used in such an environment.
Emission test Compliance ElectroMagnetic environment -guidance
The Ultrasound System uses RF energy only for its internal

RF Emission
Group 1 function. Therefore, its RF emissions are very low and are not
CISPR 11
likely to cause any interference in nearby electronic equipment.
RF Emission The Ultrasound System is suitable for use in all establishments

Class A
CISPR 11 other than domestic, and may be used in domestic
establishments and those directly connected to the public low-
Harmonic Emission voltage power supply network that supplies buildings used for
Class A
IEC 61000-3-2 domestic purposes, provided the following warning is heeded:
Warning: This system is intended for use by healthcare

Flicker Emission professionals only. This system may cause radio interference
Complies or may disrupt the operation of nearby equipment. It may be
IEC 61000-3-3
necessary to take mitigation measures, such as re-orienting or
relocating the Ultrasound System or shielding the location.
1-11
Operation Manual
Approved Cables, Probes and Peripherals for EMC
Cables

Cables connected to this product may affect its emissions; Use only the cable types and lengths listed
below table.
Cable Type Length
VGA Shielded Normal
Parallel Shielded Normal
RS232C Shielded Normal
USB Shielded Normal
LAN (RJ45) Twisted pair Any
S-Video Shielded Normal
Foot Switch Shielded 2.73yd
B/W Printer Unshielded Coaxial Normal
MIC Unshielded Any
Printer Remote Unshielded Any
Audio R.L Shielded Normal
VHS Shielded Normal
ECG AUX input Shielded < 3m
e-Motion Marker Shielded 3m
Probes

The image probe used with this product may affect its emission. The probe listed in ‘‘Chapter 9. Probes’
when used with this product, have been tested to comply with the group1 Class A emission as required
by International Standard CISPR 11.
Peripherals

Peripherals used with this product may effect its emissions.
CAUTION: When connecting other customer-supplied accessories to the system, it is the user’s
responsibility to ensure the electromagnetic compatibility of the system.
1-12
Chapter 1 Safety
WARNING: The use of cables, probes, and peripherals other than those specified may result in
increased emission or decreased Immunity of the Ultrasound System
ElectroMagnetic environment
Immunity test IEC 60601 Test level Compliance level
- guidance
Floors should be wood,

Electrostatic concrete or ceramic tile.
±6KV Contact ±6KV Contact
discharge (ESD) If floors are covered with
synthetic material, the relative
±8KV air ±8KV air
IEC 61000-4-2 humidity should be at least
30%.
Electrical fast ±2KV ±2KV

Mains power quality should be
transient/burst for power supply lines for power supply lines
that of a typical commercial or
±1KV ±1KV
hospital environment.
IEC 61000-4-4 for input/output lines for input/output lines
±1KV differential
Surge ±1KV differential mode Mains power quality should be
mode
that of a typical commercial or
IEC 61000-4-5 ±2KV common mode hospital environment.
±2KV common mode
<5% Uт for 0.5cycle <5% Uт for 0.5cycle

Mains power quality should be
(>95% dip in Uт) (>95% dip in Uт)
Voltage that of a typical commercial
dips, short or hospital environment. If the
40% Uт for 5 cycle 40% Uт for 5 cycle
interruptions and user of this product requires
(60% dip in Uт) (60% dip in Uт)
voltage variations continued operation during
on power supply power mains interruptions,
70% Uт for 25 cycle 70% Uт for 25 cycle
input lines it is recommended that this
(30% dip in Uт) (30% dip in Uт)
product be powered from an
IEC 61000-4-11 uninterruptible power supply
<5% Uт for 5 s <5% Uт for 5 s
or a battery.
(<95% dip in Uт ) (<95% dip in Uт )
Power frequency magnetic

Power frequency
fields should be at levels
(50/60Hz)
characteristic of a typical
magnetic field 3 A/m 3 A/m
location in a typical
commercial or hospital
IEC 61000-4-8
environment.
NOTE: Uт is the a.c. mains voltage prior to application of the test level.
1-13
Operation Manual
IEC 60601 Compliance ElectroMagnetic

Immunity test
Test level level environment - guidance
Conducted RF 3 Vrms 0.01V Portable and mobile RF communications

IEC 61000-4-6 150 kHz equipment should be used no closer to any part
to 80MHz of the Ultrasound System, including cables, than
the recommended separation distance calculated
from the equation applicable to the frequency of
the transmitter.
Recommended separation distance
80MHz to 800MHz
800MHz to 2.5GHz
Radiated RF 3 V/m 3V/m Where P is the maximum output power rating

IEC 61000-4-3 80 MHz of the transmitter in watts (W) according to the
to 2.5GHz transmitter manufacturer and d is the recomm-
ended separation distance in meters (m).
Field strengths from fixed RF transmitters, as

determined by an electromagnetic site survey, a
should be less than the compliance level in each
frequency range. b
Interference may occur in the vicinity of

equipment marked with the following symbol :
NOTE 1) At 80MHz and 800MHz, the higher frequency range applies.

NOTE 2) These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by
absorption and reflection from structures, objects and people.
a
F ield strengths from fixed transmitters, such as base stations for radio (cellular/cordless) telephones and
land mobile radios, amateur radio, AM and FM radio broadcast and TV broadcast cannot be predicted
theoretically with accuracy. To assess the electromagnetic environment due to fixed RF transmitters,
an electromagnetic site survey should be considered. If the measured field strength in the location in
which the Ultrasound System is used exceeds the applicable RF compliance level above, the Ultrasound
System should be observed to verify normal operation. If abnormal performance is observed, additional
measures may be necessary, such as re-orienting or relocating the Ultrasound System or using a shielded
location with a higher RF shielding effectiveness and filter attenuation.
b
Over the frequency range 150kHz to 80MHz, field strengths should be less than [V1] V/m.
1-14
Chapter 1 Safety
Recommended separation distances between portable and mobile RF

communications equipment and the SONOACE R7
This product is intended for use in an electromagnetic environment in which radiated RF disturbances
are controlled. The customer or the user of this product can help Prevent electromagnetic interference
by maintaining a minimum distance between portable and mobile RF communications equipment
(transmitters) and this product as recommended below, according to the maximum output power of the
communications equipment.
Separation distance according to frequency of transmitter [m]
Rated maximum output 150kHz to 80MHz 80MHz to 800MHz 800MHz to 2.5GHz

power of transmitter
[W]
V1=0.01Vrms E1=3 V/m E1=3V/m
0.01 35.00 0.11 0.23
0.1 110.68 0.36 0.73
1 350.00 1.16 2.33
10 1106.80 3.68 7.37
100 3500.00 11.66 23.33
For transmitters rated at a maximum output power not listed above, the recommended separation distance
d in meters (m) can be estimated using the equation applicable to the frequency of the transmitter,
where p is the maximum output power rating of the transmitter in watts (W) according to the transmitter
manufacturer.
NOTE 1) At 80MHz and 800MHz, the separation distance for the higher frequency range applies.
NOTE 2) These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by
absorption and reflection from structures, objects and people.
Electromagnetic environment – guidance

The Ultrasound System must be used only in a shielded location with a minimum RF shielding effectiveness
and, for each cable that enters the shielded location. Field strengths outside the shielded location from
fixed RF transmitters, as determined by an electromagnetic site survey, should be less than 3V/m.
It is essential that the actual shielding effectiveness and filter attenuation of the shielded location be verified
to assure that they meet the minimum specification.
CAUTION: If the system is connected to other customer-supplied equipment, such as a local area
network (LAN) or a remote printer, Samsung Medison cannot guarantee that the remote equipment
will work correctly in the presence of electromagnetic phenomena.
1-15
Operation Manual
Avoiding ElectroMagnetic Interference

Typical interference on Ultrasound Imaging Systems varies depending on Electromagnetic phenomena.
Please refer to following table:
Imaging Mode ESD1 RF2 Power Line3
For sector imaging probes, white

radial bands or flashes in the
centerlines of the image. White dots, dashes, diagonal
2D or 3D For linear imaging probes, white lines, or diagonal lines near
vertical bands, sometimes more the center of the image.
pronounced on the sides of the
Change of operating
image.
mode, system
settings, or system Increase in the image White dots, dashes, diagonal
M reset. background noise or white M lines, or increase in image
Brief flashes in mode lines. background noise
the displayed or
recorded image. Color flashes, radial or vertical Color flashes, dots, dashes,
Color bands, increase in background or changes in the color noise
noise, or changes in color image. level.
Horizontal lines in the spectral Vertical lines in the spectral

Doppler display or tones, abnormal noise display, popping type noise
in the audio, or both. in the audio, or both.
1. ESD caused by discharging of electric charge build-up on insulated surfaces or persons.

2. RF energy from RF transmitting equipment such as portable phones, hand-held radios, wireless devices,
commercial radio and TV, and so on.
3. Conducted interference on power lines or connected cables caused by other equipment, such as switching
power supplies, electrical controls, and natural phenomena such as lightning.
A medical device can either generate or receive electromagnetic interference. The EMC standards describe
tests for both emitted and received interference.
Samsung Medison Ultrasound Systems do not generate interference in excess of the referenced standards.
An Ultrasound System is designed to receive signals at radio frequency and is therefore susceptible to
interference generated by RF energy sources. Examples of other sources of interference are medical devices,
information technology products, and radio and television transmission towers. Due to the difficulties in
finding sources of interference, refer to the following when searching for them.
1-16
Chapter 1 Safety
Is the interference intermittent or constant?

XX
Does the interference show up only with one transducers operating at the same frequency or with
XX
several transducer?
Do two different transducers operating at the same frequency have the same problem?
XX
Is the interference present if the system is moved to a different location in the facility?
XX
The answers to these questions will help determine if the problem reside with the system or the scanning
environment. After you answer the question, contact your local Samsung Medison customer service
department.
1-17
Operation Manual
Mechanical Safety
Moving the Equipment

WARNING: Be extra careful when transporting it. Careless transportation of the product may result
in product damage or personal injury.
Before transporting the product, check that the brakes on the front, back wheels or wheels are unlocked.

Also, make sure to retract the monitor arm completely so that it is secured in a stationary position.
Always use the handles at the console and move the product slowly.

This product is designed to resist shocks. However, excessive shock, for example if the product falls over, may
cause serious damage.
If the system operates abnormally after repositioning, please contact the Samsung Medison Customer Service
Department.
The Brakes
Brakes are mounted on the front and back wheels of the console only. To lock the brakes, press the area
under the locks with your foot. To unlock the brakes, press the Off area on the locks with your foot.
You can use the brakes to control the movement of the product. We recommend that you lock the brakes
when using the product.
Precautions on Ramps
Always make sure that the control panel is facing the direction of movement.
WARNING: Be aware of the castors, especially when moving the system. Samsung Medison
recommends that you exercise caution when moving the product up or down ramps.
When moving the product down a ramp or resting it temporarily on a ramp, the product may tilt over even
with the brakes on depending on the direction of the product. Do not rest the product on ramps.
1-18
Chapter 1 Safety
Safety Note
CAUTION:
XX
Do not press the control panel excessively.
XX
Never attempt to modify the product in any way.
XX
Check the operational safety when using the product after a prolonged break in service.
XX
Make sure that other objects, such as metal pieces, do not enter the system.
XX
Do not block the ventilation slots.
XX
To prevent damage to the power cord, be sure to grip the plug head – not the cord – when
unplugging.
XX
Excessive bending or twisting of cables on patient-applied parts may cause failure or
intermittent operation of the system.
XX
Improper cleaning or sterilization of a patient-applied part may cause permanent damage.
XX
Repair or replacement of parts of this equipment must be performed by a qualified Samsung
Medison service technician. Assuming that the equipment is maintained by a qualified service
technician and meets the guideline of this provided manual, the expected service life of the
equipment is approximately 7 years.
Please refer to “Chapter 8. Maintenance” for detailed information on protecting, cleaning and disinfecting the
equipment.
Safety Note for Monitor

When adjusting the height or position of the monitor, be careful of the space in the middle of the monitor
arm. Having your fingers or other body parts caught in it may result in injury.
[Figure 1.2 Safety note for monitor]

1-19
Operation Manual
Biological Safety
For more safety information on probes and biopsy, please refer to Chapter 9 'Probes.'
WARNING:
XX
Ultrasound waves may have damaging effects on cells and, therefore, may be harmful to the
patient. If there is no medical benefit, minimize the exposure time and maintain the ultrasound
wave output level at low. Please refer to the ALARA principle.
XX
Do not use the system if an error message appears on the video display indicating that a
hazardous condition exists. Note the error code, turn off the power to the system, and call your
local Samsung Medison Customer Service Department.
XX
Do not use a system that exhibits erratic or inconsistent updating. Discontinuities in the
scanning sequence are indicative of a hardware failure that should be corrected before use.
XX
The system limits the maximum contact temperature to 43 degree Celsius, and the ultrasonic
waves output observes American FDA regulations.
ALARA Principle
Guidance for the use of diagnostic ultrasound is defined by the “as low as reasonably achievable” (ALARA)
principle. The decision as to what is reasonable has been left to the judgment and insight of qualified personnel.
No set of rules can be formulated that would be sufficiently complete to dictate the correct response for every
circumstance. By keeping ultrasound exposure as low as possible, while obtaining diagnostic images, users
can minimize ultrasonic bioeffects.
Since the threshold for diagnostic ultrasound bioeffects is undetermined, it is the sonographer’s responsibility
to control the total energy transmitted into the patient. The sonographer must reconcile exposure time with
diagnostic image quality. To ensure diagnostic image quality and limit exposure time, the ultrasound system
provides controls that can be manipulated during the exam to optimize the results of the exam.
The ability of the user to abide by the ALARA principle is important. Advances in diagnostic ultrasound not
only in the technology but also in the applications of the technology, have resulted in the need for more and
better information to guide the user. The output indices are designed to provide that important information
There are a number of variables, which affect the way in which the output display indices can be used to
implement the ALARA principle. These variables include mass, body size, location of the bone relative to the
focal point, attenuation in the body, and ultrasound exposure time. Exposure time is an especially useful
variable, because the user controls it. The ability to limit the index values over time support the ALARA principle.
1-20
Chapter 1 Safety
Applying ALARA
The system-imaging mode used depends upon the information needed. 2D-mode and M-mode imaging
provide anatomical information, while Doppler, Power, and Color imaging provide information about blood
flow. Scanned modes, like 2D-mode, Power, or Color, disperse or scatter the ultrasonic energy over an area,
while an unscanned mode, like M-mode or Doppler, concentrates ultrasonic energy. Understanding the
nature of the imaging mode being used allows the sonographer to apply the ALARA principle with informed
judgment. The probe frequency, system set-up values, scanning techniques, and operator experience aid
the sonographer in meeting the definition of the ALARA principle.
The decision as to the amount of acoustic output is, in the final analysis, up to the system operator. This
decision must be based on the following factors: type of patient, type of exam, patient history, ease or
difficulty of obtaining diagnostically useful information, and the potential localized heating of the patient
due to probe surface temperatures. Prudent use of the system occurs when patient exposure is limited to
the lowest index reading for the shortest amount of time necessary to achieve acceptable diagnostic results.
Although a high index reading does not mean that a bioeffect is actually occurring, a high index reading
should be taken seriously. Every effort should be made to reduce the possible effects of a high index reading.
Limiting exposure time is an effective way to accomplish this goal.
There are several system controls that the operator can use to adjust the image quality and limit the acoustic
intensity. These controls are related to the techniques that an operator might use to implement ALARA.
These controls can be divided into three categories: direct, indirect, and receiver control.
Direct Controls
Application selection and the output intensity control directly affect acoustic intensity. There are different
ranges of allowable intensity or output based on your selection. Selecting the correct range of acoustic
intensity for the application is one of the first things required during any exam. For example, peripheral
vascular intensity levels are not recommended for fetal exams. Some systems automatically select the
proper range for a particular procedure, while others require manual selection. Ultimately, the user bears
the responsibility for proper clinical use. The Samsung Medison system provides both automatic and user-
definable settings.
Output has direct impact on acoustic intensity. Once the application has been established, the output
control can be used to increase or decrease the intensity output. The output control allows you to select
intensity levels less than the defined maximum. Prudent use dictates that you select the lowest output
intensity consistent with good image quality.
1-21
Operation Manual
Indirect Controls
The indirect controls are those that have an indirect effect on acoustic intensity. These controls affect
imaging mode, pulse repetition frequency, focus depth, pulse length, and probe selection.
The choice of imaging mode determines the nature of the ultrasound beam. 2D-mode is a scanning mode,
Doppler is a stationary or unscanned mode. A stationary ultrasound beam concentrates energy on a single
location. A moving or scanned ultrasound beam disperses the energy over a wide area and the beam is only
concentrated on a given area for a fraction of the time necessary in unscanned mode.
Pulse repetition frequency or rate refers to the number of ultrasound bursts of energy over a specific period
of time. The higher the pulse repetition frequency, the more pulses of energy in a given period of time.
Several controls affect pulse repetition frequency: focal depth, display depth, sample volume depth, color
sensitivity, number of focal zones, and sector width controls.
Focus of the ultrasound beam affects the image resolution. To maintain or increase resolution at a different
focus requires a variation in output over the focal zone. This variation of output is a function of system
optimization. Different exams require different focal depths. Setting the focus to the proper depth improves
the resolution of the structure of interest.
Pulse length is the time during which the ultrasonic burst is turned on. The longer the pulse, the greater
the time-average intensity value. The greater the time-average intensity, the greater the likelihood of
temperature increase and cavitations. Pulse length or burst length or pulse duration is the output pulse
duration in pulsed Doppler. Increasing the Doppler sample volume increases the pulse length.
Probe selection affects intensity indirectly. Tissue attenuation changes with frequency. The higher the
probe operating frequency, the greater the attenuation of the ultrasonic energy. Higher probe operating
frequencies require higher output intensity to scan at a deeper depth. To scan deeper at the same output
intensity, a lower probe frequency is required. Using more gain and output beyond a point, without
corresponding increases in image quality, can mean that a lower frequency probe is needed.
Receiver Controls

Receiver controls are used by the operator to improve image quality. These controls have no effect on
output. Receiver controls only affect how the ultrasound echo is received. These controls include gain,
TGC, dynamic range, and image processing. The important thing to remember, relative to output, is that
receiver controls should be optimized before increasing output. For example; before increasing output,
optimize gain to improve image quality.
1-22
Chapter 1 Safety
Additional Considerations
Ensure that scanning time is kept to a minimum, and ensure that only medically required scanning is
performed. Never compromise quality by rushing through an exam. A poor exam will require a follow-up,
which ultimately increases the time. Diagnostic ultrasound is an important tool in medicine, and, like any
tool, should be used efficiently and effectively.
Output Display Features

The system output display comprises two basic indices: a mechanical index and a thermal index. The
thermal index consists of the following indices: soft tissue (TIs), bone (TIb) and cranial bone (TIc). One of
these three thermal indices will be displayed at all times. Which one depends upon the system preset or
user choice, depending upon the application at hand.
The mechanical index is continuously displayed over the range of 0.0 to 1.9, in increments of 0.1.
The thermal index consists of the three indices, and only one of these is displayed at any one time. Each probe
application has a default selection that is appropriate for that combination. The TIb or TIs is continuously
displayed over the range of 0.0 to maximum output, based on the probe and application, in increments of
0.1.
The application-specific nature of the default setting is also an important factor of index behavior. A default
setting is a system control state which is preset by the manufacturer or the operator. The system has default
index settings for the probe application. The default settings are invoked automatically by the ultrasound
system when power is turned on, new patient data is entered into the system database, or a change in
application takes place.
The decision as to which of the three thermal indices to display should be based on the following criteria:
Appropriate index for the application: TIs is used for imaging soft tissue; and TIb for a focus at or near bone.
Some factors might create artificially high or low thermal index readings e.g. presence of fluid or bone,
or the flow of blood. A highly attenuating tissue path, for example, will cause the potential for local zone
heating to be less than the thermal index displays.
Scanned modes versus unscanned modes of operation affect the thermal index. For scanned modes,
heating tends to be near the surface; for unscanned modes, the potential for heating tends to be deeper in
the focal zone.
Always limit ultrasound exposure time. Do not rush the exam. Ensure that the indices are kept to a minimum
and that exposure time is limited without compromising diagnostic sensitivity.
1-23
Operation Manual
Mechanical Index (MI) Display

Mechanical bioeffects are threshold phenomena that occur when a certain level of output is exceeded.
The threshold level varies, however, with the type of tissue. The potential for mechanical bioeffects varies
with peak pressure and ultrasound frequency. The MI accounts for these two factors. The higher the MI
value, the greater the likelihood of mechanical bioeffects occurring but there is no specific MI value that
means that a mechanical effect will actually occur. The MI should be used as a guide for implementing
the ALARA principle.
Thermal Index (TI) Display

The TI informs the user about the potential for temperature increase occuring at the body surface,
within body tissue, or at the point of focus of the ultrasound beam on bone. The TI is an estimate of the
temperature increase in specific body tissues. The actual amount of any temperature rise is influenced
by factors such as tissue type, vascularity, and mode of operation etc. The TI should be used as a guide
for implementing the ALARA principle.
The bone thermal index (TIb) informs the user about potential heating at or near the focus after the
ultrasound beam has passed through soft tissue or fluid, for example, at or near second or third trimester
fetal bone.
The cranial bone thermal index (TIc) informs the user about the potential heating of bone at or near the
surface, for example, cranial bone.
The soft tissue thermal index (TIs) informs the user about the potential for heating within soft
homogeneous tissue.
You can select either TIs or TIb using the TIs/TIb selection on the Miscellaneous system setups. TIc is
displayed when you select a trans-cranial application.
Mechanical and Thermal indices Display Precision and Accuracy

The Mechanical and Thermal Indices on the system are precise to 0.1 units.
The MI and TI display accuracy estimates for the system are given in the Acoustic Output Tables manual.
These accuracy estimates are based on the variability range of probes and systems, inherent acoustic
output modeling errors and measurement variability, as described below.
The displayed values should be interpreted as relative information to help the system operator achieve
the ALARA principle through prudent use of the system. The values should not be interpreted as actual
physical values investigated tissue or organs. The initial data that is used to support the output display is
derived from laboratory measurements based on the AIUM measurement standard. The measurements
are then put into algorithms for calculating the displayed output values.
Many of the assumptions used in the process of measurement and calculation are conservative in
nature. Over-estimation of actual in situ exposure, for the vast majority of tissue paths, is built into the
measurement and calculation process. For example:
1-24
Chapter 1 Safety
The measured water tank values are de-rated using a conservative, industry standard, attenuation
coefficient of 0.3dB/cm-MHz.
Conservative values for tissue characteristics were selected for use in the TI models. Conservative values
for tissue or bone absorption rates, blood perfusion rates, blood heat capacity, and tissue thermal
conductivity were selected.
Steady state temperature rise is assumed in the industry standard TI models, and the assumption is made
that the ultrasound probe is held steady in one position long enough for steady state to be reached.
A number of factors are considered when estimating the accuracy of display values: hardware variations,
algorithm accuracy estimation and measurement variability. Variability among probes and systems
is a significant factor. Probe variability results from piezoelectric crystal efficiencies, process-related
impedance differences, and sensitive lens focusing parameter variations. Differences in the system pulse
voltage control and efficiencies are also a contributor to variability. There are inherent uncertainties in
the algorithms used for estimating acoustic output values over the range of possible system operating
conditions and pulse voltages. Inaccuracies in laboratory measurements are related to differences in
hydrophone calibration and performance, positioning, alignment and digitization tolerances, and
variability among test operators.
The conservative assumptions of the output estimation algorithms of linear propagation, at all depths,
through a 0.3dB/cm-MHz attenuated medium are not taken into account in calculation of the accuracy
estimate displayed. Neither linear propagation, nor uniform attenuation at the 0.3dB/cm-MHz rate, occur
in water tank measurements or in most tissue paths in the body. In the body, different tissues and organs
have dissimilar attenuation characteristics. In water, there is almost no attenuation. In the body, and
particularly in water tank measurements, non-linear propagation and saturation losses occur as pulse
voltages increase.
The display accuracy estimates take into account the variability ranges of probes and systems, inherent
acoustic output modeling errors, and measurement variability. Display accuracy estimates are not based
on errors in, or caused by measuring according to, the AIUM measurement standards. They are also
independent of the effects of non-linear loss on the measured values.
Control Effects - Control affecting the indices

As various system controls are adjusted, the TI and MI values may change. This will be most apparent as the
POWER control is adjusted; however, other system controls will affect the on-screen output values.
Power

Power controls the system acoustic output. Two real-time output values are on the screen: a TI and a MI.
They change as the system responds to POWER adjustments.
In combined modes, such as simultaneous Color, 2D-mode and pulsed Doppler, the individual modes
each add to the total TI. One mode will be the dominant contributor to this total. The displayed MI will be
from the mode with the largest peak pressure.
1-25
Operation Manual
2D-mode Controls
2D-mode size

Narrowing the sector angle may increase the frame rate. This action will increase the TI. Pulse voltage
may be automatically adjusted down with software controls to keep the TI below the system maximums.
A decrease in pulse voltage will decrease MI.
Zoom

Increasing the zoom magnification may increase frame rate. This action will increase the TI. The number
of focal zones may also increase automatically to improve resolution. This action may change MI since
the peak intensity can occur at a different depth.
Persistence

A lower persistence will decrease the TI. Pulse voltage may be automatically increased. An increase in
pulse voltage will increase MI.
Focal no.

More focal zones may change both the TI and MI by changing frame rate or focal depth automatically.
Lower frame rates decrease the TI. MI displayed will correspond to the zone with the largest peak intensity.
Focus

Changing the focal depth will change the MI. Generally, higher MI values will occur when the focal depth
is near the natural focus of the transducer.
Color and Power Controls
Color Sensitivity

Increasing the color sensitivity may increase the TI. More time is spent scanning for color images.
Color pulses are the dominant pulse type in this mode.
Color Sector Width

Narrower color sector width will increase color frame rate and the TI will increase. The system may
automatically decrease pulse voltage to stay below the system maximum. A decrease in pulse voltage
will decrease the MI. If pulsed Doppler is also enabled then pulsed Doppler will remain the dominant
mode and the TI change will be small.
1-26
Chapter 1 Safety
Color Sector Depth

Deeper color sector depth may automatically decrease color frame rate or select a new color focal zone
or color pulse length. The TI will change due to the combination of these effects. Generally, the TI will
decrease with increased color sector depth. MI will correspond to the peak intensity of the dominant
pulse type, which is a color pulse. However, if pulsed Doppler is also enabled then pulsed Doppler will
remain the dominant mode and the TI change will be small.
Scale

Using the SCALE control to increase the color velocity range may increase the TI. The system will
automatically adjust pulse voltage to stay below the system maximums. A decrease in pulse voltage will
also decrease MI.
Sec Width

A narrower 2D-mode sector width in Color imaging will increase color frame rate. The TI will increase. MI
will not change. If pulsed Doppler is also enabled, then pulsed Doppler will remain as the primary mode
and the TI change will be small.
M mode and Doppler Controls
Speed

M-mode and Doppler sweep speed adjustments will not affect the MI. When M-mode sweep speed
changes, TI changes.
Simultaneous and Update Methods

Use of combination modes affects both the TI and MI through the combination of pulse types. During
simultaneous mode, the TI is additive. During auto-update and duplex, the TI will display the dominant
pulse type. The displayed MI will be from the mode with the largest peak pressure.
Sample Volume Depth

When Doppler sample volume depth is increased the Doppler PRF may automatically decrease. A
decrease in PRF will decrease the TI. The system may also automatically decrease the pulse voltage to
remain below the system maximum. A decrease in pulse voltage will decrease MI.
1-27
Operation Manual
Doppler, CW, M-mode, and Color Imaging Controls

When a new imaging mode is selected, both the TI and the MI will change to default settings. Each mode has
a corresponding pulse repetition frequency and maximum intensity point. In combined or simultaneous
modes, the TI is the sum of the contribution from the modes enabled and MI is the MI for the focal zone and
mode with the largest derated intensity. If a mode is turned off and then reselected, the system will return
to the previously selected settings.
Probe

Each probe model available has unique specifications for contact area, beam shape, and center frequency.
Defaults are initialized when you select a probe. Samsung Medison factory defaults vary with probe,
application, and selected mode. Defaults have been chosen below the FDA limits for intended use.
Depth

A decrease in 2D-mode depth will automatically decrease the 2D-mode frame rate. This would decrease
the TI. The system may also automatically choose a deeper 2D-mode focal depth. A change of focal depth
may change the MI. The MI displayed is that of the zone with the largest peak intensity.
Application

Acoustic output defaults are set when you select an application. Samsung Medison factory defaults vary
with probe, application, and mode. Defaults have been chosen below the FDA limits for intended use.
Related Guidance Documents

For more information about ultrasonic bioeffects and related topics refer to the following;
AIUM Report, January 28, 1993, “Bioeffects and Safety of Diagnostic Ultrasound”
XX
Bioeffects Considerations for the Safety of Diagnostic Ultrasound, J Ultrasound Med., Sept. 1998: Vol.
XX
7, No. 9 Supplement
Acoustic Output Measurement Standard for Diagnostic Ultrasound Equipment. (AIUM, NEMA. 1998)
XX
Acoustic Output Labeling Standard for Diagnostic Ultrasound Equipment (AIUM, 1998)
XX
Second Edition of the AIUM Output Display Standard Brochure, Dated March 10, 1994. (A copy of this
XX
document is shipped with each system.)
Information for Manufacturer Seeking Marketing Clearance of Diagnostic Ultrasound Systems and
XX
Transducers. FDA. September 1997. FDA.
Standard for Real-Time Display of Thermal and Mechanical Acoustic Output Indices on Diagnostic
XX
Ultrasound Equipment. (Revision 1, AIUM, NEMA. 1998)
1-28
Chapter 1 Safety
WFUMB. Symposium on Safety of Ultrasound in Medicine: Conclusions and Recommendations on

XX
Thermal and Non-Thermal Mechanisms for Biological Effects of Ultrasound, Ultrasound in Medicine
and Biology, 1998: Vol. 24, Supplement1.
Acoustic Output and Measurement

Since the first usage of diagnostic ultrasound, the possible human biological effects (bioeffects) of
ultrasound exposure have been studied by various scientific and medical institutions. In October 1987, the
American Institute of Ultrasound in Medicine (AIUM) ratified a report prepared by its Bioeffects Committee
(Bioeffects Considerations for the Safety of Diagnostic Ultrasound, J Ultrasound Med., Sept. 1988: Vol.7, No.9
Supplement), sometimes referred to as the Stowe Report, which reviewed available data on possible effects
of ultrasound exposure. Another report “Bioeffects and Safety of Diagnostic Ultrasound,” dated January 28,
1993 provides more up to date information.
The acoustic output for this system has been measured and calculated in accordance with the December
1985 “510 (K) Guide for Measuring and Reporting Acoustic Output of Diagnostic Ultrasound Medical
Devices,” except that the hydrophone meets the requirements of “Acoustic Output Measurement Standard
for Diagnostic Ultrasound Equipment” (NEMA UD 2-1992)
In Situ, Derated, and Water Value Intensities

All intensity parameters are measured in water. Since water does not absorb acoustic energy, these water
measurements represent a worst case value. Biological tissue does absorb acoustic energy. The true value
of the intensity at any point depends on the amount and type of tissue and the frequency of the ultrasound
that passes through the tissue. The intensity value in the tissue, In Situ, has been estimated using the
following formula:
In Situ = Water [e - (0,23 alf)]
where: In Situ = In Situ Intensity Value
Water = Water Value Intensity
e = 2.7183
a = Attenuation Factor
Tissue a (dB/cm-MHz)
Brain .53
Heart .66
Kidney .79
Liver .43
Muscle .55
1-29
Operation Manual
l = skin line to measurement depth (cm)

f = Center frequency of the transducer/system/mode combination (MHz)
Since the ultrasonic path during an examination is likely to pass through varying lengths and types of tissue,
it is difficult to estimate the true In Situ intensity. An attenuation factor of 0.3 is used for general reporting
purpose; therefore, the In Situ value which is commonly reported uses the formula:
In Situ (derated) = Water [e - (0,069 lf)]
Since this value is not the true In Situ intensity, the term “derated” is used.
The maximum derated and the maximum water values do not always occur at the same operating condition;
therefore, the reported maximum water and derated values may not be related to the In Situ (derated)
formula. Take for example a multi-zone array transducer that has maximum water value intensities in its
deepest zone: the same transducer may have its largest derated intensity in one if its shallowest focal zones.
Acoustic Output and Measurement

The terms and symbols used in the acoustic output tables are defined in the following paragraphs.
ISPTA.3 The derated spatial-peak temporal-average intensity (milliwatts per square centimeter).
ISPPA.3 The derated spatial-peak pulse-average intensity (watts per square centimeter). The value of
IPA.3 at the position of global maximum MI (IPA.3@MI) may be reported instead of ISPPA.3 if
the global maximum MI is reported.
MI The Mechanical Index. The value of MI at the position of ISPPA.3, (MI@ISPPA.3) may be
reported instead of MI (global maximum value) if ISPPA.3 is 190W/cm2
Pr.3 The derated peak rarefactional pressure (megapascals) associated with the transmit pattern
giving rise to the reported MI value.
WO The ultrasonic power (milliwatts). For the operating condition giving rise to ISPTA.3, WO is
the total time-average power;. For operating conditions subject to reporting under ISPPA.3,
WO is the ultrasonic power associated with the transmit pattern giving rise to the value
reported under ISPPA.3
fc The center frequency (MHz). For MI and ISPPA.3, fc is the center frequency associated with
the transmit pattern giving rise to the global maximum value of the respective parameter.
For ISPTA.3, for combined modes involving beam types of unequal center frequency, fc is
defined as the overall ranges of center frequencies of the respective transmit patterns.
ZSP The axial distance at which the reported parameter is measured (centimeters).
1-30
Chapter 1 Safety
x-6,y-6 are respectively the in-plane (azimuth) and out-of-plane (elevation) -6 dimensions in the x-y
plane where ZSP is found (centimeters).
PD The pulse duration (microseconds) associated with the transmit pattern giving rise to the
reported value of the respective parameter.
PRF The pulse repetition frequency (Hz) associated with the transmit pattern giving rise to the
reported value of the respective parameter.
EBD The entrance beam dimensions for the azimuth and elevation planes (centimeters).
EDS The entrance dimensions of the scan for the azimuth and elevation planes (centimeters).
Acoustic Measurement Precision and Uncertainty

The Acoustic Measurement Precision and Acoustic Measurement Uncertainty are described below.
Quantity Precision Total Uncertainty
PII.3 (derated pulse intensity integral) 3.2 % +21 % to - 24 %
Wo (acoustic power) 6.2 % +/- 19 %
Pr.3 (derated rarefaction pressure) 5.4 % +/- 15 %
Fc (center frequency) <1% +/- 4.5 %
Systematic Uncertainties.

For the pulse intensity integral, derated rarefaction pressure Pr.3, center frequency and pulse duration,
the analysis includes considerations of the effects on accuracy of:
Hydrophone calibration drift or errors.
Hydrophone / Amp frequency response.
Spatial averaging.
Alignment errors.
Voltage measurement accuracy, including.
Oscilloscope vertical accuracy.

XX
Oscilloscope offset accuracy.

XX
Oscilloscope clock accuracy.

XX
Oscilloscope Digitization rates.

XX
1-31
Operation Manual
Noise.
XX
The systematic uncertainties Acoustic power measurements using a Radiation Force are measured
through the use of calibrated NIST acoustic power sources.
We also refer to a September 1993 analysis done by a working group of the IEC technical committee 87
and prepared by K. Beissner, as a first supplement to IEC publication 1161.
The document includes analysis and discussion of the sources of error / measurement effects due to:
Balance system calibration.
XX
Absorbing (or reflecting) target suspension mechanisms.
XX
Linearity of the balance system.
XX
Extrapolation to the moment of switching the ultrasonic transducer (compensation for ringing and
XX
thermal drift).
Target imperfections.
XX
Absorbing (reflecting) target geometry and finite target size.
XX
Target misalignment.
XX
Ultrasonic transducer misalignment.
XX
Water temperature.
XX
Ultrasonic attenuation and acoustic streaming.
XX
Coupling or shielding foil properties.
XX
Plane-wave assumption.
XX
Environmental influences.
XX
Excitation voltage measurement.
XX
Ultrasonic transducer temperature.
XX
Effects due to nonlinear propagation and saturation loss.
XX
The overall findings of the analysis give a rough Acoustic Power accuracy figure of +/- 10% for the
frequency range of 1 - 10 MHz.
Training
The users of this ultrasound system must familiarize themselves with the ultrasound system to optimize
the performance of the device and to detect possible malfunctions. It is recommended that all users
receive proper training before using the device. You can receive training on the use of the product from the
Samsung Medison service department, or any of the customer support centers worldwide.
1-32
Chapter 1 Safety
Environmental Protection
CAUTION:
XX
The console and peripherals could be sent back to manufacturers for recycling or proper
disposal after their useful lives.
XX
Disposal of waste shall be disposed in accordance with national laws.
XX
The waste sheaths are to be disposed of safely and national regulations must be observed.
Correct Disposal of This Product

(Waste Electrical & Electronic Equipment)
Applicable in countries with separate collection systems
This marking on the product, accessories or literature indicates that the product and its electronic
accessories (e.g. charger, headset, USB cable) should not be disposed of with other household waste
at the end of their working life. To prevent possible harm to the environment or human health from
uncontrolled waste disposal, please separate these items from other types of waste and recycle them
responsibly to promote the sustainable reuse of material resources.
Household users should contact either the retailer where they purchased this product, or their local
government office, for details of where and how they can take these items for environmentally safe
recycling.
Business users should contact their supplier and check the terms and conditions of the purchase
contract. This product and its electronic accessories should not be mixed with other commercial wastes
for disposal.
State of California Proposition 65 Warning (US only)
WARNING: This product contains chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and
reproductive toxicity.
1-33
Chapter 2
Introduction
Specifications....................................................2-3
Product Configuration and Installation........2-6

Monitor ........................................................................................2-9
Control Panel............................................................................2-11
Console.......................................................................................2-16
Peripheral Devices ................................................................2-18
Probe...........................................................................................2-21
Accessories................................................................................2-22
Optional Functions................................................................2-23
Specifications
Height: 1,380mm (with monitor)
Width: 450mm
Physical Dimensions
Depth: 700mm
Weight: more than 64kg (with monitor)
2D imaging mode
M imaging mode
Color Doppler Imaging (CDI) mode
Power Doppler Imaging (PDI) mode
Directional Power Doppler Imaging (DPDI) mode
Pulse Wave (PW) Spectral Doppler imaging mode
Continuous Wave (CW) Spectral Doppler imaging mode
Imaging modes Tissue Doppler Imaging (TDI) mode
3D imaging mode
Dual modes
Quad modes
Combined modes
Simultaneous mode
ElastoScan mode (E Mode)
Zoom
Gray Scale 256 (8 bits)
Transmit focusing, maximum of eight points (four points simultaneously selectable)
Focusing
Digital dynamic receive focusing (continuous)
Mini DLP Type
Curved Linear Array
C2-5, C2-8, C4-9, CF4-9
Linear Array
L3-8, L5-12/50, LN5-12
Phased Array
P2-4, PN2-4, SP3-8
Endocavity Curved Linear Array
ER4-9, EVN4-9
Volume Probe
3D4-8, 3D4-9, 3DC2-6, VN4-8
CW
Probes
(Type BF / IPX7) CW2.0
156 Pin Type

Curved Linear Array
C2-5, C2-8, C4-9/10ED
Linear Array
HL5-12ED, L3-8, L5-12/50EP, LN5-12
Phased Array
P2-4AH, P3-7AC
Endocavity Curved Linear Array
ER4-9/10ED, EV4-9/10ED
Volume Probe (260 Pin)
3D4-8ET, 3D4-9ES, 3DC2-6
2-3
Operation Manual
Probe connections 4 probe connectors (including one CW probe connector)

19 inch LCD monitor (LED Backlight unit)
Monitor
called "LCD monitor" henceforth
ECG Type CF
VHS and SVHS VCR left and right audio
B/W printer video and remote control
Rear Panel
VGA monitor
Input / Output
Connections Parallel port
USB
LAN
Maximum 7084 frames for Cine memory
Image Storage Maximum 8192 Lines for Loop memory
Image filing system
Obstetrics, Gynecology, Abdomen, Cardiac, Urology, Vascular, Small Parts,
Application
Musculoskeletal, TCD, Pediatric
Electrical Parameters 100-120V/200-240VAC, 680VA, 50/60Hz
Obstetrics, Gynecology, Cardiac, Carotid, Fetal Echo, UE Artery, LE Artery, UE Vein, LE
Measurement Packages Vein, Urology, Radiology, TCD, Thyroid, Breast, Testicle, Superficial, Pediatric Hips, MSK
* Refer the Chapter 5 for additional information
TGC control
Mode-independent gain control
Acoustic power control (adjustable)
Signal processing Dynamic aperture
(Pre-processing) Dynamic apodization
Dynamic range control (adjustable)
Image view area control
M-mode sweep speed control
Frame average
Edge Enhancement / Blurring
Signal processing Gamma-scale windowing
(Post-processing) Image orientation (left/right and up/down, rotation)
White on black/black on white
Zoom
Trackball operation of multiple cursors
2D mode: Linear measurements and area measurements using elliptical
Measurement approximation or trace
M mode: Continuous readout of distance, time, and slope rate
Doppler mode: Velocity and trace
2-4
VCR
Video Page Printer
Color Video Page Printer
USB Video Printer
USB Color Video Printer
USB HDD
Auxiliary
USB Wireless LAN
USB Foot Switch (IPX1)
USB Flash Memory Media
Monitor
Microphone
e-motion marker (IPX7)
User Interface English, German, French, Spanish, Italian, Russian, Chinese, Portuguese
Operating: 700hPa to 1060hPa
Pressure Limits
Storage: 700hPa to 1060hPa
Operating: 30% to 75%
Humidity Limits
Storage & Shipping: 20% to 90%
Operating: 10°C ~ 35°C
Temperature Limits
Storage & Shipping: -25°C ~ 60°C
2-5
Operation Manual
Product Configuration and Installation

This product consists of the monitor, the control panel, the console, the peripheral devices, and the probes.
1 Monitor
2 Monitor Hinge
1 3 Speaker
4 Keyboard & Control Panel
5 Probe Holder
6 Handle
2 7 Cable Hook
8 Lift
3
4 9 DVD Drive
5
0 Probe Port
6
! Wheel
7
8
9
10
11
[Figure 2.1 Front of the SONOACE R7]
2-6
1 Handle (Optional)
2 Storage Space
3 Ventilation
4 Rear Panel
5 Cable Hook
6 Power Connection Part
2
3
5
4
[Figure 2.2 Back of the SONOACE R7]
2-7
Operation Manual
Principles of Operation
Tips!
Medical ultrasound images are created by computer and digital memory from the transmission
and reception of mechanical high-frequency waves applied through a probe. The mechanical
ultrasound waves spread through the body, producing an echo where density changes occur.
For example, in the case of tissue, an echo is created where a signal passes from an adipose tissue
region to a muscular tissue region. The echoes return to the probe where they are converted back
into electrical signals.
These echo signals are highly amplified and processed by analog and digital circuits having filters
with many frequency and time response options, transforming the high-frequency electrical signals
into a series of digital image signals which are stored in memory. Once in memory, the image can
be displayed in real-time on the image monitor. All signal transmission, reception and processing
characteristics are controlled by computer.
Type of probe port

Tips!
SonoAce R7 v3.01.00 features the Mini DLP type probe port. If you have the lower version than
v2.00, the probe port is 156/260 Pin type.
<Mini DLP Type PSA> <v1.xx.xx :156 Pin Type PSA>
※ 3D probes are 260 pin type.
2-8
Monitor
The color LCD monitor displays ultrasound images and other information.
NOTE: The monitor of this system does not provide an OSD (On Screen Display) feature.
Monitor Display
The monitor displays ultrasound images, operation menus and a variety of other information. As shown in
the figure below, the screen contains: ① Title Area, ② Menu, ③ Image Area, ④ Thumbnail Area, ⑤ User
Information Area, ⑥ Soft Menu.
1
4
3
2
[Figure 2.3 Monitor Display]
Title Area

The title area displays the patient name, hospital name, application, frame rate and depth, probe
information, acoustic output information, and the date and time.
2-9
Operation Manual
Menu

This displays the utility menu or measurement menu.
Image Area

The ultrasound image, image information, annotation, and measurement are displayed in the image
area.
Thumbnails Area

When clicking on the Save button, the saved images are displayed. If you place the pointer on an image
and click, the image is magnified. Up to 7 images are displayed.
User Information Area

User information area provides a variety of information necessary for system use e.g. current system
status, image information, available items, BodyMarkers, and so on.
Displaying the current status of the system

Tips!
: Shows the status of LAN connection.
: Shows whether a removable disk is connected to the system. Double-click the icon to display
the Storage Manager window.
: Shows the total disk space and available disk space for the system.
: Shows Caps Lock ‘On’ When user press the Caps Lock on the alphanumeric keyboard. Under
the ‘Caps Lock On’ status, user can input text as large character.
Soft Menu

Different items are displayed in the menu, depending on the current status of the system. To set or
change the items in the Soft Menu, use the dial-button for the corresponding number on the control
panel.
2-10
Control Panel
The system can be controlled with the control panel.
APTD
Quad ×T TD HC BPD AC FL CRL GS
[Figure 2.4 Control Panel]
The control panel consists of a keyboard, buttons, dial-buttons, a switch, a slide, and a Trackball.
The dial-button can be used both as a dial and a button.
Control Panel Map

The following are descriptions and instructions for the controls on the control panel. For more information
on the buttons with multiple functions, see Chapter 3 and later of this manual.
Button Turns the system on/off.

On/Off
Displays the Patient Information screen, which allows you to select a patient
Patient Button
ID or enter information on a new patient.
2-11
Operation Manual
Displays the Probe Selection screen to select or change probes

Probe Button
and applications.
End Exam Button Finishes the current patient’s exam and resets the related data.
Displays the Report screen to show the measurement results of the

Report Button
corresponding application.
Performs preset functions. See Chapter 7 ‘Setting Peripheral Devices’ in

User 1 Button
‘Utilities’ for more detailed information.
SonoView Button Runs SonoView, which is the image filing program.
Freq. Switch Changes the frequency of the probe.
Focus Switch Moves focus onto the area for observation.
Depth Switch Adjusts the scanning depth of the image.
Dual Button Used for Dual mode.
M Button Press this dial-button to start/stop M mode.
PD Button Press this dial-button to start/stop Power Doppler mode.
C Button Press this dial-button to start/stop Color Doppler mode.
2D Button Press this dial-button to start 2D mode.
PW Button Press this dial-button to start/stop PW Spectral Doppler mode.
Press this dial-button to start/stop CW Spectral Doppler mode.

CW Button
This can only be used for the Phased Array probe.
XX
Q Scan: When pressing this dial-button, the Quick Scan function turns
on. The Q Scan indication displays at the top of an image. This can be
used in specific applications with specific probes.
Q Scan Dial-
/ Gain / R.S button XX
Gain: Rotate this dial-button to adjust the gain.
XX
R.S: In 3D View mode, you can move the reference slice parallel by
rotating this dial-button. R.S stands for Reference Slice.
3D / 4D Button Starts/Finishes 3D/4D mode.
Button Pauses/Resumes scanning.

Freeze
Button Prints the image on the screen using the printer connected to the system.
Print
2-12
Button Saves the images or reports on the screen in the database.

Save
XX
Menu: Press this dial-button to change a page on the Soft Menu. Select
an item when the measurement menu or utility menu is displayed.
Menu Dial- XX
Angle: Adjust the angle by rotating this dial-button. In Spectral Doppler
/ Angle button mode, the angle of a sample volume is adjusted by 1°. In 2D mode, if
the sector width is not 100%, the image can be shifted horizontally. In
BodyMarker mode and Indicator mode, the angle of the probe cursor
and the indicator can be adjusted.
Deletes the text, indicator, BodyMarker, and measurement result, etc.

Clear Button
displayed on an image.
Changes the Soft Menu. Every time you press this button, the Soft Menu
Active Mode Button changes to the Soft Menus for the other modes that are used in the current
Active mode.
Button Selects an item or value using the trackball.

Set
Button Exits the currently used function and returns to the previous function.
Exit
Button Starts to measure distance, circumference, area, and volume.

Caliper
Button Starts measurements by application.

Calculator
Changes the function of the trackball to other functions. For example, this
Button button resets the location of the dot which was last placed during the
Change measurement.
Changes the image to panning status.

Button In PW or CW Spectral Doppler mode, if this button is pressed, the mode
Update changes to D only mode.
Button Displays an arrow-shaped pointer on the screen.

Pointer
Trackball Trackball Moves the cursor on the screen and scrolls through Cine images.
Adjusts the TGC values for each depth using 8 slides. TGC stands for Time
TGC Slide
Gain Compensation.
CAUTION: If the gain values of neighboring TGC slides are adjusted with a large difference, bands may
occur on the image.
2-13
Operation Manual
Soft Menu

Performs the functions of the corresponding number on the Soft Menu.
Soft Menu Dial- Different items are displayed in the menu, depending on the current
1~6 button status of the system. Adjust the items by pressing or rotating the dial-
button.
How to use the Soft Menu Dial-Buttons

Tips!
The Soft Menu is divided into top and bottom rows. Depending on the situation, you can use two
functions with one Soft Menu button.
XX
Soft Menu Top (1): Turn the Soft Menu dial-button to select or adjust a function.
XX
Soft Menu Bottom (2): Press the Soft Menu dial-button to select or adjust a function.
2
[Figure 2.5 Soft Menu]
Soft Menu Dial-buttons [4] to [6]

Tips!
In 3D View mode, the Soft Menu dial-buttons [4] to [6] have the following functions:
XX
Soft Menu Dial-button [4]: Rotates the image to the X axis.
XX
Soft Menu Dial-button [5]: Rotates the image to the Y axis.
XX
Soft Menu Dial-button [6]: Rotates the image to the Z axis.
Keyboard

The keyboard allows you to enter text and execute a variety of functions quickly using the function keys.
APTD
Quad ×T TD HC BPD AC FL CRL GS
[Figure 2.6 keyboard]
2-14
Esc Quad Starts Quad mode.
F1 Displays the Help Manual on the screen.

Help
F2 Starts Indicator mode.

Indicator
Starts Text mode. But, if you select the checkbox: Utility > Setup > Utility
F3 > Text Setup > Quick Text, you can enter text immediately without
Text
pressing this key.
F4 Starts BodyMarker mode.

BodyMarker
F5 Displays the Utility menu on the screen.

Utility
F6 APTD X TTD Starts APTD X TTD measurement
F7 HC Starts HC measurement
F8 BPD Starts BPD measurement.
F9 AC Starts AC measurement.
F10 FL Starts FL measurement.
F11 CRL Starts CRL measurement.
F12 GS Starts GS measurement.
Every time you press the Space bar, the information on the screen
Space Bar
disappears in this sequence, Image Information → Gray Scale Bar / Color
Bar → TGC. After all the information has disappeared, if you press the
Space bar, all the information returns to the screen.
,  Allows you to adjust the monitor brightness.
,  Allows you to adjust volume in Spectral Doppler Mode.
Adjusting Control Panel

Carefully move the control panel up and down while pressing the lever on the control panel handle.
CAUTION: Do not apply excessive force to the control panel.
2-15
Operation Manual
Console
The console consists of two parts – the inner unit and the outer unit. The interior of the console mainly contains
devices that produce ultrasound images. On the exterior of the console are various connectors, probe holders,
storage compartments, handles, wheels, etc.
Rear Panel
A monitor and other peripheral devices like printer, VCR, etc. are connected via the rear panel at the back
of the system.
1 MIC Port (Input): Connects the mic.

2 Remote Print Port (Output): Prints out remotely by connecting the
Echo printer.
3 B/W Printer Port (Output): Connects the Echo printer.
4 Parallel Port (Output): Connects the printer and foot switch.
5 DVI Port (Output): Outputs digital signals on the monitor.
6 USB Port: Connects USB peripheral devices.
7 Network Port: Connects to network. Patient information can be
transferred to other servers through the DICOM network.
8 S-VHS Port (Output): Connects S-VHS VCR.
9 VHS Port (Output): Connects VHS VCR.
0 Audio Port (Output): Used for outputting audio signals.
[Figure 2.7 Rear Panel]
2-16
Power Connection Part

The power connection part is located at the back of the system body.
1 6
5
4
[Figure 2.8 Power Connection Part]
Item Descriptions
1 Power Switch: Supplies or cuts power to the entire system.
2 Power Inlet: Connects the power cable to an external power source.
3 Fuse Holder: Holds the inlet fuse
Equipotential Terminal: This should be connected to the equipotential connection part in the exam
4
room.
5 Output rating change switch: Selects the output power.
Auxiliary socket outlet: Supplies an external peripheral device with power from the product's
6
internal power supply.
Probe Holder
A probe holder is mounted at the left and right side of the control panel.
2-17
Operation Manual
Peripheral Devices
CAUTION: Do not place peripheral devices, not listed in this manual, inside the patient environment.
If you place them in the patient environment, it may cause electrical hazard.
1.5m
1.5m
1.5m
[Figure 2.9 Patient Environment]
NOTE: Refer to the operation manual of peripheral device about its operating.
Internal Peripheral Devices

These are peripheral devices mounted in the system.
DVD-Multi

DVD+R, DVD+R DL, DVD+RW, DVD-R, DVD-R DL, DVD-RW, DVD -RAM, DVD-ROM, CD-ROM, CD-R, CD-RW
Hard Disc Drive

Min. 200Gbyte-SATA
2-18
External Peripheral Devices

These are peripheral devices that can be connected for use when needed and are connected via the USB
port located at the rear panel.
CAUTION:
XX
When using a peripheral device from a USB port, always turn the power off before connecting/
disconnecting the device. Connection/discon-nection of USB devices during power-on may lead to
malfunction of the system and USB devices.
XX
Do not connect additional external peripheral devices to the auxiliary socket outlet. Doing so may
decrease safety level.
NOTE:
XX
When remove the removable disk, use Utility > Storage manager.
XX
USB ports are located both on the front panel and the rear panel of the console.
Connect a USB storage device (Flash memory media, etc) to the port on the front panel. Connect
other USB peripheral devices to the port on the rear panel for your convenience.
The following products are recommended:
Video Cassette Recorder (VCR)

Panasonic MD835, SONY DVO-1000MD, JVC BD-X201
Video Page printer

Color : Mitsubishi CP910U, Mitsubishi CP910E, SONY UP-20

XX
Black and White : Mitsubish P93W, SONY UP-897MD

XX
USB Video Printer

Color : Mitsubish 30DW, SONY UP-D23MD, SONY UP-D25MD

XX
Black and White : Mitsubishi P93DW, Mitsubishi P95D, SONY UP-D897

XX
CAUTION:
XX
You must install a Microsoft Windows XP™ or above (English) compatible printer and driver.
Contact Samsung Medison Customer Service Center for inquiries about printer driver
installation.
XX
When connecting the printer, ensure that the printer is configured under Microsoft Windows™
or system setup and has been chosen as the default printer.
XX
Please check the port used in printer before connecting. Printers should be connected to the
Printer port while the USB printer connected to the USB port.
2-19
Operation Manual
USB to RS-232C Serial Cable

USB to Serial (RS-232C) Converter with FTDI Chipset (FTDI FT232BM Compatible)
NOTE: For more information about the Open Line Transfer, refer to `Chapter 5. Measurements and
Calculations’.
USB Foot Switch

Set the function of the foot switch in Utility > Setup > Peripherals > Foot Switch; Freeze, Update,
Record, Print, Store, or Volume Start.
WARNING: Foot Switch cannot be used in the operating room.
Others

Flash Memory media
NOTE:
XX
If you use the USB 1.1 flash memory, the system cannot recognize it. In the case of this, delete
the flash memory from the console and quip again.
XX
Regarding file formats that are not ordinarily saved: Please check first to see if it is possible to
save the file format on a desktop PC before trying to save the file on a Flash Memory.
2-20
Probe
Probes are devices that generate ultrasound waves and process reflected wave data for the purpose of image
formation.
NOTE: For more information, refer to `Chapter9 Probes’.
Be sure to connect or disconnect probes when the power is off to ensure the safety of the system and the
probes.
1. Push the probe’s lockdown switch to the left and disconnect the probe.
2. Connect the probe to the probe port.
3. Push the probe’s lockdown switch to the right to lock it in place.
How to connect 156 Pin Type probe (include 3D probes)

Tips! 1. Equip probes to the probe connectors on the front panel of the system. A maximum of three
probes can be connected at one time.
2. Turn the connector-locking handle clockwise.
2-21
Operation Manual
Accessories
An accessory box containing the items below is supplied with the product.
CAUTION: Main cord set, separately certified according to the relevant standards, is to be used when
supplied to EU and USA/CAN.
SONO GEL GROUND CABLE VTR CORD
FUSE MANUAL CLAMP VELCRO
POWER CORD WINDOWS XP LABEL DVI2RGB GENDER
[Figure 2.10 Accessories]
NOTE: Accessories can be different according to the country.
2-22
Optional Functions
This product has the following optional functions:
4D
XX DICOM
XX
3D XI
XX Auto IMT
XX
Cardiac Measurement
XX Auto IMT+
XX
Spatial Compound
XX CW Function
XX
ElastoScan
XX DynamicMR/DynamicMR+
XX
Stressecho
XX Panoramic
XX
Strain
XX e-Motion Marker
XX
For further information about optional functions, please refer to the relevant chapters in this manual.
2-23
Chapter 3
Starting Diagnosis
Power Supply.....................................................3-3
Powering On...............................................................................3-3
Powering Off..............................................................................3-3
Probes & Applications......................................3-4

Probe Selection and Application........................................3-5
Changing Application.............................................................3-5
Editing Probe Preset Values..................................................3-5
Patient Information..........................................3-7
Patient Information for Application..................................3-9
Finding Patient Information...............................................3-15
Managing Patient Exams.....................................................3-17
Changing Measurements....................................................3-23
Power Supply
Boot the system for use.
CAUTION: Make sure to connect the probe and peripheral devices that will be used before powering
on the system. If you attempt to connect them during system use, it may lead to patient injury or fatal
damage to the console.
Powering On
Press the On/Off button when the power is off. Booting begins, and the product logo appears on the screen.
When booting is completed, the 2D mode screen appears in End Exam status.
CAUTION: Before starting the diagnosis, you must register the patient information.
NOTE:
XX
The product should be turned on about 10 seconds after the power switch at the back of the
product is turned on.
XX
During system booting, do not press any key on the keyboard. It may cause product
malfunction.
XX
If you turn on the power after turning it off forcibly, the system may turn on and off momentarily.
This is one of the characteristics of the Intel® PC main board, not a system error.
Powering Off
Press the On/Off button while using the system.
CAUTION: If you hold down the On/Off button for five seconds or longer, the product power is turned
off forcibly. This may cause hard disk damage.
NOTE: To ensure that the product is safely cut off from electrical power, always set the power switch at
the rear of the product to the Off position when the product is not in use.
3-3
Operation Manual
Probes & Applications

Before scanning, select a probe and an application.
CAUTION: Please refer to "Chapter 9. Probes” for more information about the probes supported by this
system.
Press the Probe button on the control panel and then the Probe Selection screen will appear. In this window,
you can select or change probes and applications and edit probe presets.
[Figure 3.1 Probe Selection]
3-4
Probe Selection and Application

1. Select a probe and an application on the screen by using the Trackball and the Set button.
2. Press the Soft Menu dial-button [5] OK to make a selection. Press the Soft Menu dial-button [6]
Cancel to cancel a selection.
Selecting a probe with a Soft Menu button

Tips!
Press a Soft Menu button for the probe that you want.
Changing Application
1. After checking the currently selected probe, select an application using the Trackball and Set button.
2. Press the Soft Menu dial-button [5] OK on the screen. Press the Soft Menu dial-button [6] Cancel to
cancel a selection.
Editing Probe Preset Values

The probe settings are preset with optimal values for each application. However, if needed, you can change
the preset values as follows:
1. After checking the currently selected probe and application, change the probe settings using the
Trackball and Set button under Preset.
A Userset such as User1 can be selected for each setting. Usersets are available under Preset.
XX
User Preset
Tips!
If user presets are specified, the specified name will appear in the title area.
For example, if the Cardiac application along with the preset User1 is selected, ‘Cardiac/User1’ will be
displayed in the title area.
2. Press the Soft Menu dial-button [5] OK on the screen. Press the Soft Menu dial-button [6] Cancel to
cancel a selection.
3-5
Operation Manual
Changing probe settings with a Soft Menu button

Tips!
Press the Utility button on the control panel. The current probe settings are shown in the Soft
Menu [2] and [3]. Rotate the Soft Menu dial-button [2] and [3] to select desired settings. Press the
Soft Menu dial-button [3] to apply the selected settings to the system.
NOTE: To change the value for presets, press Utility. Please refer to ‘Chapter 7. Utility’ for details.
3-6
Patient Information
Press the Patient button on the control panel and the Patient Information screen will appear on the screen.
In this screen, you can enter, search, or change patient information. Patient information includes basic
information such as the patient ID, name, DOB, and gender, together with additional information for
applications.
NOTE: The ID and name fields are required.
Entering Basic Patient Data

You can enter or change basic patient data at the top of the Patient Information screen.
Use the Trackball and the Set button to select the desired field. Or, use the Menu dial-button to move
between fields.
ID

Enter a patient ID.
To enter it manually, enter an ID in the ID field.

XX
To enter it automatically, select Auto ID Creation and press New. The icon is changed to
XX .
If you enter an ID that exists already, the icon next to the ID field is changed to
XX .
Name

Enter patient’s full name.
Last Name: Enter the patient’s last name.

XX
First Name: Enter the patient’s first name.

XX
Middle Name: Enter the patient’s middle name.

XX
The name that you have entered will appear in the title area and reports.
XX
Birth

Enter the patient’s birth date in the specified format.
3-7
Operation Manual
Age

Enter the patient’s age in “yy-mm” format. When a birth date is specified in the Birth field, this information
is automatically calculated and displayed.
Gender

Select the patient’s gender.
Accession

When viewing the worklist for a patient via the DICOM server, this information is automatically filled.
[Figure 3.2 The Patient Information]
3-8
Patient Information for Application

In Study Information, enter additional patient information or change the existing patient information required
for a diagnosis.
1. In the Patient Information screen, press the Study Information tab.
2. In Category, select an application.
3. Enter additional information required for a diagnosis.
Pressing Clear Measure deletes all existing measurements entered.
General
In Category, select General. Enter additional information. The items in General are also included in the
patient information screen for other applications.
Height

Enter the patient’s height in Inches (in) or Centimetres (cm). Press the unit button to change the unit.
When the unit is changed, the entered number is automatically recalculated and displayed in the
changed unit.
Weight

Enter the patient’s weight in Ounces (oz), Pounds (lb) or Kilograms (Kg). Press the unit to change it.
BSA (Body Surface Area)

When height and weight are entered, BSA (Body Surface Area) is automatically calculated and displayed.
HR (Heart Rate)

Enter a heart rate.
Diag. Physician (Diagnostic Physician)

Enter the name of the physician who diagnosed the patient. When there is more than one physician
available, you can use the combo button to make a selection.
3-9
Operation Manual
Ref. Physician (Ref. Physician)

Enter the name of the physician. When there is more than one physician available, you can use the
combo button to make a selection.
Sonographer

Enter the name of the sonographer who scanned the patient. When there is more than one sonographer
available, you can use the combo button to make a selection.
Description

Enter a description of the diagnosis. If a description is entered, it can be searched for and viewed under
Description in SonoView.
Indication

Enter a brief description of the symptom or disease.
[Figure 3.3 Study Information - General]
3-10
OB
In Category, select OB. Enter additional information for OB.
[Figure 3.4 Study Information - OB]
LMP (Last Menstrual Period)

Enter the last menstrual period for a patient. You can enter it manually in the specified format, or have it
automatically calculated and displayed with the GA entered.
GA (LMP)

It indicates the gestational age of a patient. You can enter it manually in the specified format, or have it
automatically calculated and displayed with the LMP entered.
EDD (LMP)

With the LMP or GA entered, EDD (Expected Date of Delivery) is calculated and displayed.
Calculating EDD (LMP)

Tips!
EDD can be calculated by entering LMP or GA.
XX
When LMP is entered: GA and EDD are automatically calculated and displayed on the screen.
XX
When GA is entered: LMP and EDD are automatically calculated and displayed on the screen.
Estab. Due Date

Enter EDD in the specified format.
3-11
Operation Manual
Ovul. Date

Enter an ovulation date in the specified format. LMP, GA, and EDD will be automatically calculated and
displayed.
Calculating LMP and EDD (LMP) with Ovul. Date

Tips!
The following formulae are used:
XX
LMP = Ovul. Date - 14
XX
EDD = (280 -14) + Ovul. Date
Gestations

Enter the number of fetuses, up to maximum of 4.
Day of Cycle

Enter a menstrual period in number of days (dd).
Ectopic

Enter the number of ectopic pregnancies
Gravida

Enter the number of pregnancies.
Para

Enter the number of deliveries.
Aborta

Enter the number of miscarriages.
New Pregnancy

Delete previous OB data for this patient.
3-12
Gynecology
In Category, select Gynecology. Enter additional information for Gyn. This is the same information as for
OB.
NOTE: In the GYN information input screen, even if the Ovul. Date is entered, LMP and EDD will not be
calculated automatically.
[Figure 3.5 Study Information - Gynecology]
Cardiac
In Category, select Cardiac. Enter additional information for Cardiac.
[Figure 3.6 Study Information - Cardiac]
RAP (Right Atrium Pressure)

Enter blood pressure.
BP (Body Pressure)

Enter maximum/minimum blood pressures.
3-13
Operation Manual
Urology
In Category, select Urology. Enter additional information for Urology.
PSA (Prostate Specific Antigen)

Enter the PSA value.
[Figure 3.7 Study Information - Urology]
3-14
Finding Patient Information

In the Patient Information screen, select the Search tab.
Local Search
Search through the information stored in the system.
1. In Search Source, select Local.
2. In Search By, select a search condition.
Select Patient ID to search by ID, or select a patient’s name under Patient Name to search by
XX
name.
3. In the Search window, enter an ID or name and press Search. The list of patients who meet the
conditions will appear. Pressing Search All will show a list of all the patients stored in the system.
In the list, press ID or Name to sort the information alphabetically or numerically by the selected
XX
item.
4. Select the desired patient and press Apply. The information on the selected patient will be applied
to the system.
Press Select All to select all the patients in the list. Press Delete to delete the ID and other information for
the selected patient.
[Figure 3.8 Search - Local]
WARNING: If a patient ID is deleted, all related data and images stored in SonoView are erased.
3-15
Operation Manual
Worklist Search
Perform a search by connecting to the DICOM Modality Worklist server in the hospital network.
1. In Search Source, select Worklist.
2. Enter more than one item from among Patient ID, Last Name, Accession # or Procedure ID, and then
press Search. The list of patients who meet the condition will appear.
In the list, press Date/Time or Patient Name to sort the information alphabetically or numerically by
XX
the selected item.
3. Select the desired patient and press Apply. The information on the selected patient will be applied to
the system.
[Figure 3.9 Search - Worklist]
NOTE: The worklist server is configured under the DICOM tab on the Setup screen. Please refer to
“DICOM Setting” in ‘Chapter 7. Utility’.
3-16
Managing Patient Exams

In the Patient Information screen, select the Exam View tab. The list of exams for the patient ID applied in the
previous search will appear.
NOTE: The exam list appears only when a patient searches is completed and the related patient
information is applied to the system.
In addition to the patient ID, Age and Gender, information such as the Exam Date, the number of images
stored (Images), the measurement status (Measure), the report creation status (Structured Report, SR),
the exam transfer status (Storage Commit, SC) and the lock status are displayed. You can press ID or Name
to sort the information alphabetically or numerically by the selected item.
To select more than one exam, press the Set button while holding down the Ctrl button on the keyboard.
[Figure 3.10 Exam View]
Executing Exam
Use the Trackball and the Set button to select an exam, and then press Review Exam or Continue Exam
on the screen. For an exam currently being executed, the button is displayed as Current Exam and disabled.
NOTE: If the selected exam has been executed in the past 24 hours, the button in the lower left
corner is displayed as Continue Exam. If the exam was executed earlier than this, the button is
displayed as Review Exam.
3-17
Operation Manual
Continue Exam

In addition to using the Resume Exam function, you can update the current scan with the exam
executed previously.
The selected exam appears on the screen and scanning is available. The initial execution date for the
corresponding exam (Exam Resumed) is displayed in the feedback area.
Double-clicking a stored image in the thumbnail area in the right side of the screen retrieves the image
and displays the stored image information. In the retrieved exam screen, you can perform measurements
or enter text, BodyMarkers or indicators.
Review Exam

The selected exam appears on the screen. Double-clicking a stored image in the thumbnail area in the
right side of the screen retrieves the image and displays the initial execution date for the corresponding
exam (Exam Reviewed) and the stored image information. In the retrieved exam screen, you can perform
measurements or enter text, BodyMarkers or indicators.
Viewing Exam
Select an exam by using the Trackball and the Set button, and press Review on the screen. Switch to the
SonoView screen.
NOTE: For information on using SonoView, please refer to "Chapter 6. Image Management.”
Deleting Exam
Select an exam by using the Trackball and the Set button, and press Delete on the screen. All images for
the exam will be deleted. However, an exam in progress or a locked exam cannot be deleted.
NOTE: Once deleted, exams cannot be restored.
3-18
Sending Exams via DICOM

You can send the selected exams via the DICOM network.
NOTE: Before using this feature, make sure that DICOM is properly configured. For information on
configuring DICOM, please refer to the “DICOM Setting” section in ‘Chapter 7. Utility’.
1. Select an exam(s) and then press Send on the screen. The DICOM Storage window will appear.
To check the connection between the server and DICOM before sending, press Test.
XX
[Figure 3.11 DICOM Storage]
2. Select an image or report to send. You can select images under Storage Image, and reports under
Storage SR.
3. Pressing Transfer starts a transfer and displays the transfer progress (%). To cancel the transfer, press
Close.
3-19
Operation Manual
Printing Exams via DICOM

You can print the selected exams via the DICOM network. You cannot print exams if DICOM has not been
properly configured.
1. Select an exam(s) and then press Print on the screen. The DICOM Printer window will appear.
To check the connection between the server and DICOM before sending, press Test.
XX
2. Select an Exam(s) to print.
3. Pressing Print starts printing and displays the transfer progress (%). To cancel printing, press Close.
[Figure 3.12 DICOM Printer]
Exporting Exam
You can save the selected exams in an external storage device.
1. Select exam(s) and then press Export on the screen. The Image Export window will be displayed.
2. Under Drive, select a media where the selected exams will be saved. You can select CD-ROM or Flash
Memory.
3. Under File Name, specify the file name. The same file name is assigned to all images associated with an
exam. When there is more than one image, a serial number is automatically appended to the end of the
file name.
4. Under File Format, specify a file format in which files will be saved. You can select BMP, JPEG, TIFF or
DICOM.
5. Under Export Option, select a file option(s). You can select more than one option.
3-20
3D Volume Data: Export the 3D volume data along with an image.

XX
2D Cine: Convert the stored Cine image to an. AVI file before exporting.
XX
3D and Live Cine: Convert the 3D Cine and Live Cine images to an .AVI file before exporting.
XX
Use Patient ID for File Name: Use patient ID for file name automatically.
XX
Hide Patient Information: Export an image without a patient ID and name.

XX
6. Under Directories, select a location where the selected exams will be saved. To create a new directory,
press and specify a directory name. To delete a directory, press . Under Files, files saved in the
storage device are displayed.
7. Press Export to start saving. To cancel saving, press Close.
[Figure 3.13 Image Export]
3-21
Operation Manual
Backing up Exam
You can back up the selected exams in an external storage device.
1. Connect a storage media for backup. CD-ROM or Flash Memory can be used.
2. Select an exam(s) and then press Backup on the screen.
3. A confirmation window will appear asking whether to continue the backup. Press Yes to continue. Press
No to cancel.
4. The Select Drive window will appear. Under Drive, select the media where the selected exams will be
saved.
5. Press OK to start the backup. Press Cancel to cancel.
[Figure 3.14 Exam Backup]
3-22
Changing Measurements
In the Patient Information screen, press the Measure Data tab. Under the Measure Data tab, you can enter
obstetrics measurements for a patient or check the existing measurements. Press the button, and the Insert
screen will appear.
NOTE:
XX
This option is available for obstetrics only and enabled only when a patient ID is selected.
XX
If OB data has been changed under New Pregnancy at Patient Information > Study
Information > OB, enter LMP before measurement data can be changed.
The Insert Screen

You can enter the existing obstetrics measurements.
Exam. Date

Enter the measurement date.
NOTE: If OB data has been changed under New Pregnancy, only dates between the new LMP and
yesterday can be entered.
Fetus

If the fetus is a twin, identify each fetus. Up to 4 fetuses (A, B, C, D) can be specified.
Exam No.

Up to 8 exam numbers can be entered for each date. An exam number appears next to the Fetus field.
New Data

Cancel all measurement data entered for other exams and enter new measurement data.
Clear

Cancel entering the measurement data.
3-23
Operation Manual
Insert

Complete entering the measurement data.
Page Browse

Use the >> or << button.
View

Switch to the View screen.
[Figure 3.15 Measure Data - Insert]
The View Screen

You can view the measurements entered or save them in an Excel file. The * symbol next to Exam Date
indicates that the data is the current measurement data.
Package

Select a measurement package to display on the screen. Enter the measurement date.
Refresh

Update the measurement data. New measurements, or the measurements entered, are added.
3-24
Save

The Save To Excel window appears, allowing you to save information on the screen in an Excel file. By
default, the Excel file name is set to the measurement ID.
After specifying the target path and file name, press Save to save the information. To cancel saving, press
Close.
NOTE: Checking the HTML checkbox saves information in an HTML file instead of an Excel file.
Insert

Switch to the Insert screen.
[Figure 3.16 Measure Data - View]
3-25
Chapter 4
Diagnosis Modes
Information.......................................................4-3
Diagnosis Mode Type..............................................................4-3
Basic Use......................................................................................4-4
Basic Mode.........................................................4-6
2D Mode......................................................................................4-6
Panoramic ................................................................................4-13
M Mode......................................................................................4-15
Color Doppler Mode.............................................................4-17
Power Doppler Mode............................................................4-20
PW Spectral Doppler Mode................................................4-22
CW Spectral Doppler Mode................................................4-27
TDI Mode...................................................................................4-28
TDW Mode................................................................................4-29
ElastoScan Mode ...................................................................4-30
Combined Mode............................................. 4-37

2D/C/PW Mode.......................................................................4-37
2D/PD/PW Mode....................................................................4-37
2D/C/CW Mode.......................................................................4-37
2D/PD/CW Mode....................................................................4-37
2D/C/M Mode..........................................................................4-38
2D/C Live Mode.......................................................................4-38
Chapter 4
Multi-Image Mode......................................... 4-39
Dual Mode.................................................................................4-39
Quad Mode...............................................................................4-40
3D/4D Mode................................................... 4-41

3D/4D Mode.............................................................................4-41
3D StandBy Mode..................................................................4-43
3D View-MPR............................................................................4-47
3D XI Mode (Optional)..........................................................4-63
Information
Diagnosis Mode Type

This product supports a variety of diagnosis modes including Basic Mode, Combined Mode, Multi-Image
Mode, and 3D Mode.
Basic Mode: Consists of different modes, each of which has a specific usage and function. By default, 2D

Mode is applied together with other mode.
Combined Mode: For an image, two or three Basic Modes are applied at the same time. By default, 2D

Mode is applied together with other mode. An image is viewed in a single screen.
Multi-Image Mode: The screen is divided into two (dual) or four (quad) sub screens, each of which is used

to view an image. Since each sub screen can display a different image, it can be a very useful feature,
allowing multilateral views of an organ.
3D / 4D Mode: 3D images can be obtained. Consist of Freehand 3D, Static 3D Mode and 4D Modes.

The types of diagnosis mode that are available with the product are shown below:
Mode Type
2D Mode
Color Doppler Mode
Power Doppler Mode
M Mode
Basic Mode PW Spectral Doppler Mode
CW Spectral Doppler Mode
TDI Mode
TDW Mode
ElastoScan Mode (E Mode)
2D/C/PW Mode
2D/PD/PW Mode
2D/C/CW Mode
Combined Mode
2D/PD/CW Mode
2D/C/M Mode
2D/C Live Mode
Dual Mode
Multi-Image Mode
Quad Mode
Freehand 3D Mode
3D / 4D Mode Static 3D Mode
4D Mode
NOTE: The functionalities for each mode may be restricted by the selected probe.
4-3
Operation Manual
Basic Use
The items that can be used commonly in each diagnosis mode are shown below:
Using Control Panel

The items that can be used in each diagnosis mode are provided as menu items. You can change the image
format or optimize an image to facilitate your diagnosis.
Q Scan / Gain / R.S

Q Scan: Press the dial-button to turn the Quick Scan function on. The Q Scan indication is displayed at
XX
the top of an image. In 2D Mode, the brightness and shading are optimized by automatically adjusting
the gain and TGC.
NOTE: The Quick Scan function can be used in specific diagnoses with specific probes.
Gain: Rotate the dial-button to adjust the gain. The Gain buttons differ depending on the diagnosis
XX
mode and the dial-button is usually used for selecting diagnosis modes.
Also use the dial-button to adjust the brightness of the image. Rotating the dial-button clockwise
increases the gain.
R.S: In 3D View mode, you can move the reference slice parallel by rotating the dial-button. R.S stands
XX
for Reference Slice.
TGC (Time Gain Compensation)

Use the TGC slide on the control panel.
In general, ultrasound penetration gets weaker with depth. TGC can be used to compensate for this
effect.
The product provides eight TGC slides for varying depths, allowing you to adjust Gain by area. Among
the eight slides, the top slide represents the shallowest area, while the lower slides represent the
deeper ones.
Move the slide to the right (+) to increase Gain, brightening the image.
4-4
Frequency

Use the Freq. switch-button on the control panel.
Use the switch-button to adjust the frequency of the currently used probe. Select from Res, Pen and
Gen.
Res (Resolution): High frequency

XX
Gen (General): General frequency

XX
Pen (Penetration): Low frequency

XX
The selected frequency is displayed in the title area, allowing you to determine the state of the current
frequency easily.
Focus

Use the Focus switch-button on the control panel.
Use the switch-button to adjust the location of the focus. When the top of this button is pressed, the
location of the focus becomes shallow.
Depth

Use the Depth switch-button on the control panel.
Use the switch-button to adjust the scanning depth of an image. When the upper end of the button
is pressed, the scanning depth of the image becomes shallow. When the lower end of the button is
pressed, the scanning depth of the image becomes deep.
The range of adjustment differs depending on the probe type you use.
Using Soft Menu

The items that are commonly used in each diagnosis mode during scanning are provided as Soft Menu
items. You can use the Soft Menu dial-button corresponding to a specific menu item on the control panel.
If you rotate the dial-button, the setting for the selected item changes.
If the Soft Menu is more than a page long, press the Menu dial-button on the control panel to change
pages.
4-5
Operation Manual
Basic Mode
2D Mode
This basic mode, also referred to as B Mode (Brightness mode), provides scan planes of organs. This is used to
display two-dimensional anatomy images in the direction of scanning in real time.
[Figure 4.1 2D Mode]
Entering 2D Mode
NOTE: Because 2D Mode is applied by default for all diagnosis modes, it cannot be terminated.
Press the 2D button on the control panel.
If you press the 2D button in other diagnosis modes, it will switch to the basic 2D Mode.
4-6
2D Mode Soft Menu

The items that are commonly used in 2D Mode during scanning are provided as Soft Menu items.
You can use the Soft Menu dial-button corresponding to a specific menu item on the control panel.
If you rotate the dial-button, the setting for the selected item changes.
Dynamic Range / Harmonic

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [1].
Dynamic Range
XX
The contrast of an image is adjusted by adjusting the ratio of the minimum and maximum values of
the input signals. Select a value between 50 and 200 by rotating the Soft Menu dial-button [1]. The
larger the ratio, the smoother the image gets.
Harmonic
XX
When pressing the Soft Menu dial-button [1], the HAR indication appears on the image information.
The OHI (Optimal Harmonic Imaging) function, which allows you to optimize images by using high
frequencies, is provided.
NOTE: The Harmonic function can be used with specific probes.
Reject Level / 2D/C Live

Use Soft Menu dial-button [2].
Reject Level
XX
Noise or echo is removed to make the image clearer. Select a value between 1 and 32 by rotating the
Soft Menu dial-button [2].
2D/C Live
XX
Press the Soft Menu dial-button [2]. You can observe a scanned area in 2D and Color Doppler images
simultaneously in real time.
4-7
Operation Manual
FSI / M Line

FSI
XX
Select a value between 1 and 3 by rotating the Soft Menu dial-button [3]. FSI stands for Full Spectrum
Imaging. An image can be combined with the data obtained in 2D Mode using frequencies with
various characteristics. Therefore the resolution is improved in a shallow area for observation and the
penetration is improved in a deep area for observation.
M Line
XX
An M line is displayed on an image. Press the Soft Menu dial-button [3] to turn it on or off. The M line
indicates where the observing image is located in the 2D image when M Mode or PW Mode is used
with 2D mode.
Read Zoom / Write Zoom

You can magnify an image. The zoom function is categorized as Read Zoom and Write Zoom according
to magnification methods.
Read Zoom: Magnifies the images stored on the hard disk drive.
XX
1. Rotate the dial-button to the left or right.
2. Adjust the location of the Zoom box using the Trackball. The location of the Zoom box on the
image can be found through the Zoom Navigation box on the top left side of the screen.
3. Observe the magnified image. Rotate the dial-button clockwise to magnify the image.
Write Zoom: Magnifies and scans an image in real time.

XX
1. Press the dail-button to select Write Zoom box.
2. The image is magnified and scanned. Use the Change button to adjust the location and size of
the Zoom box. Every time the Change button is clicked, the current status of the Zoom box is
displayed on the bottom left of the screen.
−− PreZoom position: The location of the Zoom box can be changed. Move the Zoom box using
the Trackball.
−− PreZoom size: The size of the Zoom box can be changed. Use the Trackball to adjust the size
of the Zoom box.
If you change the depth of the image when using the Write Zoom function, the Zoom mode ends
automatically.
4-8
Spatial Compound (Optional) & Trapezoidal

Spatial Compound: Rotate the dial-button to select from Off, Low, Middle or High.
XX
NOTE: This item appears in the Soft Menu only when a Linear Probe is used.
Trapezoidal: Press the dial-button to turn it on or off.

XX
In general, the rectangular frame provided by a Linear Probe is changed to a trapezoidal shape.
This allows a wider view of an image.
The Trapezoid function may not be available for certain depths. In addition, the Write Zoom
function cannot be accessed with the Zoom button when the Trapezoidal function is in use.
(However, Read Zoom can be used.)
NOTE: The Trapezoidal item appears in the menu only when a Linear Probe is used.
SRF

Press the Soft Menu dial-button [6] to turn it on or off.
SRF Index: SRF stands for Speckle Reduction Filter. The image is optimized by minimizing the noise
XX
and automatically adjusting the brightness of the boundaries. Select a value between 0 and 3 by
rotating the dial-button.
Chroma

Chroma Map: Changes the color of an image. Select Type 1 to Type 9 or User 1 to User 3 by rotating
XX
the dial-button.
NOTE: The user type setting can be changed in Utility > Post Curve > 2D Post > Edit.
See ‘Post Curve’ in ‘Chapter 7 Utility’. for detailed information.
4-9
Operation Manual
Gray Map / L/R Flip

Gray Map
XX
Changes a 2D Post Curve. Select from Type 1 to Type 9 or User 1 to User 2 by rotating the Soft Menu
dial-button [2].
L/R Flip
XX
When the Soft Menu dial-button [2] is pressed, the left and right sides of an image are flipped. The M
indication at the top of the image indicates the direction of the current image.
Focus / U/D Flip

Focus
XX
Use the Soft Menu dial-button [3] to set the number of focusing points to between 1 and 4.
U/D Flip
XX
Press the Soft Menu dial-button [3]. Whenever the dial-button is pressed, an image is flipped upside
down.
Sector Width

Change the sector width. Select a value of between 40 to 100 % by rotating the Soft Menu dial-button
[4]. When the width is increased, the frame rate is reduced.
NOTE: If the application is set as Fetal Heart, you can select up to 20%.
Frame Avg

When images are updated, the previous and current images are averaged. Select a value between 0
and 15 by rotating the Soft Menu dial-button [5]. If you scan the same area repeatedly, speckles may
appear on the updated image. This item is used to minimize this phenomenon.
Power

Adjusts the intensity of the ultrasound output. Select a value between 10 and 100 by rotating the Soft
Menu dial-button [6].
4-10
2D Image Size

Press 2D Image Size in the menu.
You can adjust the overall size of a 2D image. Select a value between 80~100(%).
NOTE: You can set this function in Utility > Menu Edit. For details on Menu Edit, please refer to
‘Chapter 7. Utility’.
Edge Enhance

Press Edge Enhance in the menu.
This function allows you to view more accurate images of organ or tissue boundaries. Use the Menu
dial-button to select a value between -3 – 3. A higher value provides more accurate images of
boundaries.
Pulse Inversion

Press the dial-button to turn it on or off. If it is turned on, pulses are inverted for a clear view of images.
NOTE:
XX
Pulse Inversion is available with specific probes only.
XX
You can set this function in Utility > Menu Edit. For details on Menu Edit, please refer to
Tissue

Press Tissue in the menu.
Optimize an image by using an appropriate ultrasound speed for the characteristics of the object
(tissue) to view. Use the Menu dial-button to select from Solid, Normal, Adipose or Cystic.
4-11
Operation Manual
Frame Rate

Press Frame Rate in the menu.
The frame rate is the number of images generated per second. Use the Menu dial-button to select
from Fast, Normal or Slow.
It is recommended to set a high frame rate for objects that are highly active or fast-moving.
DynamicMR (Optional)

Press DynamicMR in the menu. You can obtain a clearer image by eliminating noise and enhancing
boundaries. Five pre-configured indices are provided.
If it is turned on, the DMR Index appears in the menu. Use the Menu dial-button to set the index
between 1~3. DynamicMR+ is available with OB, Gynecology, Urology only and set the index between
1~5.
NOTE:
XX
Connect a dongle to the console before using DynamicMR. (Dongles can be purchased
separately from the product.)
XX
For information on installing a dongle, please refer to the DynamicMR User Manual.
XX
You can set this function in Utility > Menu Edit. For details on Menu Edit, please refer to
4-12
Panoramic
NOTE:
XX
Panoramic is an optional feature of this product.
XX
The Panoramic function is only available in 2D mode with Linear and Convex probes.
Panoramic Imaging is the function that acquires images over a wider range by using continuous ultrasonographic
images. Up to 500 frames can be used.
Acquiring a Pasnoramic Image

1. Press Panoramic. The monitor will switch to the Panoramic Ready screen.
2. Press the Start/Stop button. Acquisition of the Panoramic image will begin.
3. To finish acquiring the Panoramic image, press the Start/Stop button. The monitor will switch to the
Panoramic Review screen.
Cautions for Acquiring a Panoramic Image

Tips! XX
When scanning a curved surface, ensure that the scan surface and the contact surface of the
probe are always at right angles.
XX
Moving in the opposite direction while acquiring an image erases the previously saved frames
and saves new frames.
XX
The image quality may deteriorate if the contact surface of the probe loses contact with the scan
surface.
XX
If the scan speed is fast or the angle of the contact surface of the probe changes, artifacts may
occur.
Reviewing a Panoramic Image

NOTE:
XX
You can take measurements by using the Ruler button.
XX
L/R Flip, U/D Flip, and Magnifying are available only when the Layout is set to Full Screen.
L/R Flip: Flip the panoramic image horizontally.

XX
U/D Flip: Flip the panoramic image vertically.

XX
Ruler: Press this button to turn this function on/off. When turned on, a ruler will be displayed in the
XX
Panoramic image.
4-13
Operation Manual
Cine Save: Save Cine images.

XX
Layout: Specify how the panoramic image will be displayed on the screen.
XX
−− Full Screen: Display the panoramic image in full screen mode.
−− Left/Right: Display the 2D and panoramic images at the left and right of the screen, respectively.
−− Top/Down: Display the 2D and panoramic images at the top and bottom of the screen, respectively.
Rotation: Rotate the panoramic image.

XX
Magnifying: Magnify the panoramic image.

XX
Return: Return to the Panoramic Ready screen.

XX
Exit: Exit Panoramic Imaging.

XX
NOTE: For more information on other items, refer to the ‘2D Mode’ section.
4-14
M Mode
The M Mode is used to specify an observation area in a 2D image with the M Line, and display changes over
time.
This mode is appropriate for the observation of organs with a lot of movement such as cardiac valves. The 2D
Mode image is also shown, allowing the marking and adjustment of an observation area within the entire
image.
[Figure 4.2 M Mode]
Entering & Exiting M Mode

Press the M button on the control panel. Press the M button again. M Mode will be terminated and the
mode switched to 2D.
4-15
Operation Manual
M Mode Screen
M Line

Use the Trackball on the control panel to move to the right or left. The M Line indicates the relative
position of the M Mode image in the 2D image. Therefore, you can move the M Line to change the
observation area.
M Mode Soft Menu
Speed

Rotate the dial-button to adjust the progression speed of M images. Available options are 60Hz, 120Hz,
180Hz, 240Hz, 300Hz and 360Hz.
Negative

Reverses the color of an M image. Press the Soft Menu dial-button [6] to turn it on or off.
Display Format

Select the M image and 2D image layout. Press the control panel dial-button Menu/Angle to select a
layout; rotate the Soft Menu dial-button [4] to select Side By Side, 4:6, 5:5, or 6:4.
Side By Side: Places a 2D image on the left and an M image on the right side of the screen.
XX
FreeAngle M

You can use the FreeAngle M function to freely define the M line and study the image. Use the
Trackball and the pointer on the control panel to define the length, position, and angle of the M line.
NOTE:
XX
Use the Menu Edit to add this function to the Soft Menu.
XX
The FreeAngle M function appears in the Soft Menu only when a phased array probe is used.
4-16
Color Doppler Mode

This mode displays the colored blood flow pattern of the ROI (Region of Interest) within the 2D image.
It is appropriate for examining the presence of the blood flow, its average speed and direction. The 2D Mode
image is also shown allowing the marking and adjustment of the ROI within the entire image.
[Figure 4.3 Color Doppler Mode]
Entering & Exiting C Mode

Press the C button on the control panel. Press the C button again. C Mode will be terminated and the mode
switched to 2D.
4-17
Operation Manual
C Mode Screen
ROI Box

ROI stands for Region of Interest. The ROI Box outlines the area of the 2D image where color (blood
flow) information is displayed in Color Doppler Mode.
Use the Change button to move and resize the ROI box. Each time you press the Change button, the
current state of the ROI box is displayed in the lower left of the screen.
ROI Position: You can move the ROI box. Use the Trackball to move the ROI box.
XX
ROI Size: You can resize the ROI box. Use the Change button to resize the ROI box.
XX
C Mode Soft Menu
Steer / Invert

Steer: Rotate the dial-button to adjust the angle of the ultrasound beam. This can minimize loss of
XX
color information based on the angle of the ultrasound beam. Select ROI from Left, None or Right.
NOTE: The Steer function appears in the Flexible Soft menu only when a Linear Probe is used.
Invert: Press the dial-button to invert the color bar. Inverting the color bar also inverts the colors
XX
displayed on the image.
Sensitivity

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [2] to select a value between 8 and 31. Increasing Sensitivity enhances
the sensitivity of a color image, but reduces the frame rate.
Density

Selects the density of a scan line. Select Low, Middle1, Middle2 or High using the Soft Menu dial-button
[3].
If you select High, the number of scan lines are increased and the resolution of an image improves. The
Frame Rate however reduces.
4-18
Scale (PRF)

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [5]. Rotating the Scale dial clockwise makes the PRF (Pulse Repetition
Frequency) increase so that the speed range of the blood flow is widened, and vice versa.
Baseline / Filter

Baseline
XX
If you rotate the Soft Menu dial-button [6] clockwise, the baseline rises.
In Color Doppler Mode, the color bar indicates the direction and speed of blood flow. Relative to the
baseline in the centre, the red color indicates the direction and speed of the blood flow towards a
probe. By contrast, the blue color indicates the direction and speed of the blood flow away from a
probe.
Filter
XX
The filter is an electrical filter used to eliminate low-frequency Doppler signals caused by the motion
of vessel walls. Adjust the Cutoff Frequency to remove the Doppler signals for which the frequencies
are lower than the Cutoff Frequency from the screen.
Select a value between F 0 and F 3 by pressing the Soft Menu dial-button [6]. The value will be
displayed on the monitor.
Color Map

Sets the Post Curve of an image. Select a type between 1 and 14 by rotating Soft Menu dial-button [1].
Balance

Adjust the range of color image display by comparing the Gray Level of the 2D image with the Doppler
signal values of the color image. As the Balance value increases, the color image appears, even in
regions with a high Gray Level in 2D image (bright regions), expanding the range of the color image.
Use the Soft Menu dial-button [2] to choose a Balance value between 1~16.
Color Format

Sets C Mode to use. Select Color + B/W, B/W Only or Color Only by rotating the Soft Menu dial-button
[3].
Color Mode

Sets the color display. Select Velocity or Vel + Var by rotating the Soft Menu dial-button [4]. If Velocity
or Vel+ Var is selected, a numeral representing the number of a color scale is indicated above and
below the color bar.
4-19
Operation Manual
Power Doppler Mode

This mode displays the color intensity of blood flow within the ROI in the 2D image.
It is appropriate for examining the presence and amount of blood flow. The 2D Mode image is also shown,
allowing the marking and adjustment of the ROI within the entire image.
[Figure 4.4 Power Doppler Mode]
Entering & Exiting PD Mode

Press the PD button on the control panel. Press the button again. PD Mode will be terminated and the
mode switched to 2D.
4-20
PD Mode Screen
Color Bar

In Power Doppler Mode, the colour bar varies depending on the screen display for Power Doppler
Mode that is selected in the PD Mode menu.
PD Mode: The color bar indicates the presence of blood flow and its amount. The top of the colour bar
XX
is the brightest section, where the amount of blood flow is at its highest.
DPDI Mode: The color bar indicates the direction and intensity of blood flow. With the baseline in the
XX
centre, the red colour represents the direction and intensity of blood flow moving toward the probe,
and the blue colour represents the direction and intensity of blood flow away from the probe.
ROI Box

The ROI (Region of Interest) outlines the area of the 2D image where color (blood flow) information is
displayed in Power Doppler Mode.
PD Mode Soft Menu
PD Mode

Rotate the Soft Menu dial-button [4] to select between PD Mode and DPDI Mode.
PD Mode: Shows only the intensity of the blood flow.

XX
DPDI Mode: Directional Power Doppler Imaging (DPDI) shows the intensity and direction of blood
XX
flow.
NOTE: Use of the menu and Soft Menu items is the same as in Color Doppler Mode.
4-21
Operation Manual
PW Spectral Doppler Mode

PW stands for Pulse Wave. PW Spectral Doppler Mode gives information on the speed of blood flow at a
specific site in the form of a spectral trace and audio signal. Distance (depth) information can also be obtained
by transmitting pulses over time frames.
This mode is useful for measuring low-speed blood flow such as in the abdomen and peripheral vessels. The
2D Mode image is also shown, allowing the marking and adjustment of an observation area within the entire
image.
[Figure 4.5 PW Spectral Doppler Mode]
Entering & Exiting PW Spectral Doppler Mode

Press the PW dial-button on the control panel. Press it again to return to 2D Mode.
Click the Update button to obtain a Spectral Doppler image.
4-22
PW Spectral Doppler Mode Screen
Sample Volume

When Sample Volume is on the blood flow of the 2D image, it represents Doppler Spectrum. The size
and depth of Sample volume is displayed in [mm] units. Its position is moved with the Trackball and
displayed in the xx.xx@yy.yy mm format. The format means that a Sample Volume of ‘xx.xx’ mm size is
located at a depth of ‘yy.yy’ mm.
For example, 2.00@16.70 mm means that a Sample Volume of 2.00mm size is located at a depth of
16.07mm.
Moving Sample Volume

XX
Use the Trackball on the control panel.
Resizing Sample Volume

XX
Adjust the Sample Volume size by pressing the Change button and using the Trackball on the
control panel. Press the Change button again to return to the Sample Volume Position Control
screen. The icon showing the two Trackball functions (SV Position/SV Size) is shown for a second and
then disappears.
Adjusting the angle of Sample Volume

XX
Use the Menu dial-button on the control panel. If you rotate the dial-button clockwise, the angle
increases from between –70 ~ +70.
HPRF (High PRF) Function

This function measures blood flow for which the speed exceeds the specified limit at a specified depth.
It expands the scale into double the size of the original scale. This function is available only in PW
Spectral Doppler Mode (D Only).
Activating HPRF
XX
To activate HPRF, increase the Scale values at the required depth. A The Phantom Gate will appear on
the D Line at a position higher than the sample volume. Once HPRF starts, PRF does not increase even
if you increase the scale value.
Finishing HPRF
XX
While HPRF is in use, decrease the scale value by one step to finish HPRF. The maximum PRF values in
PW Spectral Doppler Mode are shown.
4-23
Operation Manual
Moving Sample Volume

XX
To move the Sample Volume position in the D Only state, the system calculates PRF values and the
Phantom Gate position, and updates them on the PW Spectral Doppler image. HPRF is terminated
when HPRF cannot be activated.
When Sample Volume is moved in the 2D Only state, the PRF values don’t change.
NOTE: HPRF is not activated in Simultaneous Mode. It is also not activated if [PRF*2] exceeds 23KHz.
CAUTION:
XX
The Phantom Gate position can be located outside the 2D image area in Zoom Mode.
XX
Make sure that sample volume and Phantom Gate are not placed together in the measuring
area. If more than two Sample Volumes are located in the vessels, all Doppler components will
appear in the spectrum, causing noise.
PW Spectral Doppler Mode Soft Menu
SV Size / Angle

SV Size
XX
Set the size of the Sample Volume. Select a size between 0.5 and 15 by rotating the Soft Menu dial-
button [2].
Angle
XX
If you press the Soft Menu dial-button [2], the angle changes – 60, 0 or 60 degrees. The speed can be
measured accurately by adjusting the angle of the Sample Volume.
Auto Calc

If it is turned on, Doppler Trace is performed and the resulting values are displayed. When it is on, the
Mean Trace button is activated. The displayed values are as below. For information on setting display
values, please refer to "Chapter 7. Utility.”
4-24
Peak Systolic Velocity (PSV)

XX Time Averaged Mean Velocity (TAM)
XX
End Diastolic Velocity (EDV)
XX Diastole / Systole Ratio (D/S)
XX
Time Averaged Peak Velocity (TAP)
XX Max Pressure Gradient (PGmax)
XX
Resistive Index (RI)
XX Mean Pressure Gradient (PGmean)
XX
Pulsatility Index (PI)
XX Velocity Time Integral (VTI)
XX
Systole / Diastole Ratio (S/D)
XX PeakA
XX
CAUTION: The measurements done by Auto Trace under Measure and Real Time Automatic
Doppler Trace (Automatic Calculator) may be different from each other. This is because the
algorithms for these two methods are different. It is recommended to use Auto Trace under
Measure for more accurate measurement.
Things to Consider for Real Time Automatic Doppler Trace

Tips! 1. Aliasing occurs because PRF is too low in comparison to the image speed, or the spectrum is
clustered around the baseline because PRF is too high.
2. Peak is indistinctive or intermittent such as in Spectral waveforms for veins.
3. Meaningful spectrum distinction becomes difficult because Doppler Gain is set too high or too low.
4. An index is displayed during the transition time after Sample Volume is moved with the Trackball.
5. The major spectral signals are cut off because Doppler Wall Filter is set too high.
6. Peak Trace is interrupted due to abnormal Doppler noise or artifact, and the heart rate is above
approximately 140 bpm.
The trace and/or results of Real Time Automatic Doppler Trace may not be accurate in the above
situations. Furthermore, during auto calculation, results will not be displayed if the Freeze function is
run against inaccurate values.
AutoCalc Direction

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [3]. You can select the part of spectrum to use AutoCalc from Up, Down,
or All.
Simultaneous

Each time you press the Soft Menu dial-button [4], the Simultaneous function turns on and off.
NOTE: It appears in the PW menu only when “Utility > Setup > General > Simultaneous Mode”
is set to Allow.
If the Simultaneous function is enabled, you can view the 2D image and Spectral Doppler image
simultaneously in real time. If it is disabled, you can view only one of the two images.
The Simultaneous function decreases Doppler PRF, thus decreasing the measurable speed range.
4-25
Operation Manual
Mean Trace

NOTE: When AutoCalc is on, Mean Trace is displayed in the Soft Menu.
Displays a mean value by performing Doppler Trace. Press the Soft Menu dial-button [5] to turn it on or
off.
Baseline

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [6]. Adjust the X-axis of a Doppler image by rotating the dial-button.
NOTE: For information on the menu and other items in the Soft Menu, please refer to ‘2D Mode’
and ‘Color Doppler Mode.’ .
4-26
CW Spectral Doppler Mode

CW stands for Continuous Wave. PW Spectral Doppler Mode gives information on the speed/direction of blood
flow at a specific site in the form of a spectral trace and audio signal. Unlike PW Spectral Doppler Mode, it does
not provide Sample Volume.
[Figure 4.6 CW Spectral Doppler Mode]
Steered CW Spectral Doppler Mode

This mode is available with a Phase Array Probe only.
The 2D Mode image is also shown, allowing the marking and adjustment of an observation area within the
entire image.
Entering & Exiting CW Spectral Doppler Mode

Press the CW button on the control panel. Press it again to return to 2D Mode.
NOTE: The information on menu and Soft Menu items for PW Spectral Doppler Mode also applies
to this mode.
4-27
Operation Manual
TDI Mode
NOTE: This function appears in the Soft Menu only when a Phased Array Probe is used for cardiac
application.
TDI stands for Tissue Doppler Imaging. It represents movements of tissues such as a heart.
[Figure 4.7 Tissue Dopple Imaging Mode]
Entering TDI Mode

Press the Soft Menu dial-button [6] in Color Doppler Mode.
NOTE: For information on other items, please refer to ‘Color Doppler Mode’.
4-28
TDW Mode
NOTE: TDW is available only when the cardiac application with a Phased Array probe is selected.
TDW stands for Tissue Doppler Wave. It represents movements of tissues such as a heart.
[Figure 4.8 TDW Mode]
Entering TDW Mode

Press the Soft Menu dial-button [6] in Color Doppler Mode or PW Spectral Doppler Mode.
NOTE: For information on other items, please refer to ‘PW Spectral Doppler Mode.
4-29
Operation Manual
ElastoScan Mode
The elasticity of ROI in a 2D image is shown in color. The 2D Mode image is also shown, so that you can
mark and adjust the position of the ROI within the scanned image.
NOTE:
XX
ElastoScan Mode is an option for this product.
XX
The probes, applications, and presets that support ElastoScan are as follows: LN5-12 (Small parts
– Breast), L5-12/50 (Small parts – Breast), EVN4-9 (Gynecology-Uterus, Urology-Prostate), ER4-9
(Gynecology-Uterus, Urology-Prostate)
ElastoScan
Tips!
This process converts the elastic modulus (ultrasound image data) of a target object, obtained from
continuous ultrasound images, into an elastogram. A lesion’s location can be estimated by using
the differences in elastic modulus obtained from elastograms. The function of elastography is to
determine the difference in hardness or stiffness between healthy organs and lesions. Palpation
has been used to measure stiffness, but this method is only useful at depths close to the surface of
tissue. ElastoScan allows the user to identify the existence of solid masses in tissue, and converts the
hardness data into an image by sonically enhancing the palpation.
Elastography shows the spatial distribution of tissue elasticity properties in a region of interest
by estimating the strain before and after tissue distortion caused by external or internal forces.
Quantitative elastography is not provided.
E Entering and Exiting E Mode

In 2D mode, press ElastoScan in the menu.
E Mode Screen
E Dual Mode

In this mode, the elastogram and the 2D image are displayed together on the screen. Press
Single/Dual to select either Single or Dual mode.
To facilitate comparative observation, the 2D image is shown on the left and an E image is shown
on the right.
4-30
[Figure 4.9 E Dual Mode]
E Single Mode

In this mode, the E image is displayed alone on the screen. Press Single/Dual to select either
Single or Dual mode.
4-31
Operation Manual
[Figure 4.10 E Single Mode]
ROI Mode

ROI stands for Region of Interest. In E Mode, the ROI Box represents the area where elasticity
information is shown. Press ROI Mode to enter or exit ROI Mode.
You can adjust the position and size of the ROI box by using the Change button on the control
panel. Each time the Change button is pressed, the current status of the ROI Box is shown in the
bottom left corner of the screen.
−− E ROI Pos.: In this state, the position of the ROI Box can be changed. Use the trackball to reposition
the ROI Box.
−− E ROI Size: In this state, the size of the ROI Box can be changed. Use the trackball to resize the ROI
Box, and press the Change button to apply the new size.
NOTE: ROI Mode is available in E Single Mode as well as in E Dual Mode.
4-32
[Figure 4.11 ROI Mode]
Performing a Scan
When using E mode, place a probe onto the surface of the area you wish to observe and apply periodic
compression to it. The compression should be adjusted so that the strain stays within 3 - 5 %.
Breast

A breast is a complex organ that consists of latecomer, laticifer, glandular mammaria, fatty tissues,
fibrous tissues and chest muscles. Moving a probe along vertically causes unintended movements
of the tissues. To observe a lesion in ElastoScanMode (E Mode), it is recommended that you
minimize lateral or other directional movements, including vertical movement of tissues along the
axis.
The following are the images of a breast tumor scanned in 2D mode and E mode.
4-33
Operation Manual
a: b:
[Figure 4.12 Image of a Breast Tumor (a: 2D Mode, b: E Mode)]
Prostate

The prostate consists of tissues that are simpler than those of a breast, and there are relatively
fewer unintended movements.
The following are the images of a prostate tumor scanned in 2D mode and E mode .
a: b:
[Figure 4.13 Image of a Prostate Tumor (a: 2D Mode, b: E Mode)]
Screen Layout
Color Bar

In E Mode, the color bar indicates the stiffness of the tissue. Regardless of the color, the lower
section of the bar indicates that the target area is stiffer than the surrounding tissues, and the
upper section indicates that the target area is less stiff than the surrounding tissues.
4-34
E Mode Menu
Invert Color Map

Inverts the color bar. Inverting the color bar also inverts the color displayed on the image.
Alpha Blending

Press Alpha Blending to turn this function On or Off. Alpha Blending blends 2D and E images so
that they appear to overlap with each other. Use Blending Level to adjust the blending ratio.
E Gain

Adjust the brightness of E image between 1 – 100%.
Contrast

Select the contrast for an E image between 1 – 100%.
Enhancement

Adjusts the enhancement of the image. Use the Soft Menu dial-button to select a value between
0 and 100%. A higher value provides more clearly defined boundaries, at the expense of increased
noise.
Color Map Index

Select the color of the elastogram. Use the Soft Menu dial-button to select from types 1 to 5. If you
change the Color Map, the color bar will also change accordingly.
Blending Level

Select the ratio of Alpha Blending. You can adjust the level in 1% increments between 0 and 100%
by using the Soft Menu dial-button. Setting the value to 0% shows an E image only and setting it
to 100% shows a 2D image only.
Persistence Level

Specify the speed of change between frames. You can adjust the level in 1% increments between
0 and 100% by using the Soft Menu dial-button. Selecting a lower value increases the rate of
frame change.
4-35
Operation Manual
NOTE:
XX
The Following are not available or have limited functionality in E mode;
−− Unavailable functions: Scan Area, ECG
−− Only one Focus option is available.
−− Biopsy can only be turned On or Off.
−− Only distance, circumference, area, volume, and other measurements that can be taken in 2D
mode are supported.
Cine/Measurement

Elastograms processed with ElastoScan are saved in the Cine Memory; 728 images from Freeze
XX
are stored.
After performing a scan, press the Freeze button to enter Freeze mode. In Cine mode, you can
XX
use the trackball and menu buttons to review the elastogram.
2D-image measuring tools that are relevant to elastogram, including Line, Line Trace, Hip joint,
XX
Ellipse, and Trace, Vol., are provided.
Cine Edit

Define the area in the Cine Memory which you can explore and save.
Cine Review

Explore the area you have defined with Cine Edit.
Cine Save

You can save the elastogram.
4-36
Combined Mode
In Combined Mode, three different modes are combined including the default 2D Mode. Note that, in 2D/C
Live Mode, only two modes are combined: 2D and Color Doppler Modes.
2D/C/PW Mode
Color Doppler Mode and PW Spectral Doppler Mode are displayed simultaneously.
In Color Doppler Mode, press the PW button on the control panel. Or, in PW Spectral Doppler Mode, press the
C button on the control panel.
2D/PD/PW Mode
Power Doppler Mode and PW Spectral Doppler Mode are displayed simultaneously.
In Power Doppler Mode, press the PW button on the control panel. Or, in PW Spectral Doppler Mode, press the
PD button on the control panel.
2D/C/CW Mode
Color Doppler Mode and CW Spectral Doppler Mode are displayed simultaneously. This mode is available only
with certain probes.
In Color Doppler Mode, press the CW button on the control panel. Or, in CW Spectral Doppler Mode, press the
C button on the control panel.
2D/PD/CW Mode
Power Doppler Mode and CW Spectral Doppler Mode are displayed simultaneously. This mode is available
only with certain probes.
In Power Doppler Mode, press the CW button on the control panel. Or, in CW Spectral Doppler Mode, press the
PD button on the control panel.
4-37
Operation Manual
2D/C/M Mode
Color Doppler Mode and M Mode are displayed simultaneously.
In Color Doppler Mode, press the M dial-button on the control panel. Or, in M Mode, press the C dial-button on
the control panel. (This button is enabled for specific diagnostic applications with specific probes only.)
2D/C Live Mode

2D Mode and Color Doppler Mode are displayed simultaneously. In 2D Mode, press the Soft Menu dial-button
[2] 2D/C Live.
Changing Combined Mode Format
Changing the active image mode

Press the Update button on the control panel. The current active image mode - ‘D Only’ or ‘2D Only’ - is
displayed above the menu on the screen.
In Combined Mode, more than two image modes are used at the same time. The image mode currently
in use is called ‘Active Image Mode.’ For example, if Sample Volume is moved with the Trackball in
2D/C/PW Mode, PW Spectral Doppler Mode becomes the current active image mode.
Because the menu and button options vary depending on the active image mode, use the Update
button change the active image mode.
Note that the active image mode cannot be changed with the Update button when the Freeze
function is in effect.
Changing menu

Press the Active Mode button on the control panel.
You can change the menu and Soft Menu items without changing the active image mode. Buttons for
the active image mode appear on the control panel.
For example, if the Soft Menu for 2D Mode is displayed on the screen in 2D/C/PW Mode, press the
Active Mode button to switch to the Soft Menu for Color Doppler Mode.
NOTE: For information on optimizing an image in Combined Mode, please refer to “Basic Mode.”
4-38
Multi-Image Mode
The product supports Dual Mode and Quad Mode.
In Multi-Image Mode, an image can be displayed in different combined modes. Button operations in an active
area are the same as in Combined Mode.
Dual Mode
Press the Dual button on the control panel.
You can compare two different images at the same time. Each time you press the Dual button, one of the two
images is selected. The current active image mode is displayed as a yellow line at the top. Button and menu
items for the current image mode are displayed.
Press the 2D button on the control panel to exit Dual Mode.
[Figure 4.14 Dual mode]
4-39
Operation Manual
Quad Mode
Press the ESC key button on the keyboards.
You can compare four different images at the same time. Each time you press the ESC key, one of the four
images is selected. The current active image mode is displayed as a yellow line at the top. The button controls
and menus of the active image mode are used.
To exit from Quad Mode, press the 2D button.
[Figure 4.15 Quad mode]
4-40
3D/4D Mode
An observation area is displayed in a 3D image. SONOACE R7 provides 3D and 4D Modes.
3D/4D Mode
3D Mode
In this mode, 3D or standard probes are used to obtain 3D images.
NOTE: Standard probes may not be used in 4D Modes and their use may be limited in 2D and 3D Modes.
Depending on the probe used and how images are obtained, 3D Mode can be divided into the following:
2D/3D

In this mode, 3D or standard probes are used to obtain 3D images.
Tips! In Static 3D Mode, a 3D probe is used. In Freehand 3D Mode, a standard probe is used.
4D Mode
In this mode, a 3D probe is used to obtain 3D images in real time. It is also called Live 3D Mode.
Entering & Exiting 3D/4D Mode

Press the 3D/4D button on the control panel. Press it again to exit 3D/4D Mode and return to 2D Mode.
4-41
Operation Manual
3D/4D Mode Screen
ROI Box

In 3D/4D Mode, the ROI box is also called the Volume Box, which indicates an area in a 2D image to be
converted into a 3D/4D image.
The location and size of the ROI box can be adjusted with the Change button on the control panel.
Each time the Change button is pressed, the state of the ROI box is shown in the lower left corner of
the screen as below:
ROI Position: The ROI Box can be relocated. Use the Trackball to move the ROI box to another location.
XX
ROI Size: The ROI Box can be resized. Use the Trackball to change the size of the ROI box, and then
XX
press the Change button to set the new size.
4-42
3D StandBy Mode
In this mode, various parameters can be set before 3D or 4D images are obtained.
[Figure 4.16 3D StandBy Mode]
3D StandBy Mode Soft Menu
NOTE: In Freehand 3D Mode, where only standard probes are allowed, Soft Menus [1], [2] and [3]
are available.
Scan Mode

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [1]. Rotate the dial-button to select the desired 3D Mode between 3D
and 4D.
When a standard probe is used, 3D is displayed, and this may not be changed.
4-43
Operation Manual
View Mode

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [2]. Rotate the dial-button to select the desired View Mode from MPR,
MSV and Oblique View.
MPR (Multi Planar Rendering): A standard 3D mode. Once 3D images are obtained, the 3D View screen
XX
appears.
MSV (Multi Slice View): A type of 3D XI. Once 3D images are obtained, the 3D XI screen appears.
XX
Oblique View: A type of 3D XI. Once 3D images are obtained, the Oblique View screen of 3D XI appears.
XX
When a standard probe is used, MPR is displayed, and this may not be changed.
NOTE: For more information on MSV and Oblique View, please refer to ‘3D XI.’
Load Preset

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [3]. Rotate the dial-button to select the desired preset.
When a standard probe is used, available options are Default or User1 - User5.
NOTE: You can select Default, Surface, Skeleton or User3~User5 for OB application.
Scan Quality / Auto ROI

Scan Quality
XX
Use the Soft Menu dial-button [5]. Rotate the dial-button to select the scan speed from Low, Middle,
High, Extreme.
−− Extreme: The image quality is excellent. Use this option to observe detailed images.
−− High: The image quality is lower than Extreme but the speed is faster than Extreme.
−− Middle: The image quality is lower than High but the speed is faster than High.
−− Low: The image quality is low but the 3D image speed (or rendering speed) is fast.
Auto ROI
XX
NOTE: This option appears only when the application for a 3D probe is set to OB.
4-44
Select Auto ROI in the menu. Press the button to turn it on or off. If it is turned on, the Volume Box is
automatically placed over an area that will be converted to a 3D image.
When Auto ROI is used, the following should be considered:
−− Images can be obtained over the fetal body only.
−− The resulting 3D image is affected by the brightness or contrast of a 2D image.
−− Once Auto ROI is turned on, the location or size of the Volume Box cannot be changed.
Scan Angle

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [6]. Rotate the dial-button to adjust the scan angle. The desired scan
angle varies depending on the probe used.
Acquiring 3D Images
1. Select the desired 3D Mode in the Soft Menu [1].
2. Specify the location and size of the ROI box as desired.
3. Use the Menu button and the Soft Menu dial-buttons [2] - [6] to set various parameters.
4. Once done, press the Freeze or Set button. The system will start acquiring 3D images.
5. Once 3D images are acquired, the 3D View or 3D XI screen appears.
In the Soft Menu [2], if MPR is selected, 3D View is enabled, and if MSV or Oblique View is selected,
XX
3D XI is enabled. Depending on the mode selected, 3D View or 3D XI is displayed in the upper left
corner of the screen.
If a 3D image is acquired with its left and right sides flipped, it appears in 3D View or 3D XI with its
XX
sides flipped.
6. After optimizing the acquired 3D images, proceed with diagnosis
4-45
Operation Manual
How to Improve 3D Image Quality

Tips! XX
Consider the direction, division and size of the viewpoint, as well as the visibility of an object.
XX
Before acquiring 3D images, adjust the contrast in 2D Mode.
XX
If the ROI box is bigger, it takes more time to acquire 3D images. Therefore, set the ROI box to an
appropriate size.
XX
To see the 3D scan of a fetus in a frontal view, position the fetal head in the direction of
“Direction Mark”, putting it in the coronal plane. Then scan the fetus from back to abdomen.
XX
The 3D image of the fetal face can be more easily found in the coronal plane than in the sagital
plane.
XX
In case echo is not generated (ex. amniotic fluid), to determine surface contour, the surfaces of
objects should be insulated with hypo-echoic textures.
XX
To obtain a high quality 3D surface, adjust Low-Threshold. As a general rule, do not adjust High-
Threshold; set it to the maximum value of 255.
4-46
3D View-MPR
This screen appears after 3D images are acquired when View Mode is set to MPR in 3D StandBy Mode. 3D
View is displayed in the upper left corner of the screen.
After optimizing the acquired 3D images, proceed with diagnosis and measurement.
NOTE: When 3D images are acquired with a standard probe, 3D View is automatically enabled.
[Figure 4.17 3D View - MPR]
3D View Screen
Screen Layout

The main 3D View screen consists of Axial Section, Sagital Section and Coronal Section surface images
— which are volume data cut by anatomical locations — and 3D images.
For the purpose of convenience, Axial Section is displayed as “A plane,” Sagital Section as “B plane,” and
Coronal Section as “C plane.”
4-47
Operation Manual
Trackball Mode

The current Trackball mode is displayed in the user information area. You can choose Trackball mode
from Cursor, Move and ROI. To change the Trackball mode, press the Change button on the control
panel. Each time the button is pressed, the Trackball mode is toggled.
Cursor: The Trackball can be used to position the cursor. Use the Trackball and Set button to select
XX
the icon menu on the screen. Press the Pointer button on the control panel to switch to the cursor
mode.
Move: The Trackball can be used to move 3D images. The acquired 3D image is moved around
XX
according to the movement of the Trackball.
ROI: The Trackball can be used to resize the ROI box. The size of the ROI box over a 3D image is
XX
changed according to the Trackball movement. The ROI mode is available only when Basic in the icon
menu is set to ROI.
Moving Images

Place the Trackball pointer over an image to move, and then move it while pressing the Set button.
Alternatively, use the Trackball to move an image when Trackball mode is set to Move.
Set Button: An image can be rotated around the center.

XX
Exit Button: An image can be moved up/down/left/right.

XX
4-48
Resizing ROI

When the Trackball mode is set to ROI, move the Trackball to resize the ROI box. When the Trackball
mode is set to Cursor, place the cursor over the ROI box and then use the Trackball and Set button to
resize it.
Rotating Images by X-axis

Use the Soft Menu dial-buttons [4/X] on the control panel. Alternatively, when the Trackball mode is
set to Cursor, place the cursor on the A Plane image and then move the Trackball while pressing the
Set button.
Rotating Images by Y-axis

Use the Soft Menu dial-buttons [5/Y] on the control panel. Alternatively, when the Trackball mode is
set to Cursor, place the cursor on the B Plane image and then move the Trackball while pressing the
Set button.
Rotating Images by Z-axis

Use the Soft Menu dial-buttons [6/Z] on the control panel. Alternatively, when the Trackball mode is
set to Cursor, place the cursor on the C Plane image and then move the Trackball while pressing the
Set button.
Showing/Hiding Menu

Press the Menu dial-button to show the menu on the screen. Press the Exit button to hide the menu.
Moving Menu Tabs

Use the Trackball and the Set button to move a tab in the menu. The Active mode can also be used.
Selecting Items

Press the Menu dial-button.
Returning to Upper Menu

Press the Exit button.
4-49
Operation Manual
Entering Text and Indicator
Entering Text

Press the [F3] button on the alphanumeric keyboard.
Entering Indicator

Press the [F2] button on the alphanumeric keyboard.
Saving and Printing
Saving Images

Press the Save button on the control panel. The 3D Data Save window will appear.
Select Image under Save Type and then press the Save button to save images
[Figure 4.18 3D Data Save]
Saving Images with Volume Data

Press the Save button on the control panel and then the 3D Data Save window will appear.
Select Volume under Select Item and then press the Save button again to save images along with
volume data. If volume data contains Cine images, they are also saved together.
4-50
NOTE: If volume data contains both 4D and 3D Cine images, choose one or other under Select
Item and save it.
If images are saved with volume data, they can be converted to 3D rendering images with SonoView.
XX
Printing Image

Press the Print button on the control panel.
MPR Mode Menu

Display
Select Display in the menu to specify the desired display format.
2D

Axial, Sagital or Coronal plane images and Orientation Help (OH) are displayed on the screen. OH shows
the relative position of the selected plane in reference to volume data.
How to Improve 3D Image Quality

Tips!
Since diagnosis is performed with multi-planar images only in 2D Mode, Soft Menu Full can be used
for more detailed observation.
2D / 3D

Axial, Sagital or Coronal plane images and 3D images are displayed on the screen.
Volume CT

Axial, Sagital or Coronal plane images and the actual combination of them are displayed on the screen.
The boundary of each plane is shown in a different color.
ROI 3D

Axial, Sagital or Coronal plane images and 3D images are displayed on the screen. The ROI Box can be
changed for better observation.
4-51
Operation Manual
Fixed 3D

Axial, Sagital or Coronal plane images and the 3D image that is set within the ROI box in ROI 3D Mode
are displayed on the screen. The ROI Box does not appear.
Ref. Image
Use the Menu dial-button to select a reference image from A, B and C. Depending on the reference image
selected, the direction of the arrow changes.
3D Orientation
Select 0, 90, 180 or 270 degrees using the Menu dial-button. The coordinate system rotates to the Z-axis in
the 3D Reference Coordinate System.
VCE
Press the Menu dial-button to turn it on or off. If it is on, the contrast ratio of a 3D image is enhanced. VCE
stands for Volume Contrast Enhancement.
NOTE:
XX
Select VCE in the Quick menu in MPR Mode.
XX
VCR is available only in the 2D/3D, ROI 3D and Fixed 3D modes.
Auto Contour
Press the Menu dial-button to turn it on or off.
This function automatically locates the fetal face area in a fetus image scanned for Sagital. If it is turned on,
a contour line appears and a 3D image is contoured in the ROI box on A Plane.
NOTE: This function is only available in ROI 3D Mode where Render Direction under Render
Setup is C+.
3D Cine
Use the Menu dial-button to select 3D Cine in the 3D View menu. Then 3D Cine Mode will be enabled.
§ 3D Cine Define
Specify settings required for Cine execution.
4-52
Rotation Angle

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [1] to set all of the rotation angles for an image. Valid values are 30, 45,
60, 90, 180 and 360˚.
Step Angle

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [2] to set the rotation angle by step for an image. Valid values are 1, 3, 5
and 15˚.
The Difference between Rotation Angle and Step Angle
Tips!
A Cine image rotates to the angle set in Rotation Angle in increments as set in Step Angle. For
example, if Rotation Angle is set to 360˚ and Step Angle is set to 15°, 3D Cine rotates to 360° using
15˚ steps.
Rotate Axis

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [3] to set the rotation direction to X or Y.
Start Angle

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [4] to set the start point of a Cine image. Valid values are -180 to -1. If
Start Angle is set, Rotation Angle is disabled.
End Angle

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [5] to set the end point of a Cine image. Valid values are 1 - 180. If End
Angle is set, Rotation Angle is disabled.
Mix

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [6] to set the rendering mix. Valid values are 0 - 100.
Calculate

Press the Soft Menu dial-button [6]. Start configuring a Cine image with the specified settings.
3D Cine

Specify settings required for Cine execution.
4-53
Operation Manual
Play Mode

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [1] to select how 3D Cine is played.
Loop: Continues to play 3D Cine in one direction repeatedly.

XX
Yoyo: Plays 3D Cine in one direction until the end is reached and then continues to play it in the
XX
reverse direction.
Speed (%)

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [2] to set the playback speed of a Cine image. Valid options are 25,
50,100, 200, 300 and 400%.
Cine Frame

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [3] to select and observe a specific Cine image. Cine Frame is displayed
in the menu only when the Cine playback is stopped. The number of the frame for the current image,
out of all the frames, is indicated in the menu.
Mix

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [4] to set the rendering mix. Valid values are 0 - 100.
Cine Playback / Pause

Press the Soft Menu dial-button [4] to pause or play.
New Cine

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [5] to enable New Cine Mode. Return to the 3D Cine Define screen.
Clear Cine

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [6] to delete the current Cine image. Return to the 3D Cine Define
screen.
4-54
[Figure 4.19 3D Cine]
4-55
Operation Manual
4D Cine
Use the Menu dial-button to select 4D Cine in the 3D View menu. Then 4D Cine Mode will be enabled.
[Figure 4.20 4D Cine]
NOTE: 4D Cine can also be enabled by pressing the Freeze button in 4D Mode.
After specifying the playback mode and Cine type, press the Play button to start playing a Cine image.
Cine Type

In the menu on the screen, use the Menu dial-button to select Cine type.
Image: The standard Cine playback mode. [Start Angle], [End Angle], [Speed(%)], [Image Position]
XX
appear in the Soft Menu.
Volume: While a Cine image is being played, the MPR screen appears on the screen. The display format
XX
can be changed to optimize Cine image playback. Vol. Indexs appears in the Soft Menu.
4-56
Play Mode

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [1] to select the playback mode of a Cine image.
Loop: Continues to play a Cine image in one direction repeatedly.

XX
Yoyo: Plays a Cine image in one direction until the end is reached and then continues to play it in the
XX
reverse direction.
Cine Type

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [2] to select a Cine type.
Start Angle

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [3] to set the start point of a Cine image. This option appears only when
Cine Type is Image.
End Angle

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [4] to set the end point of a Cine image. This option appears only when
Cine Type is Image.
Speed (%)

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [5] to set the playback speed of a Cine image. Valid values are 25 -
400%. This option appears only when Cine Type is Image.
Image Position

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [6] to select a Cine image that will be shown on the current screen. This
option appears only when Cine Type is Image.
Vol. Index

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [6] to select volume data that will be shown on the current screen. This
option appears only when Cine Type is Volume.
4-57
Operation Manual
Preset
Use the Menu dial-button to select. Set or rename a preset as desired.
Preset

Select a preset between Default or User1 and User 5. If you click Default, it is set to the default value of
the system.
Load Preset

Loads the selected preset onto the system.
Save Preset

Saves the changes of the preset.
Rename

Changes the name of a User Preset in a Name pop-up window.
Render Setup
Use the Menu dial-button to select Render Setup.
§ Gray Render Mode

This mode shows volume data acquired by the gray method as a 3D rendering image.
Render Mode 1

Sets Render Mode 1.
Surface: Represents a 3D image in the Ray-casting method where the surface of an image is expressed
XX
with curves.
Smooth: Provides a 3D image that is smoother than Surface.

XX
Max: Represents a 3D image in maximum intensity. This option can be useful for observation of bone
XX
structure.
Min: Represents a 3D image in minimum intensity. This option can be useful for observation of vessels
XX
or cavities in the human body.
X-Ray: Represents a 3D image in average intensity. An image is shown like an X-ray image.
XX
4-58
Render Mode 2

Sets Render Mode 2. It can be set in the same way as for Render Mode 1.
TH. High

Sets the minimum range of a threshold. Select between 0 and 255.
MagiCut
Use the Menu dial-button to select MagiCut in the 3D View menu. MagiCut can be used to eliminate parts
in a 3D image that are irrelevant for diagnosis.
NOTE: This function is not available in 4D Mode.
[Figure 4.21 MagiCut]
4-59
Operation Manual
CutMode

Use the Menu dial-button to set Cut Mode.
Inside Contour: Cuts the inside of the selected area.

XX
Outside Contour: Cuts the outside of the selected area.

XX
Inside Box: Cuts the inside of the box.

XX
Outside Box: Cuts the outside of the box.

XX
Small Eraser: Cuts with a small eraser.

XX
Big Eraser: Cuts with a big eraser.

XX
Depth

Use the Menu dial-button to set Cut Depth.
Full: Cuts the entire area.

XX
Defined: Cuts the defined area. Define an area to cut as below:

XX
1. Use the Trackball and the Set button to define an area to cut.
2. Use the Menu dial-button to set the cutting depth. Valid values are 1 - 100.
−− Use the Undo function or Undo All function to restore the image and to cut the same area.
−− Undo: Cancels cutting the selected area.
−− Redo: Redoes the cancelled area.
−− Undo All: Cancels all cutting operations.
3. Press the Soft Menu dial-button [6] Apply to complete the setting.
Palette
Use the Menu dial-button to select Palette in the 3D View menu. Then set the colors for 2D and 3D images.
2D Palette

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [1] to set the color of a 2D image. Valid options are Palettes 0 - 9.
3D Palette

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [2] to set the color of a 3D image. Valid options are Palettes 0 - 9.
4-60
MPR Mode Soft Menu
Mix

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [1] to set the rendering mix between 0 and 100.
NOTE: This option is available in 2D/3D, ROI 3D and Fixed 3D only.
Init

Press the Soft Menu dial-button [1]. The initial 3D image and settings will be restored.
Th.Low

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [2] to set the value between 0 and 254.
Threshold
Tips!
A threshold is used to eliminate unnecessary data from an image. If it is increased, more cyst
components are shown. If it is decreased, more bone components are shown.
Full

Press the Soft Menu dial-button [2]. A 3D image will be displayed in the full screen mode. Press the
button again to return to the previous screen.
Transparency

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [3] to set the transparency to between 20 and 250 for a 3D image.
The lowest value of 20 is the most transparent level, and the highest value of 250 is a completely
opaque level.
4-61
Operation Manual
U/D Flip

Press the Soft Menu dial-button [3]. An image is flipped upside down.
Rotate X / Y / Z

Rotates a 3D image in the selected axis direction. Use the Soft Menu dial-buttons [4], [5] or [6] to
rotate the image to the X, Y or Z axis, respectively.
Next Page

Press the Soft Menu dial-button [6] to move to the next page.
Select

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [1] to select a Post Curve to change the settings for.
Position

Use the Soft Menu button [2] to change the location of a Post Curve that is selected under Select.
Valid values are 0 – 100.
Bias

Use the Soft Menu button [3] to change the bias of a Post Curve that is selected under Select. Valid
values are -100 to 100.
Zoom

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [4] to adjust a value between 25 and 400.
Prev Page

Press the Soft Menu dial-button [6] to move to the previous page.
4-62
3D XI Mode (Optional)
If View Mode is set to MSV or Oblique View in 3D StandBy Mode, this screen appears when a 3D image is
acquired. 3D XI is displayed in the upper left corner of the screen.
3D XI Mode also appears if MSV, Oblique View or Volume CT is selected in the 3D View screen. 3D XI is
displayed in the upper left corner of the screen.
In 3D XI Mode, the plane of an image is divided into several sections and displayed to enhance the effectiveness
of diagnosis. It has three sub-modes as below.
NOTE: 3D XI is available only when a 3D probe is used.
MSV Mode
Press the MSV tab in the menu. MSV stands for Multi-Slice View, which allows you to divide an image into
several slices for better observation.
[Figure 4.22 Multi-Slice View]
4-63
Operation Manual
NOTE: This mode provides a number of functions including Calculator, Caliper, Text and
Indicator.
MSV Mode Menu
Layout

Set the screen layout by selecting one out of the 1x1, 2x1, 3x2, 3x3, 4x3 and 6x4 buttons on the
screen.
XX
If 1×1 is selected, one image can be viewed at a time. - If 6×4 is selected, 24 slice images can be
Tips! viewed at a time.
XX
Each time a new layout is selected, the currently selected image moves to the first position on
the screen.
Ref. Image

Choose a plane in which to view multi-slice images by selecting from A, B and C planes.
Ref. OH

Select a plane to be used as Reference OH.
If Ref. OH is 3D: Indicates the location of the selected slice in relation to volume data.
XX
If Ref. OH is A, B or C: Indicates the location of the selected slice.

XX
Preset

Sets a preset or renames.
Preset: Use the dial-button to select Default or User1 ~ User5. If you select Default, it is set to the
XX
default value of the system.
Rename: Renames a preset. If you press the dial-button, a Name window will appear.
XX
Save Preset: Press the dial-button to save changes of a preset.

XX
Load Preset: Press the dial-button to load the selected preset onto the system.
XX
4-64
Palette

Set the color of a 2D image. The Soft Menu changes.
2D Palette: Use the dial-button to set the color to between 0 and 9 for a 2D image.
XX
Post Processing
Use the Menu dial-button to select Post Processing in the 3D XI menu. The Post Processing menu will
appear.
Post Processing performs post processing for a multi-slice image.
Invert

Press the Menu dial-button to turn it on or off. If it is turned on, the brightness of multi-slice images is
inverted.
Auto Contrast

Press the Menu dial-button to turn it on or off. If it is turned on, the brightness of multi-slice images is
automatically adjusted.
Thres.

This function moderates excessive brightness in an image. If it is turned on, Th. Low and Th. High
appear in the Soft Menu.
Th. Low: Use the Soft Menu dial-button [3].

XX
Th. High: Use the Soft Menu dial-button [4].

XX
Sharp

This function allows you to adjust the boundary of Multi-Slice images. If it is turned on, Sharp appears
in the Soft Menu.
Sharp: Use the Soft Menu dial-button [5] to set the value between 100 and 400. If it is set to a higher
XX
value, the boundary becomes clearer.
4-65
Operation Manual
XI MR

Press the Menu dial-button to turn it on or off. XI MR is used to improve the image quality by stressing
the contrast and edges of images. When it is turned on, it only affects the index image in a yellow
frame.
Gradient Mask

Rotate the Menu dial-button to select Top, Bottom, Left or Right. Gradient Mask adjusts the
brightness of a certain area in a multi-slice image. An area corresponding to the selected button gets
brighter.
NOTE: For information on Preset and Palette, please refer to ‘3D View-MPR Mode.’
MSV Mode Soft Menu
Slice Thickness

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [1] to select a multi-slice cutting space between 0.5, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 4.0 and
5.0 mm.
NOTE: Slice Thickness represents a slice space in the volume data, and thus it does not represent
the actual anatomical location.
Selected Slice

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [2] to select a slice line. The selected line can be viewed in a 2D
reference image. The volume slice image for the selected slice line is indicated with an orange color
band.
Page Change

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [3] to change page. This option is used when there is more than one
page due to multiple indices.
Orientation Dot

Press the Soft Menu dial-button [4] to turn it on or off. If it is on, a dot is indicated in the center of the
image.
4-66
Init

Press the Soft Menu dial-button [5] to return to the initial screen in MSV Mode.
Ruler

Press the Soft Menu dial-button [1] to set the location of the ruler. You can select None, Right, Left,
Top, Bottom or All.
Bias

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [3] to adjust the bias of a Post Curve. Valid values are -100 to 100.
Position

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [2] to adjust the location of a Post Curve. Valid values are 0 to 100.
Zoom

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [4] to adjust a value between 25 and 400.
L/R Flip

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [4]. When the button is pressed, the left and right sides of an image are
flipped.
U/D Flip

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [5]. When the button is pressed, an image is flipped upside down.
Oblique View
Press the Oblique View tab in the menu. Perpendicular plane images can be viewed by applying a line or
contour on Coronal, Sagital and Axial images.
4-67
Operation Manual
The View Direction of Perpendicular Plane Image

Tips!
The direction of view is perpendicular to a cross-sectional plane in volume data. Please refer to the
following illustration:
NOTE: While measurement functions such as Calculator and Caliper are not available, Text and
Indicator functions are available.
[Figure 4.23 Oblique View]
4-68
Oblique View Mode Menu
Single Static Line

This allows you to view a plane that is perpendicular to the default line in an image. Use the Soft Menu
dial-button [2] Rotation Line dial-button on the control panel to rotate the default line.
Dynamic Line

This allows you to draw a straight line and view a plane that is perpendicular to the line.
Use the Trackball and the Set button to draw a straight line. For the line drawn, the start point is
XX
marked with S and the end point is marked with E.
Use the Change button on the control panel to move the line. Use the Trackball to place the line at
XX
the desired location and then press the Set button to set the new location.
Use the Angle dial-button on the control panel or the Soft Menu dial-button [2] Rotation Line to
XX
change the angle of the line.
Contour

This allows you to contour a straight line or curve and view a plane that is perpendicular to it. The
contouring, moving and modifying of a line are the same as in Dynamic Line.
Multi-Line

This allows you to draw a straight line and view a plane that is perpendicular to the line. The drawing,
moving and modifying of a line are the same as in Dynamic Line.
NOTE: With Multi-Line and Multi-Contour, more than one line can be drawn only when Auto
Increase is turned on.
Multi Contour

This allows you to contour a straight line or curve and view a plane that is perpendicular to it. The
contouring, moving and modifying of a line are the same as in Dynamic Line.
Multi Parallel

If you draw a straight line, four lines parallel to it are applied to a reference image to display an oblique
image.
4-69
Operation Manual
After pressing Multi-Parallel, use the Trackball and the Set button to draw a reference line. Parallel
XX
lines are then automatically drawn.
Use the Soft Menu dial-button [3] Slice Thickness to adjust the spaces between parallel lines.
XX
Multi Plumb

If you draw a straight line, four lines perpendicular to it are applied to a reference image to display an
oblique image.
After pressing Multi-Plumb, use the Trackball and the Set button to draw a reference line.
XX
Perpendicular lines are then automatically drawn.
Use the Soft Menu dial-button [3] Slice Thickness to adjust the spaces between perpendicular lines.
XX
NOTE:
XX
For information on Orientation Dot, please refer to ‘MSV Mode.’
XX
For information on Preset and Palette, please refer to ‘3D View-MPR Mode.’
Oblique View Mode Soft Menu
Rotate Line

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [2] to adjust the location of a line. This option is not available when
Contour or Multi-Contour is selected in the Oblique View Mode menu.
Rotate X / Y / Z

Rotates a 3D image in the selected axis direction. Use the Soft Menu dial-buttons [4], [5] or 6 to rotate
the image to the X, Y or Z axis, respectively.
Orientation Dot

Press the Soft Menu dial-button [5] to turn it on or off. If it is on, a dot is indicated in the center of the
image.
Next Page

Press the Soft Menu dial-button [6] to move to the next page.
4-70
Position

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [2] to adjust the location of a Post Curve. Valid values are 0 – 100.
Bias

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [3] to adjust the bias of a Post Curve. Valid values are -100 to 100.
Prev Page

Press the Soft Menu dial-button [6] to move to the previous page.
Volume CT Mode
Press the Volume CT tab in the menu. In this mode, an image is divided into Axial, Sagital and Coronal
images, which are then recombined in 3D for display. This mode provides information on surface images.
Volume CT Mode has two sub-modes: Cube Volume CT and Cross Volume CT.
NOTE: While measurement functions such as Calculator and Caliper are not available, Text and
Indicator functions are available.
4-71
Operation Manual
§Cube Volume CT
Press the Cube in the Volume CT menu. This mode provides information on neighboring external surface
images in a cube.
[Figure 4.24 Cube VolumeCT]
Select Surface

Use the Menu dial-button to select a reference surface to view. Available options are Front, Back, Left,
Right, Up and Down. The selected surface appears in frontal view. The orientation of the current cube is
shown in the lower right corner of the screen.
Use the Soft Menu dial-buttons [1]~[6] to change the location of the selected reference surface.
Init

Press the Soft Menu dial-button [1] to return to the initial screen in Volume CT Mode.
4-72
Boundary

Press the Soft Menu dial-button [3] to turn it on or off. This option allows you to show or hide
additional boundary lines in Cube Volume CT. Additional boundary lines indicate the external area of
the entire volume.
Zoom

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [1] on the control panel to zoom an image by 25 – 400 times.
Rotation

Use the 4/X, 5/Y and 6/Z dial-button on the control panel to rotate a Cube Volume CT image by the
X-, Y- or Z-axis.
§Cross Volume CT
Press the Cross in the Volume CT menu. This mode provides information on images within the planes
intersecting each other.
[Figure 4.25 Cross Volume CT]
4-73
Operation Manual
A Plane

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [1] to set the location of the Front Surface from between -127 and 127.
It will be displayed in blue frames on the screen.
B Plane

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [2] to set the location of the Upper Surface from between -127 and 127.
It will be displayed in red frames on the screen.
C Plane

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [3] to set the location of the Left Surface from between -127 and 127. It
will be displayed in frames on the screen.
NOTE: Other usages are the same as for Cube Volume CT.
4-74
Chapter 5 Measurements and
Calculations
Measurement Accuracy...................................5-3
Causes of Measurement Errors............................................5-3
Optimization of Measurement Accuracy........................5-5
Measurement Accuracy Table..............................................5-7
Basic Measurements........................................5-9
Distance Measurement........................................................5-11
Circumference and Area Measurement.........................5-16
Volume Measurement..........................................................5-18
Calculations by Application......................... 5-21

Things to note..........................................................................5-21
Common Measurement Methods...................................5-25
OB Calculation.........................................................................5-31
Gynecology Calculation.......................................................5-44
Cardiac Calculation................................................................5-51
Carotid Calculation................................................................5-63
Urology Calculation...............................................................5-75
Fetal Echo Calculation..........................................................5-80
LE Artery Calculation.............................................................5-85
UE Artery Calculation............................................................5-95
LE Vein Calculation..............................................................5-100
UE Vein Calculation.............................................................5-104
Radiology Calculation........................................................5-109
TCD Calculation....................................................................5-117
Chapter 5
Thyroid Calculation.............................................................5-123
Breast Calculation................................................................5-125
Testicle Calculation.............................................................5-127
Superficial Calculation.......................................................5-129
Pediatric Hips Calculation................................................5-131
Musculoskeletal Calculation...........................................5-133
Report............................................................ 5-134
Viewing Report.....................................................................5-135
Video Out................................................................................5-136
Editing Report.......................................................................5-136
Adding Comment...............................................................5-138
Printing Report.....................................................................5-139
Saving Report.......................................................................5-139
Transferring Report.............................................................5-140
Stress Echo Report..............................................................5-140
Graph Function....................................................................5-141
Closing Report......................................................................5-145
Measurement Accuracy
Measurement values can vary, depending on the nature of the ultrasound, the body’s response to ultrasound,
the measurement tools, algorithms, product settings, probe type and user operation.
Before using this product, make sure to read and understand the following information regarding the causes
of measurement errors, and measurement optimization.
Causes of Measurement Errors
Image Resolution
The resolution of ultrasound images may be limited by the available space.
Errors due to a signal range may be minimized by adjusting focus settings. Optimizing focus settings
XX
increases the resolution of the measurement area.
In general, lateral resolution is lower than axial resolution. Therefore, measurements should be
XX
performed along the axis of the ultrasound beam to obtain accurate values.
Gain has a direct impact on resolution. Gain can be adjusted by using the Gain button for each mode.
XX
In general, increasing the frequency of ultrasound enhances resolution.
XX
Pixel Size
An ultrasound images in the product consist of pixels.
XX
Since a single pixel represents the basic unit of an image, a measurement error may result in the
XX
displacement of approximately ±1 pixel when compared to the original image size.
However, this error becomes significant only when a narrow area in an image is measured.
XX
Ultrasound Velocity
The velocity of ultrasound used during measurement is usually 1,540 m/s on average.
XX
The velocity of ultrasound may vary depending on the cell type.
XX
The possible range of error is between approximately 2-5% depending on the structure of cells (about
XX
2% for typical cells and about 5% for fatty cells).
5-3
Operation Manual
Doppler Signal Adjustment

During velocity measurement, an error may occur depending on the cosine angle between the blood
XX
flow and the ultrasound beam.
For Doppler velocity measurements, the most accurate results can be ensured when the ultrasound
XX
beam is aligned in parallel with the blood flow.
If that is not possible, the angle between them should be adjusted by using the Angle option.
XX
Aliasing
PW Spectral Doppler Mode uses a signal sampling technique to calculate the frequency (or velocity)
XX
spectrum.
Adjust the baseline or the velocity scale to minimize aliasing. A lower frequency probe can also be
XX
used to reduce aliasing.
Aliasing is dramatically reduced in CW Spectral Doppler Mode.

XX
Calculation Equation
Some of the calculation equations used for clinical purposes originate from hypotheses and
XX
approximation.
All calculation equations are based on medical reports and articles.

XX
Human Error
Human error may occur due to inappropriate use or lack of experience.
XX
This can be minimized through compliance with and thorough understanding of the manuals.
XX
5-4
Optimization of Measurement Accuracy
2D Mode
Resolution is in proportion to the frequency of the probe.
XX
Penetration is in inverse proportion to the frequency of the probe.

XX
The highest resolution can be obtained at the focus of the probe where the ultrasound beam is
XX
narrowest.
The most accurate measurements can be obtained at the focus depth. The accuracy decreases as the
XX
distance from the focus increases, widening the beam width.
Using the zoom function or minimizing the depth display makes distance or area measurements
XX
more accurate.
M Mode
The accuracy of time measurements can be increased when the speed and the display format are set
XX
to high values.
The accuracy of distance measurements can be increased when the display format is set to higher
XX
values.
Doppler Mode
It is recommended to use lower frequency ultrasound for measurement of faster blood flows.
XX
The size of the sample volume is limited by the axial direction of the ultrasound.
XX
Using lower frequency ultrasound increases penetration.

XX
The accuracy of time measurements can be increased when the speed is increased.
XX
The accuracy of velocity measurements can be increased when the vertical scale is set to smaller
XX
values.
It is most important to use an optimal Doppler angle to enhance the accuracy of velocity measurements.
XX
5-5
Operation Manual
Color/Power Doppler Mode

A protocol is not specified for images in Color Doppler Mode or Power Doppler Mode. Therefore, the
XX
same limitations imposed when measurements are taken in B/W images apply to the accuracy of the
measurements taken in these modes.
It is not recommended to use images in Color/Power Doppler Mode for measurement of accurate
XX
blood flow velocity.
The amount of blood flow is calculated based on the average velocity rather than the peak velocity.
XX
In all applications, the amount of blood flow is measured in PW/CW Spectral Doppler Mode.
XX
Cursor Position
All measurements are affected by input data.
XX
To ensure accurate positioning of the cursor:

XX
Adjust the images on the screen so that they are displayed at maximum granularity.
XX
Use the front edge or boundary point of a probe to make the start and end points of a measurement
XX
object more distinct.
Make sure that the probe direction is always aligned during measurement.
XX
5-6
Measurement Accuracy Table

The following tables show the accuracy of the measurements available using the product. Ensure that the
results of measurement accuracy checks are kept within the ranges specified in the table. Except for certain
applications or probes, the following accuracy ranges should be maintained for measurement of a straight
distance.
NOTE: To ensure accurate measurements, an accuracy check should be performed at least once
per year. If the measurement accuracy falls outside the ranges specified in the following table,
contact Samsung Medison Customer Service.
2D Mode
System Tolerance Accuracy (1)
Measurements Test Methodology Range (2)
(Whichever is greater) Based on
Axial Distance < +/- 4% or 1mm Phantom Acquisition Full Screen
Lateral Distance < +/- 4% or 2mm Phantom Acquisition Full Screen
(1)
The accuracy of the measurements differs from the table above, depending on the user’s skills.
(2)
The distance is indicated as ‘cm’ up to two decimal points.
M Mode
System Tolerance Test Accuracy (1)
Measurements Range (2)
(whichever is greater) Methodology Based on
Depth <+/- 5% or 3 mm Phantom Phantom 1 - 25 cm
Time < +/- 5%. Signal generator Phantom .01 - 11.3 sec
(1)
(2)
T he distance is indicated as ‘cm’ up to two decimal points. The speed is indicated as ‘cm/s’ up to two
decimal points.
5-7
Operation Manual
PW/CW Spectral Doppler Mode

Doppler System Tolerance
Methodology Range (2)
Measurement (whichever is greater)
PW:0.1cm/s - 8.8 m/s

Velocity < ± 15% Phantom
CW:.1cm/s - 19.3 m/s
Time: < +/- 5%. Signal generator .01 - 11.3 sec
(1)
(2)
T he distance is indicated as ‘cm’ up to two decimal points. The speed is indicated as ‘cm/s’ up to two
decimal points.
5-8
Basic Measurements
Press the Caliper button on the control panel.
NOTE: Take basic measurements of distance and area regardless of the application. For information
on measurements for each application, please refer to “Measurements by Application” in this
chapter.
The available measurement methods vary depending on the current diagnosis mode. Please refer to the
following table:
Measurement Diagnosis Mode Measurement Method
Distance
Line Trace
2D, M, D
Angle
%StD
Distance Measurement M M Distance
D Velocity
D A/B
D
D Trace
D time
Ellipse
Circumference and Area
2D, M, D Trace
Measurement
%StA
3 Distance
1 Distance
Volume Measurement 2D, M, D Distance + Ellipse
Ellipse
MOD
[Table 5.1 Basic Measurements by Diagnosis Mode]
Basic Measurement Operations

The following is the information on common button operations for basic measurements:
Select/Change Measurement Method

Use the Soft Menu dial-button on the control panel. The Soft Menu items displayed vary depending on
the diagnosis mode. The selected measurement method is displayed in the user information area.
5-9
Operation Manual
Set Display Location of Measurement Results

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [4] Result Action.
Move: Change the display location of measurement results. Use the Trackball to change the location
XX
and then press the Set button.
Reset: Press the Soft Menu dial-button to initialize the display location of measurement results.
XX
NOTE: When measurement results are displayed in more than one screen because there are too
many of them, use Move to find the desired measurement results.
Cancel Measurement Results

Press the Soft Menu dial-button [5] Undo to cancel the current measurement and take it again.
NOTE: Among volume measurement items, only 3 Distance and Distance+Ellipse can be
undone.
Delete Measurement Result

Press the Clear button on the control panel.
Print Measurement Result

Finish Basic Measurements

Press the Exit button on the control panel.
NOTE: To change various settings such as measurement units, press [F5] Utility and select
Measure Setup > General. For more information, please refer to "Chapter 7. Utility.”
5-10
Distance Measurement
Distance
This is a basic measurement that is available in all diagnosis modes. You can specify two points in a 2D
image and measure the straight distance between them.
1. Select Distance in the Soft Menu [1]. Distance will appear in the user information area.
2. Use the Trackball and the Set button on the control panel to specify both end points of the measurement
area.
Use the Trackball to place the cursor at the desired position and press the Set button.
XX
Repositioning Point
Tips!
Pressing the Change button before pressing the Set button to complete positioning resets the
position of a point just set.
3. Specify both end points and then the distance between them will be measured.
4. Once measurement is done, the result is displayed on the screen.
Line Trace
It is a basic measurement that is available in all diagnosis modes. You can specify a point in a 2D image and
trace a curve from that point to measure the distance between them.
1. Select Line Trace in the Soft Menu [1]. Line Trace will appear in the user information area.
2. Use the Trackball and the Set button on the control panel to specify the start point of the measurement
area.
XX
3. Use the Trackball to draw the desired curve and then press the Set button to set the end point.
Editing Curve
Tips!
Before pressing the Set button to specify the end point, you can rotate the Soft Menu dial-button
[5] Delete to delete a part of the curve being traced.
4. Specify both end points and then the length of the curve will be automatically measured.
5-11
Operation Manual
Angle
A basic measurement that is available in all diagnosis modes. Specify two straight lines in a 2D image and
measure the angle between them.
1. Select Angle in the Soft Menu [1]. Angle will appear in the user information area.
2. Draw two straight lines. For information on drawing a straight line, please refer to ‘Distance.’
3. The angle between two lines will be calculated and displayed on the screen.
When two angles are calculated, the smaller angle is displayed.

XX
%StD
StD stands for Stenosis Distance, which is a basic measurement available in all diagnosis modes. In a 2D
image, the diameter of a vessel is measured and the stenosis ratio calculated.
1. Select %StD in the Soft Menu [1]. %StD will appear in the user information area.
2. Measure the total diameter of a vessel using the Distance measurement method.
3. When a new cursor appears, measure the inner wall diameter of the vessel under stenosis.
4. Calculate %StD with the following equation:
%StD = (Outer Distance – Inner Distance) / Outer Distance × 100

XX
M Distance
This is a basic measurement that is available in M Mode only. You can specify two points in an M image and
measure the distance, elapsed time and velocity between them.
1. Select M Distance in the Soft Menu [1]. M Distance will appear in the user information area.
2. Specify two points and then measure the shortest distance between them. The way that it is measured
is the same as in ‘Distance.’
5-12
D Velocity
This is a basic measurement that is available in Spectral Doppler Mode only. You can specify two points
in a Spectral Doppler image and measure the distance between them, and the velocity at each point to
calculate the velocity change, time change and acceleration.
NOTE: In a Spectral Doppler image, the X- and Y-axes represent time and velocity, respectively.
1. Select D Velocity in the Soft Menu [1]. D Velocity will appear in the user information area.
2. Specify two points and then measure the shortest distance between them. The way that it is measured
is the same as in ‘Distance.’

V1 : Velocity at Point 1
XX Time : Change in Time
XX
XX Acc : Acceleration
XX
PGmax : Max Pressure Gradient
XX RI : Resistivity Index
XX
V2-V1 : Change in Velocity
XX S/D : Systolic to Diastolic Ratio
XX
The equations used for D Velocity measurement are as follows:
XX
XX
XX
NOTE: If Application is set to Cardiac at Utility > Measure Setup > General > Caliper, the results
including Vmax, PGmax, V2-V1, Time, and Acc will be shown on the screen.
5-13
Operation Manual
D A/B
This is a basic measurement that is available in Spectral Doppler Mode only. You can specify two points
in a Spectral Doppler image and measure the velocity at each point to calculate the ratio of the velocity
between them.
1. Select D A/B in the Soft Menu [1]. D A/B will appear in the user information area.
2. Specify two points for which to measure velocity.
XX

XX PGmax : Max Pressure Gradient
XX
XX V1/V2 : The Ratio of Velocity
XX
including Vmax, PGmax, V2-V1 will be shown on the screen.
5-14
D Trace
This is a basic measurement that is available in Spectral Doppler Mode only. You can specify a point in
a Spectral Doppler image and trace a curve from that point to calculate the velocity, integral value and
average velocity of blood flow.
1. Select the Soft Menu dial-button [1] D Trace. “D Trace” is displayed in the user information area.
2. Trace a curve. The method for measuring a curve is the same as in “2D Line Trace.”
3. When the measurement is finished, its result is shown on the screen.

PSV: Peak Systolic Velocity
XX PGmean: Mean Pressure Gradient
XX
EDV: End Diastolic Velocity

XX VTI: Velocity Time Integral
XX
PI: Pulsatility Index

XX PHT: Pressure Half Time
XX
RI: Resistivity Index

XX Acc: Acceleration
XX
S/D: Ratio of PSV to EDV

XX AccT: Acceleration Time
XX
Vmax: Max Velocity

XX Dec: Deceleration
XX
Vmean: Mean Velocity

XX DecT: Deceleration Time
XX
PGmax: Max Pressure Gradient

XX
The equations used for D Trace measurement are as follows:
XX
XX
XX
XX
including Vmax, PGmax, PGmean, VTI, PHT, Acc, AccT, Dec and DecT will be shown on the screen.
5-15
Operation Manual
Circumference and Area Measurement
Ellipse
This is a basic measurement that is available in all diagnosis modes. You can measure the circumference and
area of a circular (elliptical) object in a 2D image.
1. Select the Soft Menu [2] Ellipse. “Ellipse” is displayed in the user information area.
2. Use the Trackball and the Set button on the control panel to specify the diameter (axis) of the
measurement area.
Place the cursor at a desired position with the Trackball, and press the Set button.
XX
Repositioning Point
Tips!
3. Specify the size of the circle (ellipse).
Adjust the size using the Trackball, and press the Set button.
XX
The equations used for ellipse measurement are as follows:
(A: Long axis, B: Short axis)
Area (a, b: Axis)
5-16
Trace
This is a basic measurement that is available in all diagnosis modes. You can measure the circumference and
area of an irregular object in a 2D image.
1. Select the Soft Menu [2] Trace. “Trace” is displayed in the user information area.
2. Use the Trackball and the Set button on the control panel to specify the start point for tracing over the
contour of the measurement area.
XX
3. Trace the curve so that the measurement cursor returns to the start point, and then press the Set button.
NOTE: Trace lines must be closed. If you press the Set button before tracing is complete, tracing
may be done over a straight line between the current point and the start point, resulting in a
significant error.
The equations used for Trace measurement are as follows:
sum (N = 1,2… last point)
Area sum (N = 1,2… last point)
%StA
StA stands for Stenosis Area, which is a basic measurement available in all diagnosis modes. In a 2D image,
the area of a vessel is measured and the stenosis ratio (%) calculated.
1. Select %StA in the Soft Menu [2]. %StA will appear in the user information area.
2. Measure the area of the vessel outer wall using the Area measurement method.
3. When a new cursor appears, measure the inner wall area of the vessel under stenosis.
4. Calculate %StA with the following equation:

%StA = (Outer Area – Inner Area) / Outer Area × 100
5-17
Operation Manual
Volume Measurement
NOTE: Since Dual Mode simultaneously displays two images on the screen, you don’t have to
return to the diagnosis mode to measure volume in Dual Mode.
3 Distance
This is a basic measurement that is available in all diagnosis modes. You can measure the volume of an
object in a 2D image by using 3 straight lines.
1. Select the Soft Menu [3] 3 Distance. “3 Distance” is displayed in the user information area.
2. Specify two points and measure the straight distance between them. The method for measuring a line
is the same as in “Distance.”
3. Measure the length of the remaining two straight lines as in the above. Measure other two distance using
the same method with 2.
4. When the measurement is finished, its result is shown on the screen. The volume of the object along with
the length of each straight line are calculated.
The equations used for 3 Distance measurement are as follows:
(D: distance)
1 Distance
object in a 2D image by using only one straight line.
1. Select the Soft Menu [3] 1 Distance. “1 Distance” is displayed in the user information area.
3. When the measurement is finished, its result is shown on the screen. The volume of the object along with
the length of the straight line are calculated.
The equations used for 1 Distance measurement are as follows:
(D: distance)
5-18
Distance + Ellipse
object in a 2D image by using one straight line and one circle (ellipse).
1. Select the Soft Menu [3] Distance + Ellipse. “Distance + Ellipse” is displayed in the user information
area.
3. Specify the size of the circle (ellipse). The method for measuring a circle (ellipse) is the same as in “Ellipse.”

D: The length of a straight line
XX Area: The area of a circle
XX
Long: The length of the long axis in an ellipse

XX Vol.: Volume
XX
Short: The length of the short axis in an ellipse

XX
The equations used for Distance + Ellipse measurement are as follows:
(a : Short axis, b : Long axis , d : Distance)
Ellipse
A basic measurement that is available in all diagnosis modes. In a 2D image, the volume of a conical object
is measured using an ellipse.
1. Select Ellipse in the Soft Menu [3]. Ellipse will appear in the user information area.
2. Set the size of the ellipse. The way it is measured is the same as in ‘Ellipse.’
The following equation is used for ‘Ellipse’ measurement:
Long Short Short
5-19
Operation Manual
MOD
A basic measurement that is available in all diagnosis modes. In a 2D image, the area of an irregular object
and the length of its long axis are obtained to calculate its volume. MOD is an abbreviation for ‘Method of
Disk.’
1. Select MOD in the Soft Menu [3]. MOD will appear in the user information area.
2. Draw a contour to measure. The way it is measured is the same as in ‘Trace.’
3. Measure the length of the long axis. The way it is measured is the same as in ‘Distance.’
5-20
Calculations by Application
Press the Calc button on the control panel.
Things to note
Before Taking Measurements
Register Patient

Make sure t hat the currently registered patient information is correct. If the patient is not registered,
press the Patient button on the control panel.
Check Probe, Application & Preset

Check the probe name and application that are displayed in the title bar. Press the Probe button on
XX
the control panel to use another probe or application.
Check the preset settings in the Probe Selection screen.

XX
Measurement Operations
The following gives information on the common button operations for measurements:
Change/Select Application

Use the Calculator button on the control panel. Each time the Calculator button is pressed, the
application toggles in the order determined under Measure Setup. The order in which applications
appear can be specified at Utility > Measure Setup > General > Packages.
Select Measurement Item

After moving the cursor by using the Trackball or the Menu dial-button on the control panel, press the
Set button or the Menu dial-button.
5-21
Operation Manual
Change Measurement Method

Press the Change button on the control panel. If the current measurement item can be measured in more
than one way, the measurement method is changed. The current measurement method is displayed in
the user information area. Once measurement is started, it cannot be changed.
Measurement Result Display Settings

Use the Soft Menu dial-button on the control panel to set the location and to adjust the font size.
Delete Measurement Result

NOTE: The measurement results are deleted from the screen but still shown on the report for the
corresponding application.
Print Measurement Result

Exit Measurement

End Diagnosis

Press the End Exam button on the control panel. The diagnosis for the current patient ends and all
measurement results are saved.
Measurement
[Figure 5.1 The Soft Menu for Measurement Results Display]
5-22
Package

Rotate the Soft Menu dial-button [1] to set the package.
HR Cycle

Enabled when a heart rate is measured in M/D Mode. Rotate the Soft Menu dial-button [4] to set the
Heart Rate Cycle and select a value between 1 and 20.
EFW

Enabled when obstetrics measurement menu is taken. you may use the dial-button [2] to change the
EFW Reference.
Trace Direction

Enabled after Auto or Limited Trace is performed in Spectral Doppler Mode. Rotate the Soft Menu dial-
button [3] and select a direction to trace from Up, Down and All.
Up: Traces only the positive part on the Doppler spectrum.

XX
Down: Traces only the negative part on the Doppler spectrum.

XX
All: Traces the whole Doppler spectrum.

XX
Threshold

Rotate the Soft Menu dial-button [4] to set the threshold. Enabled after Auto or Limited Trace is
performed in Spectral Doppler Mode. Adjusting the threshold value helps the contouring of a Doppler
spectrum.
Result Action

Rotate the Soft Menu dial-button [5] to set the position for the measurement results.
Move: Change the position where the measurement results are displayed. After changing the
XX
position, press the Set button.
NOTE: When there are too many measurement data and they cannot all be displayed on the
screen at one time, the Move button can be used to navigate through the measurement data.
Reset: Press the Soft Menu dial-button to initialise the position where the measurement results are
XX
displayed.
5-23
Operation Manual
Delete

Enabled when a trace is measured. Rotate the Soft Menu dial-button [3] to delete the part of the curve
which is being traced.
Font Size

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [6] to set the font size for the measurement results between 10 and 30.
Undo

Press the Soft Menu dial-button [6] to cancel the last measurement.
5-24
Common Measurement Methods

This section provides information on the common measurement methods used for applications.
Measurements in Spectral Doppler Mode

In general, if you trace a Doppler spectrum, you can obtain results for various measurement items
automatically. There are 3 ways to trace a Doppler spectrum.
SONOACE R7 also allows you to select a specific item under the Measurement menu and take measurements
individually without tracing a Doppler spectrum.
Auto Trace

A spectrum is traced automatically. It is enabled in the Measurement menu in Spectral Doppler Mode.
1. Press Auto Trace in the Measurement menu.
2. The system traces a spectrum automatically.
3. When Trace is complete, the measurement results are displayed on the screen.
5-25
Operation Manual
Things to consider for Doppler Spectrum Auto Trace

Tips!
The state of a Doppler spectrum may affect measurement results. Please see the following:
XX
Causes for Trace Failure
−− If Gain is changed for a Doppler image in the Freeze state, Contour Trace and Peak Trace will
not work.
−− If there is little or no noise in an image without a spectrum, Contour Trace will not work.
−− If there is severe noise in an image, Contour Trace will not work.
−− If the Clutter filter is set too high, Auto Trace or Limited Trace may not work.
XX
Causes for Inaccurate Peak Trace
−− If PRF (Pulse Repetition Frequency) is lower than the velocity of the observation area, aliasing
may occur. If the original signals are separated from aliasing, Trace can be done but the peak
measurement may not be accurate.
−− If the peak of a spectral waveform is not clear or occurs intermittently, Trace can be done but the
peak measurement may not be accurate.
−− If the Doppler Gain is set to high or low, it becomes difficult to distinguish spectrums. This may
result in measurement error(s).
−− If the Wall Filter is set too high, only part of the spectrum is displayed. In this case, Trace can be
done but Peak measurement may not be accurate.
−− If abnormal noise or artifact occurs, Trace can be done but Peak measurement may not be
accurate.
XX
Misc.
Limited Trace is supported only for two-peak spectrums such as Mitral Valve Inflow and Tricuspid
Valve Inflow in the cardiology application.
5-26
Limited Trace

If you specify a measurement range, a spectrum is traced automatically. It is enabled in the menu in
Spectral Doppler Mode.
1. Press Limited Trace in the Measurement menu. A bar appears allowing you to specify a measurement
area.
2. Specify the measurement range.
Place the bar at a desired position with the Trackball, and press the Set button.
XX
3. The system traces spectrums within the specified range automatically.
Manual Trace

A spectrum is traced manually. It is enabled in the menu in Spectral Doppler Mode.
1. Press Manual Trace in the Measurement menu. A measurement cursor appears over a spectrum.
2. Trace the spectrum. The measuring method is the same as in “D Trace.”
Itemized Measurement

In the Measurement menu, select an individual item and take a measurement.
1. Press the Calculator button on the control panel after obtaining a desired image.
2. Select a desired item in the Measurement menu. The “+” cursor appears over a spectral waveform.
3. Position the “+” cursor and press the Set button.
4. The measurement results for the selected item are displayed on the screen.
5-27
Operation Manual
Measurement items for Doppler Spectrum are as follows:

Item Type Unit Equation
PSV (Peak Systolic Velocity) Velocity cm/s or m/s
EDV (End Diastolic Velocity) Velocity cm/s or m/s
TAMV (Time Average Mean Velocity) Velocity cm/s or m/s
TAPV (Time Average Peak Velocity) Velocity cm/s or m/s
PGmean (Mean Pressure Gradient) Calculation mmHg
PGmax (Max Pressure Gradient) Calculation mmHg 4 × PSV 2
S/D (Ratio of PSV to EDV) Calculation Ratio (PSV / EDV)
D/S (Ratio of EDV to PSV) Calculation Ratio EDV /PSV
RI (Resistivity Index) Calculation Ratio (PSV – EDV) / PSV
PI (Pulsatility Index) Calculation Ratio (PSV – EDV) / Vmean
Taking measurements via Auto Calc

Tips!
You can use Auto Calc to take measurements on predetermined item(s).
Items measured are as follows. For information on setting measurement item(s), please refer to “Auto
Calc” in "Chapter 7. Utility.’
XX
Peak Systolic Velocity (PSV) XX
Time Averaged Mean Velocity (TAMV)
XX
End Diastolic Velocity (EDV) XX
Diastole / Systole Ratio (D/S)
XX
Time Averaged Peak Velocity (TAPV) XX
Max Pressure Gradient (PGmax)
XX
Resistive Index (RI) XX
Mean Pressure Gradient (PGmean)
XX
Pulsatility Index (PI) XX
Velocity Time Integral (VTI)
XX
Systole / Diastole Ratio (S/D) XX
PeakA
5-28
Volume Flow Measurement

Select Volume Flow in the Measurement menu.
Volume Flow allows you to measure and calculate an area or distance. For information on distance or
area measurements, please refer to “Basic Measurements.” The TAMV (Time Avg. Mean Velocity) value is
automatically measured.
Vesl. Area (Vessel Area)

Measure the area of a blood vessel and calculate TAMV and Volume Flow.
Vesl. Dist. (Vessel Distance)

Measure the width of a blood vessel and calculate TAMV and Volume Flow.
Stenosis Measurement
You can measure the stenosis of each blood vessel system by measuring and calculating an area or distance.
% StA

Measure the area of the inner and outer walls of a blood vessel. StA stands for Stenosis Area.
1. Select the %StA menu and the first cursor will appear in 2D Mode.
2. Measure the area of the vessel’s outer wall using the Circ/Area measurement method.
3. When the second cursor appears, measure the area of the vessel’s inner wall under stenosis.
%Stenosis Area. = (Outer Area – Inner Area) / Outer Area × 100
% StD

Measure the diameter of a blood vessel. StD stands for Stenosis Distance.
1. Select the %StD menu and the first cursor will appear in 2D Mode.
2. Measure the total diameter of a blood vessel using the Distance measurement method.
3. When the second cursor appears, measure the diameter of the vessel’s inner wall under stenosis.
%Stenosis Dist. = (Outer Distance – Inner Distance) / Outer Distance × 100
5-29
Operation Manual
Heart Rate Measurement
HR (Heart Rate)

You can calculate heart rates for a certain period of time.
1. Select HR in the Measurement menu. A bar appears allowing you to specify a measurement area.
2. Specify the measurement range.
Place the bar at a desired position with the Trackball, and press the Set button.
XX
3. The system measures the heart rate within the specified range automatically. The measurement
results are displayed on the screen.
5-30
OB Calculation
Before Taking OB Measurements
OB Basic Information

Enter the information required for OB diagnosis in the Patient Information window. The basic OB
information includes LMP (Last Menstrual Period) and Gestations.
Once LMP is entered, EDD (Estimated Delivery Date) and GA (Gestational Age) are calculated automatically.
LMP is required for the calculation of values such as EDD and SD in obstetrics measurement.
EDD(LMP) = LMP + 280 days

XX
GA(LMP) = Current System Date - LMP

XX
Regardless of LMP, enter the EDD with a physician’s opinion into Estab. Due Date. If LMP is not available,
when Estab. Due Date is modified, LMP is automatically calculated and the “C” mark is displayed next to
the LMP information.
A maximum of four fetuses can be entered in the Gestations menu. The default value is ‘1’. In the case
of twins, enter ‘2’.
For further information about patient information menus and how to input patient information, refer to
“Entering Patient Data” in "Chapter 7. Utility.
OB Measurement Menu Settings

Set up the GA Equation, GA Table and OB measurement menus that are used in obstetrics measurements.
The user can manually write, back up or restore GA Tables. For more information on the GA Equation and
Table, refer to the Reference Manual.
Refer to the "Setting Measurements" section in "Chapter 7. Utility" for additional information.
NOTE:
XX
It will be convenient to set the function of the User Key 1 buttons on the control panel to the
two obstetrics measurement items you want to use. Set their functions in Utility > Setup >
Peripherals > User Key Setup.
XX
For twins, distinguish fetuses by specifying them as Fetus A and Fetus B in the Measurement
menu. Press the Change button on the control panel to change a fetus to measure.
5-31
Operation Manual
Measurement Menu
When the measurements for the selected items are complete, the measurements and gestational age are
displayed on the screen. The measurement method for each item is the same as for basic measurement.
Measured items are automatically recorded in a report.
[Figure 5.2 OB Measurement Menu]
Measurement Menu Items Mode Methods Unit
GS All Distance cm, mm
MSD All Automatic calculation cm, mm
D1 All Distance cm, mm
Fetal Biometry D2 All Distance cm, mm
D3 All Distance cm, mm
CRL All Distance cm, mm
YS All Distance cm, mm
5-32
BPD, HC All Distance cm, mm
BPD All Distance cm, mm
OFD All Distance cm, mm
Circumference or automatic
HC All cm, mm
calculation
APD All Distance cm, mm
TAD All Distance cm, mm
AC All cm, mm
calculation
Fetal Biometry
FTA All Area or automatic calculation cm2, mm2
FL All Distance cm, mm
SL All Distance cm, mm
APTD, TTD All Distance cm, mm
APTD All Distance cm, mm
TTD All Distance cm, mm
ThC All cm, mm
calculation
HUM All Distance cm, mm
ULNA All Distance cm, mm
TIB All Distance cm, mm
Fetal Long Bones RAD All Distance cm, mm
FIB All Distance cm, mm
CLAV All Distance cm, mm
Vertebral All Distance cm, mm
5-33
Operation Manual
CEREB All Distance cm, mm
CM All Distance cm, mm
NF All Distance cm, mm
NT All Distance cm, mm
OOD All Distance cm, mm
IOD All Distance cm, mm
Fetal Cranium NB All Distance cm, mm
Rt.Va All Distance cm, mm
Lt.Va All Distance cm, mm
Rt.Vp All Distance cm, mm
Lt.Vp All Distance cm, mm
Rt.Hem All Distance cm, mm
Lt.Hem All Distance cm, mm
Foot All Distance cm, mm
Ear All Distance cm, mm
MP All Distance cm, mm

Fetal Others
Lt/Rt. Renal L All Distance cm, mm
Lt/Rt.Renal AP All Distance cm, mm
Pelvis All Distance cm, mm
All All Distance cm, mm
Q1 All Distance cm, mm

AFI
MVP All Circumference cm, mm
Cervix Cervix Length All Distance cm, mm
5-34
Calculated after distance

All (D) All %
measurement
ThD ap All Distance cm, mm
ThD trans All Distance cm, mm
HrtD ap All Distance cm, mm

CTAR
HrtD trans All Distance cm, mm
Calculated after area

All (A) All %
measurement
ThA All Area cm2, mm2
HrtA All Area cm2, mm2
Calculated after velocity

All PW
measurement
Sys Flow PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

PLI
A. Rev Flow PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
Dias Flow PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
Auto Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace
Limited Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace
Manual Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace
TAMV(M) PW Doppler spectrum trace cm/s or m/s
PSV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
Umbillical A EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
Vesl. Area All Area cm2, mm2
Vesl. Dist All Distance cm, mm
5-35
Operation Manual
Mid Cereb A EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement

Rt. / Lt.
EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
Uterine Artery
%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
5-36
TAMV(M) PW Doppler spectrum Trace cm/s or m/s
Placenta A EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement

Rt. / Lt.
Fetal Carotids
%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
5-37
Operation Manual
Fetal Aorta EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
Duct V All PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
Duct V S Vmax PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
Duct V D Vmax PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
Duct V A Vmax PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
Ductus Venosus TAMV(M) PW Doppler spectrum Trace cm/s or m/s

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
5-38
Renal Artery PSV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

%StA All %
measurement
Calculated after Distance

%StD All %
measurement
Volume
PW Automatic calculation ml/m
Flow(Auto)
Volume Flow(D) PW Automatic calculation ml/m

Volume Flow
TAMV PW Doppler spectrum trace cm/s or m/s
Vesl. Dist. All Distance cm, mm
Vesl. Area. All Area cm2, mm2
Fetal HR Fetal HR PW Heart Rate bpm
Calculated after Distance

All All ml
measurement
Length All Distance cm, mm

Rt. / Lt. Ovary
Height All Distance cm, mm
Width All Distance cm, mm
5-39
Operation Manual

Rt. / Lt. Ovarian A
Fetal HR Fetal HR PW Heart Rate bpm
NOTE:
XX
PLI, Renal Artery, and Fetal HR can only be measured in Doppler Mode.
XX
For information on basic measurements, please refer to “Basic Measurements” in this chapter.
XX
For references on measurement items, please refer to “Reference Manual – Part 1.”
Automatic Calculation
Some items in the measurement menu are automatically calculated based on measurements of other items.
HC

This is automatically calculated using the following formula, provided there are measured BPD and OFD
values.
Exception: when you use Merz reference,
AC

This is automatically calculated using the following formula, provided there are measured APD and TAD
values.
Exception: when you use Merz reference,
5-40
FTA

This is automatically calculated using the following formula, provided there are measured APD and TAD
values.
ThC

This is automatically calculated using the following formula, provided there are measured APTD and TTD
values.
AFI (Amniotic Fluid Index)

Measure the amniotic fluid index. Measurements are performed by dividing the pregnant woman’s
abdomen into four parts. The distance between the fetus and the farthest point of each area is measured.
To obtain a specific image from each quadrant plane, press the Freeze button to go to the diagnosis mode.
After obtaining the image, press the Freeze button again to return to the measurement mode.
Calculating Fetal Weight (EFW)

When measurements for the following items are complete, the system uses the results to calculate the
estimated fetal weight automatically. For an equation for calculating fetal weight, please refer to “Estimated
Fetal Weight Formula” in the Reference Manual Part 1.
BPD and AC
XX AC and FL
XX
BPD, FL and FTA
XX BPD, AC and FL
XX
BPD, APTD, TTD and FL
XX HC, AC and FL
XX
BPD, APTD, TTD and SL
XX BPD,HC, AC and FL
XX
BPD and TTD
XX AC
XX
NOTE: For reference, the Osaka University /Tokyo University methods are mainly used in Asia, the
Merz method in Europe, and the Shepard/ Hadlock methods on the American continent.
5-41
Operation Manual
Continuous Measurement / Review for EFW Calculation

You can measure OB item(s) continuously for EFW calculation.
Before Measurement
Tips! 1. Check whether the User key has been set to measure the EFW consecutively. To measure the EFW
consecutively using the User key, set it in Utility > Setup > Peripherals > User Key.
2. When the Confirm Current EFW Reference is not selected or when you want to change it, select or
change it in Utility > Measure Setup > OB > Tables > Fetal weight > EFW Equation.
NOTE: This function is not available in 3D Mode.
How to measure

1. Press the User Key1 on the control panel. OB menu and measure items are displayed on the screen.
2. Measure the items for EFW calculation using trackball and the Set button.
3. Press the Freeze button to finish the first measurement.
4. Press the Freeze button to measure the next items.
5. When you finish the measurement for all items, the result will be displayed on the monitor.
See following table;
Reference Measure Item (by Order)
Campbell AC
Hadlock BPD→AC
Hadlock1 AC→FL
Hadlock2 BPD→AC→FL
Hadlock3 AC→FL→HC
Hadlock4 BPD, HC→AC→FL
Hansmann BPD→TTD
Merz BPD→AC
Osaka BPD→FTA→FL
5-42
Reference Measure Item (by Order)
Shepard BPD→AC
Shinozuka1 BPD→AC→FL
Shinozuka2 BPD→APTD, TTD→SL
Shinozuka3 BPD→APTD, TTD→FL
Ferrero AC→FL
Higginbottom AC
Thurnau BPD→AC
Warsof BPD→AC
Weiner1 HC→AC
Weiner2 AC→FL→HC
Woo BPD→AC→FL
Review the Result of EFW Calculation

Press the User Key1 on the control panel. Measured items and its results are displayed on the screen.
XX
To remove the results, press the Clear button on the control panel.
XX
5-43
Operation Manual
Gynecology Calculation
Before Taking GYN Measurements

Enter the information required for GYN diagnosis in the Patient Information screen. Basic Information for
gynecology includes Gravida, Para, Aborta, Ovul Date, Day of Cycle and Ectopic.
Measurement Menu
The measurement method for each item is the same as for basic measurement. Measured items are
automatically recorded in a report.
[Figure 5.3 GYN Measurement Menu]
5-44
Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

Uterus All All ml
measurement
Uterus L All Distance cm, mm
Uterus H All Distance cm, mm
Uterus W All Distance cm, mm

Uterus
Endo. Thick All Distance cm, mm
Cervix All All Volume ml
Cervix L All Distance cm, mm
Cervix H All Distance cm, mm
Cervix W All Distance cm, mm

All All ml
measurement

Rt. / Lt. Cyst

All All ml
measurement

Rt. / Lt. Ovary
Volume calculated after

Rt. / Lt. Follicles 1 ~ 12 All cm, mm and ml
distance measurement
5-45
Operation Manual

All All ml
measurement

Mass 1~3

Rt. / Lt. Ovarian A
5-46

Rt. / Lt. Uterine A

Pericystic

Endometrial
5-47
Operation Manual

All All ml
measurement

Endo. Polyp

Vol. All ml
measurement

Rt. / Lt. Ovarian Mass
5-48

All All ml
measurement

Uterine Tumor 1~3

All All ml
measurement

Cervical Tumor
5-49
Operation Manual

All All ml
measurement

Ectopic
Fetal HR PW Heart Rate bpm
Most of the gynecology measurements are distance measurements and volume measurements based on
the distance measurement results. If multiple images, such as long axis images and transverse axis images
are needed, press the Freeze button to switch to Scan Mode and obtain images from another perspective.
NOTE:
XX
For information on basic measurement methods, see ‘Basic Measurements’ and ‘Common
Measurement Methods’.
XX
For references on measurement items, see the Reference Manual – Part 2.
5-50
Cardiac Calculation
NOTE: Cardiac measurement is an optional item.
Before Taking Cardiac Measurements
Cardiology Basic Information

Enter the patient information required for cardiology diagnosis in the Patient Information window. The
basic information for cardiology includes Height, Weight, HR (Heart Rate), RAP (Right Arterial Pressure)
and BP (Blood Pressure). When the patient’s height and weight are entered, BSA (Body Surface Area) is
automatically calculated and displayed.
For more information about patient information menus and how to enter information, please refer to
“Entering Patient Data” in "Chapter 7. Utility.”
Cardiac Measurement Menu Settings

Set the related menus for convenient measurement. You can specify how an area and volume can be
calculated. Please refer to the “Setting Measurements” section in "Chapter 7. Utility” for more information
on measurement menus and settings.
Measurement Menu
Dist20

Traces the cardiac circumference and then draw the cardiac axis. The system automatically draws 20
straight lines perpendicular to the axis and calculates its volume.
NOTE:
XX
XX
5-51
Operation Manual
[Figure 5.4 Cardiac Measurement Menu]
LVd All Continuous measurement
IVSd All Distance cm, mm
LVIDd All Distance cm, mm
LVPWd All Distance cm, mm
LVs All Continuous measurement
IVSs All Distance cm, mm

LV
LVIDs All Distance cm, mm
LVPWs All Distance cm, mm
RVAWs All Distance cm, mm
RVAWd All Distance cm, mm
RVIDs All Distance cm, mm
RVIDd All Distance cm, mm
5-52
LV M Continuous measurement
IVSd M Distance cm, mm
LVIDd M Distance cm, mm
LVPWd M Distance cm, mm
IVSs M Distance cm, mm
LV(M) LVIDs M Distance cm, mm
LVPWs M Distance cm, mm
RVAWd M Distance cm, mm
RVIDd M Distance cm, mm
RVAWs M Distance cm, mm
RVIDs M Distance cm, mm
A2C Vol.d All Dist20 ml
A2C Vol.s All Dist20 ml

LV Vol. (Simpson)
Vol. d All Volume ml

LV Vol. (A/L)
Vol. s All Volume ml
LVAd sax All Area cm2, mm2
LVAs sax All Area cm2, mm2

LV Vol. (Bullet)
LVLd apical All Distance cm, mm
LVLs apical All Distance cm, mm
Calculated after
All All g
area measurement
LVAd sax epi All Area cm2, mm2

LV Mass
LVAd sax endo All Area cm2, mm2
LVLd apical All Distance cm, mm
5-53
Operation Manual
RVAWd All Distance cm, mm
RVIDd All Distance cm, mm
RVAd All Area cm2, mm2
RVAWs All Distance cm, mm
RVIDs All Distance cm, mm
RV RVAs All Area cm2, mm2
RV Major All Distance cm, mm
RV Minor All Distance cm, mm
LPA Diam All Distance cm, mm
MPA Diam All Distance cm, mm
RPA Diam All Distance cm, mm
RVAWd M Distance cm, mm
RVIDd M Distance cm, mm
RVAWs M Distance cm, mm

RV (M)
RVIDs M Distance cm, mm
RVPEP M Time ms
RVET M Time ms
Calculated after
All All ml
distance measurement
LA Major All Distance cm, mm

LA Vol.
LA Minor All Distance cm, mm
LA Diam All Distance cm, mm
LA EDV A2C All Dist 20 ml
LA ESV A2C All Dist 20 ml

LA Vol. (Simpson)
LA EDV A4C All Dist 20 ml
LA ESV A4C All Dist 20 ml
5-54
All All Continuous measurement
Ao Root All Distance cm, mm
LVOT Diam All Distance cm, mm
Ao Arch All Distance cm, mm

Ao / LA
Asc Ao All Distance cm, mm
Desc Ao All Distance cm, mm
Ao Isth Diam All Distance cm, mm
Ao ST Junct Diam All Distance cm, mm
Ao Sinus Diam All Distance cm, mm
All M Continuous measurement
Ao Root M Distance cm, mm
AV Cusp Sep M Distance cm, mm

Ao / LA (M)
LA Diam M Distance cm, mm
LVPEP M Time ms
LVET M Time ms
RA Major All Distance cm, mm
RA Minor All Distance cm, mm
RAAd All Area cm2, mm2
RAAs All Area cm2, mm2
RAEDV All Dist20 Ml

RA
RAESV All Dist20 Ml
IVC Diam Exp. All Distance cm, mm
IVC Diam Ins. All Distance cm, mm
SVC Diam Exp. All Distance cm, mm
SVC Diam Ins. All Distance cm, mm
5-55
Operation Manual

LVOT
LVOT Vmax PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

LVOT
LVOT VTI PW Distance cm, mm
LVOT AccT PW Time ms
LVOT ET PW Time ms
RVOT RVOT Diam All Distance cm, mm
RVOT Vmax PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
RVOT VTI PW Distance cm, mm
RVOT ET PW Time ms
AV Auto Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace
AV Limited Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace
AV Manual Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace
AV Cusp All Distance cm, mm
AV Diam All Distance cm, mm
AV AVA Planimetry All Area cm2, mm2
AV Vmax PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
AV PHT PW Time ms
AV VTI PW Distance cm, mm
AV AccT PW Time ms
AV DecT PW Time ms
5-56
AV ET PW Time ms
R-R Interval M, PW Heart Rate Bpm
AR Auto Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace
AR Limited Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace
AR Manual Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace
AR VC Diam All Distance cm, mm
AR Vmax PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
AR ed Vmax PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
AR PHT PW Time ms
AV
AR VTI PW Distance cm, mm
AR AccT PW Time ms
AR DecT PW Time ms
AR PISA Rad C PISA-Radius cm, mm
AR Alias Vel. C Velocity cm/s, m/s
AR IVRT PW Time ms
AR IVCT PW Time ms
AVO C,PW Time ms
AVC C,PW Time ms
All Points M Continuous measurement
D-E M Distance cm, mm
E-F Slope M Velocity cm/s, m/s

MV (M)
A-C Interval M Time ms
EPSS M Distance cm, mm
Propagation Vel. M Velocity cm/s, m/s
5-57
Operation Manual
MV Ann Diam All Distance cm, mm
MV Diam 1 All Distance cm, mm
MV Diam 2 All Distance cm, mm
MVA Planimetry All Area cm2, mm2
MV Limited Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace
MV Manual Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace
E-DT-A PW Time-Velocity-Time ms and m/s
MV Peak E PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
MV Peak A PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
MV Vmax PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
MV PHT PW Time ms
MV VTI PW Distance cm, mm
MV AccT PW Time ms
MV
MV DecT PW Time ms
MV A Dur. PW Time ms
MV ET PW Time ms
MV IVRT PW Time ms
MV IVCT PW Time ms
R-R Interval M, PW Heart Rate bpm
MR VC Diam All Distance cm, mm
MR Auto Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace
MR Limited Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace
MR Manual Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace
MR Vmax PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
MR VTI PW Distance cm, mm
Calculated after time

MR dp / dt PW mmHg/s
measurement
5-58
MR PISA-Rad. C Distance cm, mm

MV
MR Alias Vel. C Velocity m/s
TV Limited Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace
TV Manual Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace
TV Ann Diam All Distance cm, mm
TV Diam 1 All Distance cm, mm
TV Diam 2 All Distance cm, mm
TVA Planimetry All Area cm2, mm2
TV Vmax PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
TV Peak E PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
TV Peak A PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
TV PHT PW Time ms
TV VTI PW Distance cm, mm
TV AccT PW Time ms
TV DecT PW Time ms
TV
TV A Dur. PW Time ms
Q to TV Open PW Time ms
R-R Interval M, PW Heart Rate bpm
TR Auto Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace
TR Limited Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace
TR Manual Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace
TR VC Diam All Distance cm, mm
TR Vmax PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
TR VTI PW Distance cm, mm
Calculated after time

TR dp / dt PW mmHg/s
measurement
TR PISA-Rad. C PISA-Radius cm, mm
TR Alias Vel. C Velocity cm/s, m/s
5-59
Operation Manual
PV Auto Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace
PV Limited Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace
PV Manual Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace
PV Ann Diam All Distance cm, mm
PVA Planimetry All Area cm2, mm2
PV Vmax PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
PV PHT PW Time ms
PV AccT PW Time ms
PV DecT PW Time ms
PV ET PW Time ms
PV R-R Interval M, PW Heart Rate Bpm
Q to PV Close PW Time ms
PR Auto Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace
PR Limited Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace
PR Manual Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace
PR VC Diam All Distance cm, mm
PR Vmax PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
MPA Vmax PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
PR PHT PW Time ms
PR AccT PW Time ms
PR DecT PW Time ms
Calculated after continuous

All
measurement
MV TST PW Time ms
Tei Index
MV ET PW Time ms
MV IVCT PW Time ms
MV IVRT PW Time ms
5-60
All PW Continuous measurement
Sys Vel. PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
Pulm. Veins Dias Vel. PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
A. Rev Vel. PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
A. Rev Dur. PW Time ms
Sys Vel. PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
Hepatic Veins Dias Vel. PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
A. Rev Vel. PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
A. Rev Dur. PW Time ms
Peak E’ PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
Peak A’ PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

Tissue Doppler
Peak S’ PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
AccT PW Time ms
DecT PW Time ms
Sys.HR PW Heart Rate bpm
Sys.VTI PW Distance cm, mm

Qp: Qs
RVOT Diam All Distance cm, mm
Pulm. HR PW Heart Rate bpm
Pulm. VTI PW Distance cm, mm
PEd All Distance cm, mm

PE
PEs All Distance cm, mm
HR HR M, PW Heart Rate bpm
5-61
Operation Manual
NOTE:
XX
In Dual 2D Mode, two images can be viewed simultaneously.
XX
For RVAWd, RVIDd, RVAWs, and RVIDs, see the LV measurement method.
XX
MPA Diam, RPA Diam, and LPA Diam are measured under Aortic Valve Level in Parasternal
Short Axis.
XX
C Mode is mainly used for measuring reverse cardiac blood flow.
XX
As PISA-Radius or PISA-Alias Vel. measurements require Velocity values, you have to select
color display for Velocity or Vel + Var in C Mode. For more information, see the ‘Color Doppler
Mode’ section in "Chapter 4. Diagnosis Mode”.
5-62
Carotid Calculation
Before Taking Carotid Measurements

Set the related menus for convenient measurement. You can also specify how an area and volume are
calculated. Please refer to the “Setting Measurements” section in "Chapter 7. Utility” for more information
on the measurement menus and settings.
Measurement Menu
[Figure 5.5 Carotid Measurement Menu]
NOTE:
XX
For information on basic measurements, please refer to “Basic Measurements” in this chapter.
XX
For references on measurement items, please refer to “Reference Manual – Part 2.”
5-63
Operation Manual

Rt. / Lt.
Subclavian A
%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement

Rt. / Lt. Prox CCA
%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
IMT All Distance cm, mm
5-64

Rt. / Lt. Mid CCA
%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement

Rt. / Lt. Distal CCA
%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
5-65
Operation Manual

Rt. / Lt. Bulb
%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement

Rt. / Lt. Prox ICA
%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
5-66

Rt. / Lt. Mid ICA
%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement

Rt. / Lt. Distal ICA
%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
5-67
Operation Manual

Rt. / Lt. ECA
%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
Rt. / Lt. Vetebral A EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
5-68
General EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
Volume Flow(Auto) PW Automatic calculation ml/m

Volume Flow
HR HR PW Heart Rate bpm
5-69
Operation Manual
Auto IMT (Optional)

This function allows you to take IMT measurement easily and quickly.
NOTE: Auto IMT is available only under the following conditions:

XX
Probe: Linear Probe
XX
Application: Vascular
XX
Diagnosis Mode: 2D, C or PD Mode
Auto IMT Screen
Risk Color Bar

It is shown in colors based on the IMT thickness. If the thickness is <= 0.5 mm, the entire bar is shown in
green. If the thickness is >= 1.1 mm, the entire bar is shown in red. For a thickness between these values,
it is shown in the corresponding color.
Rular and Range Bar

Use the Trackball and Set button to specify the location and range at which IMT will be measured.
Rular: The grid unit is 10 mm. This option is used when a vessel is lying laterally. At the measurement
XX
location, press the Set button to take IMT measurement at 10 mm interval.
Range Bar: This option is used when a vessel is not lying laterally, or the length of a specific segment
XX
is measured. Press and hold the Set button at the start point, and then drag the Trackball to specify
the end point.
Intima and Adventitia Pair

Between the Near and Far zones, the one with the higher QI is automatically selected as a measurement
XX
value and it is represented by the color of the Risk Color Bar.
A pair with lower QI is represented in dark sky blue.

XX
Press Change to move the Near and Far zones that are automatically selected with QI. The measurement
XX
value and color presentation are also changed. However, if QI is 0, it will not be changed.
5-70
Measure Result Table

Max: The maximum thickness of the Intima/Adventitia pair.

XX
Mean: The average thickness of the Intima/Adventitia pair.

XX
SD : Standard Deviation
XX
QI: The distance ratio of the measured point in a distance for Quality Index measurement.
XX
Points: The total number of the measured Intima/Adventitia pairs.

XX
[Figure 5.6 Auto IMT]
5-71
Operation Manual
Auto IMT Measurement

1. After checking the probe, application and preset, start carotid measurement.
2. If the desired images are obtained, press Freeze. Use the Trackball to select an image for IMT
measurement.
3. Press the Soft Menu dial-button [1] Auto IMT. The Auto IMT screen will appear.
If scanning is performed when the center of the vessel is aligned with the center of the image
XX
area, IMT measurement starts automatically.
4. Use the Trackball and the Set button to set a location for IMT measurement.
Operation #1, #2
Tips!
If Operation #1, #2 in the user information area is followed, IMT measurement can be taken more
easily.
Select a point between Near and Far.

XX
If the vessel image quality is poor, select an area that is close to the Intima to be measured.
XX
If a detailed area has to be selected, use Range Bar.

XX
Press Space Bar in the keyboard to turn on/off the Intima and Adventitia Marker.
XX
5. Once the measurement location is set, measurement values are listed in a table.
Auto IMT Measurements Analysis

1. Press the Soft Menu dial-button [6] Analysis. The Analysis screen will appear.
2. Use the Trackball and the Set button to select the desired analysis from Framingham, Risk Factor,
Normal IMT and User Graph.
Bars corresponding to the measurement results will be shown on each graph. However, bars are
XX
not shown when the measurement results are smaller than the Framingham Risk Factor.
User Graph
Tips!
User Graph can be used to customize a graph for better analysis of measurement results.
3. Press the Soft Menu dial-button [6] Analysis again to complete analysis.
5-72
The following materials were referred to when analyzing the measurements of Auto IMT.
Framingham

Correlation between the Framingham Risk Score and Intima Media Thickness: the Paroi Arterielle et
Risque Cardio-vasculair (PARC) Study.
Pierre-Jean Touboul, EricVicaut, Julien Labreuche, Jean-Pierre Belliard, Serge Cohen, Serge Kownator,
Jean-Jacques Portal, Isabelle Pithois-Merli, Pierre Amarenco. On behalf of PARC Study participating
physicians.
Risk Factor

Mannheim Carotid Intima-Media Thickness Consensus (2004~2006)
P.-J. Touboul, M.G. Hennerici, S.Meairs, H.Adams, P.Amarenco, N.Borstein, L.Csiba, M.Desvarieux,
S.Ebrahim, M.Fatar, R.Hermandez Hernandez, M.Jaff, S.Kownator, P.Prati, T.Rundek, M.Sitzer, U.Schiminke,
J.-C. Tardif, A.Taylor, E.Vicaut, K.S.Woo, F.Zannad, M.Zureik
Normal IMT

Simon A, Gariepy J, Chironi G, Megnien JL, Levenson J: Intima-media thickness: a new tool for diagnosis
and treatment of cardiovascular risk. Journal of Hypertension 20:159-169, 2002
Saving Auto IMT Measurement Values

1. Use the Soft Menu dial-button [1] Direction to select the direction of the measurement area.
2. Use the Soft Menu dial-button [2] Position to select the location of the measurement area.
3. Use one of the Soft Menu dial-buttons 3 CCA, [4] ICA, and 5 Bulb to select the appropriate name for the
study area. Press the button to save the measurement and exit Auto IMT measurement mode. The saved
content will be displayed on the left side of the screen.
5-73
Operation Manual
Annotation
Displays information for the current measurement item on the screen.
1. Press the Annotation button at the bottom left corner of the image.
2. Select the information for the measured area, and press the OK button to record the position of the
measured area at the location of the Annotation button. Press the Cancel button to cancel.
Direction (Left/Right): Shows the direction of the measured area.

XX
Position #1(Distal/Mid/Proximal): Shows the position of the measured area.

XX
Position #2(CCA/ICA/Bulb): Shows the name of the measured area.

XX
Auto IMT+
This system supports optional Auto IMT+. Auto IMT+ uses a more powerful engine than Auto IMT to
provide more accurate measurements.
NOTE:
XX
If both Auto IMT and Auto IMT+ options are installed, using this function will perform Auto IMT+;
If you disable the Auto IMT+ option, the function will automatically switch to Auto IMT.
XX
The button for using this function, as well as the on-screen description, will read ‘Auto IMT’,
regardless of whether Auto IMT or Auto IMT+ is being used.
5-74
Urology Calculation
Before Taking Urology Measurements

Set the related menus for convenient measurement.
You can select the volume method for measurement. There are four types of volume method. The factor
value can be set manually for the formulae that need it.
For more information on the measurement menus and settings, please refer to “Setting Measurements” in
"Chapter 7. Utility.”
Measurement Menu
[Figure 5.7 Urology Measurement Menu]
NOTE:
XX
The measurement methods of each menu vary with the Volume Method set at Utility >
Measure Setup > Urology.
XX
XX
5-75
Operation Manual
3Distance

Calculate a volume by measuring three distances.
Auto Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace cm, mm
Limited Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace cm, mm
Manual Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace cm, mm

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
Vesl.Area All Area cm2, mm2
Vesl.Dist. All Distance cm, mm

All All ml
measurement

Bladder Vol.

All All ml
measurement

WG Prostate Vol.

All All ml
measurement

T-Zone Vol.
5-76

Pre All All ml
measurement
Pre L All Distance cm, mm
Pre H All Distance cm, mm
Pre W All Distance cm, mm

Residual Vol.
Post All All ml
measurement
Post L All Distance cm, mm
Post H All Distance cm, mm
Post W All Distance cm, mm

All All ml
measurement

Rt. / Lt. Renal Vol.
Pelvis All Distance cm, mm
Transitional Zone Prostate Volume, Bladder Volume, Left Renal Volume, Right Renal Volume are the same
measurements as for Prostate Volume.
5-77
Operation Manual
3 Distance * Factor

The same as for “3 Distance.”
Ellipsoid

Calculate a volume by using the Main Diameter and Beside Diameter values.

Vol. All ml
measurement
Bladder Vol.
Main Dia. All Distance cm, mm
Beside Dia. All Distance cm, mm

Vol. All ml
measurement
WG Prostate Vol.

Vol. All ml
measurement
T-Zone Vol.

Pre All All ml
measurement
Residual Vol.
Pre Main Dia. All Distance cm, mm
Pre Beside Dia. All Distance cm, mm

Post All All ml
measurement
Residual Vol.
Post Main Dia. All Distance cm, mm
Residual Vol. Post Beside Dia. All Distance cm, mm

All All ml
measurement

Renal Pelvis All Distance cm, mm
5-78
Sum of 20 Disks

After measuring the circumference of a prostate, use the Trackball and the Set button to calculate the
volume by measuring the axis of the prostate.
Bladder Vol. Vol. All Dist20 ml
WG Prostate Vol. Vol. All Dist20 ml
T-Zone Vol. Vol. All Dist20 ml
Pre Vol. All Dist20 ml

Residual Vol.
Post Vol. All Dist20 ml
Vol. All Dist20 ml

Renal Pelvis All Distance cm, mm
5-79
Operation Manual
Fetal Echo Calculation
Before Taking Fetal Echo Measurements

Set the related menus for convenient measurement. You can also specify how volume can be calculated.
Please refer to the “Setting Measurements” section in "Chapter 7. Utility” for more information on the
measurement menus and settings.
Measurement Menu
The measurement method for each item is the same as for basic measurement. In addition, measurement
items are similar to those for cardiac calculation.
[Figure 5.8 Fetal Echo Measurement Menu]
NOTE:
XX
XX
5-80

LV Vol.
(Simpson)
Asc Ao All Distance cm, mm
MPA Diam All Distance cm, mm
Duct Art All Distance cm, mm
RA Diam All Distance cm, mm
RV Diam All Distance cm, mm

2D Echo
IVS All Distance cm, mm
LVIDd All Distance cm, mm
LVIDs All Distance cm, mm
LVPW All Distance cm, mm
HrtC All Circumference cm, mm
ThC All Circumference cm, mm

All (D) All %
measurement
ThD ap All Distance cm, mm
ThD trans All Distance cm, mm
HrtD ap All Distance cm, mm

CTAR
HrtD trans All Distance cm, mm

All (A) All %
measurement
ThA All Area cm2, mm2
HrtA All Area cm2, mm2
5-81
Operation Manual
All M Continuous measurement cm, mm
IVSd M Distance cm, mm
LVIDd M Distance cm, mm
LVPWd M Distance cm, mm

Fetal M-mode
IVSs M Distance cm, mm
LVIDs M Distance cm, mm
LVPWs M Distance cm, mm
RVDd M Distance cm, mm
MPA Manual Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace
Duct Artriosus Manual Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace
IVC Manual Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace
5-82
Duct Venosus Manual Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace
Asc Aorta Manual Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace
Dsc Aorta Manual Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace
Peak E PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

MV Inflow
Peak A PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
MV Regurg Vel. PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
Peak E PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

TV Inflow
Peak A PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
TV Regurg Vel. PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
Calculated after velocity

All PW
measurement
PLI
Sys Flow PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
Dias Flow PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

PLI
A. Rev Flow PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
5-83
Operation Manual
Calculated after continuous

All PW
measurement
Tei Index
TST PW Time ms
ET PW Time ms
Fetal HR Fetal Heart Rate M, PW Heart Rate bpm
CTAR (Cardio-Thorax Area Ratio)

This measurement is for comparing the sizes of the fetus’ chest and heart. The comparison is made by
obtaining the ThD ap, ThD trans, HrtD ap, and HrtD trans values.
5-84
LE Artery Calculation
Measurement Menu
[Figure 5.9 LE Artery Measurement Menu]
NOTE:
XX
It is convenient to calculate each measurement value on the Spectral Doppler image
XX
XX
5-85
Operation Manual
Rt. / Lt. CIA EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
Rt. / Lt. IIA EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
5-86
Rt. / Lt. EIA EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
Rt. / Lt. CFA EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
5-87
Operation Manual
Rt. / Lt. SFA EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
Rt. / Lt. DFA EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
5-88
Rt. / Lt. Pop A EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
Rt. / Lt. ATA EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
5-89
Operation Manual
Rt. / Lt. PTA EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
Rt. / Lt. Peroneal A EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
5-90
Rt. / Lt. DPA EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
Rt. / Lt. MPA EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
5-91
Operation Manual
Rt. / Lt. LPA EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
Rt. / Lt. Metatarsal A EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
5-92
Rt. / Lt. Digital A EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
5-93
Operation Manual

Volume Flow
5-94
UE Artery Calculation
Measurement Menu
[Figure 5.10 UE Artery Measurement Menu]
NOTE:
XX
It is convenient to calculate each measurement value on the Spectral Doppler image.
XX
XX
5-95
Operation Manual

Rt. / Lt.
Subclabian A
%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
Rt. / Lt. Axillary A EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
5-96
Rt. / Lt. Brachial A EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
Rt. / Lt. Radial A EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
5-97
Operation Manual
Rt. / Lt. Ulnar A EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
Rt. / Lt. SPA EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
5-98

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement

Volume Flow
5-99
Operation Manual
LE Vein Calculation
Measurement Menu
NOTE:
XX
XX
XX
[Figure 5.11 LE Vein Measurement Menu]
5-100

Rt. / Lt. FV
Vmax PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
Dur T PW Time ms

Rt. / Lt. GSV
Dur T PW Time ms

Rt. / Lt. POP V
Dur T PW Time ms
5-101
Operation Manual

Rt. / Lt. SSV
Dur T PW Time ms

Rt. / Lt. MPV
Dur T PW Time ms

Rt. / Lt. LPV
Dur T PW Time ms
5-102

Rt. / Lt. Metatarsal V
Dur T PW Time ms

Rt. / Lt. Digital V
Dur T PW Time ms
General TAMV(M) PW Doppler spectrum trace cm/s or m/s
Dur T PW Time ms
5-103
Operation Manual
UE Vein Calculation
Measurement Menu
[Figure 5.12 UE Vein Measurement Menu]
NOTE:
XX
XX
XX
5-104
Rt. / Lt. TAMV(M) PW Doppler spectrum trace cm/s or m/s

Internal Jugular Vmax PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
Dur T PW Time ms

Rt. / Lt. Innominate V
Dur T PW Time ms

Rt. / Lt. Subclavian V
Dur T PW Time ms
5-105
Operation Manual

Rt. / Lt. Axillary V
Dur T PW Time ms

Rt. / Lt. Brachial V
Dur T PW Time ms

Rt. / Lt. Cephalic V
Dur T PW Time ms
5-106

Rt. / Lt. Basilic V
Dur T PW Time ms

Rt. / Lt. Radial V
Dur T PW Time ms

Rt. / Lt. Ulnar V
Dur T PW Time ms
5-107
Operation Manual

General
Dur T PW Time ms
5-108
Radiology Calculation
Measurement Menu
[Figure 5.13 Radiology Measurement Menu]
NOTE:
XX
XX
5-109
Operation Manual
Aorta EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
Celiac A EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
5-110
Splenic A EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement

All All ml
measurement

Splenic Vol.
5-111
Operation Manual
Hepatic A EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
SMA EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
5-112
IMA EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
IVC EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
5-113
Operation Manual

All All ml
measurement
Rt. / Lt. Renal Vol. Length All Distance cm, mm
Rt. / Lt. Renal A EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

%StA All measurement
%

%StD All %
measurement
5-114
Rt. / Lt. Arcuate A EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

%StA All measurement
%

%StD All %
measurement

All All ml
measurement
Bladder Vol. Length All Distance cm, mm
5-115
Operation Manual

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
HR Fetal Heart Rate M, PW Heart Rate bpm
Renal A. PSV PW Velocity measurement cm/s, m/s

Renal Aortic Ratio
Aorta PSV PW Velocity measurement cm/s, m/s
5-116
TCD Calculation
Measurement Menu
[Figure 5.14 TCD Measurement Menu]
NOTE:
XX
XX
5-117
Operation Manual
Rt. / Lt. ACA EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
Rt. / Lt. MCA EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
5-118
Rt. / Lt. PCA(P1) EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
Rt. / Lt. PCA(P2) EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
5-119
Operation Manual
Rt. / Lt. Distal Basilar A EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
Rt. / Lt. Mid Basilar A EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
5-120
Rt. / Lt. Prox Basilar A EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
5-121
Operation Manual

Volume Flow
5-122
Thyroid Calculation
Measurement Menu
[Figure 5.15 Thyroid Measurement Menu]
NOTE:
XX
XX

All All ml
measurement

Rt. / Lt. Vol.
5-123
Operation Manual

Rt. / Lt. Flow
Vel A PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
Vel B PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
5-124
Breast Calculation
Measurement Menu
[Figure 5.16 Breast Measurement Menu]
NOTE: For information on basic measurement methods, see ‘Basic Measurements’ and ‘Common

All All ml
measurement

Rt. / Lt. Mass 1-10
Depth All Distance cm, mm
5-125
Operation Manual

Rt. / Lt. Flow
5-126
Testicle Calculation
Measurement Menu
[Figure 5.17 Testicle Measurement Menu]
NOTE:
XX
XX

Vol. All ml
measurement

Rt. / Lt. Vol.
5-127
Operation Manual
Rt. / Lt. Flow Calculated after Area

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
5-128
Superficial Calculation
Measurement Menu
[Figure 5.18 Superficial Measurement Menu]
NOTE:
XX
XX

Vol. All ml
measurement

Vol.
5-129
Operation Manual
Flow Calculated after area

%StA All %
measurement

%StD All %
measurement
5-130
Pediatric Hips Calculation
Measurement Menu
[Figure 5.19 Pediatric Hips Measurement Menu]
Measurement Menu Item Method Unit
Hip Angle Type Three Distance Measurement °
Measurement Method
1. Use the Trackball and the Set button on the control panel to specify the first straight line.
XX
Repositioning Point
Tips!
2. Repeat the above process to specify two other straight lines.
3. The angle between them will be calculated automatically.
α: The angle between the first and second straight lines.

XX
β: The angle between the first and third straight lines.

XX
5-131
Operation Manual
Please refer to the table below for Hip Joint Type information:
Type α β
1a 60 ≤ α＜ 90 0 ＜ β＜ 55
1b 60 ≤ α＜ 90 55 ≤ β＜ 90
2a/b 50 ≤ α＜ 60 0 ＜ β＜ 90
2c 43 ≤ α＜ 50 77 ≤ β＜ 90
d 43 ≤ α＜ 50 0 ＜ β＜ 77
3/4 0 ≤ α＜ 43
[Table 5.2 Hip Joint Type Table]
5-132
Musculoskeletal Calculation
Measurement Menu
[Figure 5.20 MSK Measurement Menu]
Measurement Menu Item Method Unit
Rt. / Lt. Shoulder 1~10 Distance Measurement cm, mm
Rt. / Lt. Wrist 1~10 Distance Measurement cm, mm
Rt. / Lt. Knee 1~10 Distance Measurement cm, mm
Rt. / Lt. Ankle 1~10 Distance Measurement cm, mm
5-133
Operation Manual
Report
Measurement results are arranged by application and displayed on the screen in the form of a report.
[Figure 5.21 The Report Screen - Example]
5-134
Viewing Report
Press the Report button on the control panel. The system switches to the Ultrasound Report screen.
When measurement results cannot be displayed in a screen, they can be moved into the upper and lower
portions of the screen in three ways as below:
Use the scroll bar on the right side of the screen.

XX
Rotate the Menu dial-button on the control panel.

XX
The measurement menus saved in the current application report are displayed in the left side of the
XX
screen. Select a menu to review from them.
To view a report for another application, press Next App. on the screen. Each time Next App. is pressed,
reports for other applications are shown.
NOTE: Reports for applications in which no measurements have been made will not be shown.
5-135
Operation Manual
Video Out
Press Video Out on the Ultrasound Report screen. Choose whether to fit the size of the Report screen
to 1024 x 768.
Editing Report
Press Edit on the Ultrasound Report screen to switch to a screen where the report can be edited. You can edit
measurement results or change the way that measurements are displayed.
Press OK on the screen or the Exit button on the control panel to save the changes and close the edit screen.
Press Cancel to close the edit screen without saving the changes.
[Figure 5.22 Editing Report]
5-136
Modify Measurements
Use the Trackball, the Set button and the alphanumeric keyboard on the control panel to modify
measurements. The values are displayed in grey, indicating that they are modified.
Measurement Display Method

The product allows you to measure one measurement item several times. However, only the first three
measurement results are saved in a report.
When taking the same item more than once, measurements can be displayed in four ways as below: On the
edit report screen, you can specify or change the measurement display method.
Avg.

Obtain the average of measurements and display it on the screen.
Last

Display the last measurements on the screen.
Max

Display the largest value of the measurements on the screen.
Min

Display the smallest value of the measurements on the screen.
Fetal Description
Move the trackball to select Description at the bottom left corner of the screen. This item only becomes
active when OB measurement is available. You may select Normal, Abnormal, Not seen, or Seen. If you select
one of the group selection items in the combo box, it will be applied to all items.
5-137
Operation Manual
Adding Comment
Press Comment on the Ultrasound Report screen to switch to a screen where text can be entered. You can
enter a comment or opinion. You can also modify existing comments. You can enter comments without
acquiring a measurement.
Press OK on the screen or the Exit button on the control panel to save the changes and close the edit screen.
Press Cancel to close the edit screen without saving the changes.
Comment Editor

Use this function to save comments you use frequently, so that you can automatically paste the
comments later. Enter your comment and press Apply to apply the comment immediately. Pressing
Save will save up to 10 comments.
[Figure 5.23 Comment]
5-138
Printing Report
Press Print in the report screen. If there is no connection with a printer, this button will not be displayed.
NOTE: You can change the settings for printing measurement reports in Utility > Setup >
Peripherals > Print Setup > Measure Report Print. For more information, refer to “Peripherals
Setup” in "Chapter 7. Utility”.
Saving Report
Press Export on the report screen. You can save reports into a file.
NOTE: If Utility > Measure Setup > General > Data Transfer > Save to File > Write to file is
checked, this button will be displayed.
When the Write to file window opens, specify the directory, drive, filename and file type. When using an external
storage media, make sure to connect to or disconnect from the storage media by using Storage Manager.
Press OK to save the report. Press Cancel to cancel.
[Figure 5.24 Saving Report]
5-139
Operation Manual
Transferring Report
Press Transfer on the report screen. Transfer the report data using an RS232C cable. A button is created when
a measurement is completed.
To use this button,
1. Connect the RS232C cable with the console.
2. Set Utility > Setup > Peripherals > COM as ‘Open Line Transfer’.
Stress Echo Report

Pressing the Report button on the control panel while measuring the Stress Echo opens the Stress Echo
Report.
NOTE:
XX
The Stress Echo Report cannot be edited.
XX
Otherwise, it may be used in the same way as general reports.
XX
For information on the Stress Echo, please refer to 'Chapter 7. Utility'.
[Figure 5.25 Stress Echo Report]
5-140
Graph Function
On the Ultrasound Report screen, pressing Graph switches to the graph screen, where you can review graphs
and history.
NOTE: The graph function is available with OB reports only.
NOTE: If you select ‘Graph’ for the function of User Key, Graph screen will be displayed when you
press the User Key button. Set the function for User Key at Utility > Setup > Utility > User Key
Setup > User Key> User Key1.
Press Report on the screen to return to the report screen.
Graph
The list of measured items appears in the left side of the screen. If you select an item, a graph for the selected
item will appear on the screen.
[Figure 5.26 Graph]
5-141
Operation Manual
NOTE:
XX
To display a graph, the LMP or Estab. Due Date should be saved under Patient Information, and
the GA table and Fetal Growth table should be enabled.
XX
A graph is created based on the patient ID, LMP and measurement date.
Select Graph

Use the Trackball and the Set button to select an item from the list.
Display Graph

If the 2 x 2 checkbox is checked, 4 graphs will be displayed in a screen.
Specify a desired graph by checking the checkbox for a measurement item.
Percentile Criteria

Select from LMP, EstabDD and Avg.US GA.
GA by LMP: GA is calculated based on the maternal LMP.

XX
Estab. Due Date: GA is calculated based on the Estab. Due Date that is entered in the Patient
XX
Information.
Average US GA: GA is calculated using the average value of several ultrasound measurements.
XX
GA View: If the checkbox is checked, the current GA instead of the current date is shown under History.
XX
Patient

Patient Information: View patient information.

XX
Fetus Information: View fetus information.

XX
Comment: Enter a comment or opinion. Modify existing comments.

XX
Measure

View measurement data.
Trend

Select a graph you want, or select all.
5-142
History

The current and past measurements for a fetus are displayed in a concise format.
Print Checked Graph

Set the graph layout when you wish to print the reports.
NOTE: Only the graphs selected from the list will be printed.
Print Current Graph: Only the currently selected graph is printed.

XX
Print Checked Graph (1 x 1): The selected graph is printed in a 1 x 1 format.

XX
Print Checked Graph (3 x 2): The selected graph is printed in a 3 x 2 format.

XX
Print Screenshot: Capture the screen to print the graph.

XX
History
Press History in the left menu on the graph screen. The current and past measurements for a fetus are
displayed in a tabular format. You can change the percentile criteria as desired.
[Figure 5.27 History]
5-143
Operation Manual
Standard Deviation & Percentile

Tips!
Among OB information, the Growth Table and the typical fetal distribution for the same number of
weeks are used to determine the following information:
XX
The normal distribution curve.
XX
The measurements for an actual fetus or a position in EFW distribution.
XX
Whether a distribution point is within the normal range.
The reference number of weeks for the Growth Table can be set to LMP, Estab. DD or Average US GA
under [Pctl.Criteria]. The typical setting is LMP.
When LMP is not known or uncertain, or when the difference between LMP and Average US GA
is substantial, care must be taken, as selecting different [Pctl.Criteria] can result in a significant
difference.
The distribution of the number of weeks in the Growth Table for the selected reference is a normal
distribution that is laterally symmetrical around 50% (the average), and it shows the distance
from the average as a deviation. The deviation can be represented by Standard Deviation (SD) or
Percentile.
[Figure 5.28 The distribution of the Growth Table for the selected number of weeks
(m: Average, σ: Standard Deviation)]
When represented by SD, a point near the average indicates a value closer to ±0 SD and a point away
from the average indicates a value closer to the maximum or minimum value. The greater part of
the range falls within ±3 SD, and ±1 SD represents 68.3% of the entire range. Thus it can be seen that
most fetal measurements are tightly clustered around the average value.
The Percentile represents a point in distribution from between 0 and 100 inclusive. Therefore, the
average point is represented as 50 Percentile.
As shown in the figure, the average point corresponds to 0 SD (that is, 50 Percentile). If a point is in
the range between -1 SD and +1 SD, it falls within 68.3% of the entire range. This means that the
point falls within the range between 16 and 84.
Further, if a point is in the range between -2 SD and +2 SD, it falls within 95.5% of the entire range.
Thus, the point falls in the range between 3 and 97.
5-144
SD and Percentile are interchangeable. Percentile can be used when a fetal measurement ranking is
Tips! desired, and SD can be used when the distance between actual fetal measurements and the average
measurement is sought.
While the range of Growth Table references that are primarily used with OB measurement data varies
depending on the user, the typical range accepted by most users is as below:
1) When references are created based on SD:
XX
2.0 SD - +2.0 SD (when converted to Percentile: 2.28 Percentile - 97.72 Percentile)
XX
XX
2) When references are created based on Percentile:
XX
2.5 Percentile - 97.5 Percentile (when converted to SD: -1.96 SD - 1.96 SD)
XX
XX
Closing Report
Press Exit on the Ultrasound Report screen or the Exit or Report button on the control panel. The system will
return to the previous diagnosis mode screen.
5-145
Volume 2
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
Operation Manual
Version 3.01
English
MI68-02880A
Table of Contents
Table of Contents – Volume 2

Chapter 6 Image Management
Reviewing Images (Cine / Loop).............................................................................................. 6-3
Annotating Images .................................................................................................................... 6-6
Text........................................................................................................................................................................................... 6-6
BodyMarker .......................................................................................................................................................................... 6-9
Indicator ..............................................................................................................................................................................6-11
e-Motion Marker (Optional)..........................................................................................................................................6-13
Saving, Playing and Transferring Images............................................................................. 6-16

Saving Images ...................................................................................................................................................................6-16
Playing Images...................................................................................................................................................................6-18
Transferring Images ........................................................................................................................................................6-19
Printing and Recording Images ............................................................................................ 6-20

Printing Images..................................................................................................................................................................6-20
Recording Images ............................................................................................................................................................6-20
SonoView.................................................................................................................................... 6-21
Exam Mode..........................................................................................................................................................................6-21
Compare Mode..................................................................................................................................................................6-23
Managing Exam Images.................................................................................................................................................6-24
Chapter 7 Utility
System Settings........................................................................................................................... 7-3
General System Settings.................................................................................................................................................. 7-3
Display Settings................................................................................................................................................................... 7-7
Annotate Settings.............................................................................................................................................................7-11
Peripherals Setup..............................................................................................................................................................7-15
System Information .........................................................................................................................................................7-18
DICOM Setup (Optional).................................................................................................................................................7-19
Utilities Setup.....................................................................................................................................................................7-35
Option Setup......................................................................................................................................................................7-38
Auto Calc..............................................................................................................................................................................7-39
5
Operation Manual
Measurement Setup................................................................................................................. 7-40

General Measurement Setup.......................................................................................................................................7-40
Obstetrics Measurement Setup...................................................................................................................................7-54
Cardiac Measurement Setup........................................................................................................................................7-62
Vascular Measurement Setup......................................................................................................................................7-63
Urology Measurement Setup.......................................................................................................................................7-64
Fetal Echo Measurement Setup..................................................................................................................................7-66
Utility........................................................................................................................................... 7-67
ECG.........................................................................................................................................................................................7-69
Biopsy....................................................................................................................................................................................7-71
Histogram............................................................................................................................................................................7-73
Post Curve............................................................................................................................................................................7-75
Setup......................................................................................................................................................................................7-80
Measure Setup...................................................................................................................................................................7-80
Storage Manager...............................................................................................................................................................7-81
BodyMarker Edit................................................................................................................................................................7-83
e-Motion Marker...............................................................................................................................................................7-85
Menu Edit.............................................................................................................................................................................7-86
Stress Echo (Optional).............................................................................................................. 7-88

Setting Up a Protocol.......................................................................................................................................................7-89
Starting a Protocol and Capturing Images..............................................................................................................7-93
Reviewing an Image........................................................................................................................................................7-97
Strain Image (Optional).........................................................................................................7-101

Quantification.................................................................................................................................................................. 7-102
Strain Review................................................................................................................................................................... 7-104
Auto EF............................................................................................................................................................................... 7-109
6
Table of Contents
Chapter 8 Maintenance
System Maintenance.................................................................................................................. 8-3
Installation Requirements............................................................................................................................................... 8-3
Cleaning and disinfections ............................................................................................................................................. 8-4
Fuse Replacement.............................................................................................................................................................. 8-6
Cleaning The Air Filters..................................................................................................................................................... 8-7
Accuracy Check.................................................................................................................................................................... 8-8
Administration of Information................................................................................................. 8-9

User Setting Back up.......................................................................................................................................................... 8-9
Patient information Back-up........................................................................................................................................... 8-9
Software................................................................................................................................................................................. 8-9
Chapter 9 Probes
Probes........................................................................................................................................... 9-3
Ultrasound transmission Gel........................................................................................................................................9-19
Using Sheaths ....................................................................................................................................................................9-20
Probe Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................9-21
Cleaning and Disinfecting the Probe........................................................................................................................9-23
Biopsy.......................................................................................................................................... 9-35
Biopsy KIT Components.................................................................................................................................................9-35
Using the Biopsy Kit.........................................................................................................................................................9-36
Cleaning and Disinfecting Biopsy Kit........................................................................................................................9-38
Assembling the Biopsy Kit.............................................................................................................................................9-40
** Reference Manual
Samsung Medison is providing an additional SONOACE R7 Reference Manual. GA tables and references
for each application are included in the Reference Manual.
7
Chapter 6
Image Management
Reviewing Images (Cine / Loop)......................6-3
Annotating Images ..........................................6-6

Text.................................................................................................6-6
BodyMarker ...............................................................................6-9
Indicator ....................................................................................6-11
e-Motion Marker (Optional)...............................................6-13
Saving, Playing and Transferring Images... 6-16

Saving Images .........................................................................6-16
Playing Images........................................................................6-18
Transferring Images ..............................................................6-19
Printing and Recording Images ................... 6-20

Printing Images.......................................................................6-20
Recording Images .................................................................6-20
SonoView........................................................ 6-21
Exam Mode...............................................................................6-21
Compare Mode.......................................................................6-23
Managing Exam Images......................................................6-24
Reviewing Images (Cine / Loop)

Images are automatically saved in the memory during scanning. The saved images can be useful when a
patient is diagnosed and reviewed.
The saved images can be in Cine or Loop depending on the diagnosis mode.
Cine: Images that are saved in all modes other than M Mode and Spectral Mode.
XX
Loop: Images that are saved in M Mode and Spectral Mode.

XX
[Figure 6.1 Reviewing Images]
Starting and Finishing Image Review

During scanning, press the Freeze button on the control panel. The scanning is stopped and the system
switches to the image review mode screen.
Press the Freeze button again to return to the scan mode.
6-3
Operation Manual
How to Review Images

Use the Trackball on the control panel. You can search for saved images in chronological order by rotating
the Trackball to the left or right. The number of images saved so far and the number of the image currently
under review are displayed in the user information area.
The Soft Menu is changed when images are reviewed.
Auto Run

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [2]. You can adjust the automatic playback speed for Cine or Loop by
rotating the dial-button. The allowable range for adjustment is 10-200% in increments/decrements of
10%.
Run / Stop

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [2]. You can stop or resume playback of an image by pressing the dial-
button.
Cine / Loop

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [3]. This option appears only when both Cine and Loop are available, as
in M Mode or Spectral Doppler Mode. You can select an image to play in Cine and Loop by pressing the
dial-button. The selection is displayed in the left side of the user information area.
First Pos

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [4]. You can specify the first frame in the range in which Cine or Loop
will be saved. After specifying the position of the first frame by rotating the dial-button or using the
Trackball, press the dial-button to save it.
Last Pos

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [5]. You can specify the last frame in the range in which Cine or Loop
will be saved. After specifying the position of the last frame by rotating the dial-button or using the
Trackball, press the dial-button to save it.
Trim First Pos

Use dial button [4] on the soft menu. Set the first frame of the range for saving when saving Cine or Loop.
Set a location for the first frame using the Trackball and press the dial button to save it.
6-4
Trim Last Pos

Use dial button [5] on the soft menu. Set the last frame of the range for saving when saving Cine or Loop.
Set a location for the last frame using the Trackball and press the dial button to save it.
Cine Save

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [6]. This has the same function as when the Clip Store button on the
control is pressed. You can save the specified image area by pressing the dial-button.
The saved image appears in the thumbnail list on the screen, and can be reloaded or replayed in scan
mode or SonoView. You can select Cine or Loop.
Reviewing Images in Multi-Image Mode

Only images in an active area can be reviewed. To review images in another area, change the active area by
using the Dual button on the control panel. Alternatively, after pressing Pointer on the control panel, place
the cursor in the area to activate and press the Set button on the control panel.
6-5
Operation Manual
Annotating Images
Text
You can enter comments or text over an image. This function can be useful when the diagnosis area is
differentiated or displayed.
Starting Text Input Mode

Press the F3 button in the Alphanumeric Keyboard. The system will switch to text input mode.
NOTE: When Quick Text is enabled, the system switches to text input mode immediately after the
Alphanumeric Keyboard is pressed.
[Figure 6.2 Text Input Mode]
6-6
Typing Text
Use the Alphanumeric Keyboard. Use the Document menu or the Soft Menu dial-button [3] to enter text
automatically. You can move the cursor by using the Trackball or the arrow keys on the keyboard.
Font Size / Default size

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [1]. You can specify the font size, from 10 – 30, by rotating the dial-button.
Press the dial-button to return to the default size (Size 11).
Home Position

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [2]. Home Position represents the default position of the cursor in the
text mode.
Select Load or Set by rotating the dial-button. When ‘Load’ is selected, press the dial-button to return the
cursor to the default position. When ‘Set’ is selected, press the dial-button to the default position of the
cursor can be reset.
Text / Input

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [3]. You can select a predefined text and enter it into an image.
Select a text to enter from Text 1 – 10 by rotating the dial-button.
Press the dial-button to enter the selected text in an image.
Current App. / Edit

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [4]. The current application is displayed in Current App.
Application
Tips!
Applications displayed on the Soft Menu in Text Mode are used to search text that is to be entered
automatically. This has no relationship to the applications set in the Probe Selection screen.
Press the dial-button to display the Text Edit window. Edit Text 1 to 10 using the keyboard. Press OK to com-
plete editing. Press Cancel to cancel.
6-7
Operation Manual
[Figure 6.3 Text Edit]
Change App.

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [5]. Change the application by rotating the dial-button. As the application
changes, the details of the Document menu change too. The applications change in the following order:
Userset → 3D → OB → Gynecology → Cardiac → Pediatric Cardiology → Urology → TCD → Smallparts
→ Abdomen → Vascular → Pediatric → MSK.
Autotext
This function allows you to enter text automatically by using an abbreviation. In this way, you can enter text
easily and quickly. When Autotext is enabled, The Autotext List appears on the screen.
[Figure 6.4 The Autotext List]
NOTE: Select Utility > Setup > Annotate > AutoText Setup > AutoText Edit.
Deleting Text
Press the Clear button on the control panel. All the text entered on the screen will be deleted.
Exiting Text Input Mode

Press Exit on the control panel.
6-8
BodyMarker
You can place a BodyMarker over an image. This function can be useful when the diagnosis area is differentiated
or displayed.
Starting BodyMarker Input Mode

Press the BodyMarker button on the control panel. The system will switch to BodyMarker input mode and
BodyMarkers will appear in the user information area.
[Figure 6.5 BodyMarker]
6-9
Operation Manual
Entering BodyMarker
1. BodyMarkers will appear on the Soft Menu.
The types of BodyMarker shown in the Soft Menu vary with the diagnosis mode.
XX
A maximum of 6 BodyMarkers are displayed on the screen at any one time. When there are more
XX
BodyMarkers than this, press the BodyMarker button repeatedly to move to other pages.
2. Press the Soft Menu button for the BodyMarker that you want. The BodyMarker will appear in the image.
3. Position the probe cursor on the BodyMarker using the Trackball.
4. Use the Soft Menu dial-button [1] ~ [5] or the Menu / Angle dial-button on the control panel to adjust
the angle of the probe cursor.
To change the angle degree, use the Soft Menu dial-button [6] Angle Degree. Select 15 or 45.
XX
5. Press the Set button to finish.
NOTE:
XX
Adding BodyMarker to a User Key
You can assign the BodyMarker key to a User Key. Select Setup > Utility > User Key Setup.
XX
Changing BodyMarker Size
You can change the size of BodyMarker. At Setup > Annotate > BodyMarker group, select
from Small/Medium/Large.
Changing BodyMarker Position

1. Press the Change button on the control panel.
2. Move the BodyMarker to a desired position by using the Trackball.
3. Press the Change button on the control panel again to confirm the new position.
Deleting BodyMarker
Exiting BodyMarker Input Mode

6-10
Indicator
You can place an Indicator over an image. This function can be useful when the diagnosis area is differentiated
or displayed. You can place 50 Indicators on specific positions.
[Figure 6.6 Indicator Mode]
Starting Indicator Input Mode

Press the Indicator [F2] in the keyboard. The system will switch to the Indicator input mode.
Entering Indicator
1. Press the Indicator [F2] in the keyboard and an Indicator will appear on the screen.
2. Move the Indicator to a desired position by using the Trackball.
3. Adjust the Indicator direction by using the Menu/Angle dial-button on the control panel.
4. Press the Set button to finish. Press the Exit button to cancel.
6-11
Operation Manual
Deleting Indicator
Press the Clear button on the control panel and all Indicators displayed on the screen will be deleted.
Press the Soft Menu dial-button [1] Undo to delete the last entered indicator only.
Indicator Input Mode Soft Menu
Size

Select the size of the Indicator. Select a size from 1 through 3 by rotating the Soft Menu dial-button
[1].
Undo

Press the Soft Menu dial-button [1] to delete the last indicator entered.
Type

Select the shape of the Indicator. Select a shape from 1 through 4 by rotating the Soft Menu dial-
button [2].
6-12
e-Motion Marker (Optional)

e-Motion Marker displays the probe's position and angle on the screen at the location being scanned.
The e-Motion Marker Accessory mounted on the probe detects positional data, which is rendered as a
3D image.
[Figure 6.7 e-Motion Marker Uterus+Axis Model]
NOTE:
XX
The e-Motion Marker Accessory is needed to use this option.
XX
The e-Motion Marker can only be used if the following conditions are met.
−− Probe: EVN4-9
−− Application: Gynecology
−− Preset: Uterus
XX
Refer to the installation guide that comes with the e-Motion Marker package for instructions on
installing e-Motion Marker.
XX
BodyMarkers cannot be used while e-Motion Marker is being used.
WARNING:
XX
The e-Motion Marker provides reference information to assist in diagnosis. It does not provide
any numerical diagrams or final diagnosis.
XX
The e-Motion Marker displays the relative directions of a beam plane, so the direction displayed
may differ from the actual probe direction because of accumulated errors. Therefore, press the
Initialize button to initialize the position before starting to use the e-Motion Marker.
XX
e-Motion Marker’s circuitry contains a sensor, and must not be dropped or subjected to other
forms of mechanical impact. Performance may degrade, and damage to the exterior, such as
breakage or cracking, may occur.
XX
The e-Motion Marker meets the IPX 7 rating. However, do not cleanse or sterilize the probe while
the e-Motion Marker is mounted.
XX
Do not use e-Motion Marker near metallic objects, magnetic objects, or products that contain
high electric current, because they may affect the magnetic sensor and cause malfunction.
6-13
Operation Manual
e-Motion Marker Setting

Go to Utility > Setup > Utility > e-Motion Marker and press the Control button to open the setup
window for using e-Motion Marker.
[Figure 6.8 e-Motion Marker Setting]
e-Motion Marker

On/Off: Turn e-Motion Marker on or off. While e-Motion Marker is in use, the functionality of
XX
BodyMarker is restricted.
Model Setup

Select the type of rendered image for e-Motion Marker.
Uterus: Shows the movement of the probe on a uterus-shaped organ model.

XX
Axis: Shows the movement of the probe centered around a 3-dimensional axis.
XX
Uterus + Axis: Shows the movement of the marker on a rendered image that contains both the
XX
organ model and the axis.
6-14
Button Setup

Configure the User Key for e-Motion Marker.
Button 1: This is the Initial key, which initiates the e-Motion Marker option. It cannot be changed.
XX
Buttons 2 - 4: You may assign Model Change, Freeze, Save, Print1, or Print2 functions to each
XX
button.
2 3
[Figure 6.9 e-Motion Marker]
Calibration
Calibrates the sensor position when e-Motion Marker is used for the first time. Turn on the e-Motion
Marker, and press and hold the Initial button on the e-Motion Marker Accessory for more than 3
seconds.
NOTE:
XX
Since the strength of the magnetic field varies depending on the latitude of your location, you
need to perform a Sensor Calibration at least once when you use the product for the first time.
XX
For Sensor Calibration Settings, be sure to refer to the installation guide.
View Label
Displays labels for the current angle of the probe as Transverse and Sagittal.
Image Save/Review
The movement of e-Motion Marker is included in the patient record when you save the image, so
that you may review it using SonoView.
6-15
Operation Manual
Saving, Playing and Transferring

Images
Saving Images
Saving Still Images

Press the Save button on the control panel.
Images are stored and managed on a patient basis. Therefore, if you press the Save button without entering
patient information, the Patient Information screen will appear first. The saved images can be edited and
managed with SonoView.
WARNING: You must enter the patient ID because all images are saved according to patient ID. Failure to
enter a patient ID may result in a loss of and/or critical error(s) in previously saved images.
Saving Multi Frame Images

Press the Store Clip button on the control panel. When images are frozen, press the Soft Menu dial-button
[6] Cine Save. In Dual Mode, Cine in the active area is saved only.
A video clip can be saved in two ways, depending on whether it is frozen or not.
When frozen, use the Trackball or rotate the Soft Menu dial-button [4] and [5] to specify the range of
XX
images to save, and then press the Soft Menu dial-button [6] or press the Store Clip button to save
the Cine image.
NOTE: To use Store Clip, set Utility > Setup > Peripherals > User key Setup.
When in Live Mode, follow the steps below according to the settings. For information on how to
XX
specify settings, please refer to “Chapter 3. Setting.”
6-16
Method

Manual: Specify the start and end of an image by using the Store Clip button. That is, the image that
XX
is displayed when Store Clip is pressed for the first time is saved, through to the image displayed
when it is pressed for the second time.
NOTE: To use Store Clip, set Utility > Setup > Peripherals > User key Setup.
ECG Beat: The images for the specified beat count are saved and the saving process is automatically
XX
finished. Up to 8 beats can be specified.
Time: The images for the specified time duration are saved and the saving process is automatically
XX
finished. Up to 50 seconds can be specified.
If there is no basic patient information, the Patient Information screen appears when a Cine image
is saved in Freeze Mode, but an image cannot be saved in Live Mode.
If all frames are saved in Live Mode, the saving process is automatically finished regardless of the
settings.
The saved images are added to the thumbnail list in the right.
6-17
Operation Manual
Playing Images
The saved images can be played in SonoView or in a diagnosis mode.
Playing Images in SonoView
NOTE: Please refer to “SonoView” in this chapter.
Playing Images in Diagnosis Mode

Use the Pointer button on the control panel. Note that this function is available only when there are images
saved in the thumbnail list.
1. Press the Pointer button and the cursor will appear on the screen.
2. Select an image on the Thumbnail list to play on the screen. The selected image is played on the image
area.
In Multi Mode, you can specify a location and play an image. For a 3D image, the 3D View screen will appear.
6-18
Transferring Images
SONOACE R7 allows you to transfer images to the PACS system supporting DICOM. You can transfer all saved
images automatically, or select a desired image and transfer it manually. For information on the DICOM server
settings and DICOM operations, please refer to “Setting DICOM” in "Chapter 3. Setting.”
Transferring Images in Diagnosis Mode

You can transfer images automatically. Go to Utility > Setup > DICOM and transfer images based on the
transfer protocol for the storage server. For more information, please refer to “Setting DICOM” in "Chapter
3. Setting.”
Transferring Images from SonoView

You can transfer images manually in the following two ways:
Sending Exam

Send all images for an exam.
1. Select an exam in the Exam List.
2. Press the Send button at the bottom of the screen. All images for the selected exam will be sent.
Sending Selected Images

Select a desired image from among the images for an exam and send it out.
1. View an exam in the SonoView screen.
2. Select an image.
3. Press the Send icon at the bottom of the screen. The selected images will be sent.
6-19
Operation Manual
Printing and Recording Images
Printing Images
Press the Print button on the control panel. Images are printed via an echo printer. For information on how to
setup a printer, please refer to "Chapter 3. Setting.”
Recording Images
NOTE: Please make sure that a VCR is properly connected to the product.
For Regular VCR

Record images by using the record button on the VCR.
For Panasonic MD 835, SONY DVO-1000MD or JVC BD-X201

A VCR Counter is displayed on the screen. To connect these VCR via a serial port, specify the VCR Type and
Source under the Peripheral tab in the Setup screen.
Press the Record button on the control panel to record images. Alternatively, press the Record button on
the VCR. To stop the VCR, press the Record button again.
NOTE: Set the print function as the Record in Utility > Setup > Peripherals > Print Key before
use.
6-20
SonoView
SonoView is an integrated image management program. It provides a range of functions including: saving/
filing of images, image preview, deleting of images, and exporting files to a standard PC.
The image file types used in this product follow the international standard DICOM (Digital Imaging and Com-
munication in Medicine). As a result, the PACS (Picture Archiving Communication System) can be implement-
ed in the SONOACE R7 without any additional costs, and it’s easy to exchange image files with other hospitals
or equipment.
This product supports the Bitmap file format (the .BMP extension), which is most commonly used on stand-
ard PCs, ensuring easier exchange of image data.
Starting SonoView
Press the SonoView button on the control panel. The system will switch to the SonoView screen.
If there are the saved images available for the current exam, the information and saved images for the exam
appear when SonoView starts.
WARNING: Make sure to register a patient before saving images or using SonoView.
All diagnosis information in the product is saved and managed for each patient ID. As a result, saving
images without entering a patient ID may result in a loss of and/or critical error(s) in previously saved
image.
Exam Mode
Press Exam in the upper left corner of the screen. The button will appear in yellow.
In the Exam Mode, you can review the current or saved exam.
The Exam Mode Screen

Exams for each patient ID are displayed by date in a tree in the left side of the screen. The numbers in
parentheses represent the numbers of the saved images. To show or hide exams, use the Trackball and the
Set button to select a desired ID.
6-21
Operation Manual
Image Scroll
The image of the previous or next page is displayed on the screen. Use the Soft Menu dial-button [2] Image
Scroll or the Menu dial-button. Rotating the dial-button to the left displays the previous page image and
rotating it to the right displays the next page image.
However, this button may not be used when the number of exams saved is less than the number of images
that appear in a page under the current layout.
Selecting Exam
Use the Trackball and the Set button to select a desired exam from the list in the left side of the screen. The
selected exam appears in the list and the saved images for it are displayed on the screen.
[Figure 6.10 Exam Mode]
6-22
Compare Mode
Press Compare in the upper left corner of the screen. The button will appear in yellow.
In Compare Mode, you can select the images relating to an exam to compare and review them.
[Figure 6.11 compare Mode]
The Compare Mode Screen

As in Exam Mode, exams for each ID appear on the screen and images for the selected exam are displayed
in a thumbnail format.
Thumb Scroll
The image of the previous or next page is displayed on the thumbnail list. Use the Soft Menu dial-button
[3] Thumb Scroll. Rotating the dial-button to the left displays the previous page image and rotating it to
the right displays the next page image.
6-23
Operation Manual
Selecting Images
Use the Trackball and the Set button to select an image from the thumbnail list. The selected image is
highlighted in yellow in the list. Select a location on the screen where the image will be displayed, and then
the selected image will appear.
Managing Exam Images

Use the icon or the Soft Menu dial-button on the screen. You can perform various tasks with images for
diagnosis.
Reviewing the Current Exam

Press Current Exam on the screen. The current exam and its images will be displayed on the screen.
Reviewing the Most Recent Images

Press Continue Exam on the screen. The exams and their images for the last 24 hours will be displayed. The
initial exam date (Exam Resumed) for each exam will also be shown in the feedback area.
In the retrieved exam screen, tasks such as measurement taking or entering of text, BodyMarker or indicator
can be performed.
Load Images into Image Area

The images stored for an exam are displayed in the thumbnail area in the right hand side of the screen.
To review an image, double-click an image to review in the thumbnail area.
Use the arrow buttons below the thumbnail area to move to the next or previous page in the
XX
thumbnail area.
The stored image information is displayed in the feedback area.
NOTE: Only scanned data can be loaded into the image area.
Finish Continue Exam

Press the End Exam button on the control panel.
6-24
Closing Exam Review

Press Close on the screen. To close all exams in the list, press the Close All button.
Layouts
You can adjust the number of images displayed on the screen. Use the Soft Menu dial-button [1] Layout or
the button on the screen. A maximum of 16 images (4 X 4) can be compared at the same time.
The numbers shown in the layout section indicate the column and row of an image to display on the screen.
You can change this setting to configure various layouts.
Displaying in Full Screen

Place the cursor on an image and press the Set button twice, and then the image will be displayed in full
screen.
Selecting Multiple Images

Use the Trackball and the Set button to select an image. The selected image is highlighted in yellow.
Selecting All Images

Press the Select All Images ( ) icon on the screen. All images saved for the current exam are selected
and highlighted in yellow.
Deselecting All Images

Press the Deselect All Images ( ) icon on the screen. All images are deselected and unhighlighted.
Post-Processing
Press in the lower left corner of an image, and the post-processing menu will appear. Use the menu to
adjust the image for diagnosis. The effects of post-processing are not saved into the image.
NOTE: Cine images can be only played in the 2 x 2 or less layout.
6-25
Operation Manual
Reviewing 3D Images
If the saved image is 3D, the 3D indication ( ) appears at the bottom of the image. Press 3D and the 3D
View screen will appear allowing you to review the image.
Reviewing Cine
If the saved image is Cine, the playback and search scroll bar appear at the bottom of the image. You can
play, pause, stop or search forward/backward with the scroll bar.
NOTE: Cine images can be only played in the 2 x 2 or less layout.
[Figure 6.12 Cine Scroll Bar]
Searching Exam
1. Press the Exam Search ( ) icon on the screen. The Exam List screen will appear.
2. Select a desired exam and press the Review button. The system will switch to the SonoView window
showing the selected exam.
Measuring Distance
Press the Distance Calliper ( ) icon on the screen. You can measure the distance between two points
on an image. Measurement results are not saved.
1. Place the cursor over an image and press the Set button. The image will be resized to its original
size.
2. Measure the desired distance. For information on measurements, please refer to “Basic
Measurements” in "Chapter 5. Measurements.”
3. Press the icon again to finish measuring.
6-26
Measuring Circumference and Area

Press the Ellipse Calliper ( ) icon on the screen. You can measure the circumference and area of the
desired area in an image. Measurement results are not saved.
size.
2. Measure the circumference and area of the desired area. For information on measurements, please
refer to “Basic Measurements” in "Chapter 5. Measurements.”
3. Press the icon again to finish measuring.
Typing Text
Press the Text Annotation ( ) icon on the screen. You can enter text into an image.
size.
2. Position the cursor on the desired area and enter text.
To change the font color, use the Soft Menu dial-button [4] Color.
XX
To change the font size, use the Soft Menu dial-button [5] Size.
XX
3. Press the Set button to confirm the text. Press the icon again to finish the text input mode.
Printing Images
1. Press the Print Image ( ) icon on the screen. The Image Print window will appear.
2. Specify Setup and Comment.
3. Press the Print button to print the image. Press Close to cancel.
6-27
Operation Manual
[Figure 6.13 Image Print]
Transferring Images via DICOM

You can send the selected images via DICOM. The icon is enabled only when an image(s) is selected. The
icon is disabled in a system where DICOM is not enabled.
1. After selecting an image, press the Send Image to DICOM Storage ( ) icon on the screen. The
DICOM Storage window will appear.
2. Press the Transfer button to transfer the selected image to the DICOM server. To cancel saving,
press Close.
[Figure 6.14 DICOM Storage]
6-28
Printing via DICOM

You can print the selected images via DICOM. The icon is enabled only when an image(s) is selected. The
icon is disabled in a system where DICOM is not enabled.
1. After selecting an image, press the Send Image to DICOM Print ( ) icon on the screen. The DICOM
Printer window will appear.
2. Press the Transfer button to transfer the selected image to the DICOM server and print it. To cancel
saving, press Close.
[Figure 6.15 DICOM Printer]
Transferring Images
1. Press the Export Image ( ) icon on the screen. The Image Export window will appear.
2. Specify various parameters such as directory, drive, filename and file format.
3. Press the Export button to start a transfer. Press the Close button to cancel.
NOTE: The Export function is not activated when the file name and directory are not entered.
6-29
Operation Manual
[Figure 6.16 Image Export]
Sending in E-mail
1. Press the Send E-mail ( ) icon on the screen. The E-mail window will appear.
2. Specify various parameters such as sender and recipient.
3. After selecting an image to attach in the thumbnail list, enter a message.
4. Press the Send button to transfer the selected image. Press the Close button to cancel.
NOTE: When email cannot be transferred although the mail server is working properly, please
check the following:
XX
The connection of the LAN cable
XX
E-mail settings at Setup > Utility
XX
If ICMP (ping) is open for the corresponding Mail Server. If ICMP (ping) is closed, the E-mail
function may not work properly.
6-30
[Figure 6.17 E-mail]
Deleting Images
Press the Delete Image ( ) icon on the screen. Press OK to delete the selected image. Please note that
images for the current patient under diagnosis cannot be deleted.
Storage Manager
Press the Device ( ) icon on the screen. The Storage Manager window will appear. For information on
Storage Manager, please refer to "Chapter 3. Setting” in this manual.
Closing SonoView
Press the Exit ( ) icon on the screen. Alternatively, you can press the SonoView button or the Exit
button on the control panel to close SonoView.
6-31
Chapter 7
Utility
System Settings.................................................7-3
General System Settings........................................................7-3
Display Settings........................................................................7-7
Annotate Settings..................................................................7-11
Peripherals Setup...................................................................7-15
System Information ..............................................................7-18
DICOM Setup (Optional)......................................................7-19
Utilities Setup...........................................................................7-35
Option Setup............................................................................7-38
Auto Calc....................................................................................7-39
Measurement Setup...................................... 7-40

General Measurement Setup.............................................7-40
Obstetrics Measurement Setup........................................7-54
Cardiac Measurement Setup..............................................7-62
Vascular Measurement Setup............................................7-63
Urology Measurement Setup............................................7-64
Fetal Echo Measurement Setup........................................7-66
Chapter 7
Utility............................................................... 7-67
ECG...............................................................................................7-69
Biopsy..........................................................................................7-71
Histogram..................................................................................7-73
Post Curve.................................................................................7-75
Setup...........................................................................................7-80
Measure Setup.........................................................................7-80
Storage Manager....................................................................7-81
BodyMarker Edit.....................................................................7-83
e-Motion Marker.....................................................................7-85
Menu Edit..................................................................................7-86
Stress Echo (Optional)................................... 7-88

Setting Up a Protocol............................................................7-89
Starting a Protocol and Capturing Images...................7-93
Reviewing an Image..............................................................7-97
Strain Image (Optional).............................. 7-101

Quantification.......................................................................7-102
Strain Review.........................................................................7-104
Auto EF....................................................................................7-109
Chapter 7 Utility
System Settings
This mode is used for system settings. It does not affect image output. The setup may be modified depending
on specific needs or preferences.
1. Press the Utility button on the control panel and select Setup in the menu.
2. The Setup screen will appear. Select a tab that has items to specify.
Selecting a tab
Tips!
You can select a tab in either of two ways as desired.
XX
Use the Trackball and the Set button to select a tab.
XX
Rotate the Menu dial-button to select a tab.
3. Specify settings for each item.
4. Press Close to finish the setup. Press the Exit button on the control panel to cancel.
General System Settings

Select the General tab in the Setup screen. You can specify general settings such as title settings.
Title
You can specify information displayed in the title area on the screen.
Institution

Enter the name of the hospital / institution where the product is installed.
NOTE: You cannot input following characters; # [ “ : ? | ￦
Date

The current date is displayed. To change the date, press .
7-3
Operation Manual
NOTE:
XX
You cannot change the date and time when a patient ID is registered. To change the date and
time, you should finish the current diagnosis by pressing End Exam on the control panel.
XX
You can select the year from 2006 to 2027.
How to set the date and time

Tips! 1. Press in the Date (or Time) button.
2. Set the date and time by using the Trackball and the Set button on the control panel.
3. If it is properly set, press Apply to apply changes. Press OK to close the Date & Time window. To
cancel, press Cancel or the Exit button on the control panel.
[Figure 7.1 Date & Time]
Date Format

Specify the date format. Select a desired date format by pressing the combo button. The date format that
you specify will be applied to various date fields in Patient Information.
Time

The current time is displayed.
Time Format

Specify the time format. Select a desired time format by pressing the combo button.
Clip Store Setting
Clip Store Method

Specify the method and range in which an image is acquired and saved.
You can select ECG Beat, Time or Manual.
7-4
Chapter 7 Utility
ECG Beat: Specify the heart beat as 1 – 8 beats.

XX
Time: Specify it as 1 – 50 seconds

XX
Manual: Save images automatically for 8 seconds after pressing the Store Clip button.
XX
Prospective

When Store Clip button is pressed during scanning, the subsequent images are saved.
Retrospective

When Store Clip button is pressed during scanning, the previous images are saved.
NOTE:
XX
To use Store Clip, set Utility > Setup > Peripherals > User Key Setup.
XX
When you select ECG Beat and turn ECG off, a video is taken for about 4 seconds.
Scan Mode
Simultaneous Mode

This determines whether to enable simultaneous mode in Spectral Doppler Mode.
Off: Select this if you do not wish to use simultaneous mode.

XX
Allow B/PW: Select this if you do not wish to use simultaneous mode in 2D/C/PW modes but do wish
XX
to use it in 2D/PW mode.
Allow B/C/PW: Select this if you wish to use simultaneous mode for both 2D/PW and for 2D/C/PW.
XX
Doppler Axis

Select the axis scale unit in Spectral Doppler Mode.
Velocity: Specify the Doppler axis scale unit in cm/s (mm/s).

XX
Frequency: Specify the Doppler axis scale unit in KHz.

XX
Dual Operation

Specify whether the selected area is activated in Dual mode. If ‘Auto Unfreeze’ is selected, the selected
area will be activated in Dual mode all the time.
7-5
Operation Manual
End Exam Action

End Exam Only: Pressing the End Exam button on the control panel exits Exam Mode and
XX
switches to the B Mode Scan screen.
End Exam + Patient: Pressing the End Exam button on the control panel switches to the Patient
XX
Information screen.
Control
You can specify display-related options.
Track Ball Speed for Scan Mode

Specify the Trackball speed as Slow, Normal or Fast.
Track Ball Speed for Management

Specify the Trackball speed as Slow, Normal or Fast. Slower speed allows more precise measurement.
[Figure 7.2 Setup General]
7-6
Chapter 7 Utility
Display Settings
Select the Display tab in the Setup screen. Specify display-related options.
[Figure 7.3 Setup -Display]
7-7
Operation Manual
Display
Option

You can specify more than one item. Use the Trackball and the Set button to select a desired item and
check or uncheck it.
Auto Freeze: If the product is unused for 10 minutes, the scan mode will be automatically stopped.
XX
NOTE: In Live 3D Mode, if the product is unused for 20 minutes, the Auto Freeze function is applied.
TGC Line: This sets whether to display the TGC line.

XX
VCR Counter: This sets whether to show the VCR Counter on the screen when a VCR is connected
XX
to a serial port. When the counter interferes with an image and is turned off, it will appear during
recording only.
Image Info: This sets whether to display image information. When the image information interferes
XX
with an image and is turned off, it will not be displayed.
Name + Age: This sets whether to display the patient ID, name and age.
XX
NOTE: Name + Age and Name + Birth cannot be used simultaneously.
Name + Birth: This sets whether to display the patient ID, name and date of birth.
XX
TI (Thermal Index) Display: Specify the TI to display on the screen as TIs (Soft tissue Thermal Index), TIb
XX
(Bone Thermal Index) or TIc (Cranial bone Thermal Index).
Freeze Action

Select a function to execute when the Freeze button on the control panel is pressed. Available options
are BodyMarker, Caliper, Measure and None.
BodyMarker: If BodyMarker is selected, you can select All Application or Breast Only.
XX
Measure: If Measure is selected, you can select D or M Mode Only.

XX
7-8
Chapter 7 Utility
2D/C Live

Specify how Color Doppler Mode is displayed in 2D/C Live Mode. In the 2D menu, if Horizontal Dual
is On, it can be placed in the up/down positions, and if not, it can be placed in the left/right positions.
Left/Up: Color Doppler Mode is displayed in the left or up position.

XX
Right/Down: Color Doppler Mode is displayed in the right or down position.

XX
Disable Horizontal Format: Turn off the Horizontal Dual function in 2D/C Live Mode.
XX
LMP / GA / EDD Display

Specify how the LMP, GA and EDD that are entered in the Patient Information screen are displayed on the
monitor screen. Select two from LMP, GA and EDD.
Information Bar (Replace ID): Replaces ID in the information bar.

XX
Information Bar (Replace Name): Replaces patient name in the information bar.
XX
Information Bar (Replace App.): Replaces application in the information bar.

XX
Measure Result: Displayed along with measurement results upon measurement.

XX
None: Not displayed on the screen.

XX
Font
Font

Select the font to use in.
Font Name

Select the font type to use.
Font Size

Select the font size to use.
Font Color

Select the font colour to use.
7-9
Operation Manual
Preview

Preview window displays the font you selected.
Default

Go back to the default setting like below.
Document Font Measure Result Font
Font Name Helvetica Verdana
Font Size 11 11
Font Color White Yellow
NOTE: Certain fonts may not appear correctly on the screen.
7-10
Chapter 7 Utility
Annotate Settings
Select the Annotate tab in the Setup screen. Configure the information related to image annotation.
BodyMarker
Size

Set the BodyMarker size (Small, Medium, Large).
BodyMarker Auto Active

BodyMarker Auto Active: Set whether to activate BodyMarker mode automatically when changing
an active image region.
Text Setup
Select whether to use Autotext and/or Quick Text.
Autotext Setup

If an abbreviation is entered, the system retrieves and enters a full word automatically. When this
option is selected, you can enter text more easily and quickly. For example, if you input “AC”, the
system will search for the full word and display it on the screen as “Abdominal Circumference”.
To enable Autotext, check the Autotext checkbox by using the trackball. Otherwise, uncheck the
checkbox.
If this option is selected, an abbreviation list appears on the screen when text is entered.
[Figure 7.4 Abbreviation list]
A list of abbreviations for this function is stored on the system. You can add a new abbreviation or
edit the existing abbreviations as desired.
7-11
Operation Manual
Editing Abbreviation List

Tips!
To enable the abbreviation list stored in the system, press the Autotext Edit button. The system will
switch to the Autotext Edit screen.
To save the changes and finish editing, press the Close button.
XX
Modify Word
1. Use the Trackball and the Set button to select a word to modify in the list. An abbreviation for
the selected word and its full word are displayed under the Abbreviation and Full Word fields at
the bottom of the screen.
2. Modify words in the Abbreviation and Full Word fields. The abbreviation list is updated in real
time.
XX
Adding a word
1. Press the New button.
2. Enter the words that you wish to add in the Abbreviation and Full Word fields at the bottom of
the screen. The word will then be added to the abbreviation list.
XX
Deleting a word
1. Use the trackball and the Set button to select the word to delete from the list. An abbreviation
for the selected word and its full version are displayed in the Abbreviation and Full Word fields
at the bottom of the screen.
2. Press the Delete button. A warning message will appear.
3. To delete the selected word, press OK. The word will be deleted from the abbreviation list. Press
Cancel if you do not want to delete the word.
XX
Selecting Autotext Delay Time
Specify the time taken by the system to automatically convert an abbreviation into a full word
and display it on the screen. In the Autotext Delay Time field at the bottom of the screen, set the
delay time in units of 0.1 second.
[Figure 7.5 Autotext Edit]
7-12
Chapter 7 Utility
Quick Text

If the checkbox is selected, the Quick Text function is enabled. Quick Text switches the system to the
Text Input Mode as soon as a character key is pressed on the Alphanumeric Keyboard.
NOTE:
XX
The Quick Text checkbox is checked by system default.
XX
You can enter text even if you don't select Quick Text. In this case, you need to press F3 on the
keyboard to switch to text mode.
Auto Text Erase

If this checkbox is checked, all of the text that has been entered is deleted at once when you return
to scan mode by pressing the Freeze button.
Boot up Caps Lock Status

If this checkbox is checked, Boot up Caps Lock Status is turned on. This means that when text is
entered, it is entered in capital letters.
Restart Position

Specify the restart position of the Text Cursor.
Set Cursor at Home: Text Cursor appears at the location specified as Home.
XX
Last Position: Text Cursor appears at the location where it was last used.
XX
7-13
Operation Manual
[Figure 7.6 Annotate]
7-14
Chapter 7 Utility
Peripherals Setup
Select the Peripherals tab in the Setup screen. You can configure keys, buttons and the peripheral devices
connected to the product.
Print Setup
Printer Orientation

NOTE: This option is available only for an Echo printer that uses roll paper.
Set the type and page orientation of the Echo printer.
Printer: Select a printer by using the combo button.

XX
Portrait: When printed, the long part of the page is vertical.

XX
Landscape: When printed, the long part of the page is horizontal.

XX
Print Key

Assign the function of the control panel’s Print button. Select one from Analog Printer, Digital Printer, or
Record to specify the printer or VCR to use when each button is pressed.
Measure Report Print

Select the printer used to print measurement reports.
NOTE: Selecting the Echo printer will still print the report in the current report format.
Print and Save

If you select the checkbox, print and save the image.
7-15
Operation Manual
Local Printing Area

Set the area that will be printed.
Full Screen (1280 * 1024): Print the full monitor screen.

XX
Video Out (1024*768): Print only the part of the monitor screen (1024*768) that contains the image
XX
area.
Image Only: Print the image area only.

XX
Printing Image Adjustment

Used to adjust the image print quality. Select the type of printer and image, and adjust Gamma,
Brightness, and Contrast.
Peripherals
VCR Model

Select the type of VCR Model from Panasonic MD 835, Sony DVO-1000MD or JVC BD-X201.
You should reboot the system before you can use the configured VCR.
COM

Configure a device to connect to a serial port. Available devices are VCR and Open Line Transfer. If you
select Reserve, the COM port will not be used.
Foot Switch
Set the function of the left and right pedals of the foot switch. You can select one of the following functions
for each pedal.
Foot Switch Functions
Freeze Print
Update Store
Record Volume Start
7-16
Chapter 7 Utility
[Figure 7.7 Setup - Peripherals]
7-17
Operation Manual
System Information
Select the Info tab in the Setup screen. Information about the system S/W version will be displayed.
Press Detail to view more detailed information on the product version.
[Figure 7.8 Setup - Information]
* The S/W version of your system may be different from that in the figure above.
7-18
Chapter 7 Utility
DICOM Setup (Optional)

Select the DICOM tab in the Setup screen. You can configure the DICOM (Digital Imaging and Communication
in Medicine) operation and the DICOM server.
NOTE: For more information, please refer to the user manual for the server equipment or the
DICOM Conformance Statement.
[Figure 7.9 Setup - DICOM]
DICOM Configuration
The information on the DICOM server used by the system is displayed.
You can change the information, or add or delete a server. The server information is used to identify DICOM
for the system in a network. It is also used to transfer data between other DICOM servers.
NOTE: Please consult your network administrator to set IP Address, AE Title and Port No.
7-19
Operation Manual
AE Title

Enter the name of the DICOM AE (Application Entity). The title is used to identify devices that use DICOM
in a network. (E.g. US1, US2, etc.)
Station Name

Enter the name of the system. Along with AE Title, it is often used to identify the system in the DICOM
network. (E.g. X81, X82, etc.)
Port No.

Enter the port number of the server being used.
DICOM Send Format

Specify the storage format for the 2D or Color mode images for which the DICOM services will be used.
Select either Color or Gray by using the combo button If you select Gray, images are saved only in grayscale
format.
NOTE: The DICOM Send Format settings are applied at the time when an image is saved. For
example, when set to Gray, an image is saved as a grayscale image.
DICOM Compression
Specify whether to compress the still (Cine) images for which DICOM services will be used. Select either
Uncompressed or JPEG Baseline by using the combo button. When Uncompressed is selected, images are
saved without being compressed.
NOTE: The DICOM Compression setting is applied at the time an image is saved. For example,
when set to JPEG Baseline, an image is compressed when it is saved.
Display Compensation
Configure the post curve settings for the images for which DICOM services will be used. Click this button to
display the Display Compensation window.
Adjust gamma, brightness, and contrast by using the slider for each option. Click Default to revert to the
system defaults.
7-20
Chapter 7 Utility
Display Compensation
Tips!
Adjusting the post curve settings for images allows other monitors to display them as close as
possible to the original images, which is convenient in diagnosis.
[Figure 7.10 Display Compensation]
Adding DICOM Service

Press the Add on the screen. The system is switched to a screen where you can enter a DICOM service to
add. After adding a service, press the Save to save the information. Press the Cancel to cancel.
Services

Select the type of service to use via DICOM. The supported DICOM servers are Storage, Print, Worklist,
PPS, SC and Storage SR.
Alias

Enter the name of the DICOM server.
AE Title

Enter the AE title of the DICOM server. Consult your network administrator before specifying this option.
Transfer Mode

Select a transfer method:
Batch: Send all saved images when you click the End Exam button.
XX
Send As You Go: Send an image whenever you press the Save button to save it.
XX
Manual: Send the specified image in Exam List or SonoView.

XX
7-21
Operation Manual
Connect Timeout

Specify how long the system will wait until it receives a response from the DICOM server. You can specify
it in seconds.
IP Address

Enter the IP address of the server being used. Consult your network administrator before specifying this
option.
Port No.

Enter the port number of the server being used. Consult your network administrator before specifying
this option.
Retry Interval

Specify how long the system will wait before it retries when transmission fails. You can specify it in
seconds.
Maximum Retries

Specify how many times the system will retry when transmission fails.
Storage Server Information

Select STORAGE under Services. Configure the Image Storage Service using DICOM.
Include 3D Volume

Specify whether to transfer the 3D volume data when transferring a 3D image.
NOTE: Check this checkbox only when a Storage service supporting Samsung Medison 3D volume
data is used.
VOI LUT Setup

Configure VOI LUT (Value Of Interest Look Up Table). Adjust the brightness and contrast of a DICOM
image when saving it. The saved image can be viewed with any PACS device that has DICOM VOI LUT
implemented.
7-22
Chapter 7 Utility
Window Center: Enter a value for the DICOM Tag (0028, 1050) setting. The setting value indicates the
XX
brightness of an image that is displayed by the Storage service. Relative to 128, a higher value results
in a darker image. Note that this function can be used only when it is supported by the Storage service.
Window Width: Enter a value for the DICOM Tag (0028, 1051) setting. The setting value indicates the
XX
brightness of an image that is displayed by the Storage service. Relative to 256, higher values result
in lower contrast. Note that this function is available only when it is supported by the Storage service.
[Figure 7.11 DICOM Configuration - Storage]
Print Server Information

Select PRINT under Services. Configure the Print Service using DICOM.
NOTE:
XX
You can configure a printer connected to the DICOM network only.
XX
Depending on the printer, some of the following functions may not be available. Before
configuring a printer service, please refer to the user manual for the printer or the DICOM
Conformance Statement.
Color

Specify whether to use colors. Select Grayscale or RGB.
7-23
Operation Manual
Format

Specify the paper layout. Select from 1ⅹ1, 1ⅹ2, 2ⅹ2, 2ⅹ3, 3ⅹ3, 3ⅹ4, 3ⅹ5, 4ⅹ4, 4ⅹ5 and 4ⅹ6.
Orientation

Specify the paper orientation. Select Landscape or Portrait.
Magnification

When resizing an image to print, specify the interpolation. Select from Replicate, Bilinear, Cubic and
None.
Border Density

Specify the border density of an image to print. Select Black or White.
Empty Density

Specify the background color of an image to print. Select Black or White.
Min Density

Specify the minimum brightness of an image to print. If this option is not specified, the default value is
applied.
Max Density

Specify the maximum brightness of an image to print. If this option is not specified, the default value is
applied.
Medium Type

Specify the paper type. Select from Paper, Clear Film, Blue Film, Mammo Clear Film and Mammo Blue
Film.
Film Size

Specify the paper size. Select from 8 inchⅹ10 inch, 5 inchⅹ11 inch, 10 inchⅹ12 inch, 10 inchⅹ14 inch,
11 inchⅹ14 inch, 11 inchⅹ17 inch, 14 inchⅹ14 inch, 14 inchⅹ17 inch, 24cmⅹ24cm, 24cmⅹ30cm,
A4 and A3.
7-24
Chapter 7 Utility
Destination

Specify the paper pathway. Select Magazine or Processor.
Smoothing Type

This option is available only when Magnification is set to CUBIC. Enter a value specified in the DICOM
Conformance Statement for the printer.
Priority

Specify a priority for the print command. Select from High, Med and Low.
Copies

Enter the number of copies between 1 and 99.
Configuration Info

Specify the unique value for a printer. Please refer to the DICOM Conformance Statement for the printer.
[Figure 7.12 DICOM Configuration -Print]
7-25
Operation Manual
Worklist Server Information

Select WORKLIST under Services. Configure the Modality Worklist Service using DICOM.
Update Method

Specify the update method for Worklist.
Only on user Request: Update only when asked by the user.

XX
To update a worklist, in the Search tab on the Patient Information screen, select Worklist for Search
Tips! Source and press Search.
On Startup and Every : Update automatically at a specified interval after the system boots and Worklist
XX
is updated.
Scheduled Station AE Title

Specify the range of AE Title to retrieve from the Worklist server in a hospital.
Any: Retrieve the patient list stored in all AE Titles in the server.
XX
This System: Retrieve the patient list specified under the DICOM tab.
XX
Another: Retrieve the patient list stored in the AE Title specified by the user.
XX
NOTE: This option is available only when the Worklist server is enabled.
Start Date

Specify the range of dates to search.
Today: Retrieve the patient list for the current date.

XX
Range: Retrieve the patient list for n days before and n days after the current date.
XX
Past Week: Retrieve the patient list for 7 days before the current date.
XX
Past Month: Retrieve the patient list for a month before the current date.
XX
Custom Date: Specify a certain date and retrieve the patient list for that date.
XX
7-26
Chapter 7 Utility
[Figure 7.13 DICOM Configuration -Worklist]
7-27
Operation Manual
PPS Server Information

Select PPS (Performed Procedure Step) under Services. Configure the Modality Performed Procedure
Step Service using DICOM.
It can be configured in the same way as for the Storage server.
[Figure 7.14 DICOM Configuration - PPS]
7-28
Chapter 7 Utility
SC Server Information
Select SC (Storage Commitment) under Services. Configure the Storage Commitment Service using
DICOM. The Storage Commitment Service is used after a diagnosis is finished and all saved images and
reports are transferred.
[Figure 7.15 DICOM Configuration - SC]
Associated Storage Server

Select an image storage server to connect.
7-29
Operation Manual
Storage SR Server Information

Select Storage SR (Storage Structured Report) under Services. Configure the Report Storage Service using
DICOM.
It can be configured in the same way as for the Storage server.
[Figure 7.16 DICOM Configuration - Storage SR]
Changing DICOM Information

Select a service and press the Edit on the screen. The information on the selected service will appear.
After changing the information, press the Save to save the changes. Press the Cancel to cancel.
Deleting DICOM Service

Select a service and press the Delete on the screen. A message appears asking whether to delete it. Press
OK to delete the selected service. Press the Cancel to cancel.
Testing DICOM Server

Select a service and press Test on the screen. The connection with the selected service is tested and the
results are shown under the Ping and Verify items. If the result is Normal, it indicates that the connection
is normal.
7-30
Chapter 7 Utility
Managing DICOM
Click the Queue on the screen to switch to the DICOM Job Status screen. You can review the current job
status using the Job ID, Patient ID, etc.
The following describes the elements of the DICOM Job Status screen.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
[Figure 7.17 DICOM Job Status]
1. Job ID: Display the job ID.
2. Patient ID: Display the patient ID.
3. Alias: Display the alias set in the DICOM Configuration screen.
4. Type: Display the job type. The available job types are Storage, Print, Storage SR, MPPS Start, MPPS End,
and Storage CMT.
5. Instances: Display the number of instances. What this denotes differs depending on the job type. For
‘Storage’ and ‘Print’, it means the number of images. For ‘Storage SR’, it means the amount of measurement
data. For MPPS Start, it is always displayed as 0.
7-31
Operation Manual
6. Date/Time: Display the date and time when the job was created.
7. Status: Display the current status of the job.
Status Description
Fail The job failed.
Transfer The job is in progress.
The job is waiting for execution.

Imperfect The job is waiting because the execution condition has not been met. If the
execution condition is met, the job changes to ready status.
The job will be executed.

Wait Each time a job finishes transferring, the jobs waiting are changed in turn to transfer
state.
The job is waiting for a response.

Wait Resp
The storage commitment job is waiting for a response from the server
The job is waiting for progression.

Hold When there is a remaining retry count for a failed job, the job is in hold state for the
remaining count before it is executed again.
The job is waiting for execution.

Ready
The job is ready to be executed. It changes to wait state after a fixed standby time.
The job is not ready to be executed. The MPPS (Modality Performed Procedure Step)
End Job continues in this state until the MMPS Start Job finishes. Or the job also
Not Ready
continues in this state when an exam of a storage or print job with Transfer Mode set
to Batch has not finished.
Network Status

Display the network connection status. When connected, ‘Connected’ is displayed. When disconnected,
‘Disconnected’ is displayed.
Number of Jobs

Display the number of jobs listed in the DICOM Job Status screen.
Log

Display the DICOM Log window.
Retry

Perform the selected job again. This button is enabled only when the status of the selected job is Fail or
Wait Resp.
7-32
Chapter 7 Utility
Retry All

Retry all jobs for which the status is Fail.
Delete

Delete the selected job. This button is enabled only when the status of the selected job is Fail, Imperfect,
Wait Resp, or Not Ready.
Clear

Delete all jobs.
DICOM Log
Click Log on the DICOM Job Status window to display the DICOM Log window. This is used to manage the
history of all DICOM services performed on this product.
Log Settings

Specify how log files will be managed.
Delete archived log afterwards: Specify how long a log file will be archived. Enter a number in days. If
XX
the specified time has elapsed after the log file was created, the file is deleted from the system.
Log File Maximum Size: Specify the maximum size of a log file that can be archived. Enter a number in
XX
Kb. A log file that is larger than the specified size is not archived on the system and deleted immediately.
DICOM Log

Display a list of log files with their information.
Select All: Select all log files.

XX
Delete Selected Files: Delete the selected log file.

XX
Copy Selected Files: Copy the selected log file to an external storage media.
XX
View Selected File: Display the details of the selected log file on the screen.
XX
Refresh: Update the information of a log file.

XX
7-33
Operation Manual
[Figure 7.18 DICOM Log]
7-34
Chapter 7 Utility
Utilities Setup
Select the Utility tab in the Setup screen. You can configure settings for e-mail, text and network status.
[Figure 7.19 Utility]
E-mail
You can specify a server through which you will send and receive e-mails.
Mail (SMTP) Server

Specify the e-mail server.
Port No.

Enter a port number.
ID

Enter an ID for the e-mail server.
Password

Enter a password for the e-mail server.
7-35
Operation Manual
Buzzer Control
Specify whether a buzzer sound will be generated when a button or dial-button is pressed.
Buzzer Sound

If Buzzer On is checked, a buzzer sound is generated whenever a button or dial-button is pressed.
User Key Setup
User Key

Set the function of the User Key 1 button on the control panel. You can select one of the following
functions for each button.
User Key Function
None APTD 2D/C Live
Store Clip TTD Biopsy
EFW Measure FTA Change Window
EFW Result GS Print2
Document CRL Graph
BPD TDI BodyMarker
HC Probe Change Stressecho
AC Application Change
FL M-Line
Set / Exit Key Setup
Set / Exit Key Switch

Select the check box to swap the functions of the Exit button and the Set button on the control panel. In
other words, the Exit button on the control panel will perform the Set function, and the Set button will
perform the Exit function.
7-36
Chapter 7 Utility
Network Configuration
Press the Network Configuration button, and the TCP/IP Properties… window will open to let you
configure the IP address.
e-Motion Marker
Opens the setup window for using e-Motion Marker, which is an option for this product. For more information,
please refer to the e-Motion Marker (Optional) section on page 10 in Chapter 6. Image Management.
[Figure 7.20 Setup - Options]
7-37
Operation Manual
Option Setup
Select the Option tab in the Setup screen. You can enable or disable optional software and hardware.
Options
The list of optional software is displayed on the screen.
NOTE: To purchase optional software, please contact the distributor for the software.
Options

It shows the types of optional software that can be installed on the product.
4D
XX DICOM
XX
3D XI™
XX Auto IMT
XX
Cardiac Measurement
XX Auto IMT+
XX
Spatial Compound
XX CW Function
XX
ElastoScan
XX DynamicMR/DynamicMR+
XX
Stressecho
XX Panoramic
XX
Strain
XX e-Motion Marker
XX
Status

It shows the current status of optional software.
Lock_Not Installed: No hardware is connected.

XX
Lock_Unregistered: The software is not registered.

XX
Lock_Installed: Hardware is installed but not registered.

XX
Unlock_Permanent: Ready for use without any time limitation.

XX
Unlock_Restricted: Ready for use for a certain period.

XX
Hardware Configuration

The list of optional hardware is displayed on the screen. Currently, only ECG is supported.
Check the checkbox for hardware that will be used. Reboot the system to finish settings.
7-38
Chapter 7 Utility
Auto Calc
Auto Calc is a Spectral Doppler mode feature that automatically performs specific calculations based on
measured values. Press the dial-button [3] Auto Calc to run Auto Calc.
NOTE: Auto Calc can be used in PW/CW mode.
[Figure 7.21 Setup - Auto Calc]
AutoCalc Setting
Press the Auto Calc tab on the Setup screen. Enable or disable the following items for automatic calculation
by checking their checkbox.
Peak Systolic Velocity
XX Time Averaged Mean Velocity
XX
End Diastolic Velocity
XX Diastole / Systole Ratio
XX
Time Averaged Peak Velocity
XX Max Pressure Gradient
XX
Resistive Index
XX Mean Pressure Gradient
XX
Pulsatility Index
XX Velocity Time Integral
XX
Systole / Diastole Ratio
XX Peak A
XX
When the Peak Systolic Velocity and End Diastolic Velocity values are 0, not all results for the items will be
displayed on the screen.
In addition, the result value for Timed Averaged Mean Velocity is displayed only when Mean Trace is ‘On’.
7-39
Operation Manual
Measurement Setup
Specify various setup options for measurement. The setup may be modified depending on specific needs or
preferences.
1. Press the Utility button on the control panel and select Measure Setup in the menu.
2. When the Measure Setup screen appears, select a tab that has items to configure.
Selecting a tab
Tips!
You can select a tab in either of two ways as desired.
XX
Use the Trackball and the Set button to select a tab.
XX
Rotate the Menu dial-button or the Soft Menu dial-button [1] Page Change to select a tab.
3. Specify settings for each item.
4. Press the Soft Menu dial-button [6] Close to finish setting. Press the Exit button on the control panel to
cancel.
General Measurement Setup

Select the General tab at the Measure Setup screen. You can specify basic measurement options.
General Settings
Select the sub tab General under the General tab. You can specify basic measurement options.
7-40
Chapter 7 Utility
[Figure 7.22 General - General]
Cursor & Method
Line Marker Type

Specify the shape of the caliper cursor displayed on the screen. Either Cross Hair or Arrow Head can be
selected.
Circ. and area method

Specify the method for measuring circumference and area. Either Ellipse or Trace can be selected.
By default, the selected method appears when the Caliper button is pressed. Therefore, you can start
measurement more easily by specifying the most commonly used measurement method. For more
information on Ellipse and Trace, please refer to the “Circumference and Area Measurement” section in
"Chapter 5. Measurement.”
7-41
Operation Manual
Line Type
From the following three options, select the line pattern to use when measuring a distance.
Dotted Line

Display with dotted line.
Hidden Dotted Line

Display start and end point of the line.
Hidden Dotted line after Set

Display with dotted line during making line. After set the line with Set button, dotted line will be
disappeared.
Selecting Line Type

Tips!
If you select Hidden Dotted Line or Hidden Dotted Line after Set, you can keep images from being
interfered with by a measurement line.
Start Point of Measurement

Select the position at which the measurement cursor appears. Set a start point for measurement.
End Point of the Last: The cursor appears at the end point of the last measurement.
XX
Start Point of the Last: The cursor appears at the start point of the last measurement.
XX
Center of the Region: The cursor appears in the center of the image area.
XX
Display
Specify items to display during measurement by checking their checkbox.
Display the Doppler Guideline

Specify whether to display cross lines while items are measured in frozen spectrum. This option can be
useful when approximate values are estimated.
7-42
Chapter 7 Utility
Display the M-Mode Guideline

Specify whether to display cross lines while items are measured in the frozen state in M Mode. This option
can be useful when approximate values are estimated.
Show Measured Value in Menu

Select whether or not to display the measured value in the menu.
Num of Measure Results Boxes

Specify the number of lines for measurement results that are displayed on the screen. This setting is
applied to all applications and basic measurement results except obstetrics, cardiac, vascular, urology
and fetal echo measurements.
NOTE: To specify the Num of Measure Results Boxes setting for OB, cardiac, vascular, urology and
fetal echo measurements, use the Setting tab for each application.
Clear Measure 2D Mode Result On Unfreeze

Specify whether to clear measurement results from the screen when switching to Scan mode after
performing measurements in 2D mode.
Clear Measure M/D Mode Result On Unfreeze

Specify whether to clear measurement results from the screen when switching to Scan mode after
performing measurements in M mode and Doppler mode.
Measure Unit

Specify the measurement unit. For a small object, it is more convenient to use ‘mm’ in Dist. When blood
flow is fast, it is better to use ‘m/s’ in Vel.
Dist: Select either a cm- or mm-scale for the unit of distance, area and volume.
XX
Vel: Select either cm/s or m/s for the unit of velocity.

XX
NOTE: Changing measurement units deletes all existing measurement data.
7-43
Operation Manual
Packages
Select the Packages tab under the General tab. Specify the measurement packages that will be used and
the order in which they will appear on the screen when the Calculation button is pressed.
[Figure 7.23 General -Package]
Menu Type
Specify the type of menu that will be displayed on the monitor screen.
Full Menu

Display the menu that contains all measurement items provided by this product.
Custom Menu

Display the custom menu you configured using Menu Customize.
Calc. Package(s) Order

The right list displays the calculation packages supported by this product. The left list displays the calculation
packages that will be used.
7-44
Chapter 7 Utility
Adding a Calculation Package to Use

Select a calculation package you want to use from the right list and then click on the screen. The
selected package will be moved to the left list.
Removing a Calculation Package to Use

Select a calculation package you don’t want to use from the left list and then click on the screen.
The selected package will be moved to the right list.
Changing the Order of Calculation Packages

Select the calculation package for which you want to change the order from the left list and then
click or on the screen. The topmost package in the left list appears first when you press the
Calculation button.
All Calc. Package List

Checking this checkbox displays all calculation packages that can be used in this product in the left list.
Link with application

If this checkbox is checked, measurement menu items are linked with probe presets. As a result, the
measurement menu items that are related with the currently selected probe preset appear first when
the Calculator button is pressed.
The table below shows the probe presets and measurement menu items that are linked with each other:
Probe Application Measure Application
Fetal Heart
1st Trimester OB
2nd / 3rd Trimester
Uterus
Gynecology
Adnexa
GB
General
Radiology
Renal
Aorta
7-45
Operation Manual
Probe Application Measure Application
Thyroid
Thyroid
Bowel
Breast Breast
Testicle Testicle
Aortic arch
Adult Echo Cardiac
Pediatric Echo
Prostate Urology
Carotid Carotid
Arterial LE Arterial
Venous LE Vein
General(TCD) TCD
Shoulder/Knee
Hand/Foot Musculoskeletal
Elbow/Wrist
Menu Customize

Click this button to switch to the Custom Menu screen. In the Custom Menu screen, you can set the menu
items that appear when performing an application-specific measurement according to your preferences.
Custom Menu
The Custom Menu screen appears when you click Menu Customize. Specify which measurement items
will appear on the custom menu according to your preferences.
NOTE:
XX
To use custom menu, set it from Utility > Measure Setup > General > Package > Menu Type.
XX
You can create up to four new tab menus.
XX
You cannot delete or change the default tab menus provided by the product.
7-46
Chapter 7 Utility
The following describes custom menu screen.
Package List

The calculation packages set in the Package screen appear in this list. If you select a calculation
package, it is outlined in orange.
Modifying the Package List

Tips!
Click Package Order at the bottom of the screen to return to the Package screen.
Settings on the Package screen will apply to custom menu.
Tab List

Display the tab menus that belong to the list of calculation packages selected in Package List.
The selected tab menu appears outlined in orange.
User Menu List

Display the measurement items that belong to the list of tab menus selected in Tab List.
Available Menu List

Display all calculation packages supported by this product. If you select an item with the “+” symbol to
the left of it, its sub items are also selected.
[Figure 7.24 Custom Menu]
7-47
Operation Manual
The following describes how to set a custom menu.
1. In Package List, select an application.
2. In Tab List, select a tab menu. The measurement items that belong to the selected tab menu appear
in User Menu List.
3. Configure a list of the tab menus.
Changing the order of tab menus: Select the tab menu and use
XX or located to the right of
the list.
Setting whether to use a tab menu: Select the checkbox of the tab menu you want to use. You
XX
should select at least one
Creating a new tab menu: To create a new tab menu, click New. If you want to create a new tab
XX
menu by copying an existing tab menu, select it from Tab List and then click Copy.
Deleting a tab menu: Select the tab menu and click Delete.
XX
Resetting tab menus: click Reset. Tab menu settings are reset.
XX
4. Configure a list of the measurement items.
Changing the order of measurement items: Select the measurement item and click
XX or
located to the right of the User Menu List.
Adding a measurement item: Select the measurement item from Available Menu List and click
XX
.
Deleting a measurement item: Select the measurement item and tap

XX .
In the Available Menu List, if you select an item with the “+” symbol to the left of it, its sub items are
Tips!
also selected. However you cannot add whole measurement package.
7-48
Chapter 7 Utility
Report
Select the sub tab Report under the General tab. You can specify options for measurement reports and
printing.
[Figure 7.25 General - Report]
Use SonoReport

Select whether or not to use SonoReport. If you select this check box, the Sonoultra SonoReport appears
when the Report button is pressed in the control panel.
NOTE: This feature can be used only when the SonoReport dongle is connected to the USB port.
7-49
Operation Manual
Report Header
Specify header options for reports. You can specify more than one item and the specified items appear in
all measurement reports.
Hospital Info.

Shows information on the hospital where the product is installed.
Patient Info.

Shows patient information.
Others

Shows other information.
Print Format
Set a report page to print.
OB Trend Graph

Set a printing method when printing graphs from an OB report.
Only Current Page: Prints only the page currently displayed on the monitor.
XX
All pages (1X1): 1 graph is printed on a page.

XX
All Pages (3X2): 6 graphs are printed on a page.

XX
Measure Result
Measure Result

Specify the measurement results output format for reports.
Average: Shows the average of the last three measurement values.

XX
Last: Shows the last measurement value.

XX
Max: Shows the largest measurement value.

XX
Min: Shows the smallest measurement value.

XX
7-50
Chapter 7 Utility
OB / FH Header Layout
Specify item(s) to display under the header of obstetrics or fetal echo measurement reports. You can specify
more than one item.
Print
Enter additional information for the header, title and footer to display when printing measurements.
Data Transfer
Select the sub tab Transfer under the General tab. Specify the data transfer method.
Save to file

Write to file: When the Write to file checkbox is selected, the Write to file button is created in the
XX
report screen. The Write to file function allows you to convert a measurement report to a file and
save it in a storage media. Specify the file format in which files will be saved. You can select from
a text format, a PDF format and an XML format.
Background to white: When the file is saved, set white color to the background on which the
XX
measurement result is displayed.
Serial Transfer

Specify the data format in which data will be transferred. You can select from a text format and an XML
format.
This product uses an RS-232C USB serial cable to transfer data. Select the XML format to transfer data
with reporting tools such as Astraia, Sonoultra and Viewpoint.
NOTE: Before setting, make sure that COM is set to Open Line Transfer under the Peripherals tab
in the Setup screen.
User Table Backup & Restore

Back up a user-defined table or restore the backed-up table to the system. Press the BackUp or Restore
button and specify desired options.
7-51
Operation Manual
[Figure 7.26 General - Data Transfer]
Caliper
Select the Caliper sub-tab under the General tab.
Specify whether additional information will be shown along with basic measurement values when basic
measurements are taken by pressing the Caliper button on the control panel. If this option is selected, the
additional information will be also saved and output along with measurement results.
If Application is set to Cardiac, the D Velocity, D A/B and D Trace items are changed.
NOTE: The Cardiac setting can be used only when probe preset is Cardiac or Pediatric Cardiology.
7-52
Chapter 7 Utility
[Figure 7.27 General - Caliper]
Display
Num of 2D Mode Result Box

Specify the number of lines for 2D Mode results that are displayed on the screen.
Num of M/D Mode Result Box

Specify the number of lines for M/D Mode results that are displayed on the screen.
7-53
Operation Manual
Obstetrics Measurement Setup

Select the OB tab in the Measure Setup screen. You can specify obstetrics options.
General Settings
Select the sub tab General under the OB tab. You can specify basic options for obstetrics measurement.
[Figure 7.28 OB - General]
7-54
Chapter 7 Utility
Percentile Info.
Show Percentile Info.

Specify whether to use Percentile Info. by using this checkbox.
Percentile Criteria

Select a value that will be used for percentile calculation.
GA by LMP: GA is calculated based on the maternal LMP.

XX
Estab. Due Date: GA is calculated based on the Estab. Due Date that is entered in the Patient
XX
Information.
Average US GA: GA is calculated using the average value of several ultrasound measurements.
XX
Rank Info. Method

Specify how the growth range information will be displayed. Specify how the growth range information
will be displayed. The growth range information can be used to observe fetal development and
abnormality, if any.
Standard Deviation: International standard deviation is used to indicate the fetal development.
XX
Fetal development and abnormality are observed on the basis of SD = 0 indicating the standard
development..
Pctl.: Fetal development is indicated in percentile. Fetal development and abnormality are observed
XX
on the basis of 50% indicating the standard development.
Bar (Graph): The percentile is shown in a bar graph. This option is available with OB reports only. The
XX
green color indicates normal development range, while the red color indicates abnormal development
range.
7-55
Operation Manual
Fetal Weight Unit

Specify the unit for fetal weight measurement. You can select up to 2 units from grams [g], ounces [oz] and
pounds [lb]. The primary and secondary units can be combined to show measurements in various units. The
primary unit can be either ‘Gram [g]’ or ‘lb +oz’ on the left. The secondary unit can be selected from the units
on the right, and can be any unit other than the one selected as the primary unit.
‘lb +oz’ is a unit combining pounds and ounces, and ‘None’ indicates that no unit is used.
Display
Num of Measure Result Box

Specify the number of lines for OB measurement results that are displayed on the screen.
EDD

If you select the checkbox, EDD will be displayed on the screen.
Table Settings
Select the sub tab Tables under the OB tab. You can specify references such as reference tables and
equations that will be used by each measurement item.
[Figure 7.29 OB - Tables]
7-56
Chapter 7 Utility
EFW Sequential Measurement

NOTE: These settings are needed when User Key 1 is set to EFW Measure in Utility > Setup >
Peripherals > User Key Setup. The settings are applied when measuring EFW using the User Key
1 button.
Specify the order of measurement items when measuring EFW using the User Key 1 button. Select the
measurement item using Trackball and the Set button and Change the order of measurement item
using arrow buttons. Select items for PI and RI graphs and the AFI settings for the MCA (Mid Cerebral
Artery) and UA (Umbilical Artery) by following the steps shown below.
Items

This setting is intended for measurement of the gestational age (GA) and fetal size (Growth). Select items
in the following order:
1. Select a measurement item in the list on the left.
2. Select a reference type from the GA table and Growth table.
3. Select a reference in the list on the right.
Fetal Weight

This setting is intended for measurement of the estimated fetal weight (EFW). Select items in the
following order:
1. Select the EFW measurement method from EFW equation and EFW growth.
2. Select a reference in the list on the below.
Add Reference

NOTE: Observe the following directions when adding a table reference. If these conditions are not
met, a warning message appears and the reference is not saved.
XX
Input at least three types of data.
XX
If there are no Min and Max values, select Value Only for “Table Type.”
7-57
Operation Manual
1. Press . The User Reference window will appear.
[Figure 7.30 User Reference]
2. Enter a name and description for a new reference.
3. Specify the reference type as Table or Equation.
NOTE: EFW Equation can set only Equation and EFW Growth can set only Table as the reference
type.
4. Press OK to go to the next step. The system will switch to the Editor screen. Press Cancel to cancel.
5. Enter a reference.
6. Press Save to save the information. Press Cancel to cancel.
7. Press OK to finish. Press Cancel to cancel.
7-58
Chapter 7 Utility
Add Reference Table

Tips!
Selection
A preset for the selected measurement reference is displayed. The name and type of the reference is
displayed on the right. Press the question mark button to show the source for the reference. Press it
again to hide it.
[Figure 7.31 User Table]
Table
Enter a reference table.
XX
You should make over two rows; use [+] or [-] button to add or delete a row.
XX
Press the Tab or Enter key on the Alphanumeric keyboard to save the current state and move to
next item.
Unit Information
The various units for the selected reference (Input, Output, SD) are displayed.
Table type
Specify the table type and SD (Standard Deviation) for the selected reference. For Growth Table, SD
(Standard Deviation) is displayed.
XX
Range Type: The Min and Max values for the selected reference are shown in a table. The SD
value varies depending on the range specified by the user.
XX
Value Type: Only measurements entered by the user are shown, regardless of Min, Max or SD.
Misc.
XX
Show In Days: When the checkbox is selected, the table unit is changed from wd (Week-day) to
d (day).
XX
Cursor Movement for the Enter key: Specify the direction of cursor movement when the Enter
key on the alphanumeric keyboard is pressed while a table is being edited. Select from Right,
Down and Edit.
7-59
Operation Manual
Add Reference Equation

Tips!
If a reference appears in an equation, the following should be entered:
Equation
Enter a reference equation. Use the measurement calculator shown in the lower right corner.
Input Value Ranges
Enter the minimum (Low) and maximum (High) ranges for the selected reference.
Tolerance Information
Select the tolerance from w, d and %.
[Figure 7.32 User Equation]
Delete Reference

1. Under Selection, select a preset to delete.
2. Press . A confirmation message appears asking whether to delete it.
3. Press OK to delete. Press Cancel to cancel.
View & Modify Reference

1. Under Selection, select a preset to delete.
2. Press , and the Editor screen will appear.
3. View or modify a reference.
7-60
Chapter 7 Utility
Calc & Graph

Select the sub tab Calc & Graph under the OB tab. You can specify settings for calculation and graphs.
[Figure 7.33 Calc & Graph]
Auto calculations
Specify an item that will be calculated automatically. For example, if the MAD checkbox is selected as shown
below, when APD and TAD are measured, the measurements are used to calculate MAD automatically and
display the result on the screen. The results of automatic calculation may affect GA and EDD information.
Ratio calculations
Specify a measurement item for which a ratio will be calculated. For example, if the FL/BPD checkbox is
selected, when FL and BPD are measured, the ratio between them is calculated and displayed on the
screen. This ratio also appears in a report.
Trend graph
Specify whether to include a graph for a certain item or ratio in an obstetrics report. Press , and the Editor
screen for the selected graph will appear.
7-61
Operation Manual
Cardiac Measurement Setup

Select the Cardiac tab in the Measure Setup screen. You can specify settings for cardiac measurement.
Cursor & Method
Circ. and Area method

Specify how a circumference and area is measured in a 2D cardiac image. Either Ellipse or Trace can be
selected.
LV Volume Method

Specify how the volume of the left ventricle is measured. Teichholz, Cubed or Gibson can be selected. For
more information on calculation formulae, please refer to Chapter 5 “Fetal Echo Measurement.”
Display

Specify the number of lines for Cardiac measurement results that are displayed on the screen.
[Figure 7.34 Cardiac Setup]
7-62
Chapter 7 Utility
Vascular Measurement Setup

Select the Vascular tab in the Measure Setup screen. You can specify settings for vascular measurement.
A/B Ratio
Specify each individual peak velocity for which a ratio between A and B will be calculated.
ICA/CCA Ratio
Specify each individual measurement item that will be used for the ICA/CCA ratio.
Display

Specify the number of lines for Vascular measurement results that are displayed on the screen.
[Figure 7.35 Vascular Setup] 7-63

Operation Manual
Urology Measurement Setup

Select the Urology tab in the Measure Setup screen. You can specify settings for urology measurement.
[Figure 7.36 Urology Setup]
7-64
Chapter 7 Utility
Volume Method
Specify an equation that will be used for volume calculation.
3 Distance: The volume is calculated using three diameters in the longitudinal and transverse planes
XX
(4 / 3 x π x A/2 x B/2 x C/2).
3 Distance x Factor: The volume is calculated using three diameters in the longitudinal and transversal
XX
planes, and a factor (F) value entered by the user (A x B x C x Factor).
Ellipsoid: The volume is calculated using the length of the Main and Beside axes (4 / 3 x π x Main / 2
XX
x (Beside / 2)2).
Sum of 20 Disks: The volume is calculated by summing the areas in the 20 parallel planes (d / 20 x (A1
XX
+ A2 + ... A20), d : the sum of the distances between disks).
NOTE: 3 Distances: A = 1st Dia. ; B = 2nd Dia. ; C = 3rd Dia.

The factor value is set to “0.523” by default. When the value needs to be changed, a value between 0
and 1 (0 < factor <= 1) is recommended.
Predicted PSA correction factor

Specify the predicted PSA correction factor for measurement of volume of the WG and T-Zone. The default
value is 0.12.
Display

Specify the number of lines for Urology measurement results that are displayed on the screen.
7-65
Operation Manual
Fetal Echo Measurement Setup

Select the Fetal Echo tab in the Measure Setup screen. You can specify settings for fetal echo measurement.
Cursor & Method
Circ. and area method

Specify how a circumference and area is measured in a 2D fetal cardiac image. Either Ellipse or Trace can
be selected.
LV Volume Method

Specify how the volume of the left ventricle is measured. For more information on calculation formulae,
please refer to reference manual.
Display

Specify the number of lines for Fetal Echo measurement results that are displayed on the screen.
[Figure 7.37 Fetal Echo Setup]
7-66
Chapter 7 Utility
Utility
Specify the system settings or use ECG, Biopsy or Histogram.
1. Press the Utility button on the control panel. The Utility menu and the Soft Menu will be displayed on
the screen.
2. Use the Menu dial-button to select an item to use.
[Figure 7.38 Utility]
You can change various system settings using the Soft Menu dial-button when the Utility menu is
7-67
Operation Manual
Soft Menu
Change the application or the probe settings, or adjust the monitor brightness.
Applications / App. Load

Application: Rotate the dial-button, and the applications that are supported by the current probe will
XX
be shown in turn.
App. Load: Select this button to switch to the selected application.

XX
Presets

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [2]. Rotate the dial-button to select a preset for the probe.
Usersets / Presets

Usersets: Rotate the dial-button to select a userset for the probe.

XX
Presets: Press the dial-button to apply the selected preset to the system.
XX
Save

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [4]. This option appears in the menu only when User Preset is not
Default. Press the dial-button to save the settings of the current screen.
Rename

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [5]. Press the dial-button, and the Name window will appear allowing you
to rename the current user preset.
7-68
Chapter 7 Utility
ECG
Select the ECG in the Utility menu. The ECG (echocardiogram) function allows viewing of the cardiac pulsation.
It shows an image of the heart beat and appears in the menu for cardiac or vascular application.
In Multi Image Mode such as Dual, ECG Cine can be used for each image.
In Loop Mode, you can press the dial-button to move to and specify a loop.
Starting ECG and terminating

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [1] to turn on or off the ECG.
ECG Setup
Speed

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [1] Speed to set the ECG speed. Turn the dial-button to set 60Hz,
120Hz, 180Hz, 240Hz, 300Hz or 360Hz.
Trigger

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [2] Trigger to set the Trigger interval or Off. Turn the dial-button set
the value from 1 to 5 or off.
Trigger Time

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [3] Trigger Time to set the Trigger time. Turn the dial-button set the
value from 0 to 1000msec.
Size / Invert

Size: Use the Soft Menu dial-button [4] Size to set the Trigger size. Turn the dial-button set the
XX
value from 50 to 200.
Invert: Inverts the ECG.

XX
7-69
Operation Manual
Position / Loop

Position: Use the Soft Menu dial-button [5] Position to set the position of ECG. When its number is
XX
large, ECG will be displayed in upper side of screen. In the Loop mode, press the dial-button to move
to Loop and its setup.
Loop: Use the Soft Menu dial-button [5] Loop to set the ECG area to display. Press the dial-button to
XX
select Loop or 2D.
Gain / Auto Gain
Gain: Use the Soft Menu dial-button [6] Gain to set the ECG gain. Turn the dial-button to set a value
XX
from 10 to 100.
Auto Gain: When the Soft Menu dial-button [6] Auto Gain is pressed, the ECG gain is set automatically.
XX
CAUTION:
XX
If the ECG is less then 30Hz, the Heart Rate (HR) is not displayed.
XX
In CW Mode, when ECG is active, the error ratio of the Heart Rate (HR) should be within 2%.
[Figure 7.39 ECG]
7-70
Chapter 7 Utility
Biopsy
Press Biopsy in the Utility menu.
CAUTION: Before performing biopsy, you should specify the Biopsy Guide Line.
[Figure 7.40 Biopsy]
7-71
Operation Manual
Editing Biopsy Guide Line

NOTE:
XX
Note that the Biopsy Guide Line cannot be edited when the Trapezoidal function is in use for the
Linear Probe.
XX
If the system is rebooted, the Biopsy Guide Line settings are restored to the default.
Press the Soft Menu dial-button [2] Edit. The warning message will appear.
1. If you press OK, a screen will appear allowing you to edit the Guide Line.
2. Use the Trackball and the Set button to edit the Biopsy Guide Line.
3. Press the Soft Menu dial-button [3] Save to save settings. A confirmation message appears.
Press the Soft Menu dial-button [2] Edit to specify new settings.
XX
4. Press the OK button on the message to apply the changed Biopsy Guide Line. Press Cancel to cancel
saving.
Starting and Finishing Biopsy
NOTE: Before performing biopsy, make sure that the Biopsy Guide Line is adjusted.
1. Press the Soft Menu dial-button [1] Biopsy On/Off. The warning message will appear.
2. Press OK, and the Biopsy Guide Line will appear on the screen.
If the Biopsy Guide Line displayed is not correct, press the Soft Menu dial-button [2] Edit to edit it.
XX
3. Insert a needle along the Guide Line. And then perform biopsy as desired.
4. When finished, press the Soft Menu dial-button [1] Biopsy On/Off again. The biopsy is completed.
7-72
Chapter 7 Utility
Histogram
A histogram is a type of graph representing the distribution of echoes.
1. Press Histogram in the Utility menu.
2. Specify an area that a histogram is to cover. Use the Trackball and the Set button to specify area 1,
2 and 3.
3. Histogram 1, 2 and 3 will appear on the left side of the screen.
Setting Histogram
Specify the position or type of a histogram.
Move Hist. 1

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [1]. After pressing the dial-button, use the Trackball to move the
histogram position. Press the Set button to confirm the position.
Move Hist. 2

Move Hist. 3

Histogram Type

Use the Soft Menu dial-button [6]. Determine the shape of the box specifying the area by rotating the
dial-button. Either Ellipse or Rectangle can be selected.
7-73
Operation Manual
[Figure 7.41 Histogram]
7-74
Chapter 7 Utility
Post Curve
Press Post Curve in the Utility menu. Specify various post map and Gamma values.
[Figure 7.42 Post Curve]
2D Post
Select 2D Post in the Post Curve menu. The 2D Post Menu appears.
[Figure 7.43 2D Post]
Gray Map

Use the Menu dial-button to select a post curve. The 9 types of Gray Map predefined by the system and
the 2 user type post curves the user can define are supported.
Edit

Adjust a Gray Map. The adjusted Gray Map is also applied to Gray Map of 2D, M, and PW spectral Doppler
mode.
7-75
Operation Manual
When you select this, the following item is enabled in the Soft Menu.
Soft Menu dial-button [1] Picker Pos: Select a point on a curve. Rotating the button changes the
XX
position of the point.
Soft Menu dial-button [2] Insert: Add a point to a curve. It is added between the current point
XX
and the next point.
Soft Menu dial-button [3] Delete: Delete a point from a curve.

XX
Soft Menu dial-button [4] Save: Save a curve.

XX
Soft Menu dial-button [6] Exit: Finish and exit from the edit mode.
XX
Chroma

Rotate the Menu dial-button to turn it on/off. When turned on, random color are applied to an image
Chroma Map

Use the Menu dial-button to select a Chroma Map. Select an item from Type 1-9 or User 1-3. When you
select a User type, Chroma Edit is enabled in the 2D Post Menu.
Chroma Edit
Tips!
You can select a Chroma Color as you want. The selection is available in each diagnosis mode.
XX
Select the user type you want to set by using Chroma Color.
XX
Adjust the color by using Red, Green, and Blue in the Soft Menu. You can set a value between 0
and 255.
XX
When you change the setting, Chroma Save is enabled in the 2D Post Menu. Press Chroma Save
to save the setting.
Return

Save the current setting of Post Map and return to the previous step of the menu.
Color Map
Select Color Map in the Post Curve menu.
Color Map

Use the Menu dial-button to select the type of color map. 14 types of post curves are supported.
7-76
Chapter 7 Utility
Tag

Rotate the Menu dial-button to turn it on/off. When turned on, a random color is applied to a certain
area in an image.
Tag Width

Use the Menu dial-button to select the range of tags, from between 8~256. Tag Width affect to Tag Pos.
Tag Pos

Use the Menu dial-button to select the position of tags, from between 0~248. Tag Pos affect to Tag Width.
Return

When the current post map is configured, return to the previous step in the current menu.
[Figure 7.44 Color Map]
D Post
Select D Post in the Post Curve menu. The settings can be specified in the same way as for 2D Post.
NOTE: For the post curve of D Post, you can select one from Type 1 to 8 or User 1 to 2.
[Figure 7.45 D post]
7-77
Operation Manual
M Post
Select M Post in the Post Curve menu. The settings can be specified in the same way as for 2D Post.
NOTE: For the post curve of M Post, you can select one from Type 1 to 8 or User 1 to 2.
[Figure 7.46 M post]
Monitor Calibration
Select Monitor Calibration in the Post Curve menu.
Curve

With the Menu dial-button, specify a curve type between Type 1 – Type 5 or User 1– User 3. If you select
User 1– User 3, you can edit the post curve.
Brightness

With the Menu dial-button, specify a screen brightness between 0 – 100. The changed setting only
affects images on the screen.
Contrast

With the Menu dial-button, specify a screen contrast between 0 – 100. The changed setting only affects
images on the screen.
Default

Initialize the screen settings using the Menu dial-button.
7-78
Chapter 7 Utility
Edit

With the Soft Menu dial-button, adjust the RGB Curve.
NOTE: This option is activated only when Curve is set to User1 – 3.
Soft Menu dial-button [1] Picker Pos: Select a point in a curve. Rotating the button selects a
XX
different point in the curve.
Soft Menu dial-button [2] Insert: Add a point to a curve. A point is added between the current
XX
point and the next point.
Soft Menu dial-button [3] Delete: Delete a point from a curve.

XX
Soft Menu dial-button [4] Save: Save a curve.

XX
Soft Menu dial-button [5] Color: Select a curve. Select one from red, green or blue curves.
XX
Soft Menu dial-button [6] Exit: Finish editing and exit from the edit mode.
XX
[Figure 7.47 Monitor Calibration]
Gamma
Select Gamma in the Post Curve menu. Use the Menu dial-button to specify the brightness and contrast.
Off, Weak, Medium or Hard can be selected.
Weak: Make the image brighter.

XX
Hard: Make the image darker.

XX
7-79
Operation Manual
Setup
Press Setup in the Utility menu. You can specify system settings. Please refer to “System Setup” in this chapter.
Measure Setup
Press Measurement in the Utility menu. You can specify measurement settings. Please refer to “Measurement
Setup” in this chapter.
7-80
Chapter 7 Utility
Storage Manager
Press the Storage Manager in the Utility menu. All disk drives mounted in the system will be shown. The drive
type, available space and total space for each drive are displayed.
Storage Manager is a program that lets you manage various storage devices connected to the system. You can
remove, format or update a drive for which the checkbox in front of the drive symbol is checked.
NOTE: You may not remove, format or update a drive mounted in the computer within the system.
Press the Exit on the screen or on the control panel to exit Storage Manager.
[Figure 7.48 Storage Manager]
Refresh

Update the display of drives currently connected to the system.
NOTE: When using Storage Manager, you should press Refresh to update information.
7-81
Operation Manual
Eject / Remove

Disconnect the selected drive.
NOTE: Before unplugging a USB Flash memory drive, make sure to disconnect it by using the Eject
/ Remove button.
Format

Initialize the selected drive. Under the Format window, you can initialize various settings. Press Start to
start initialization. Press Close to cancel.
NOTE: In the case of DVD+RW or DVD-RW, its free space can be displayed as ‘O bytes’ after
formatting. Because it is an error of Windows™, there is no problem to use that media.
7-82
Chapter 7 Utility
BodyMarker Edit
Select BodyMarker Edit in the Utility menu. The BodyMarker Edit window appears.
1 2
[Figure 7.49 BodyMarker Edit]
1 BodyMarker List: The content will vary depending on the groups selected in ‘Group’. The ‘current
page/total number of pages’ is displayed below the list. If there are two or more pages, you can use
or to change pages.
2 BodyMarker list for the probe or preset currently being used: The ‘current page/total number of
pages’ is displayed below the list. If there are two or more pages, you can use or to
change pages.
NOTE: Each list can save up to 100 BodyMarkers.
Adding a BodyMarker

Select and double click a BodyMarker in the left list (1). The selected BodyMarker is added to the right
list (2). Already existing BodyMarkers cannot be added, and a message appears when you try to add an
existing BodyMarker.
7-83
Operation Manual
Removing a BodyMarker

Select and double-click a BodyMarker in the right list (2).
Saving and Exiting the BodyMarker List

To save the list, press Save. Press Close to exit.
Resetting the BodyMarker list

Press Reset. The initial system setting will be restored.
7-84
Chapter 7 Utility
e-Motion Marker
Select this if you are using e-Motion Marker, which is an optional feature for this product.
NOTE:
XX
e-Motion Marker can be used only if the following conditions are met:
−− Probe: EVN4-9
XX
General BodyMarkers cannot be used while e-Motion Marker is being used.
XX
Refer to the installation guide that comes with the e-Motion Marker package for instructions on
installing e-Motion Marker.
XX
It is not available in USA and CANADA.
XX
For more information, please refer to ‘Chapter 6. Image Management’.
e-Motion Marker

Enable e-Motion Marker: If this checkbox is selected, pressing the Body Marker button on the
control panel runs e-Motion Marker.
Model Setup

Axis: Select this checkbox to display the axes on the monitor screen.
XX
Organ: Select this checkbox to display the shape of the organ on the monitor screen.
XX
Default Organ: Press the combo button to select the type of organ to use.
XX
Button Setup

Assign functions to the buttons on the main body of e-Motion Marker.
Button 1: Initializes the e-Motion Marker sensor. The user may not assign another function to this
XX
button.
Button 2-4: Press the combo button to select the function to use. Select from Model Change,
XX
Freeze, Save, Print1, Print2.
7-85
Operation Manual
Menu Edit
Select Menu Edit in the Utility menu. The Menu Edit window appears.
You can set a desired Soft Menu dial-button.
4 5 6 7
[Figure 7.50 Menu Edit]
Mode Tab: Displays the mode that is currently being edited. Use the Trackball and the Set
1
button to select a tab.
Menu List: Displays items that can be supported in the selected tab menu. Use the Trackball
2
and the Set button to select the menu. Dial-buttons that can be applied to 3 are activated,
depending on the Dial -button types. Dial-buttons that cannot be applied are deactivated.
Preview and Edit Window: Use the Trackball to add or delete dial-button menus. When using
3
the dial-button, items that can be applied are activated in 2. Items that cannot be applied are
deactivated. You can select multiple dial-button menus simultaneously. Use the Soft Menu dial-
button [3] Delete to delete a button.
Mode Select: Rotate the Soft Menu dial-button [1] to select a mode. The Mode tab will change
4
accordingly.
7-86
Chapter 7 Utility
5 Default Setting: Press the Soft Menu dial-button [2] to return to the default setting.
6 elete: When the dial-button menu is selected, you can delete a menu by pressing the Soft
D
Menu dial-button [3].
User Presets: Press the Soft Menu dial-button [4] to save an edited menu in a temporary file.
7
The saved file can be retrieved and re-edited.
[Figure 7.51 User Presets]
Load: Load a saved Menu Preset onto an editing page.

XX
Save: Save the menu which is currently being edited in the selected Preset.
XX
Save As: Save the menu which is currently being edited in a new Preset.
XX
Rename: Rename the selected Preset.

XX
Delete: Delete the selected Preset.

XX
Close: Close the selected User Presets window.

XX
8 A
pply: Press the Soft Menu dial-button [5] to apply the edited menu to the system. After the system is
rebooted, the set value is maintained. There may be a delay since the menu engine is unloaded / loaded
to the system.
9 Close: Press the Soft Menu dial-button [6] to close the Menu Edit.
NOTE: The current menu set by the user and the saved Menu Preset support the backup and
restore functions.
7-87
Operation Manual
Stress Echo (Optional)

The Stress Echo function is used when added burden is put on the heart via exercise or drugs, in order to
observe and diagnose changes in the heart.
NOTE:
XX
Stress Echo is an option of this product.
XX
You can only use it when the application is cardiac.
The procedure for using Stress Echo is as follows:
In the Utility menu, press the Stress Echo button. If an exam is already in progress, the Protocol Screen
will be displayed; if not, the Protocol Template Editor will run.
You can only enter Stress Echo Review from the Protocol Screen.
XX
To use by setting up a new protocol: Set a protocol  Register the patient ID  Select and start
XX
the protocol  Acquire and specify images  Examine the images and diagnose  Create a
Stress Echo report
To use by selecting an existing protocol: Register the patient ID  Select and start the protocol 
XX
Acquire and specify images  Examine the images and diagnose  Create a Stress Echo report
This manual provides instructions for using Stress Echo by setting up a new protocol. For
XX
instructions on registering a patient ID, refer to ‘Chapter 3. Starting Diagnosis’. For information on
Stress Echo Reports, please refer to ‘Chapter 5. Measurements and Calculations’.
7-88
Chapter 7 Utility
Setting Up a Protocol
With no patient ID registered, press the Stress Echo button in the Utility menu. Alternatively, click the
Template Editor button in the icon menu on the Protocol Screen. The Protocol Template Editor screen will
be displayed, where you can edit an existing protocol or set up a new protocol.
Creating a New Protocol Template

Press the New Template button.
Editing an Existing Protocol Template

Click the combo button at the top left corner of the screen, and select a protocol from the protocol
list.
The Protocol Template Editor Screen

The Protocol Template Editor screen consists of the following items, which you can use to set up a
protocol.
[Figure 7.52 Protocol Template Editor]
7-89
Operation Manual
Protocol

When you click the combo button, the default protocols and other existing protocols are listed.
Default Protocols
Tips!
This product offers the following five protocols by default. The default protocols may not be deleted
or transferred to external storage media. Furthermore, you cannot modify a default protocol and
save it with the same name.
Protocol View Stage
Two Stage
PLAX, PSAX, A4C, A2C Rest, Peak
Exercise Stress
Three Stage
PLAX, PSAX, A4C, A2C Rest, Peak, Post
Bicycle Stress
Four Stage Pharmacological

PLAX, PSAX, A4C, A2C Stage 1~4
Stress (TBD)
MV-PW, TDI, LVOT-PW, TR, Baseline, Legs UP, 25W, 50W,

Diastolic Stress PSAX-BASE, PSAX-Mid, PSAX- 75W, 100W, 125W, REC2,
APEX, 4CH, 2CH, MR REC5, REC10
PLAX, PSAX, 4CH, APLAX,

Baseline, 5, 10, 20, 30, 40,
Dobutamin Stress 2CH, MV-PW, TDI, LVOT-PW,
atropine, recovery
TR-CW
Stage

Set the stage. You may delete or add a stage with the button.
To select from the default stages, use the combo button. To manually enter a stage, use the keyboard.
NOTE: You must create at least two stages, and you can add up to 10 stages.
View

Set up a View. You can use the button to add or delete a View.
To select from the default Views, use the combo button. To manually enter a View, use the keyboard.
NOTE: You must create at least two views, and you can add up to 10 views.
7-90
Chapter 7 Utility
Capture Unit

Select a method for image acquisition by pressing the Save button on the control panel.
Beat: Acquires images by the number of heartbeats.

XX
Time: Acquires images by the unit of seconds.

XX
Cycle/Time

Select the image acquisition interval by pressing the Save button on the control panel. If the
Capture Unit is set to Beat or Time, you may select an interval between 1 and 4. If it is set to Best
Beat, you may select between 1 and 2.
Auto Assign

Once images are captured, they are automatically assigned to each stage and view.
Auto Next Stage

When an image is assigned to the last view of the current stage, the system automatically proceeds
to the next stage.
Capture Method

Select the videso acquisition range for images by pressing the Save button on the control panel.
Prospective: Stores images that take place after the button is pressed.
XX
Retrospective: Stores images that took place before the button was pressed.
XX
Timer

Specify onscreen timer display settings.
Show Protocol Timer: Displays the protocol’s time record (T1) on the screen.
XX
Show Stage Timer: Displays the current stage’s time record (T2) on the screen.
XX
7-91
Operation Manual
Export

Pressing the Export button opens the Protocol Export window. You may export and save protocols
to external storage media.
Import

Pressing the Import button opens the Protocol Import window. You may import saved protocols
from external storage media.
New Template

Press the New Template button on the touch screen to create a new protocol.
Save

Press the Save button to save the newly created protocol. This cannot be used when a default
protocol has been changed.
Save As

Press the Save As button to save the protocol under a different name.
Delete

Press the Delete button to delete the currently selected protocol and open a new protocol template.
This cannot be used when a default protocol is selected.
Exit

Press the Exit button to exit the Protocol Template Editor screen.
7-92
Chapter 7 Utility
Starting a Protocol and Capturing Images

After registering a patient ID, press the Stress Echo button in the Utility menu. The Protocol screen will
be displayed, where you can select a protocol to begin an exam and review acquired stress echo images.
Selecting a protocol

Click the combo button at top of the screen, and select a protocol from the protocol list.
Starting a protocol

Press Begin Protocol. The screen will switch to Diagnosis Mode. Once a protocol begins, the End
Protocol button will be activated.
Capturing Stress Echo Images

Press the Save button on the control panel to capture images for each view and stage. A matrix of
captured Stress Echo images is displayed on the left of the screen.
[Figure 7.53 Matrix]
To return to the Protocol Screen while acquiring an image, press the Stress Echo button on the
XX
screen.
To change the stage, click the Matrix button. You will be asked whether you want to move to the
XX
next stage, and the Change button will be displayed.
Auto Assign and Auto Next Stage

Tips!
If either Auto Assign or Auto Next Stage is enabled, images will automatically be assigned when
you acquire Stress Echo images.
[Figure 7.54 Matrix - Auto Assign, Auto Next Stage]
7-93
Operation Manual
Best Beat Selection

Tips!
When you select Best Beat as the Capture Unit and press the Save button, a screen appears for
selecting the best beat. Depending on the number of acquired beats, the screen is displayed
in single, dual, or quad mode. However, images containing a loop cannot be used for best beat
selection. To select the Best Beat, select an image with the pointer and press Accept. Press Cancel
to cancel.
Ending a protocol

Press End Protocol.
Protocol Screen
The Protocol Screen consists of the following items:
1 Protocol: Click the combo button, and the protocol list will be displayed. Select the protocol that
you want to use.
NOTE: Once a protocol has started, you cannot change it.
2 Stage: Click the combo button, and the stage list will be displayed. Select a stage to use. The
thumbnail list shows the images stored on the selected stage.
Tips! The stage that is currently acquiring images is displayed with a green outline in the stage area.
3 Stress Echo Image Area: Displays Stress Echo images by aligning them with the View of the
horizontal axis and the Stage of the vertical axis. When you select a Stress Echo image, an orange
outline is displayed and double-clicking it enlarges the image. Double-clicking the enlarged image
restores it to its original size.
4 Thumbnail List: Displays the acquired Stress Echo images by stage. Images that have already been
assigned to the Stress Echo image area are not displayed in the thumbnail list.
5 Icon List: The functions that can be used on the Protocol Screen are displayed as icons.
6 Stress Echo Information Area: Displays the settings for Stress Echo procedures.
7-94
Chapter 7 Utility
Begin Protocol/End Protocol

Begin or end a protocol.
NOTE: A protocol cannot be started again once it has ended.
Pause Protocol/Resume Protocol

Pause or resume a protocol.
Review

Switch to the Stress Echo Review screen.
Assign

When this is set to On, the stage selected in Stage is outlined in yellow. The Stress Echo images in
the thumbnail list are appropriately assigned to each view and stage. This cannot be used after the
protocol has ended.
Change View

Move the View point in the current stage. This will not be displayed if Auto Assign or Auto Next
Stage has not been enabled.
Next Stage

Change to the next stage. The stage that is currently capturing an image is displayed with a green
outline in the Stage area on the left of the screen.
Thumb Scroll

This will only be displayed if there are four or more acquired images. It can be used to change the
page in the Thumbnail list.
7-95
Operation Manual
Icon List
[Figure 7.55 Icon List]
1 Assign: Click the icon to turn on or off. When this is turned on, the stage selected in Stage is outlined
in yellow. The Stress Echo images in the thumbnail list are appropriately assigned to each view and
stage. This cannot be used after the protocol has ended.
2 Release: Click the icon to turn on or off. When this is turned on, the images selected in the Stress
Echo area are returned to the Thumbnail list. This cannot be used after the protocol has ended.
3 Select All: Selects all images in the Stress Echo image area.
4 Unselect All: Unselects all selected images.
5 Template Editor: Switches to the Protocol Template Editor screen.
6 Exit:Exits the Protocol Screen.
7-96
Chapter 7 Utility
Reviewing an Image
Select a Stress Echo image on the Protocol Screen, and press Review. The Stress Echo Review screen will
appear. Here, you can review the selected image, and perform measurements and other tasks.
Stress Echo Review Screen

1 Stress Echo Image Area: The images you selected on the Protocol screen are displayed. You can
review up to four Stress Echo images on one screen. At the top of each image, the stage and view
names, as well as the Protocol Timer (T1) and Stage Timer (T2), are displayed. You can review up to
four Stress Echo images on one screen.
2 Image Information Area: The probe type, application, frame rate, depth, frequency, TI, image saving
time, and matrix are displayed.
3 WMS Diagram Area: Four WMS diagrams are displayed. WMS stands for Wall Motion Scoring. At the
top of each diagram is a combo button for selecting a stage. At the bottom of each diagram, the
WMSI value, and the value selected on the score menu, are displayed.
NOTE: You can perform measurements by using the Caliper and Calculator buttons. Pressing the
Calculator button displays the heart measurement menu, and the current stage is displayed in the
menu subject line.
WMS
Four WMS diagrams are displayed. Each diagram is divided into segments indicated with area numbers
between 1 and 16. Enter WMS information after selecting a stage.
1. PLAX: Parasternal Long Axis
2. PSAX: Parasternal Short Axis
3. A4C: Apical Four Chamber
4. A2C: Apical Two Chamber
7-97
Operation Manual
[Figure 7.56 WMS diagram]
Left Ventricular Segment Area Number
Basal Anterior Septum 1
Basal Anterior 2
Basal Lateral 3
Basal Posterior 4
Basal Inferior 5
Basal Septum 6
Mid Anterior Septum 7
Mid Anterior 8
Mid Lateral 9
Mid Posterior 10
Mid Inferior 11
Mid Septum 12
Apical Septum 13
Apical Anterior 14
Apical Lateral 15
Apical Inferior 16
[Table 7.1 Segments and Area Numbers]
7-98
Chapter 7 Utility
Entering WMS

1. Select the segment that you want to enter a WMS into. The Score menu will appear.
2. Select a value from the menu. The segment color changes, and WMS is displayed.
Alternatively,
1. Select a desired value from the score menu at the bottom of the screen.
2. Select a segment, that you want to enter a WMS into. The segment color will change, and WMS
will be displayed.
When a WMS is entered into a segment, the same score is applied to all segments that have the
Tips!
same area number.
[Figure 7.57 Score Menu]
To delete an entered value, select ‘N-NotScored’ from the Score menu and then press the segment
that you want to delete. The color of the selected segment will be reset.
Tips! Press Delete WMS to delete all WMS data entered in the current stage.
WMSI

This is the average of all the WMS data entered in the current stage. WMSI stands for Wall Motion
Scoring Index.
7-99
Operation Manual
Delete WMS

Delete all WMS entered in the current stage.
Run/Stop

All the Cine images in the Stress Echo image area are played or stopped simultaneously.
Stage Scroll

Changes the stage. This will only be displayed if two or more stages are used.
Strain

The Strain Image function can be used. This is displayed only when the conditions for using the
Strain Image function are met.
Change Play

Select Acquired, R-R, or Systole Only as the playback method for Cine images.
R-R
Acquired
Systole
[Figure 7.58 Play Method]
Change Sync

Select Short, Long, or End to End, as the Cine Image Synchronization Mode.
Short: Playback is based on the shortest of the four Cine images.

XX
Long: Playback is based on the longest of the four Cine images.

XX
End to End: Plays the four Cine images by synchronizing the beginning to the end.
XX
Protocol Screen

Exit the Stress Echo Review screen, and then switch to the Protocol Screen.
NOTE: For information on Stress Echo reports, please refer to ‘Chapter 5. Measurements and
Calculations’.
7-100
Chapter 7 Utility
Strain Image (Optional)

The Strain Image function shows heart motion quantitatively using a motion vector, and diagnoses heart
dyssynchrony based on the quantitative expression.
Strain is executed in the following order:
Select an image  Set up the contour line (quantification)  Calculate strain data  Analyze the result
NOTE: The Strain Image function can only be used when the following conditions are met:
XX
Application: Cardiac, Pediatric Cardiology
XX
Diagnosis Mode: 2D (Freeze state)
XX
ECG: On, when there are more than 2 ECG trigger points, ECG HR: 30~240 Range
Select an image

Select an image to analyze, using the trackball and the Set button.
Select an image by referring to the following:

XX
Select an image that shows the entire wall of the heart.
XX
There should be an R-Peak before/after the selected image, and there should be more than 70
Cine frames between the previous R-Peak and the last image.
Tips!
------- R ----Selected Image-- R ----------------------------- R --------------------

[Figure 7.59 R-Peak]
7-101
Operation Manual
Quantification
Press the Soft Menu dial-button [1] Quantification to select Auto EF, Strain menus.
NOTE: If the image is not properly selected, the Quantification screen will not appear.
[Figure 7.60 Quantification Screen]
Selecting View Type

After selecting a study image, enter the Quantification screen; the position of the heart will be
automatically designated. If the automatically selected View Type is not correct, use the Current
View Type icon at the bottom left corner to select the proper View Type.
Drawing Contour Line

The direction of contouring varies depending on the View Type. Please draw the contour according
to the selected View Type.
7-102
Chapter 7 Utility
Draw contour: This will be displayed on images that do not contain Strain data. Press this button,
XX
and then use the control panel's trackball and the Set button to specify the point to draw a
contour line on.
Recontour: This will be displayed on images that contain Strain data. To redraw the contour line,
XX
press this button, and then use the control panel's trackball and the Set button to specify the
point to draw a contour line on.
NOTE: You must specify five or more points. If fewer than five points have been specified, pressing
Confirm will display the message ‘Abnormal Contour!’ and erase the contour line.
Apical Axis View (LAX Contouring) Short Axis View (SAX Contouring)
[Figure 7.61 Contouring Direction for Each View Mode]
Modifying a Contour

You can delete the last selected point by selecting the area near it.
7-103
Operation Manual
Strain Review
Press the Soft Menu dial-button [6] Strain to enter the Strain Result screen.
1 5
2 6
3
7
8
[Figure 7.62 Strain Result Screen]
The Strain Result screen consists of the following items:
1 Parametric Image
2 ECG
3 Image Type
4 Segmental Graph
5 M Mode
6 Interval Analysis
7 Analysis Type
8 Measure Result
7-104
Chapter 7 Utility
Parametric Image
Provides four Parametric Images, which represent the vector direction, velocity, strain, and movement
position of the endocardium and epicardium. You can use the Image Type menu to change this.
In a Parametric Image, each segment is expressed in a different color, which also applies to the left and
right color bars, Segmental Graph, and Parametric Contour in M Mode.
Endocardial Vector

Expresses the vector direction, velocity, strain, and movement position of the endocardium.
Endo + Epicardial Vector

Expresses the vector direction, velocity, strain, and movement position of both the endocardium
and the epicardium.
Trajectory

Samples and displays a number of Speckles.
Alpha Blend

Displays translucent contour movement and strain.
Segmental Graph
Displays Global Strain in white dotted line, as well as the measurement for each segment as a six-color
graph.
When you move the pointer over the graph, the current position will be indicated with an orange
dotted line, and the Frame Time and the Volume will be displayed above the graph.
If Peak analysis is available, you can have an O marker displayed over each Segment Peak.
Press the Scale button at the top left corner to change the scale of the graph.
7-105
Operation Manual
M Mode
Gives a color representation of all of the contour components. Place the pointer over the M Mode
graph. A white line will be drawn, and the position will be indicated on the Parametric Image with a
dot.
Note that, when this is active, only the Segment in which the pointer is located and the Global Strain
will be displayed in the Segmental Graph. This will revert to the default state after some time has
elapsed.
Interval Analysis(Strain Time to peak)

Locates and displays the Peak value in the selected range, and maps the time to arrive at the Peak with
the appropriate color to determine whether it is normal or not. You can use the Maximum Wall Delay
to see the difference between the earliest arrived Peak time and the last arrived Peak time.
Analysis Type
Select the Analysis Type you wish to perform.
Longitudinal/Rotational Velocity

Analyzes the Velocity according to the position of the heart. SAX means Rotational; LAX means
Longitudinal.
Velocity

Shows the composition of the graph for analyzing velocity.
Volume/Area

SAX analyzes the area, while LAX analyzes the volume. They each display the overall change or the
change of each segment; the graph at the bottom shows the statistics for each segment.
Radial Velocity

Displays the velocity in radial direction for each segment.
7-106
Chapter 7 Utility
Measure Result
Review the measurement results together. Check the check box for the item you have finished
reviewing to approve it.
NOTE: No guarantee is given for results that the user has not reviewed. Be sure to review the results
before adding them to the Measurement Result.
User Preset
Press the User Preset button to configure User Preset items.
Delay Setting

Adjust the displayed Time to peak time.
Color Map Setting

Change the Color Map for M Mode. You can select two or three colors.
Misc. Setting

Change how the ECG is displayed. You can select either Raw Data or Smooth.
Alpha Blend (Transparency)

Select the transparency of Alpha Blend. Select from 30%, 40%, or 50%.
Save/Load

Save or load the settings.
7-107
Operation Manual
User Defined Layout

Position the on-screen elements in the layout of your choice.
Layout Setting

Press the Soft Menu dial-button [6] Layout Setting.
1. Select the check box item for the element you want to position.
2. When the window for the element is displayed on the screen, drag the element to the position
you want.
3. You can resize a window by dragging its bottom right corner.
4. When you have finished arranging all of the elements, press the Save button.
Default/User Layout

Press the Soft Menu dial-button [5] Default/User Layout to review the Strain screen in the layout
you have saved. Press the button again to return to the default layout.
Exiting Strain
Press the Soft Menu dial-button [1] Close to exit Strain. If you have checked any item in Measurement
Result, a dialog will open to ask you whether you want to add the item to Measurement Item before
you exit Strain.
7-108
Chapter 7 Utility
Auto EF
Press the Soft Menu dial-button [1] Quantification button to define a contour line, and press the 6 Auto
EF button.
NOTE: The Auto EF function can only be used when the following conditions are met.
XX
Diagnosis Mode: 2D (Freeze state)
XX
Screen Mode : Single Mode
Contour Line Setup and Calculations
Drawing Contour Line

Use the trackball and the Set button to specify the points. To cancel the last selected point, click the
area near that point again.
Calculating Auto EF Data

Press Calculation to switch to the Result screen.
Exiting

Press Close.
7-109
Operation Manual
Auto EF Result
1 2
[Figure 7.63 Auto EF Result Screen]
The Auto EF Result screen consists of the following items:
1 End Diastolic: Relevant information will be displayed in green.
2 End Systolic: Relevant information will be displayed in yellow.
3 Calculation Result: The Stroke Volume (SV) and Ejection Fraction (EF) will be displayed.
If the position of the Cine frame is changed, the calculation results will be changed accordingly. To
reposition the frame, select the position to change by using either ED or ES. To reset the position of the
changed frame, use Reset Systolic or Reset Diastolic on the screen.
7-110
Chapter 8
Maintenance
System Maintenance........................................8-3
Installation Requirements.....................................................8-3
Cleaning and disinfections ..................................................8-4
Fuse Replacement....................................................................8-6
Cleaning The Air Filters...........................................................8-7
Accuracy Check.........................................................................8-8
Administration of Information.......................8-9
User Setting Back up...............................................................8-9
Patient information Back-up................................................8-9
Software.......................................................................................8-9
System Maintenance
NOTE: The user must ensure that the safety inspections are performed every 2 years according to
the requirements of safety standard EN 60601-1. Only trained persons are allowed to perform the
safety inspections mentioned above.
Installation Requirements
When installing:
Avoid humidity.

Avoid direct sunlight.

Avoid places with extreme temperature variations.

Optimal conditions for the system are temperatures of 10 ~ 35°C and humidity of 30 ~ 75%.

Avoid heat sources.

Avoid dusty and unventilated areas.

Avoid places where the system is likely to be exposed to vibration or impacts.

Avoid places where the system is likely to be exposed to chemical substances or gases.

CAUTION: Placing the system near generators, X-Ray machines, or broadcast cables may result in screen
noise and abnormal visual images. Using the power source with other electric devices may also induce
noise.
8-3
Operation Manual
Cleaning and disinfections

Using inappropriate detergent or disinfectant may damage the product. Please read the following carefully.
WARNING:
XX
Turn off the system and disconnect the system power cord from the wall outlet. Otherwise, it
may result in electric shock or fire.
XX
Always use protective eyewear and gloves when cleaning and disinfecting the equipment.
Cleaning
CAUTION:
XX
Do not use a spray directly on the product exterior. It may cause cracks in the appliance, or the
color to deteriorate.
XX
Do not use chemical substances such as wax, benzene, alcohol, thinner, mosquito repellant,
deodorant, lubricant or detergent.
Console

Use a soft cloth lightly dampened in a mild soap or detergent solution to clean exterior surfaces on the
system.
Cleaning Monitor

Wipe the LCD surface with a soft dry cloth. When the LCD panel has dirt on it, wipe it 2 - 3 times or
more in one direction.
NOTE: For information on cleaning and disinfection of the probe & biopsy kit, please refer to
"Chapter 9. Probes.”
8-4
Disinfection
CAUTION: Use only recommended disinfectants on system surfaces.
A disinfectant qualified by the FDA 510(k) process is recommended.. For more information, refer to the
information on cleansing agents, disinfectants, and ultrasound gels in 'Chapter 9. Probes'.
1. Turn off the system and disconnect the system power cord from the wall outlet.
2. Mix the disinfection solution compatible with your system according to label instructions for solution
strength.
3. Wipe the system surfaces with the disinfectant solution, following the disinfectant label instructions for
wipe durations, solution strength, and disinfectant contact duration.
4. Air dry or towel dry with a sterile cloth according to the instructions on the disinfectant label.
8-5
Operation Manual
Fuse Replacement
The power protection fuse protects the product from excess current. If the power monitoring protection circuit
detects excess current, it shuts off the current to the equipment in order to prevent overheating and to restrict
the ultrasound power output.
If the fuse blows, replace it as shown below.
DANGER: To avoid risk of electric shock, always disconnect the plug from the system prior to fuse
replacement.
[Figure 8.1 Fuse replacement]
1. Set this to off by pressing the power switch (See ①).
2. Disconnect the power cord from the wall outlet.
3. Press down on the middle part (See ②) of the used fuse and pull out.
4. Fit the new fuse into the fuse holder, and press the fuse in to complete replacing the fuse.
Fuse information is shown in the following table.
Input Ratings Fuse Ratings Company Order No.
100-120VAC 10AH/250V Orisel 55T210000
200-240VAC 10A/250V Orisel 55T210000
8-6
Cleaning The Air Filters

The air filters minimize the indraft of dust. Clean the air filter to ensure that a clogged filter does not cause the
system to overheat and reduce the noise and the system performance.
It is recommended the air filters be cleaned once every three months.
CAUTION: Be sure to lock the brakes on the front wheels before cleaning the air filters to avoid injury by
any unexpected movement of the product.
[Figure 8.2 Air Filters]
1. Pull the filter under the front of the console to away from the product.
2. Shake the filter to remove the dust and wash in a mild soapy solution.
3. Rinse and air dry or dry with a cloth.
4. Slide the filter back into the product.
NOTE: Allow the wet filter to dry thoroughly before installing. The wet filter can cause the
malfunction.
8-7
Operation Manual
Accuracy Check
The product’s maintenance status may affect the measurements obtained using the product. The product
should be maintained in an optimal state to ensure reliable measurements.
To ensure optimal operation of the product, perform an accuracy check every year. The equati-ons and table
related to measurement accuracy are included in “Chapter 5 Measurements” in this manual.
NOTE: The user must ensure that safety inspections are performed every 2 years according to the
requirements of safety standard EN 60601-1. Only trained persons are allowed to perform these
safety inspections.
8-8
Administration of Information
CAUTION: You may lose information files on user settings or patients, because of shock on the product
or internal error. Thus, back-up on a regular basis.
User Setting Back up

Always keep a backup copy of all information related to the user settings in case of data loss. Clients cannot
back-up the user settings of the product. Contact the Samsung Medison Customer Service Department to
attain support for back-up. However, clients may back up the user setting on GA Table used in obstetrics
diagnosis. For further information please refer to “Chapter 3 Settings”.
Patient information Back-up

The SonoView program can be used for backing up patients’ basic information and scanned images. The user
can choose to save the data, and the data is also saved in the system by default. If the system needs to be
reinstalled due to product failure, etc., the Samsung Medison customer support staff will restore the patients’
basic information and scanned images that are saved in the system. For more information on this, see “Chapter
6 Image Managements.”
Software
The product software may be updated to enhance performance. The user cannot make any changes to the
software. Please contact the Samsung Medison customer service representative for help in software changes.
NOTE: Minor software updates may be carried out without the prior notice from the manufacturer.
Should errors occur in the operating system (Windows XP™), and should you desire to upgrade the operating
system, please follow the instructions of the operating system manufacturer.
8-9
Chapter 9
Probes
Probes.................................................................9-3
Ultrasound transmission Gel..............................................9-19
Sheaths.......................................................................................9-20
Probe Precautions..................................................................9-21
Cleaning and Disinfecting the Probe..............................9-23
Biopsy.............................................................. 9-35
Biopsy KIT Components.......................................................9-35
Using the Biopsy Kit...............................................................9-36
Cleaning and Disinfecting Biopsy Kit..............................9-38
Assembling the Biopsy Kit..................................................9-40
Chapter 9 Probes
Probes
The probe is a device that sends and receives ultrasound for acquiring image data. It is also called a Transducer
or Scanhead.
The system limits patient contact temperature to 43 degrees Celsius, and acoustic output values to their
respective U.S. FDA limits. A power protection fuse circuit protects against over-current conditions. If the
power monitor protection circuit senses an over-current condition, then the drive current to the probe is shut
off immediately, preventing overheating of the probe surfaces and limiting acoustic output. Validation of the
power protection fuse circuit is performed under normal system operation. For invasive probes, additional
protections are designed to keep patient contact surface temperature under 43 degrees Celsius in the event
of a single fault failure.
Probe List
The ultrasound image scanner uses probes to obtain graphic data of the human body and then displays it
on the screen. Always use application-specific probes in order to obtain the best quality images. It is also
important to configure the probe with the best settings for the particular organ being scanned.
Probe Application and Preset

Probes, applications and settings available for this product are as follows:
Probe Application Preset Type
Abdomen General, Renal, Aorta
C2-5 OB Fetal Heart, 1st Trimester, 2nd / 3rd Trimester Mini DLP / 156 Pin
Gynecology Uterus
C2-8 OB Fetal Heart, 1st Trimester, 2nd / 3rd Trimester Mini DLP / 156 Pin
Gynecology Uterus
Abdomen Appendix
C4-9 Pediatric General, Neo head Mini DLP
Vascular Carotid, Arterial, Venous
9-3
Operation Manual
CF4-9 Pediatric General, Neo head Mini DLP
Abdomen Appendix
C4-9/10ED Pediatric General, Neo head 156 Pin
Small Parts Thyroid, Breast, Testicle, Bowel
L3-8 Vascular Carotid, Arterial, Venous Mini DLP / 156 Pin
Abdomen GB, General
L5-12/50 Vascular Carotid, Arterial, Venous Mini DLP
Musculoskeletal Shoulder/Knee, Hand/Foot, Elbow/Wrist
HL5-12ED Vascular Carotid, Arterial, Venous 156 Pin
L5-12/50EP Vascular Carotid, Arterial, Venous 156 Pin
LN5-12 Vascular Carotid, Arterial, Venous Mini DLP / 156 Pin
OB 1st Trimester
ER4-9 Gynecology Uterus, Adnexa Mini DLP
Urology Prostate
9-4
Chapter 9 Probes
OB 1st Trimester
EVN4-9 Gynecology Uterus, Adnexa Mini DLP
Urology Prostate
OB 1st Trimester
ER4-9/10ED Gynecology Uterus, Adnexa 156 Pin
Urology Prostate
OB 1st Trimester
EV4-9/10ED Gynecology Uterus, Adnexa 156 Pin
Urology Prostate
P2-4 Cardiac Aortic arch, Adult Echo, Pediatric Echo Mini DLP
TCD General
PN2-4 Cardiac Aortic arch, Adult Echo, Pediatric Echo Mini DLP
TCD General
SP3-8 Cardiac Aortic arch, Adult Echo, Pediatric Echo Mini DLP
TCD General
P2-4AH Cardiac Aortic arch, Adult Echo, Pediatric Echo 156 Pin
TCD General
P3-7AC Cardiac Aortic arch, Adult Echo, Pediatric Echo 156 Pin
TCD General
9-5
Operation Manual
3DC2-6 OB Fetal Heart, 1st Trimester, 2nd / 3rd Trimester Mini DLP / 260 Pin
Gynecology Uterus
3D4-8 OB Fetal Heart, 1st Trimester, 2nd / 3rd Trimester Mini DLP
Gynecology Uterus
Gynecology Adnexa, Endometrium, General, Uterus
3D4-9 OB Cervix, Fetal Heart, General Mini DLP
Urology Bladder, General, Prostate
VN4-8 OB Fetal Heart, 1st Trimester, 2nd / 3rd Trimester Mini DLP
Gynecology Uterus
3D4-8ET OB Fetal Heart, 1st Trimester, 2nd / 3rd Trimester 260 Pin
Gynecology Uterus
Gynecology Adnexa, Endometrium, General, Uterus
3D4-9ES OB Cervix, Fetal Heart, General 260 Pin
Urology Bladder, General, Prostate
CW2.0 Cardiac General Mini DLP
NOTE: Refer to ‘Chapter3. Stating Diagnosis’ for how to set probe and its preset.
9-6
Chapter 9 Probes
Function list

The modes and functions that can be used according to the probes and applications in the SONOACE
R7 are as follows.
Probe Application HAR PI PPI SCI DMR+ Q Scan ECG
Abdomen O O X O O X
C2-5 OB O O X O O X Mini DLP / 156 Pin
Gynecology O O X O O X
Abdomen O O X O O X
C2-8 OB O O X O O X Mini DLP / 156 Pin
Abdomen X X X O O X
C4-9 Pediatric X X X O O X Mini DLP
Vascular X X X O O O
Abdomen X X X O O X
CF4-9 Pediatric X X X O O X Mini DLP
Abdomen X X X O O X
C4-9/10ED Pediatric X X X O O X 156 Pin
Small Parts O X O O O X
L3-8 Vascular O X O O O O Mini DLP / 156 Pin
Abdomen O X O O O X
L5-12/50 Vascular O X O O O O Mini DLP
Musculoskeletal O X O O O X
Small Parts O X O O O O
HL5-12ED Vascular O X O O O O 156 Pin
Musculoskeletal O X O O O O
9-7
Operation Manual
L5-12/50EP Vascular O X O O O O 156 Pin
LN5-12 Vascular O X O O O O Mini DLP / 156 Pin
OB O X X O O X
ER4-9 Gynecology O X X O O X Mini DLP
Urology O X X O O X
OB O X X O O X
EVN4-9 Gynecology O X X O O X Mini DLP
Urology O X X O O X
OB O O X O O O
ER4-9/10ED Gynecology O O X O O O 156 Pin
Urology O O X O O O
OB O O X O O O
EV4-9/10ED Gynecology O O X O O O 156 Pin
Urology O O X O O O
Abdomen O O X O O X
P2-4 Cardiac O O X O O O Mini DLP
TCD O O X O O X
Abdomen O O X O O X
PN2-4 Cardiac O O X O O O Mini DLP
TCD O O X O O X
9-8
Chapter 9 Probes
Abdomen O O X O O X
SP3-8 Cardiac O O X O O O Mini DLP
TCD O O X O O X
Abdomen O O X O O X
P2-4AH Cardiac O O X O O O 156 Pin
TCD O O X O O X
Abdomen O O X O O O
P3-7AC Cardiac O O X O O O 156 Pin
TCD O O X O O O
Abdomen O O X O O X
3DC2-6 OB O O X O O X Mini DLP / 260 Pin
Abdomen O O X O O X
3D4-8 OB O O X O O X Mini DLP
OB O O X O O X
3D4-9 Gynecology O O X O O X Mini DLP
Urology O O X O O X
Abdomen O O X O O X
VN4-8 OB O O X O O X Mini DLP
Abdomen O O X O O O
3D4-8ET OB O O X O O O 260 Pin
Gynecology O O X O O O
9-9
Operation Manual
OB O O X O O O
3D4-9ES Gynecology O O X O O O 260 Pin
Urology O O X O O O
C W2.0 Cardiac X X X X X O Mini DLP
9-10
Chapter 9 Probes
Probe Application C/M TDI PD DPDI TDW CW Biopsy
Abdomen X X O O X O
X Mini DLP /
C2-5 OB X O O X O
(Except Fetal Heart) 156 Pin
Gynecology X X O O X O
Abdomen X X O O X O
X Mini DLP /
C2-8 OB X O O X O
Abdomen X X O O X X
C4-9 Pediatric X X O O X X Mini DLP
Vascular X X O O X X
Abdomen X X X O X X
CF4-9 Pediatric X X O O X X Mini DLP
Abdomen X X O O X X
C4-9/10ED Pediatric X X O O X X 156 Pin
Small Parts X X O O X O
Mini DLP /
L3-8 Vascular X X O O X O
156 Pin
Abdomen X X O O X O
L5-12/50 Vascular X X O O X O Mini DLP
Musculoskeletal X X O O X O
HL5-12ED Vascular X X O O X O 156 Pin
9-11
Operation Manual
L5-12/50EP Vascular X X O O X O 156 Pin
Mini DLP /
LN5-12 Vascular X X O O X O
156 Pin
OB X X O O X O
ER4-9 Gynecology X X O O X O Mini DLP
Urology X X O O X O
OB X X O O X O
EVN4-9 Gynecology X X O O X O Mini DLP
Urology X X O O X O
OB X X O O X O
ER4-9/10ED Gynecology X X O O X O 156 Pin
Urology X X O O X O
OB X X O O X O
EV4-9/10ED Gynecology X X O O X O 156 Pin
Urology X X O O X O
Abdomen X X O O X X
P2-4 Cardiac O O X X O X Mini DLP
TCD X X O O X X
Abdomen X X O O X X
PN2-4 Cardiac O O X X O X Mini DLP
TCD X X O O X X
9-12
Chapter 9 Probes
Abdomen X X O O X X
SP3-8 Cardiac O O X X O X Mini DLP
TCD X X O O X X
Abdomen X X O O X X
P2-4AH Cardiac O O X X O X 156 Pin
TC D X X O O X X
Abdomen X X O O X X
P3-7AC Cardiac O O X X O X 156 Pin
TCD X X O O X X
Abdomen X X O O X O
X Mini DLP /
3DC2-6 OB X O O X O
Abdomen X X O O X O
X
3D4-8 OB X O O X O Mini DLP
(Except Fetal Heart)
OB X O O X O
X
3D4-9 Gynecology X O O X O Mini DLP
Urology X O O X O
Abdomen X X O O X O
X
VN4-8 OB X O O X O Mini DLP
Abdomen X X O O X O
X
3D4-8ET OB X O O X O 260 Pin
9-13
Operation Manual
OB X X O O X O
3D4-9ES Gynecology X X O O X O 260 Pin
Urology X X O O X O
CW2.0 Cardiac X X X X X X Mini DLP
NOTE:
Legend
XX
Har: Harmonic imaging XX
C/M: Color M
XX
PI: PuIse Inversion XX
TDI: Tissue Doppler
XX
SCI: Spatial Compound Imaging XX
PD: Power Doppler
XX
DMR+: Dynamic MR+ XX
DPDI: Directional Power Doppler Imaging
XX
Q Scan: Quick Scan XX
TDW: Tissue Doppler Wave
XX
ECG: Electro Cardio Graph Imaging
9-14
Chapter 9 Probes
Thermal Index (TI) Tables

TI values displayed on the screen title bar can change depending on probes and applications. SONOACE
R7 decides automatically which TI value will be displayed out of TIs, TIb, and TIc. The TI values are as follows,
Probe Application Preset TI Type
Abdomen General, Renal, Aorta TIS
1st Trimester TIS

C2-5 OB Mini DLP/156 Pin
Fetal Heart, 2nd / 3rd Trimester TIB
Gynecology Uterus TIS
1st Trimester TIS

C2-8 OB Mini DLP/156 Pin
Abdomen Appendix TIS
General TIS
C4-9 Pediatric Mini DLP
Neo head TIC
Vascular Carotid, Arterial, Venous TIS
General TIS
CF4-9 Pediatric Mini DLP
Neo head TIC
General TIS
C4-9/10ED Pediatric 156 Pin
Neo head TIC
Small Parts Thyroid, Breast, Testicle, Bowel TIS
L3-8 Vascular Carotid, Arterial, Venous TIS Mini DLP/156 Pin
Abdomen GB, General TIS
9-15
Operation Manual
L5-12/50 Vascular Carotid, Arterial, Venous TIS Mini DLP
Musculoskeletal Shoulder/Knee, Hand/Foot, Elbow/Wrist TIS
HL5-12ED Vascular Carotid, Arterial, Venous TIS 156 Pin
L5-12/50EP Vascular Carotid, Arterial, Venous TIS 156 Pin
LN5-12 Vascular Carotid, Arterial, Venous TIS Mini DLP/156 Pin
OB 1st Trimester TIS
ER4-9 Gynecology Uterus, Adnexa TIS Mini DLP
Urology Prostate TIS
EVN4-9 Gynecology Uterus, Adnexa TIS Mini DLP
ER4-9/10ED Gynecology Uterus, Adnexa TIS 156 Pin
EV4-9/10ED Gynecology Uterus, Adnexa TIS 156 Pin
9-16
Chapter 9 Probes
P2-4 Cardiac Aortic arch, Adult Echo, Pediatric Echo TIS Mini DLP
TCD General TIC
PN2-4 Cardiac Aortic arch, Adult Echo, Pediatric Echo TIS Mini DLP
TCD General TIC
SP3-8 Cardiac Aortic arch, Adult Echo, Pediatric Echo TIS Mini DLP
TCD General TIC
P2-4AH Cardiac Aortic arch, Adult Echo, Pediatric Echo TIS 156 Pin
TCD General TIC
P3-7AC Cardiac Aortic arch, Adult Echo, Pediatric Echo TIS 156 Pin
TCD General TIC
1st Trimester TIS

3DC2-6 OB Mini DLP/260 Pin
1st Trimester TIS

3D4-8 OB Mini DLP
Gynecology Adnexa, Endometrium, General, Uterus TIS
3D4-9 OB Cervix, Fetal Heart, General TIB Mini DLP
Urology Bladder, General, Prostate TIS
9-17
Operation Manual
1st Trimester TIS

VN4-8 OB Mini DLP
1st Trimester TIS

3D4-8ET OB 260 Pin
Gynecology Adnexa, Endometrium, General, Uterus TIS
3D4-9ES OB Cervix, Fetal Heart, General TIB 260 Pin
Urology Bladder, General, Prostate TIS
CW2.0 Cardiac General TIS Mini DLP
9-18
Chapter 9 Probes
Ultrasound transmission Gel

For proper transmission of the acoustic beam, only use ultrasound transmission gel only approved by Samsung
Medison.
WARNING:
XX
Using an unsuitable ultrasound gel may damage the probe.
XX
Using a damaged probe may cause an electrical shock or other injury to the patient and/or
operator. Do not use ultrasound gels that contain one or more of the following substances.
XX
Do not use ultrasound gels or contact media that contain one or more of the following
substances.
−− Mineral oil, cooking oil, petroleum, solvents, corrosion inhibitor, lanoline paraffin, grease, ester,
excessive silicone, release agent or other oils
−− Acetone, methanol, plasticizer (dioctylphtalate), or other alcohols or denatured alcohols
−− Glacial acetic acid, iodine
−− All lotions or gels that contain aromatic substances
9-19
Operation Manual
Using Sheaths
Sheaths are recommended for clinical applications of an invasive nature, including intraoperative, transrectal,
transvaginal, and biopsy procedures.
Samsung Medison does not supply sheaths so that you should purchase appropriate ones on your own.
Installing the Sheath

WARNING:
XX
Always keep sheaths in a sterile state.
XX
Sheaths are disposable. Do not reuse them.
XX
If sheaths are torn or soiled after use, clean and disinfect the probe.
XX
In neurosurgical applications, a disinfected probe must be used with sterile gel and a sterile
pyrogen-free sheath.
XX
If the sterile sheath becomes compromised during neurosurgical applications involving a
patient with Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease, the probe cannot be successfully sterilized by any
disinfection method.
XX
Some sheaths contain natural rubber latex and talc, which can cause allergic reactions in some
individuals. Please refer to the FDA Medical Alert released on March 29, 1991.
1. Put on sterile gloves. Unpack the sheath and fill it with acoustic coupling gel.
2. Insert the probe into the sheath and pull the latex tip to cover the probe completely. If possible, cover
the probe cable as well.
3. Ensure that there is no air bubble within the ultrasound gel. If necessary, secure the sheath to the
probe and the probe cable.
4. Dispose of the sheath after use.
9-20
Chapter 9 Probes
Probe Precautions
CAUTION:
XX
Do not apply mechanical shock to the probe.
XX
Do not place the probe cable on the floor where the cable can be run over by equipment
wheels, etc. Do not apply excessive force to bend or pull the cable.
XX
Do not immerse the probe into any inappropriate substances such as alcohol, bleach,
ammonium chloride, and hydrogen peroxide.
XX
Do not expose the probe to temperatures of +50°C or higher.
The probe can easily be damaged by improper use or by contacting certain chemical substances. Always
follow the instructions in the user manual to inspect the probe cable, case and lens before and after each use.
Check for cracks, broken parts, leaks and sharp edges. If there is any damage, immediately stop using the
probe and contact the Samsung Medison Customer Support Department. Using damaged probes may result
in electric shocks and other hazards to the patients and/or users.
Use and Infection Control of the Probe

WARNING: No neurosurgical treatments or examinations should be carried out on a patient with
Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease (critical brain disease caused by virus). If the probe has been used on such
a patient, it cannot be sterilized by any method whatsoever.
CAUTION: Sufficient washing and disinfecting must be carried out for preventing infection. This
is the responsibility of the user who manages and maintains the disinfection procedures for the
equipment. Always use legally approved detergents and sheaths.
The ultrasonographic image scanner uses ultrasound, and it makes direct contact with the patient when
in use. Depending on the types of examinations, such contact can be made to a wide variety of locations
including the ordinary skin or the location of blood transfusion during a surgery.
The most effective method to prevent infection among patients is to use each probe only once. However,
probes may need to be reused, as they are complex in design and expensive. Consequently, protective
devices such as sheaths must be used, and the safety instructions must be followed carefully in order to
minimize the risk of infection among patients.
9-21
Operation Manual
Electric Shocks
The probe uses electrical energy. If it touches conductive materials, there are risks of electric shocks to the
patient or the user.
WARNING:
XX
Regularly receive short-circuit examination from the Samsung Medison Customer Support
Department.
XX
Do not immerse the probe into liquid.
XX
Do not drop the probe or apply mechanical shocks.
XX
Inspect the housing, strain relief, lens and seal for damage, and check for any functional problem
before and after each use.
XX
Do not apply excessive force to twist, pull or bend the probe cable. It may result in a short circuit.
XX
The power protection fuse protects the probe and the product from excess current. If the power
monitoring protection circuit detects excess current, it immediately shuts off the current to the
probe in order to prevent the probe surface from overheating and to restrict the ultrasound
power output.
XX
The temperature of the product for making contact with patients is limited under 43°C. The
ultrasound power output (AP&I) is in compliance with US FDA standards.
9-22
Chapter 9 Probes
Cleaning and Disinfecting the Probe

Using an inappropriate detergent or disinfectant may damage the probe.
WARNING:
XX
Always use protective eyewear and gloves when cleaning and disinfecting probes.
XX
Inspect the housing, strain relief, lens and seal for damage, and check for any functional problem
after cleaning and disinfecting the probe.
Informationof Detergent, Disinfectant and Ultrasound Gel 7

Use an appropriate one with following tables. All probes are under tested in IPX 7 Criteria.
Disinfectants
Sani-Cloth Germicidal
Clieanisept Wipes
Sani-Cloth Active
Super Sani-Cloth
Transeptic Spray
Sani-Cloth Plus
Asepti-Wipes II
Sani-Cloth HB
Asepti-Wipes
Incidin Foam
Ster-Bac Blu
MetriWipes
Septiwipes
CaviWipes
Cidex 2%
T-Spray II
T-Spray
Names
Type S S W W W W W L S S W W W W W W L
Ammonium
Quaternary
(N-Alkyl)
IPA
NA
Active Ingredient
C2-5 ● ● ●
　
C2-8 　 ● ● 　　　　　　　　　　　　　
　
C4-9 (Mini DLP) 　 ● ● 　　　　　　　　　　　　　
CF4-9 (Mini DLP) ◆ ◆ ◎ ▣ ▲ ▣
C4-9/10ED (156 Pin) ● ●
　
L3-8 　 ● ● 　　　　　　　　　　　　 ●
L5-12/50 (Mini DLP) ● ● ●
HL5-12ED (156 Pin) ● ●
L5-12/50EP (156 Pin) ● ●
9-23
Operation Manual
Disinfectants
Sani-Cloth Germicidal
Clieanisept Wipes
Sani-Cloth Active
Super Sani-Cloth
Transeptic Spray
Sani-Cloth Plus
Asepti-Wipes II
Sani-Cloth HB
Asepti-Wipes
Incidin Foam
Ster-Bac Blu
MetriWipes
Septiwipes
CaviWipes
Cidex 2%
T-Spray II
T-Spray
Names
Type S S W W W W W L S S W W W W W W L
Ammonium
Quaternary
(N-Alkyl)
IPA
NA
Active Ingredient
LN5-12 ● ● ●
ER4-9 (Mini DLP) ● ● ●
EVN4-9 (Mini DLP) ● ● ●
ER4-9/10ED (156 Pin) ● ● ●
EV4-9/10ED (156 Pin) ● ● ●
P2-4 (Mini DLP) ● ★ ●
PN2-4 (Mini DLP) ● ● ●
SP3-8 (Mini DLP) ● ●
P2-4AH (156 Pin) ● ★ ●
P3-7AC (156 Pin) ● ● ●
3DC2-6
(Mini DLP/260 Pin)
3D4-8 (Mini DLP) ● ● x
3D4-9 (Mini DLP) ● ● ●
VN4-8 (Mini DLP) ● ●
3D4-8ET (260 Pin) ● ● x
3D4-9ES (260 Pin) ● ● ●
CW2.0 (Mini DLP) ● ● ●
9-24
Chapter 9 Probes
Disinfectants
Surfaces Hautes
Salvanios pH10
Omnicide 14NS
Omnicide - FG2
Sekusept Extra
Salvanios pH 7
Cidex OPA 2,3,6)
Omnicide (28)
Sekusept Plus
Wavicide-01 3)
Steranios 2%
Cidex Plus 2)
Metricide 2)
Sporox Ⅱ
Nuclean
Names
Sporox
Virkon
Milton
Type L L L L L L L L L L L L S L L L L L
Ortho-phthalaldehyde
Sodium Hypochlorite
Nonionic surfactant
Hydrogen Peroxide
Active Ingredient Glutaraldehyde
NA
C2-5 ● ● 　　　 ● ● ● 　　　　　　 ● 　 ● 　
C2-8 　 ● 　　　　 ● ● ● 　　　　　　 ● 　 ●
C4-9 (Mini DLP) ● ● ● ● x
CF4-9 (Mini DLP) ▲ ◇ ▣ ▣
C4-9/10ED (156 Pin) ● ● ● ● x
L3-8 ● ● 　　　 ● ● ● 　　　　　　 ● 　 ● 　
L5-12/50 (Mini DLP) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
HL5-12ED (156 Pin) ● ● ● x ● x
L5-12/50EP (156 Pin) ● ● ● ● x
LN5-12 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
ER4-9 (Mini DLP) ● ● 　　　 ● ● 　　　　　　　 ● 　　　
EVN4-9 (Mini DLP) ● ● ● ● ●
ER4-9/10ED (156 Pin) ● ● ● ● ●
EV4-9/10ED (156 Pin) ● ● ● ● ●
P2-4 (Mini DLP) ● ● ● ● ★
PN2-4 (Mini DLP) ● ● 　　　 ● ● ● 　　　　　　 ● 　 ●
9-25
9-26
Type
Names
3DC2-6
SP3-8 (Mini DLP)
P3-7AC (156 Pin)

P2-4AH (156 Pin)
3D4-9 (Mini DLP)

3D4-8 (Mini DLP)
VN4-8 (Mini DLP)
CW2.0 (Mini DLP)

3D4-9ES (260 Pin)
3D4-8ET (260 Pin)
Active Ingredient
(Mini DLP/260 Pin)

L
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
★
★
Ortho-phthalaldehyde Cidex OPA 2,3,6)
x
L
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Cidex Plus 2)
●
●
●
Metricide 2)
●
Omnicide (28)
Operation Manual
L
L Omnicide 14NS
●
Omnicide - FG2
L
●
Nuclean
Glutaraldehyde
L
●
●
●
●
●
●
★
Wavicide-01 3)
L
●
Sekusept Extra
L
Salvanios pH 7
Disinfectants
Salvanios pH10
L
Steranios 2%
S
●
Surfaces Hautes
L
Nonionic surfactant Sekusept Plus

L
●
●
★
Sodium Hypochlorite Milton

x
L
●
NA Virkon
L
Sporox
Hydrogen Peroxide
x
x
x
x
L
●
●
●
★
Sporox Ⅱ
L3-8
C2-8
C2-5
Type
LN5-12
Names
C4-9 (Mini DLP)
ER4-9 (Mini DLP)

CF4-9 (Mini DLP)
EVN4-9 (Mini DLP)

Active Ingredient
HL5-12ED (156 Pin)

L5-12/50 (Mini DLP)
C4-9/10ED (156 Pin)
L5-12/50EP (156 Pin)
ER4-9/10ED (156 Pin)
EV4-9/10ED (156 Pin)

L
　
　
　
Gigasept
Succindialdehyde,
formaldehyde
　
◎
　
　
Gigasept AF 3)
　
◎
　
　
Bersteinsaure Gigasept FF
Chlorhexidine gluconate
Disinfectants
◎
Hibitane
solution
P
　
　
　
Peracetic Acid PeraSave
Dodecylphenolethoxylate,
●
●
●
●
　
　
　
Enzol
Sodium Xylene Sulfonate
　
　
　
NA Alkazyme
L
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
　
Proteolytic Enzymes Cidezyme
L
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
　
Proteolytic Enzymes Klenzyme
x
x
x
x
L
Cleaner
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Alcohol Isopropyl alcohol(70%)

L
　
　
　

L
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Propylene Glycol Metrizyme

Chapter 9 Probes
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
　
PCMX (Chloroxylenol) McKesson
9-27
9-28
Type
Names
3DC2-6
P2-4 (Mini DLP)
SP3-8 (Mini DLP)
P3-7AC (156 Pin)

P2-4AH (156 Pin)
3D4-9 (Mini DLP)

3D4-8 (Mini DLP)
PN2-4 (Mini DLP)
VN4-8 (Mini DLP)
CW2.0 (Mini DLP)

3D4-9ES (260 Pin)
3D4-8ET (260 Pin)
Active Ingredient
(Mini DLP/260 Pin)

L
Gigasept
Succindialdehyde,
formaldehyde
x
x
L
Gigasept AF 3)
●
●
●
★
Bersteinsaure Gigasept FF
Operation Manual
Chlorhexidine gluconate
Disinfectants
L
Hibitane
solution
P
Peracetic Acid PeraSave
Dodecylphenolethoxylate,
●
●
●
●
Enzol
Sodium Xylene Sulfonate
NA Alkazyme
L
●
●
Proteolytic Enzymes Cidezyme
L
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Proteolytic Enzymes Klenzyme
x
x
L
Cleaner
●
●
●
L

L
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Propylene Glycol Metrizyme

L
●
●
PCMX (Chloroxylenol) McKesson

Chapter 9 Probes
Gel
GE Ultrasound Contact Gel

Aquasonics 100 3)
Natural Image
Wavelength
Clear Image
Names
Sonogel
Kendall
Scan
Type G G G G G G G G
Ammonium Chlorides
Active Ingredient
NA
C2-5 ●
C2-8 ●
C4-9 (Mini DLP) ●
CF4-9 (Mini DLP) ● ● ●
C4-9/10ED (156 Pin) ●
L3-8 ●
L5-12/50 (Mini DLP) ●
HL5-12ED (156 Pin) ●
L5-12/50EP (156 Pin) ● ●
LN5-12 ●
ER4-9 (Mini DLP) ●
EVN4-9 (Mini DLP) ●
ER4-9/10ED (156 Pin) ●
9-29
Operation Manual
Gel
GE Ultrasound Contact Gel

Aquasonics 100 3)
Natural Image
Wavelength
Clear Image
Names
Sonogel
Kendall
Scan
Type G G G G G G G G
Ammonium Chlorides
Active Ingredient
NA
EV4-9/10ED (156 Pin) ●
P2-4 (Mini DLP) ● ●
PN2-4 (Mini DLP) ●
SP3-8 (Mini DLP) ● ●
P2-4AH (156 Pin) ● ●
P3-7AC (156 Pin) ●
3DC2-6 (Mini DLP/260 Pin) ●
3D4-8 (Mini DLP) ●
3D4-9 (Mini DLP) ●
VN4-8 (Mini DLP)

3D4-8ET (260 Pin) ●
3D4-9ES (260 Pin) ●
CW2.0 (Mini DLP) ●
9-30
Chapter 9 Probes
Meanings of the Symbols

Tips!
The meanings of the symbols in the table are as follows.
(1) Compatible but no EPA Registration
(2) FDA 510(k) Cleared
(3) Has CE mark
(4) Discontinued
(5) Under Development
(6) ANVISA Registered
S Spray
W Wipe
L Liquid
P Powder
G Gel
x Not compatible (DO NOT USE)
● Compatible
★ Staining may occur on housing parts; however, the acoustic performance and image quality
are not affected.
■ Must not be used for longer than 5 minutes.
◐ Must not be used for longer than 10 minutes.
▲ Must not be used for longer than 15 minutes.
◆ Must not be used for longer than 20 minutes.
◇ Must not be used for longer than 25 minutes.
◎ Must not be used for longer than 30 minutes.
▣ Must not be used for longer than 50 minutes.
Blank Untested (DO NOT USE)
9-31
Operation Manual
The information on the manufacturers of cleaning agents, disinfectants and ultrasound gel is as
follows.
Product Manufacturer or Distributor Telephone number
Aquasonics Parker Co. +1-800-631-8888(USA)
+1-800-445-6741(USA)
Cidex CIVCO Co.
+1-319-656-4447(Worldwide)
+1-800-445-6741(USA)
Enzol CIVCO Co.
+1-319-656-4447(Worldwide)
GIgasept AF S&M(Schulke&mayr) Co. +44-114-254-3500(UK)
Gigasept FF S&M(Schulke&mayr) Co. +44-114-254-3500(UK)
Isoproppyl alcohol (70%) Local drugstore None
Klenzyme Steris Co. +1-800-548-4873(USA)
+1-800-445-6741(USA)
Metricide CIVCO Co.
+1-319-656-4447(Worldwide)
Metrizyme Metrex Research Corp. +1-800-841-1428(USA)
Milton Product & Gamble Australia Pty. Ltd. +61-1800-028-280(Australia)
+1-800-526-3867(USA)
Nuclean Nation Diagonostics Co.
+44(0)-148-264-6020(UK)
Omnicide Cottrell Ltd. +1-800-843-3343 (USA)
Sani-cloth PDI Nice/Pak Products Co. +1-914-365-1602(USA)
Sekusept Extra Henkel Hygiene GmbH. +49-0211-797-0(Germany)
Sporox II Sultan Chemist Inc. +1-800-637-8582(USA)
+1-800-445-6741(USA)
T-Spray CIVCO Co.
+1-319-656-4447(Worldwide)
Virkon Antec International LTD. +1-403-286-1771(USA)
Wavicide Wave Energy System Inc. +1-800-252-1125(USA)
9-32
Chapter 9 Probes
Cleaning
Cleaning is an important procedure that is carried out before disinfecting the probe. The probe must be
cleaned after each use.
CAUTION:
XX
Do not use a surgical brush when cleaning probes. The use of even soft brushes can damage the
probe.
XX
During cleaning and disinfection, keep the parts of the probe that must remain dry higher than
the other parts during wetting until all parts are dry. This will help prevent liquid from entering
non-liquid-tight areas of the probe.
1. Disconnect the probe from the system.
2. Remove any biopsy adapters or biopsy needle guides. (Biopsy adapters are re-usable and can be
disinfected).
3. Discard sheaths. (Sheaths are single-use items).
4. Use a soft cloth lightly dampened with mild soap or compatible cleaning solution to remove any
particulate matter and body fluid that remain on the probe or cable.
5. To remove remaining particulates, rinse with water up to the immersion point.
6. Wipe with a dry cloth.
7. If necessary, wipe first with a water-dampened clothe to remove soap residue.
Disinfection
Only disinfect vaginal and rectal probes. A 10-6 reduction in pathogens should be reached following the
disinfection procedures in this Manual and using the following Samsung Medison recommended solutions.
WARNING:
XX
If a pre-mixed solution is used, be sure to observe the solution expiration date.
XX
The type of tissue it will contact during use dictates the level of disinfection required for
a device. Ensure that the solution strength and duration of contact are appropriate for
disinfection.
9-33
Operation Manual
CAUTION:
XX
Using a non-recommended disinfectant or not following the recommended disinfection
method can damage and/or discolor the probe and will void the probe warranty.
XX
Do not immerse probes for longer than one hour, unless they are sterilizable.
XX
Only sterilize probes using liquid solutions. Avoid using autoclave, gas (EtO), or other non-
Samsung Medison-approved methods.
1. Follow the instructions on the disinfectant label for storage, use and disposition of the disinfectant.
2. Mix the disinfectant compatible with your probe according to lavel instructions for solution strength.
3. Immerse the probe into the disinfectant as shown in the illustration below.
4. Using the instructions on the disinfectant, rinse the probe after the immersion process is complete.
5. Air dry the probe or towel it dry with a clean cloth.
[Figure 9.1 Disinfection]
9-34
Chapter 9 Probes
Biopsy
A biopsy is an examination method that surgically extracts tissue from the patient for examination. The probe and
the biopsy kit are used together when conducting a biopsy with the ultrasonographic image scanner.
The ultrasound system shows the needle, which penetrates through the skin surface and veins, along with the
examination location, minimizing the risk to the patient.
Biopsy KIT Components

The biopsy kit consists of the adapter, needle guide and needle. The components vary depending on the probe
type. The components and accessories can be purchased from Samsung Medison.
[Figure 9.2 Biopsy Kit Components]
Adapter: Secures the needle guide to the probe tightly.

XX
Needle Guide: Guides the angle (direction) of the needle so that it can reach the examination location
XX
accurately. It also secures the needle so that the needle is not loose.
Needle: This is the needle that is inserted into the patient’s body.
XX
Sheath: Prevents the probe and adapter from getting soiled by any unwanted substances during the
XX
examination (blood and other body fluids).
Ultrasound Gel: The space between the probe and the sheath is filled with the ultrasound gel to
XX
obtain images of the best quality.
9-35
Operation Manual
Using the Biopsy Kit

WARNING:
XX
Verify the condition of the biopsy needle before use. Do not use a bent biopsy needle.
XX
The biopsy needle may bend during tissue penetration. The precise location of the needle must
be checked by monitoring the echo generated from the needle.
XX
Never use the biopsy kit to biopsy prostate tissue.
Before Using Biopsy Kit

Ultrasonographic scanning using the biopsy kit must be conducted by medical doctors or experienced
medical staff with appropriate qualifications. Always, without fail, verify all safety prevention procedures
and disinfection.
Use only Samsung Medison-approved biopsy kits. Other bands may not properly fit Samsung Medison
probes. Improper installation may result in patient discomfort.
Inspect all components. Ensure that the biopsy kit you are using is the correct one for the probe, the system,
and system software.
WARNING:
XX
Do not attempt to use the biopsy until you read the instructions for installing the sheath and
verifying alignment of the needle guide.
XX
Always ensure that the probe and the needle guide are secured on both the left and the right.
XX
Do not use in IVF, CVS, or PUBS procedures.
Biopsy Procedure
The system generates a needle guideline though the displayed real-time ultrasound images to indicate
the anticipated path of the needle. You can use this guideline to ensure that the needle or instrument is
following the correct path.
1. Ready the patient according to the procedure appropriate for the examination objectives.
2. Install the sheath and the biopsy kit.
3. Set the system controls for the biopsy procedure. If necessary, apply acoustic gel to the patient.
4. Begin scanning the patient. Adjust the patient so that the location for examination fits into the needle
guideline on the screen.
9-36
Chapter 9 Probes
5. Insert the needle into the needle guide. Perform the puncture by sliding the needle through the groove
in the guide until the needle intercepts the target.
6. To keep the needle securely in the needle guide, press down on the top of the biopsy adapter with your
index finger.
7. When the examination location is reached, take the needle out of the needle guide.
8. Detach the needle guide, adapter and sheath from the probe.
9. Dispose of the components that are not designed for reuse.
Needle Guide Alignment

Alignment of the needle guide displayed on the system is for the purpose of verifying whether the needle
and the needle guide are properly installed. This must be done prior to the biopsy examination. Do not use
the needle guide if the needle is not following the intended path. Contact Samsung Medison Customer
Service Department for service.
Reverberation or other tissue artifacts may produce false needle images, which can cause confusion. Ensure
the needle path is along the guideline, and that you are not using a false needle image to locate the needle.
WARNING:
XX
The needle used for this alignment verification must not be used for the actual procedure.
Always use a new, sterile needle for each biopsy procedure.
XX
To assist in accurate projection of the needle, use a straight, new needle for each alignment
procedure.
1. Attach the biopsy kit.
2. Set the system depth for the procedure to be performed and select the Biopsy menu.
3. Immerse the probe into the water bath, and insert the needle into the needle guide.
4. Confirm that the needle image is on the needle guidelines. If so, the needle guide is properly aligned.
5. If the needle image is out of the needle guideline, check the needle guide or the probe adapter.
9-37
Operation Manual
Cleaning and Disinfecting Biopsy Kit

Wash and disinfect the biopsy kit to reduce pathogens to the level of 10-6. Some components of the
biopsy kit may be disposable. Please read the biopsy kit user manual carefully before use.
Refer to the table of ‘Cleaning and Disinfecting the Probe’ section in this chapter for detail.
WARNING: Always use protective eyewear and gloves when cleaning and disinfecting biopsy kit.
Cleaning and disinfection of stainless steel biopsy kit
Cleaning

1. After use, remove the biopsy kit from the probe.

2. Disassemble the biopsy kit into its component parts, if applicable.
3. Using a small brush and water, scrub each part to remove trapped material from the biopsy kit.
4. Rinse with water to remove remaining particulates.
Disinfection

1. Disinfect the adapter by autoclaving (Steam) or using gas (Ethylene Oxide).

2. After disinfection, follow the proper post-disinfection procedure for the disinfection method used.
(Please refer to the disinfection user manual, etc.)
3. Inspect the biopsy kit for damage such as cracks, rust or breakage. If damage is evident, discontinue
use of the biopsy kit and contact Samsung Medison Customer Service Department.
Cleaning and Disinfection of plastic biopsy kit
Cleaning

1. After use, remove the biopsy kit from the probe.

2. Disassemble the biopsy kit into its component parts, if applicable. Discard the single-use parts. These
parts cannot be disinfected.
3. Using a small brush and water, scrub each part to remove trapped material from the reusable
components.
4. Rinse with water to remove remaining particulates.
9-38
Chapter 9 Probes
Disinfection

CAUTION: Plastic biopsy kits can only be disinfected using a chemically compatible cold-disinfectant.
Disinfection by autoclaving or by using gas or radiation will cause damage to these parts.
Please refer to the user manual of the disinfectant for storage, use, and disposition of the disinfectant.
1. Check the disinfection duration (generally 10 hours) and temperature of the disinfectant.
2. After disinfection, follow the proper post-disinfection procedure for the disinfection method used.
3. Inspect the components for damage such as cracks, rust or breakage. If damage is evident, discontinue
use of the biopsy kit and contact Samsung Medison Customer Service Department.
9-39
Operation Manual
Assembling the Biopsy Kit
C2-5 Biopsy Guide (Plastic)
Specifications

Model Name BP-KIT-045
Components
Biopsy Adapter 1 EA (Reusable)
Needle Guide 24 EA (Disposable)
Material Plastic
Available Gauges 16G, 18G, 20G, 22G
Installation

1. Mount the adapter onto the probe.
2. Fill the sheath with the ultrasound gel and place the sheath all the way down to the Adapter.
9-40
Chapter 9 Probes
3. Secure the Needle Guide Clip.
4. Insert the needle into the needle guide for use.
9-41
Operation Manual
C2-5 Biopsy Guide (Metal)
Specifications

Components
Biopsy Adapter 1 EA
Needle Guide 24 EA
Material Stainless Steel
Installation

9-42
Chapter 9 Probes
9-43
Operation Manual
C2-8 Biopsy Guide
Specifications

Components
Material Plastic
Available Gauges 16G, 18G, 22G
Installation

1. Mount the biopsy adapter onto the probe.
2. Insert ultrasound gel into the sheath and cover the adapter.
9-44
Chapter 9 Probes
3. Mount the needle guide for the desired gauge onto the adapter.
9-45
Operation Manual
L3-8 Biopsy Guide
Specifications

Model Name. BP-KIT-036
Components
Material Plastic
Installation

2. Insert ultrasound gel into the sheath and cover the adapter.
9-46
Chapter 9 Probes
9-47
Operation Manual
L5-12/50 Biopsy Guide (Plastic)
Specifications

Component
Material Plastic
Multi Angle 4 angle (20mm, 30mm, 40mm, 50mm)
Installation

9-48
Chapter 9 Probes
Multi Angle
Tips!
Use the Angle-adjusting Mechanism.
Angle-adjusting
Mechanism
4 3
2
1
9-49
Operation Manual
HL5-12ED Biopsy Guide
Specifications

Model Name. BP-KIT-022
Components
Material Plastic
 Adapters and the needle guide kits (24 different gauge types per pack) are available for sale in
packs.
Installation

2. Insert gel into the sheath, and cover it.
9-50
Chapter 9 Probes
4. Lock the needle guide as in the following (a), (b). and (c)
(a) (b) (c)
5. Press the needle guide as in (c), and install the needle into the needle guide.
9-51
Operation Manual
L5-12/50EP Biopsy Guide
Specification

Components
Material Plastic
Installation

1. Insert gel into the cover for the Kit and cover the adapter completely.
9-52
Chapter 9 Probes
3. Lock the needle guide.
9-53
Operation Manual
LN5-12 Biopsy Guide
Specification

Model name BP-KIT-040
Component
Material Plastic
Installation

9-54
Chapter 9 Probes
9-55
Operation Manual
EVN4-9, ER4-9, ER4-9/10ED, EV4-9/10ED Biopsy Guide
Specifications

Components
Biopsy Adapter 1 EA
Sheath 2 EA
Material Stainless
Available Gauges 16G
Installation

1. Fill the sheath with the ultrasound gel and place the sheath all the way down to the Adapter. And then
tie with rubber band.
2. Mount the adapter onto the probe
9-56
Chapter 9 Probes
3. Place the sheath again and tie with the rubber band again. Tie the lower part than 1.
CAUTION:
XX
When using e-Motion Marker, which is an optional feature for this product, the main body of
e-Motion Marker must be completely covered by the sheath.
XX
For more information, please refer to ‘Chapter 6. Image Management’, or the installation guide
for e-Motion Marker.
9-57
Operation Manual
3DC2-6 Biopsy Guide
Specifications

Components
Material Plastic
Installation

1. Place the biopsy adapter onto the probe.
2. Fill the sheath with ultrasound gel and insert the probe.
9-58
Chapter 9 Probes
3. Mount the needle guide on the adapter.
4. Install the needle into the needle guide for use.
9-59
Operation Manual
VN4-8 Biopsy Guide (plastic)
Specifications

Component
Material Plastic
Multi Angle 5 angle (30mm, 50mm, 80mm, 100mm, 120mm)
Installation

9-60
Chapter 9 Probes
Multi Angle
Tips!
Use the Angle-adjusting Mechanism.
Angle-adjusting
Mechanism
5 3
2
1
9-61
Operation Manual
3D4-8, 3D4-8ET Biopsy Guide
Specifications

Components
Material Plastic
Available Gauges 14G ~ 23G (Except 19G)
Installation

1. Install the biopsy adapter by inserting it into the groove on the side of the probe.
2. Fill the sheath with ultrasound gel and cover the probe.
9-62
Chapter 9 Probes
3. Mount the needle guide.
9-63
Operation Manual
3D4-9 Biopsy guide
Specifications

Model name BP-KIT-027
Component
Biopsy Adapter 1EA
Cleaning Brush 5EA
Material Stainless
Available Gauges 16G
Installation

1. Fill the sheath with ultrasound gel and insert the probe.
2. Mount the adapter to the probe and insert the needle.
9-64
SAMSUNG MEDISON
DIAGNOSTIC ULTRASOUND SYSTEM
SonoAce R7
Reference Manual
SAMSUNG MEDISON
DIAGNOSTIC ULTRASOUND SYSTEM
Version 3.01
SonoAce R7
Reference Manual
English
Table of Contents
PART 1. OB REFERENCE CHITTY (OUT-OUT)

CAMPBELL 27
27
KURTZ 28
ASUM(SCW) 28
OB REFERENCE 9 BESSIS 29
CFEF 29
Gestational Age and Fetal Growth Formula and Table List 9 JOHNSEN 30
REMPEN 31
KURMANAVICIUS 31
ABDOMINAL CIRCUMFERENCE (AC) NICOLAIDES 32
KOREAN 9
HADLOCK 9
CROWN-RUMP LENGTH (CRL)
HANSMANN 10
KOREAN 33
MERZ 10
ROBINSON 34
JEANTY 12
HANSMANN 34
SHINOZUKA 12
SHINOZUKA 35
JSUM 13
JSUM 36
CHITTY (D) 14
NELSON 36
CHITTY (M) 14
HADLOCK 36
CAMPBELL 14
OSAKA 38
ASUM(SCW) 15
ASUM(SCW) 38
CFEF 15
REMPEN 39
JOHNSEN 16
KURMANAVICIUS 16
NICOLAIDES 16
FEMUR LENGTH (FL)
KOREAN 40
HADLOCK 40
BIPARIETAL DIAMETER (BPD) MERZ 41
KOREAN 18
HANSMANN 41
HANSMANN 18
HOHLER 42
HADLOCK 19
JEANTY 42
MERZ 20
SHINOZUKA 43
JEANTY 21
JSUM 44
SABBAGHA 21
OSAKA 45
SHINOZUKA 22
CHITTY 47
JSUM 23
CAMPBELL 48
OSAKA 24
ASUM(SCW) 48
CHITTY (OUT-IN) 25
DOUBILET 49
Reference Manual 2
BESSIS 49 HUMERUS (HUM)

CFEF 49 JEANTY 62
JOHNSEN 50 KOREAN 63
KURMANAVICIUS 51 MERZ 63
NICOLAIDES 51 OSAKA 64
ASUM (SCW) 64
ANTERIOR POSTERIOR THORACIC DIAMETER (APTD) HANSMANN 65
HANSMANN 53
TIBIA (TIB)
ANTERIOR POSTERIOR THORACIC DIAMETER (APTD) AND JEANTY 65
THORAX TRANSVERSE DIAMETER (TTD) MERZ 66
SHINOZUKA 53 HANSMANN 66
JSUM 54
THORAX TRANSVERSE DIAMETER (TTD)
GESTATIONAL SAC (GS) HANSMANN 67
KOREAN 55
HANSMANN 55 CEREBELLUM (CEREB)
HELLMAN 55 HILL 67
NYBERG 55 CHITTY 68
TOKYO 56 GOLDSTEIN 68
REMPEN 56 NICOLAIDES 68
OCCIPITAL FRONTAL DIAMETER (OFD) ULNA

HANSMANN 57 JEANTY 70
ASUM(SCW) 58 MERZ 71
KOREAN 58 HANSMANN 71
KURMANAVICIUS 59
NICOLAIDES 59 HEAD CIRCUMFERENCE (HC)
KOREAN 72
INNER OCULAR DISTANCE (IOD) HANSMANN 72
HANSMANN 60 HADLOCK 73
MERZ 73
OUTER OCULAR DISTANCE (OOD) CHITTY (D) 74
JEANTY 61 CHITTY (M) 75
HANSMANN 61 CAMPBELL 76
Reference Manual 3
ASUM (SCW) 76 UMBILICAL ARTERY (UMA)-RESISTANCE INDEX (RI)

CFEF 77 SHINOZUKA 87
JOHNSEN 77 JSUM 87
KURMANAVICIUS 79 KURMANAVICIUS 88
NICOLAIDES 79
UMBILICAL ARTERY (UMA)-PULSATILITY INDEX (PI)
FETAL TRUNK CROSS-SECTIONAL AREA (FTA) SHINOZUKA 88
OSAKA 80 JSUM 88
CLAVICLE (CLAV) UTERINE ARTERY-RESISTANCE INDEX (RI)

YARKONI 82 KURMANAVICIUS 89
BAHLMANN 89
LENGTH OF VERTEBRAL (VERTEBRAL)
TOKYO 83 UTERINE ARTERY-PULSATILITY INDEX (PI)
BAHLMANN 89
RADIUS LENGTH (RAD)
MERZ 83 ANTERIOR POSTERIOR ABDOMINAL DIAMETER (APD)
JEANTY 83 HANSMANN 89
HANSMANN 84 BESSIS 90
MIDDLE ABDOMINAL DIAMETER (MAD) TRANSVERSE ABDOMINAL DIAMETER (TAD)

EIK-NESSH 84 CFEF 90
JOHNSEN 85
KURMANAVICIUS 85 THORACIC CIRCUMFERENCE (THC)
CHITKARA 91
MID CEREBRAL ARTERY (MCA)-RESISTANCE INDEX (RI)
SHINOZUKA 85 FIBULA LENGTH (FIB)
JSUM 86 JEANTY 91
KURMANAVICIUS 86 HANSMANN 91
MID CEREBRAL ARTERY (MCA)-PULSATILITY INDEX (PI) NUCHAL THICKNESS (NT)

SHINOZUKA 86 YAGEL 92
JSUM 87
LATERAL VENTRICULAR WIDTH (LAT VENT)
JOHNSON 92
Reference Manual 4
HEMISPHERIC WIDTH (HW) THORACIC CIRCUMFERENCE/ABDOMINAL

JOHNSON 92 CIRCUMFERENCE (THC/AC)
CHITKARA 97
RENAL LENGTH (RENAL L)
HANSMANN 93 HEAD CIRCUMFERENCE (HC)/ ABDOMINAL
CIRCUMFERENCE (AC)
RENAL ANTERIOR-POSTERIOR LENGTH (RENAL AP) CAMPBELL 97
HANSMANN 93
LATERAL VENTRICULAR WIDTH (LV)/ HEMISPHERIC WIDTH
CISTERNA MAGNA DIAMETER (CM) (HW)
NICOLAIDES 93 Johnson 97
AMNIOTIC FLUID INDEX (AFI) Estimated Fetal Weight Formula 98

MOORE 95
NASAL BONE LENGTH (NB) METHODS USING

SONEK 95 BPD, AC 98
BPD, FL, FTA 98
BPD, APTD, TTD, FL 98
Fetal Ratio Reference 96 BPD, APTD, TTD, SL 98
BPD, TTD 99
FEMUR LENGTH/FOOT LENGTH (FL/FOOT) AC, FL 99
CAMPBELL 96 BPD, AC, FL 99
HC, AC, FL 100
BPDO/OFDO (CEPHLIC INDEX) BPD, HC, AC, FL 100
HADLOCK 96 AC 100
BPD, AC 100
AC, HC 101
FEMUR LENGTH/ABDOMINAL CIRCUMFERENCE (FL/AC)
HADLOCK 96
Estimated Fetal Weight Growth Reference 101
FEMUR LENGTH/HEAD CIRCUMFERENCE (FL/HC)
HADLOCK 96
ESTIMATE FETAL WEIGHT (EFW)
BRENNER 101
FEMUR LENGTH/BIPARIETAL DIAMETER (FL/BPD) DOUBILET 101
HOHLER 96
Reference Manual 5
OSAKA 102
HADLOCK 103
PART 2. OTHER REFERENCE
SHINOZUKA 103
JSUM 104
WILLIAMS 104
CARDIOLOGY REFERENCE 111
YARKONI (TWINS) 104
HANSMANN 105 Cardiology 2D 111
JOHNSEN 105
BSA (Body Surface Area) 111
Estimated Fetal Weight Algorithm 106 LV. Ventricle (2D) 111
LV Vol. d (LV Volume Diastolic) 111
LV Vol. s (LV Volume Systolic) 112
ESTIMATED FETAL WEIGHT (EFW) Stroke Volume (SV) 112
CAMPBELL 106 Stroke Volume Index (SI) 112
HADLOCK 106 Cardiac Output (CO) 112
HADLOCK1 106 Cardiac Index (CI) 112
HADLOCK2 107 Fraction Shortening (FS) 112
HADLOCK3 107 LV Mass 112
HADLOCK4 107 LV Mass Index 112
HANSMANN 108 LV Vol. (MOD, Method Of Disk) 112
MERZ 108 LV Vol. (A/L) 113
OSAKA 108 LV Vol. (Bullet) 113
SHEPARD 109 LV Mass 113
SHINOZUKA1 109 LA Vol. (Left Atrium Volume) 114
SHINOZUKA2 109 RA Vol. (Right Atrium Volume) 114
SHINOZUKA3 109 LVOT Area 114
FERRERO 109 RVOT Area 114
HIGGINBOTTOM 109 Mitral Valve (MV) Area 114
THURNAU 110 Tricuspid Valve (TV) Area 114
WARSOF 110
WEINER1 110
WEINER2 110
WOO 110
Reference Manual 6
Cardiology M mode 115 VASCULAR REFERENCE 122

Left Ventricle 115 Carotid, UE Artery, LE Artery, LE Vein 122
LV Vol. s (LV Volume Systolic) 115
Resistivity Index 122
Stroke Volume (SV) 116
Pulsatility Index 122
Stroke Volume Index(SI) 116
S/D (ratio of Systolic to Diastolic Velocity) 122
Cardiac Output (CO) 116
D/S (ratio of Diastolic to Systolic Velocity) 122
Cardiac Index (CI) 116
Pressure Gradient 122
Ejection Fraction (EF) 116
%STA 122
Fraction Shortening (FS) 116
%STD 122
LV Mass 116
Volume Flow (Area) 122
LV Mass Index 116
Volume Flow (Dist.) 122
Right Ventricle 116
MV (Mitral Valve) 116
Ao/LA 117
UROLOGY REFERENCE 123
Cardiology C mode 118 Resistivity Index 123
AV Regurg (AR), MV Regurg (MR), TV Regurg (TR) 118 S/D (ratio of Systolic to Diastolic Velocity) 123
Pressure Gradient 123
Cardiology Doppler 119 Volume Flow (Area) 123
Volume Flow (Dist.) 123
LVOT, RVOT, Aortic Valve, Mitral Valve, Tricuspid Valve, Pulmonic Valve 119 Prostate Vloume (3 Distances) 123
End-Diastolic Pressure Gradient 119 Prostate Vloume (3 Distances x Factor) 123
Pulmonic Veins, Hepatic Veins 121 Prostate Vloume (Ellipsoid) 123
QP : QS = Pulmonic CO / Sysemic CO 121 Prostate Vloume (Sum of 20 Disks) 123
Velocity Circumferential Fiber Shortening (Circ / Sec) 121 Prostate Spec. Antigen 123
Propagation Velocity (Vp) 121 Residual Volume 124
%STA 124
%STD 124
Reference Manual 7
FETAL ECHO REFERENCE 124 PART 3. ACOUSTIC POWER TABLES

Stroke Volume (SV) 124
Cardiac Output (CO)
Ejection Fraction (EF)
124
124
ACOUSTIC OUTPUT TABLES 126
LV Vol. s (LV Volume Systolic) 125 IEC 60601–2–37 Tables 126
LV Mass 125
Fractional Shortening of Left Ventricle Internal diameter 125 Symbols and Definitions 126
Resistivity Index 125 Explanatory Notes 127
S/D (ratio of Systolic to Diastolic Velocity) 125
Mini DLP Type 128
Preload Index 125
C2–5 128
C2-8 129
C4-9 131
CF4-9 132
SP3-8 134
L3-8 136
L5-12/50 137
LN5-12 139
P2-4 140
PN2-4 142
ER4-9 144
EVN4-9 146
3D4-8 147
3D4-9 149
3DC2-6 150
VN4-8 152
CW2.0 153
Reference Manual 8
156 Pin Type 154 ER4-9 194

EVN4-9 196
3D4-8 197
C2-5 154 3D4-9 199
C2-8 155 3DC2-6 200
C4-9/10ED 157 VN4-8 202
HL5-12ED 158 CW2.0 203
L3-8 160
L5-12/50EP 161
156 PIN TYPE
LN5-12 163
P2-4AH 164 C2-5 204
P3-7AC 166 C2-8 205
ER4-9/10ED 168 C4-9/10ED 207
EV4-9/10ED 170 HL5-12ED 208
3D4-8ET (260 Pin Type) 171 L3-8 210
3D4-9ES (260 Pin Type) 173 L5-12/50EP 211
3DC2-6 (260 Pin Type) 174 LN5-12 213
P2-4AH 214
FDA Tables 176 P3-7AC 216
ER4-9/10ED 218
EV4-9/10ED 220
Symbols and Definitions 176
3D4-8ET (260 Pin Type) 221
Explanatory Notes 177
3D4-9ES (260 Pin Type) 223
3DC2-6 (260 Pin Type) 224
MINI DLP TYPE
C2-5 178 Patient-Applied Part Temperature Table 226
C2-8 179
C4-9 181
CF4-9 182 MINI DLP TYPE
SP3-8 184
L3-8 186 156 PIN TYPE
L5-12/50 187
LN5-12 189
P2-4 190
PN2-4 192
Reference Manual 9
OB Reference Age (w)

24
Meas (cm)
19.300
±SD (cm)
1.258
Age (w)
38
Meas (cm)
33.514
±SD (cm)
0.370
28 23.988 0.870 40 34.490 1.608
Gestational Age and Fetal Growth Formula and

Abdominal Circumference (AC): HADLOCK
Table List
GA Table
Frank P. Hadlock, Russell L.Deter, Ronald B. Harrist, Seung K. Park,. “Estimating Fetal Age: Computer-
Abdominal Circumference (AC): KOREAN
Assisted Analysis of Multiple Fetal Growth Parameters” Radiology, 1984; 152:497-501.
GA Table GA = 8.14 + 0.753 × AC + 0.0036 × AC2
Y.G Park. “ The Standardization of Fetal body parts according to the normal Korean Gestational Age in Output Unit: w(weeks)
Ultrasound” Korean Ultrasound Institute, Vol. 14, No.2, 1995 Input Unit : cm
GA = 7.403506 + 0.76191 × AC + 0.004492304 × AC2 Min Range : 4.83 cm
Output Unit: w (weeks) Max Range : 38.04 cm
Input Unit: cm Standard Deviation :
Min Range: 7.4 cm
Max Range: 4 cm Min (w) Max (w) ±2SD Min (w) Max (w) ±2SD
12 18 1.66 30 36 2.96
Fetal Growth Table 18 24 2.06 36 42 3.04
Y.G Park. “ The Standardization of Fetal body parts according to the normal Korean Gestational Age in 24 30 2.18
Ultrasound” Korean Ultrasound Institute, Vol. 14, No.2, 1995

AC = 135.54085 x MA – 5.9973 x MA2 - 94.588168 Fetal Growth Table
Output Unit : cm Frank P. Hadlock, Russell L.Deter, Ronald B. Harrist, Seung K. Park,. “Estimating Fetal Age: Computer-
Input Unit: w (week) Assisted Analysis of Multiple Fetal Growth Parameters” Radiology, 1984; 152:497-501
Min Range: 12w Graph = 1.61 x MA - 0.00998 x MA2 - 13.3
Max Range: 40w Output Unit : cm
Input Unit : w(weeks)
Age (w) Meas (cm) ±SD (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) ±SD (cm) Min Range : 12w
12 5.932 0.794 32 27.738 0.799 Max Range : 40w
16 10.793 0.728 34 29.578 0.771
Standard Deviation : 2SD=2.68cm
20 15.086 0.742 36 31.731 0.583
Reference Manual 10
Abdominal Circumference (AC): HANSMANN Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd)
7.4 13w6d 12w4d 15w1d 22.2 27w6d 26w1d 29w5d
GA Table 7.6 14w0d 12w6d 15w2d 22.4 28w1d 26w2d 29w6d
Hansmann, Hackeloer, Staudach, Wittman “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and Gynecology” 7.8 14w1d 12w6d 15w4d 22.6 28w2d 26w3d 30w1d
8.0 14w3d 13w1d 15w5d 22.8 28w4d 26w4d 30w2d
Springer- Verlag, New York, 1986, p.431.
8.2 14w4d 13w2d 15w6d 23.0 28w5d 26w6d 30w4d
8.4 14w6d 13w4d 16w1d 23.2 28w6d 27w0d 30w5d
Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) 8.6 15w0d 13w5d 16w2d 23.4 29w0d 27w1d 30w6d
(cm) Age (cm) Age (cm) Age 8.8 15w1d 13w6d 16w4d 23.6 29w1d 27w3d 31w1d
(wd) 13w0d (wd) 21w0d (wd) 28w0d 9.0 15w3d 14w0d 16w5d 23.8 29w3d 27w4d 31w2d
5.3 12w0d 15.5 22w0d 24.9 32w0d 9.2 15w4d 14w1d 16w6d 24.0 29w4d 27w5d 31w4d
14.5 21w0d 24.0 31w0d
11.0 17w2d 15w6d 18w4d 25.8 31w2d 29w3d 33w2d
11.2 17w3d 16w0d 18w6d 26.0 31w4d 29w4d 33w4d
11.4 17w4d 16w1d 19w0d 26.2 31w5d 29w5d 33w5d
Abdominal Circumference (AC): MERZ 11.6 17w6d 16w3d 19w1d 26.4 31w6d 29w6d 33w6d
11.8 18w0d 16w4d 19w3d 26.6 32w1d 30w1d 34w1d
E. Merz, W. Goldhofer, E. Timor-Tritsch “Ultrasound in Gynecology and Obstetrics” Text book and Atlas, 12.2 18w3d 17w0d 19w6d 27.0 32w4d 30w4d 34w4d
1991 Georg Thieme Verlag, 308-338 12.4 18w4d 17w1d 20w0d 27.2 32w5d 30w4d 34w5d
12.6 18w6d 17w2d 20w1d 27.4 32w6d 30w6d 34w6d
12.8 19w0d 17w4d 20w3d 27.6 33w0d 31w0d 35w1d
Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd) 13.0 19w1d 17w5d 20w4d 27.8 33w1d 31w1d 35w2d
5.6 12w1d 10w6d 13w2d 20.4 26w1d 24w3d 27w6d 13.2 19w2d 17w6d 20w6d 28.0 33w3d 31w3d 35w4d
Reference Manual 11
Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd) Fetal Growth Table
15.0 21w1d 19w4d 22w4d 29.8 35w1d 33w0d 37w1d E. Merz, W. Goldhofer, E. Timor-Tritsch “Ultrasound in Gynecology and Obstetrics” Textbook and Atlas,
15.2 21w1d 19w5d 22w6d 30.0 35w2d 33w1d 37w3d 1991 Georg Thieme Verlag, 308-338
15.4 21w3d 19w6d 23w0d 30.2 35w4d 33w3d 37w4d
15.6 21w4d 20w1d 23w1d 30.4 35w5d 33w4d 37w6d Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm)
15.8 21w6d 20w1d 23w3d 30.6 35w6d 33w5d 38w0d
12 5.8 4 7.6 27 21.2 18.7 23.8
16.0 22w0d 20w3d 23w4d 30.8 36w1d 33w6d 38w1d
13 6.8 5 8.7 28 22.3 19.7 24.8
16.2 22w1d 20w4d 23w6d 31.0 36w2d 34w1d 38w3d
14 7.9 6 9.8 29 23.3 20.7 25.9
16.4 22w3d 20w6d 24w0d 31.2 36w4d 34w2d 38w4d 15 8.9 6.9 10.9 30 24.3 21.7 27
16.6 22w4d 21w0d 24w1d 31.4 36w4d 34w4d 38w6d 16 9.9 7.9 11.9 31 25.3 22.7 28
16.8 22w6d 21w1d 24w3d 31.6 36w6d 34w4d 39w0d 17 11 8.9 13 32 26.4 23.7 29.1
17.0 23w0d 21w2d 24w4d 31.8 37w0d 34w6d 39w1d 18 12 9.9 14.1 33 27.4 24.6 30.2
17.2 23w1d 21w4d 24w6d 32.0 37w1d 35w0d 39w3d 19 13 10.8 15.2 34 28.4 25.6 31.2
17.4 23w2d 21w5d 25w0d 32.2 37w3d 35w1d 39w4d 20 14 11.8 16.2 35 29.5 26.6 32.3
17.6 23w4d 21w6d 25w1d 32.4 37w4d 35w3d 39w6d 21 15.1 12.8 17.3 36 30.5 27.6 33.4
17.8 23w5d 22w1d 25w3d 32.6 37w6d 35w4d 40w0d 22 16.1 13.8 18.4 37 31.5 28.6 34.4
18.0 23w6d 22w1d 25w4d 32.8 38w0d 35w5d 40w1d 23 17.1 14.8 19.5 38 32.5 29.6 35.5
18.2 24w1d 22w3d 25w6d 33.0 38w1d 35w6d 40w3d 24 18.2 15.8 20.5 39 33.6 30.6 36.5
18.4 24w2d 22w4d 26w0d 33.2 38w3d 36w1d 40w4d 25 19.2 16.7 21.6 40 34.6 31.6 37.6
18.6 24w4d 22w6d 26w1d 33.4 38w4d 36w2d 40w6d 26 20.2 17.7 22.7
18.8 24w5d 23w0d 26w3d 33.6 38w5d 36w4d 41w0d
19.0 24w6d 23w1d 26w4d 33.8 38w6d 36w5d 41w1d
19.2 25w0d 23w2d 26w6d 34.0 39w1d 36w6d 41w3d
19.4 25w1d 23w4d 27w0d 34.2 39w2d 37w0d 41w4d
19.6 25w3d 23w5d 27w1d 34.4 39w4d 37w1d 41w6d
19.8 25w4d 23w6d 27w3d 34.6 39w5d 37w3d 42w0d
20.0 25w6d 24w1d 27w4d 34.8 39w6d 37w4d 42w1d
20.2 26w0d 24w2d 27w6d
Reference Manual 12
Abdominal Circumference (AC): JEANTY Abdominal Circumference (AC): SHINOZUKA
Fetal Growth Table GA Table

Jeanty, P., Cousaert, E., Cantraine, F., “Normal Growth of the Abdominal Norio Shinozuka, Takashi Okai, et al. “Standard Values of Ultrasonographic Fetal Biometry” Japanese
Perimeter” American Journal of Perinatalogy, 1:129, 1984 Journal of Medical Ultrasonics, Vol.23, No.12, 1996, pp877-888
Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±SD (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±SD (wd)
12 5.70 3.50 8.00 27 21.50 19.30 23.80 10.0 15w3d 1w1d 22.0 27w3d 1w5d
13 6.70 4.50 9.00 28 22.50 20.30 24.80 10.5 16w0d 1w1d 22.5 28w0d 1w5d
11.0 16w4d 1w1d 23.0 28w4d 1w5d
14 7.70 5.50 10.00 29 23.50 21.30 25.70
11.5 17w0d 1w1d 23.5 29w0d 1w5d
15 8.80 6.50 11.00 30 24.40 22.20 26.70 12.0 17w4d 1w2d 24.0 29w4d 1w6d
16 9.80 7.60 12.00 31 25.40 23.10 27.60 12.5 18w0d 1w2d 24.5 30w1d 1w6d
17 10.90 8.60 13.10 32 26.20 24.00 28.50 13.0 18w4d 1w2d 25.0 30w5d 1w6d
18 11.90 9.70 14.20 33 27.10 24.80 29.30 13.5 19w0d 1w2d 25.5 31w2d 1w6d
14.0 19w4d 1w2d 26.0 31w6d 1w6d
19 13.00 10.80 15.20 34 27.90 25.60 30.10
14.5 20w0d 1w2d 26.5 32w3d 1w6d
20 14.10 11.90 16.30 35 28.60 26.40 30.90
15.0 20w3d 1w3d 27.0 33w1d 1w6d
21 15.20 12.90 17.40 36 29.30 27.10 31.60 15.5 21w0d 1w3d 27.5 33w5d 2w0d
22 16.30 14.00 18.50 37 30.00 27.80 32.20 16.0 21w3d 1w3d 28.0 34w2d 2w0d
23 17.30 15.10 19.60 38 30.60 28.30 32.80 16.5 22w0d 1w3d 28.5 35w0d 2w0d
24 18.40 16.20 20.60 39 31.10 28.90 33.30 17.0 22w3d 1w3d 29.0 35w4d 2w0d
17.5 22w6d 1w3d 29.5 36w2d 2w0d
25 19.50 17.20 21.70 40 31.60 29.40 33.80
18.0 23w3d 1w4d 30.0 37w0d 2w0d
26 20.50 18.30 22.70 18.5 23w6d 1w4d 30.5 37w5d 2w0d
19.0 24w3d 1w4d 31.0 38w2d 2w1d
19.5 24w6d 1w4d 31.5 39w0d 2w1d
20.0 25w3d 1w4d 32.0 39w6d 2w1d
20.5 25w6d 1w4d 32.5 40w4d 2w1d
21.0 26w3d 1w5d 33.0 41w2d 2w1d
21.5 27rmw0d 1w5d
Reference Manual 13
Fetal Growth Table Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±SD (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±SD (wd)
Norio Shinozuka, Takashi Okai, et al. “Standard Values of Ultrasonographic Fetal Biometry” Japanese 15.5 21w0d 1w3d 27.5 33w5d 2w0d
Journal of Medical Ultrasonics, Vol.23, No.12, 1996, pp877-888 16.0 21w3d 1w3d 28.0 34w2d 2w0d
16.5 22w0d 1w3d 28.5 35w0d 2w0d
17.0 22w3d 1w3d 29.0 35w4d 2w0d
Age (wd) Meas (cm) -1.5SD (cm) + 1.5SD (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) -1.5SD (cm) + 1.5SD (cm) 17.5 22w6d 1w3d 29.5 36w2d 2w0d
16w3d 10.90 9.50 12.40 30w3d 24.70 22.20 27.10 18.0 23w3d 1w4d 30.0 37w0d 2w0d
17w3d 12.00 10.40 13.50 31w3d 25.60 23.00 28.10 18.5 23w6d 1w4d 30.5 37w5d 2w0d
18w3d 13.00 11.40 14.60 32w3d 26.50 23.80 29.00 19.0 24w3d 1w4d 31.0 38w2d 2w1d
19w3d 14.00 12.30 15.70 33w3d 27.30 24.50 29.90 19.5 24w6d 1w4d 31.5 39w0d 2w1d
20w3d 15.10 13.30 16.80 34w3d 28.10 25.30 30.70 20.0 25w3d 1w4d 32.0 39w6d 2w1d
21w3d 16.10 14.20 17.80 35w3d 28.90 26.00 31.60 20.5 25w6d 1w4d 32.5 40w4d 2w1d
22w3d 17.10 15.10 18.90 36w3d 29.70 26.60 32.40 21.0 26w3d 1w5d 33.0 41w2d 2w1d
23w3d 18.10 16.10 20.00 37w3d 30.40 27.30 33.20 21.5 27w0d 1w5d
24w3d 19.10 17.00 21.10 38w3d 31.10 27.90 34.00
25w3d 20.10 17.90 22.10 39w3d 31.80 28.50 34.70
Fetal Growth Table
26w3d 21.00 18.80 23.10 40w3d 32.40 29.10 35.40
27w3d 22.00 19.70 24.20 41w3d 33.00 29.60 36.10 Norio Shinozuka, Takashi Okai, et al. “Standard Values of Ultrasonographic Fetal Biometry” Journal of
28w3d 22.90 20.50 25.20 42w3d 33.60 30.10 36.70 Medical Ultrasonics, Vol.30, No.3, pp. 416-440, 2003
29w3d 23.80 21.40 26.10
Age (wd) Meas (cm) -1.5SD (cm) + 1.5SD (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) -1.5SD (cm) + 1.5SD (cm)
Abdominal Circumference (AC): JSUM 16w3d 10.90 9.50 12.40 30w3d 24.70 22.20 27.10
17w3d 12.00 10.40 13.50 31w3d 25.60 23.00 28.10
18w3d 13.00 11.40 14.60 32w3d 26.50 23.80 29.00
GA Table 19w3d 14.00 12.30 15.70 33w3d 27.30 24.50 29.90
Norio Shinozuka, Takashi Okai, et al. “Standard Values of Ultrasonographic Fetal Biometry” Journal of 20w3d 15.10 13.30 16.80 34w3d 28.10 25.30 30.70
21w3d 16.10 14.20 17.80 35w3d 28.90 26.00 31.60
Medical Ultrasonics, Vol.30, No.3, pp. 416-440, 2003
22w3d 17.10 15.10 18.90 36w3d 29.70 26.60 32.40
23w3d 18.10 16.10 20.00 37w3d 30.40 27.30 33.20
Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±SD (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±SD (wd) 24w3d 19.10 17.00 21.10 38w3d 31.10 27.90 34.00
10.0 15w3d 1w1d 22.0 27w3d 1w5d 25w3d 20.10 17.90 22.10 39w3d 31.80 28.50 34.70
10.5 16w0d 1w1d 22.5 28w0d 1w5d 26w3d 21.00 18.80 23.10 40w3d 32.40 29.10 35.40
11.0 16w4d 1w1d 23.0 28w4d 1w5d 27w3d 22.00 19.70 24.20 41w3d 33.00 29.60 36.10
11.5 17w0d 1w1d 23.5 29w0d 1w5d 28w3d 22.90 20.50 25.20 42w3d 33.60 30.10 36.70
12.0 17w4d 1w2d 24.0 29w4d 1w6d 29w3d 23.80 21.40 26.10
12.5 18w0d 1w2d 24.5 30w1d 1w6d
13.0 18w4d 1w2d 25.0 30w5d 1w6d
13.5 19w0d 1w2d 25.5 31w2d 1w6d
14.0 19w4d 1w2d 26.0 31w6d 1w6d
14.5 20w0d 1w2d 26.5 32w3d 1w6d
15.0 20w3d 1w3d 27.0 33w1d 1w6d
Reference Manual 14
Abdominal Circumference (AC): CHITTY (D) Age (w) Meas (cm) 10% (cm) 90% (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) 10% (cm) 90% (cm)
17 11.78 10.72 12.84 33 28.92 26.93 30.92
Fetal Growth Table 18 12.93 11.82 14.05 34 29.88 27.82 31.93
L.S. Chitty, D.G. Altman, S. Campbell, “Charts of Fetal Size: 3. Abdominal Measurement” British Journal of 19 14.08 12.9 15.25 35 30.82 28.7 32.93
Obstetrics and Gynaecology, February 1994. Vol 101. Pp125-131 20 15.21 13.98 16.45 36 31.74 29.57 33.91
21 16.34 15.05 17.63 37 32.64 30.41 34.88
22 17.46 16.1 18.81 38 33.53 31.24 35.82
Age (w) Meas (cm) 10% (cm) 90% (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) 10% (cm) 90% (cm)
23 18.56 17.15 19.97 39 34.4 32.05 36.75
12 5.58 5.05 6.11 28 23.06 21.29 24.82 24 19.66 18.19 21.12 40 35.25 32.84 37.66
13 6.74 6.13 7.34 29 24.05 22.22 25.89
25 20.74 19.21 22.27 41 36.08 33.62 38.54
14 7.89 7.2 8.57 30 25.04 23.12 26.96
26 21.81 20.22 23.39 42 36.89 34.37 39.41
15 9.03 8.27 9.79 31 26.01 24.02 28.01
27 22.87 21.22 24.51
16 10.16 9.33 11 32 26.97 24.9 29.04
17 11.29 10.38 12.21 33 27.91 25.76 30.06
18 12.41 11.42 13.4 34 28.84 26.61 31.06
19 13.52 12.45 14.59 35 29.75 27.44 32.05 Abdominal Circumference (AC): CAMPBELL
20 14.62 13.48 15.77 36 30.64 28.26 33.02
21 15.71 14.49 16.94 37 31.51 29.06 33.97 GA Table
22 16.8 15.5 18.1 38 32.37 29.84 34.91
Professor Campbell’s Group at Harris birthright Centre, King’s College Hospital
23 17.87 16.49 19.25 39 33.21 30.6 35.82
24 18.93 17.48 20.38 40 34.04 31.35 36.72
25 19.98 18.45 21.51 41 34.84 32.08 37.6 Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±days (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±days (wd)
26 21.02 19.41 22.63 42 35.62 32.78 38.46 9.00 14w0d 02w0d 24.20 28w0d 02w6d
27 22.04 20.36 23.73 10.10 15w0d 02w1d 25.30 29w0d 02w6d
11.20 16w0d 02w1d 26.40 30w0d 03w0d
12.30 17w0d 02w1d 27.50 31w0d 03w1d
Abdominal Circumference (AC): CHITTY (M) 13.40 18w0d 02w1d 28.60 32w0d 03w1d
14.50 19w0d 02w1d 29.70 33w0d 03w4d
Fetal Growth Table 15.60 20w0d 02w2d 30.80 34w0d 04w0d
L.S. Chitty, D.G. Altman, S. Campbell, “Charts of Fetal Size: 3. Abdominal Measurement” British Journal of 16.70 21w0d 02w2d 31.70 35w0d 04w2d
Obstetrics and Gynaecology, February 1994. Vol 101. Pp125-131 17.80 22w0d 02w2d 32.50 36w0d 04w2d
18.80 23w0d 02w3d 33.10 37w0d 04w2d
19.90 24w0d 02w4d 33.80 38w0d 04w2d
21.00 25w0d 02w5d 34.40 39w0d 0w0d
12 5.89 5.13 6.66 28 23.91 22.21 25.61
22.10 26w0d 02w5d 35.00 40w0d 0w0d
13 7.09 6.26 7.91 29 24.94 23.18 26.7
23.10 27w0d 02w6d
14 8.27 7.39 9.15 30 25.96 24.14 27.78
15 9.45 8.5 10.39 31 26.96 25.08 28.84
16 10.62 9.62 11.62 32 27.95 26.01 29.89
Reference Manual 15
Abdominal Circumference (AC): ASUM(SCW) Abdominal Circumference (AC): CFEF
GA Table GA Table
Australasian Society for Ultrasound in Medicine. J.Créquat, M. Duyme, G. Brodaty.
Policies and Statements - [D7] Statement On Normal Ultrasonic Fetal Measurements (Revised May 2001) Biométrie 2000. Tables de croissance foetale par le Collège Français d’Echographie Foetale (CFEF) et
GA = 0.0000367 x (AC x 10) 2 + 0.07715 x (AC x 10) + 7.192 l’Inserm U155
Output Unit : w(weeks) Gynecol Obstet Fertil, 2000 Jun;28(6):435-45
Input Unit : cm
Min Range : 4.74 cm Meas (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) Age (w)
Max Range : 37.29 cm 9.50 15 19.40 24 28.12 33
10.64 16 20.44 25 29.02 34
Fetal Growth Table 11.80 17 21.45 26 29.88 35
Australasian Society for Ultrasound in Medicine 12.92 18 22.45 27 30.74 36
Policies and Statements - [D7] Statement On Normal Ultrasonic Fetal Measurements (Revised May 2001) 14.04 19 23.44 28 31.60 37
15.14 20 24.40 29 32.47 38
16.23 21 25.36 30 33.24 39
Age (w) Meas (cm) ±2SD (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) ±2SD (cm)
17.30 22 26.30 31 33.90 40
11 5.2 1.0 27 23.0 2.5
18.36 23 27.22 32
12 6.3 1.0 28 24.2 2.5
13 7.4 1.0 29 25.9 2.5
14 8.4 1.0 30 26.2 2.5 Fetal Growth Table
15 9.6 1.0 31 27.2 3.0 J.Créquat, M. Duyme, G. Brodaty
16 10.6 1.0 32 28.3 3.0 Biométrie 2000. Tables de croissance foetale par le Collège Français d’Echographie Foetale
17 12.0 1.5 33 29.4 3.0 ( CFEF ) et l’Inserm U155
18 13.1 1.5 34 30.5 3.0
Gynecol Obstet Fertil 2000 Jun;28(6):435-45
19 14.0 1.5 35 31.5 3.0
20 15.1 1.5 36 32.5 3.5
21 16.4 2.0 37 33.3 3.5
15 9.50 8.50 10.40 28 23.40 21.50 25.40
22 17.6 2.0 38 34.2 3.5
16 10.60 9.60 11.70 29 24.40 22.40 26.40
23 18.6 2.0 39 35.6 3.5
17 11.80 10.70 12.90 30 25.40 23.30 27.40
24 20.1 2.0 40 36.2 3.5
18 12.90 11.70 14.10 31 26.30 24.20 28.40
25 21.2 2.0 41 36.7 3.5
19 14.00 12.80 15.30 32 27.20 25.00 29.40
26 22.3 2.5
20 15.10 13.80 16.50 33 28.10 25.80 30.40
21 16.20 14.80 17.60 34 29.00 26.70 31.40
Reference Manual 16
Age (w) Meas (cm) 10% (cm) 90% (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) 10% (cm) 90% (cm) Abdominal Circumference (AC): KURMANAVICIUS
22 17.30 15.80 18.80 35 29.90 27.50 32.30
23 18.40 16.80 19.90 36 30.70 28.30 33.30 Fetal Growth Table
24 19.40 17.80 21.00 37 31.60 29.00 34.20 Kurmanavicius J, Wright EM, Royston P, Zimmermann R, Huch R, Huch A, Wisser J. “Fetal ultrasound bi-
25 20.40 18.70 22.10 38 32.50 29.80 35.10 ometry: 2. Abdomen and femur length reference values” Br J Obstet Gynaecol, 1999 Feb;106(2):136-43
26 21.50 19.70 23.20 39 33.20 30.50 36.00
27 22.50 20.60 24.30 40 33.90 31.10 36.70 Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm)
12 5.66 4.53 6.79 28 23.18 20.80 25.56
13 6.82 5.61 8.03 29 24.17 21.71 26.63
Abdominal Circumference (AC): JOHNSEN 14 7.98 6.69 9.27 30 25.15 22.61 27.69
15 9.13 7.76 10.50 31 26.11 23.50 28.73
Johnsen SL, Wilsgaard T, Rasmussen S, Sollien R, Kiserud T. “Longitudinal reference charts for growth of 17 11.40 9.88 12.93 33 27.99 25.22 30.77
the fetal head, abdomen and femur” Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol, 2006 Aug; 127(2): 172-85 18 12.53 10.93 14.13 34 28.90 26.05 31.76
19 13.64 11.97 15.32 35 29.80 26.87 32.73
20 14.75 12.99 16.51 36 30.68 27.67 33.69
21 15.85 14.01 17.68 37 31.54 28.45 34.62
10 3.70 3.10 4.40 26 21.90 20.30 23.60 22 16.93 15.02 18.84 38 32.38 29.21 35.54
11 4.70 4.10 5.50 27 23.00 21.30 24.80
23 18.00 16.01 20.00 39 33.20 29.95 36.44
12 5.80 5.10 6.70 28 24.00 22.30 25.90
24 19.06 16.99 21.13 40 34.00 30.68 37.32
13 6.90 6.10 7.90 29 25.10 23.30 27.00
25 20.11 17.96 22.26 41 34.78 31.38 38.18
14 8.10 7.20 9.10 30 26.10 24.30 28.10
26 21.15 18.92 23.37 42 35.53 32.06 39.01
15 9.30 8.30 10.30 31 27.20 25.20 29.20
27 22.17 19.87 24.48
16 10.40 9.40 11.60 32 28.20 26.20 30.30
17 11.60 10.50 12.80 33 29.20 27.10 31.40
18 12.80 11.60 14.10 34 30.20 28.00 32.50
19 14.00 12.80 15.30 35 31.20 29.00 33.50
Abdominal Circumference (AC): NICOLAIDES
20 15.10 13.90 16.50 36 32.10 29.90 34.60
22 17.40 16.00 18.90 38 34.10 31.60 36.70 Snijders RJ, Nicolaides KH. “Fetal biometry at 14-40 weeks’ gestation” Ultrasound in obstetrics and
23 18.60 17.10 20.10 39 35.00 32.50 37.70
Gynecology, 1994 Jan 1;4(1):34-48
24 19.70 18.20 21.30 40 36.00 33.40 38.70
25 20.80 19.20 22.50 41 36.80 34.10 39.60
Age (wd) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm)
14w0d 9.00 8.00 10.20 27w0d 23.10 20.50 25.90
14w1d 9.00 8.00 10.20 27w1d 23.10 20.50 25.90
14w2d 9.00 8.00 10.20 27w2d 23.10 20.50 25.90
14w3d 9.00 8.00 10.20 27w3d 23.10 20.50 25.90
Reference Manual 17
Age (wd) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm)
14w4d 9.00 8.00 10.20 27w4d 23.10 20.50 25.90 20w2d 14.90 13.30 16.80 33w2d 29.70 26.50 33.40
14w5d 9.00 8.00 10.20 27w5d 23.10 20.50 25.90 20w3d 14.90 13.30 16.80 33w3d 29.70 26.50 33.40
14w6d 9.00 8.00 10.20 27w6d 23.10 20.50 25.90 20w4d 14.90 13.30 16.80 33w4d 29.70 26.50 33.40
15w0d 9.90 8.80 11.20 28w0d 24.30 21.60 27.20 20w5d 14.90 13.30 16.80 33w5d 29.70 26.50 33.40
15w1d 9.90 8.80 11.20 28w1d 24.30 21.60 27.20 20w6d 14.90 13.30 16.80 33w6d 29.70 26.50 33.40
15w2d 9.90 8.80 11.20 28w2d 24.30 21.60 27.20 21w0d 16.10 14.30 18.10 34w0d 30.70 27.40 34.50
15w3d 9.90 8.80 11.20 28w3d 24.30 21.60 27.20 21w1d 16.10 14.30 18.10 34w1d 30.70 27.40 34.50
15w4d 9.90 8.80 11.20 28w4d 24.30 21.60 27.20 21w2d 16.10 14.30 18.10 34w2d 30.70 27.40 34.50
15w5d 9.90 8.80 11.20 28w5d 24.30 21.60 27.20 21w3d 16.10 14.30 18.10 34w3d 30.70 27.40 34.50
21w4d 16.10 14.30 18.10 34w4d 30.70 27.40 34.50
15w6d 9.90 8.80 11.20 28w6d 24.30 21.60 27.20
21w5d 16.10 14.30 18.10 34w5d 30.70 27.40 34.50
16w0d 10.80 9.60 12.20 29w0d 25.40 22.60 28.50
21w6d 16.10 14.30 18.10 34w6d 30.70 27.40 34.50
16w1d 10.80 9.60 12.20 29w1d 25.40 22.60 28.50
22w0d 17.20 15.30 19.30 35w0d 31.60 28.20 35.50
16w2d 10.80 9.60 12.20 29w2d 25.40 22.60 28.50
22w1d 17.20 15.30 19.30 35w1d 31.60 28.20 35.50
16w3d 10.80 9.60 12.20 29w3d 25.40 22.60 28.50
22w2d 17.20 15.30 19.30 35w2d 31.60 28.20 35.50
16w4d 10.80 9.60 12.20 29w4d 25.40 22.60 28.50
22w3d 17.20 15.30 19.30 35w3d 31.60 28.20 35.50
16w5d 10.80 9.60 12.20 29w5d 25.40 22.60 28.50
22w4d 17.20 15.30 19.30 35w4d 31.60 28.20 35.50
16w6d 10.80 9.60 12.20 29w6d 25.40 22.60 28.50
22w5d 17.20 15.30 19.30 35w5d 31.60 28.20 35.50
17w0d 11.80 10.50 13.30 30w0d 26.60 23.70 29.80
22w6d 17.20 15.30 19.30 35w6d 31.60 28.20 35.50
17w1d 11.80 10.50 13.30 30w1d 26.60 23.70 29.80
23w0d 18.30 16.30 20.60 36w0d 32.40 28.90 36.40
17w2d 11.80 10.50 13.30 30w2d 26.60 23.70 29.80
23w1d 18.30 16.30 20.60 36w1d 32.40 28.90 36.40
17w3d 11.80 10.50 13.30 30w3d 26.60 23.70 29.80
23w2d 18.30 16.30 20.60 36w2d 32.40 28.90 36.40
17w4d 11.80 10.50 13.30 30w4d 26.60 23.70 29.80
23w3d 18.30 16.30 20.60 36w3d 32.40 28.90 36.40
17w5d 11.80 10.50 13.30 30w5d 26.60 23.70 29.80
23w4d 18.30 16.30 20.60 36w4d 32.40 28.90 36.40
17w6d 11.80 10.50 13.30 30w6d 26.60 23.70 29.80
23w5d 18.30 16.30 20.60 36w5d 32.40 28.90 36.40
18w0d 12.80 11.40 14.40 31w0d 27.70 24.60 31.00
23w6d 18.30 16.30 20.60 36w6d 32.40 28.90 36.40
18w1d 12.80 11.40 14.40 31w1d 27.70 24.60 31.00
24w0d 19.50 17.40 21.90 37w0d 33.20 29.50 37.20
18w2d 12.80 11.40 14.40 31w2d 27.70 24.60 31.00
24w1d 19.50 17.40 21.90 37w1d 33.20 29.50 37.20
18w3d 12.80 11.40 14.40 31w3d 27.70 24.60 31.00
24w2d 19.50 17.40 21.90 37w2d 33.20 29.50 37.20
18w4d 12.80 11.40 14.40 31w4d 27.70 24.60 31.00
24w3d 19.50 17.40 21.90 37w3d 33.20 29.50 37.20
18w5d 12.80 11.40 14.40 31w5d 27.70 24.60 31.00
24w4d 19.50 17.40 21.90 37w4d 33.20 29.50 37.20
18w6d 12.80 11.40 14.40 31w6d 27.70 24.60 31.00
24w5d 19.50 17.40 21.90 37w5d 33.20 29.50 37.20
19w0d 13.90 12.30 15.60 32w0d 28.70 25.60 32.20
24w6d 19.50 17.40 21.90 37w6d 33.20 29.50 37.20
19w1d 13.90 12.30 15.60 32w1d 28.70 25.60 32.20
25w0d 20.70 18.40 23.30 38w0d 33.90 30.20 38.00
19w2d 13.90 12.30 15.60 32w2d 28.70 25.60 32.20
25w1d 20.70 18.40 23.30 38w1d 33.90 30.20 38.00
19w3d 13.90 12.30 15.60 32w3d 28.70 25.60 32.20
25w2d 20.70 18.40 23.30 38w2d 33.90 30.20 38.00
19w4d 13.90 12.30 15.60 32w4d 28.70 25.60 32.20
25w3d 20.70 18.40 23.30 38w3d 33.90 30.20 38.00
19w5d 13.90 12.30 15.60 32w5d 28.70 25.60 32.20
25w4d 20.70 18.40 23.30 38w4d 33.90 30.20 38.00
19w6d 13.90 12.30 15.60 32w6d 28.70 25.60 32.20
25w5d 20.70 18.40 23.30 38w5d 33.90 30.20 38.00
20w0d 14.90 13.30 16.80 33w0d 29.70 26.50 33.40
25w6d 20.70 18.40 23.30 38w6d 33.90 30.20 38.00
20w1d 14.90 13.30 16.80 33w1d 29.70 26.50 33.40
Reference Manual 18
Age (wd) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Biparietal Diameter (BPD): HANSMANN
26w0d 21.90 19.50 24.60 39w0d 34.50 30.70 38.70
26w1d 21.90 19.50 24.60 39w1d 34.50 30.70 38.70 GA Table
26w2d 21.90 19.50 24.60 39w2d 34.50 30.70 38.70 Hansmann, Hackeloer, Staudach, Wittman. “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obsterics and Gynecology.”
26w3d 21.90 19.50 24.60 39w3d 34.50 30.70 38.70
Springer-Verlag, New York, 1986, p.440-441.
26w4d 21.90 19.50 24.60 39w4d 34.50 30.70 38.70
26w5d 21.90 19.50 24.60 39w5d 34.50 30.70 38.70
26w6d 21.90 19.50 24.60 39w6d 34.50 30.70 38.70 Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd)
2.9 13w3d 12w2d 14w3d 6.8 25w6d 24w3d 27w2d
3.0 13w5d 12w5d 14w5d 6.9 26w1d 24w6d 27w4d
Biparietal Diameter (BPD): KOREAN 3.1 14w0d 12w6d 15w1d 7.0 26w3d 25w0d 27w6d
3.2 14w2d 13w2d 15w3d 7.1 26w5d 25w2d 28w3d
3.4 15w0d 13w5d 16w2d 7.3 27w3d 26w0d 29w2d
Y.G Park.“ The Standardization of Fetal body parts according to the normal Korean Gestational Age in
3.5 15w2d 14w1d 16w3d 7.4 27w6d 26w1d 29w4d
Ultrasound” Korean Ultrasound Institute, Vol. 14, No.2, 1995 3.6 15w4d 14w3d 16w6d 7.5 28w1d 26w3d 29w6d
GA = 1.20007 x BPD + 0.2076 × BPD2 + 9.209216 3.7 16w0d 14w6d 17w1d 7.6 28w4d 26w5d 30w2d
Output Unit : w(weeks) 3.8 16w2d 15w0d 17w4d 7.7 28w6d 27w1d 30w5d
3.9 16w4d 15w3d 17w6d 7.8 29w2d 27w2d 31w3d
Input Unit : cm
4.0 17w0d 15w5d 18w1d 7.9 29w5d 27w3d 32w0d
Min Range : 1.9 cm 4.1 17w2d 16w0d 18w4d 8.0 30w0d 27w6d 32w1d
Max Range : 9.4 cm 4.2 17w4d 16w3d 18w6d 8.1 30w3d 28w2d 32w4d
4.3 17w6d 16w4d 19w1d 8.2 31w0d 28w6d 33w1d
Fetal Growth Table
4.4 18w1d 16w6d 19w3d 8.3 31w2d 29w0d 33w5d
Y.G Park.“ The Standardization of Fetal body parts according to the normal Korean Gestational Age in 4.5 18w4d 17w2d 19w6d 8.4 31w6d 29w3d 34w2d
Ultrasound” Korean Ultrasound Institute, Vol. 14, No.2, 1995 4.6 18w6d 17w4d 20w1d 8.5 32w2d 29w6d 34w4d
4.7 19w1d 17w6d 20w4d 8.6 32w5d 30w1d 35w1d
BPD = 51.06104 x MA -4.6719 x MA2 - 35.053334
4.8 19w3d 18w0d 20w6d 8.7 33w2d 30w2d 36w1d
Output Unit : cm 4.9 19w5d 18w1d 21w1d 8.8 33w5d 31w0d 36w3d
Input Unit : w(week) 5.0 20w0d 18w4d 21w1d 8.9 34w2d 31w4d 37w0d
Min Range : 12w 5.1 20w3d 19w0d 21w6d 9.0 34w5d 32w0d 37w3d
5.2 20w5d 19w2d 22w1d 9.1 35w1d 32w1d 38w5d
Max Range : 40w 5.3 21w0d 19w3d 22w4d 9.2 35w6d 33w2d 39w2d
5.4 21w3d 20w0d 22w6d 9.3 36w5d 33w5d 39w5d
Age (w) Meas (cm) ±SD (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) ±SD (cm) 5.5 21w5d 20w2d 23w0d 9.4 37w3d 34w5d 40w1d
12 1.970 0.219 32 8.122 0.263 5.6 22w0d 20w5d 23w2d 9.5 38w3d 35w2d 41w0d
5.7 22w2d 21w0d 23w4d 9.6 38w6d 35w2d 41w3d
16 3.483 0.213 34 8.496 0.244
5.8 22w5d 21w3d 23w6d 9.7 39w0d 35w6d 42w0d
20 4.783 0.231 36 8.849 0.225
5.9 23w0d 21w4d 24w3d 9.8 39w2d 36w3d 42w0d
24 5.978 0.287 38 9.093 0.121
6.0 23w2d 21w6d 24w4d 9.9 39w3d 36w4d 42w4d
28 7.164 0.256 40 9.401 0.188
Reference Manual 19
Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd) Biparietal Diameter (BPD): HADLOCK
6.1 23w4d 22w1d 25w0d 10.0 39w4d 36w5d 42w2d
6.2 24w0d 22w4d 25w3d 10.1 39w5d 37w1d 42w4d GA Table
6.3 24w2d 22w6d 25w4d 10.2 39w6d 37w1d 42w2d Hadlock, F., Deter, R.L., Harrist, R.B., Park, S.K. “Estimating Fetal Age: Computer-Assisted Analysis of
6.4 24w4d 23w1d 26w0d 10.3 40w0d 37w2d 42w2d
Multiple Fetal Growth Parameters” Radiology, 1984, 152: 497-501.
6.5 24w6d 23w4d 26w2d 10.4 40w1d 37w3d 42w2d
6.6 25w1d 23w6d 26w5d 10.5 40w2d 37w6d 42w2d GA = 9.54 + 1.482 × BPD + 0.1676 × BPD2
6.7 25w3d 24w1d 27w1d Output Unit : w(weeks)
Input Unit : cm
Fetal Growth Table
Min Range : 1.36 cm
Hansmann, Hackeloer, Stauch, Wittman “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obsterics and Gynecology” Springer-
Max Range : 10.18 cm
Verlag, New York, 1986. p.176
Standard Deviation :
Min Range(w) Max Range(w) ±2SD(w)
10 1.4 0.9 1.8 26 6.7 6.2 7.1
12 18 1.19
11 1.7 1.3 2.2 27 7 6.5 7.4
12 2.1 1.6 2.5 28 7.2 6.8 7.7 18 24 1.73
13 2.4 2 2.9 29 7.5 7 7.9 24 30 2.18
14 2.8 2.3 3.2 30 7.7 7.3 8.2 30 36 3.08
15 3.1 2.7 3.6 31 7.9 7.5 8.4 36 42 3.20
16 3.5 3 3.9 32 8.2 7.7 8.6
18 4.2 3.7 4.6 34 8.6 8.1 9 Frank P. Hadlock, Russell L.Deter, Ronald B. Harrist, Seung K. Park,. “Estimating Fetal Age: Computer-
19 4.5 4 4.9 35 8.7 8.3 9.2
Assisted Analysis of Multiple Fetal Growth Parameters” Radiology, 1984; 152:497-501.
20 4.8 4.4 5.3 36 8.9 8.4 9.3
21 5.1 4.7 5.6 37 9 8.6 9.5 Equation = 0.41 x MA – 0.000061 x MA3 – 3.08
22 5.5 5 5.9 38 9.1 8.7 9.6 Output Unit : cm
23 5.8 5.3 6.2 39 9.3 8.8 9.7 Input Unit : w(weeks)
24 6.1 5.6 6.5 40 9.3 8.9 9.8 Min Range : 12w
25 6.4 5.9 6.8
Max Range : 40w
Reference Manual 20
Biparietal Diameter (BPD): MERZ Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd)
4.9 20w0d 18w1d 21w6d 9.0 34w4d 32w2d 36w6d
E. Merz, W. Goldhofer, E. Timor-Tritsch “Ultras ound in Gynecology and Obstetrics” Textbook and Atlas, 5.1 20w5d 18w6d 22w4d 9.2 35w4d 33w1d 37w6d
1991 Georg Thieme Verlag, 308-338 5.2 21w0d 19w1d 22w6d 9.3 35w6d 33w4d 38w1d
5.3 21w2d 19w3d 23w1d 9.4 36w3d 34w0d 38w6d
2.8 14w1d 12w4d 15w5d 6.9 26w4d 24w3d 28w4d
2.9 14w2d 12w5d 15w6d 7.0 26w6d 24w5d 28w6d Fetal Growth Table
3.2 15w1d 13w4d 16w6d 7.3 27w6d 25w6d 30w0d
3.4 15w5d 14w0d 17w3d 7.5 28w4d 26w4d 30w5d
12 2 1.5 2.4 27 7.2 6.6 7.7
3.5 16w0d 14w2d 17w5d 7.6 29w0d 26w6d 31w1d 13 2.4 1.9 2.8 28 7.4 6.9 8
3.6 16w2d 14w4d 18w0d 7.7 29w3d 27w1d 31w4d 14 2.8 2.3 3.2 29 7.7 7.1 8.3
3.7 16w4d 14w6d 18w1d 7.8 29w6d 27w4d 32w0d 15 3.1 2.7 3.6 30 7.9 7.4 8.5
3.8 16w6d 15w1d 18w4d 7.9 30w1d 27w6d 32w2d 16 3.5 3 4 31 8.2 7.6 8.8
3.9 17w1d 15w3d 18w6d 8.0 30w4d 28w2d 32w5d 17 3.9 3.4 4.4 32 8.4 7.8 9
4.0 17w3d 15w5d 19w1d 8.1 30w6d 28w5d 33w1d 18 4.3 3.8 4.8 33 8.6 8 9.2
4.1 17w5d 15w6d 19w4d 8.2 31w2d 29w1d 33w4d 19 4.6 4.1 5.1 34 8.9 8.2 9.5
4.2 18w0d 16w1d 19w6d 8.3 31w5d 29w4d 33w6d 20 5 4.5 5.5 35 9.1 8.4 9.7
4.3 18w2d 16w4d 20w1d 8.4 32w1d 29w6d 34w2d 21 5.3 4.8 5.8 36 9.3 8.6 9.9
4.4 18w4d 16w6d 20w3d 8.5 32w4d 30w2d 34w5d 22 5.6 5.1 6.2 37 9.4 8.8 10.1
4.5 18w6d 17w1d 20w5d 8.6 32w6d 30w5d 35w1d 23 6 5.4 6.5 38 9.6 9 10.3
4.6 19w1d 17w3d 21w0d 8.7 33w2d 31w0d 35w4d 24 6.3 5.7 6.8 39 9.8 9.1 10.4
25 6.6 6 7.1 40 9.9 9.3 10.6
4.7 19w3d 17w4d 21w1d 8.8 33w6d 31w4d 36w1d
26 6.9 6.3 7.4
4.8 19w5d 17w6d 21w4d 8.9 34w1d 31w6d 36w4d
Reference Manual 21
Biparietal Diameter (BPD): JEANTY Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd)
4.10 17w4d 14w6d 20w1d 8.40 32w6d 30w1d 35w4d
Jeanty, P., Romero, R. “Obstetrical Ultrasound” McGraw-Hill Book Company, pages 57-61, 1984. 4.30 18w1d 15w3d 20w6d 8.60 33w6d 31w1d 36w4d
4.40 18w3d 15w5d 21w1d 8.70 34w2d 31w4d 37w0d
4.50 18w5d 16w0d 21w3d 8.80 34w6d 32w1d 37w3d
Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd)
4.60 19w0d 16w2d 21w5d 8.90 35w2d 32w4d 37w6d
1.60 10w6d 08w1d 13w3d 5.90 23w1d 20w4d 25w6d

1.70 11w1d 08w3d 13w5d 6.00 23w4d 20w6d 26w1d
Biparietal Diameter (BPD): SABBAGHA
1.80 11w2d 08w4d 14w0d 6.10 23w6d 21w1d 26w4d
1.90 11w4d 08w6d 14w1d 6.20 24w1d 21w4d 26w6d
2.00 11w6d 09w1d 14w4d 6.30 24w4d 21w6d 27w1d
GA Table
2.10 12w1d 09w3d 14w6d 6.40 24w6d 22w1d 27w4d Sabbagha, R.E., et. al. “Standardization of Sonar Cephalometry and Gestational Age” Obstetrics and
2.20 12w3d 09w5d 15w0d 6.50 25w2d 22w4d 27w6d Gynecology, Vol. 52, No.4: 403, October, 1978
2.30 12w4d 09w6d 15w2d 6.60 25w4d 22w6d 28w2d
2.40 12w6d 10w1d 15w4d 6.70 26w0d 23w2d 28w4d
Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±days (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±days (wd)
2.50 13w1d 10w4d 15w6d 6.80 26w3d 23w5d 29w0d
3.70 16w0d 1w0d 7.50 29w0d 3w0d
2.60 13w3d 10w5d 16w1d 6.90 26w5d 24w0d 29w3d
4.00 17w0d 1w3d 7.80 30w0d 3w0d
2.70 13w5d 11w0d 16w3d 7.00 27w1d 24w3d 29w6d
4.30 18w0d 1w3d 8.00 31w0d 3w0d
2.80 14w0d 11w2d 16w4d 7.10 27w4d 24w6d 30w1d
4.50 19w0d 1w3d 8.30 32w0d 3w0d
2.90 14w1d 11w4d 16w6d 7.20 27w6d 25w1d 30w4d
4.70 20w0d 1w3d 8.50 33w0d 3w0d
3.00 14w4d 11w6d 17w1d 7.30 28w2d 25w4d 30w6d
5.00 21w0d 1w3d 8.70 34w0d 3w0d
3.10 14w6d 12w1d 17w3d 7.40 28w5d 26w0d 31w2d
5.30 22w0d 1w3d 8.80 35w0d 3w0d
3.20 15w1d 12w2d 17w5d 7.50 29w1d 26w3d 31w5d
3.30 15w2d 12w4d 18w0d 7.60 29w4d 26w6d 32w1d 5.60 23w0d 1w3d 9.00 36w0d 3w0d
3.80 16w5d 14w0d 19w3d 8.10 31w4d 28w6d 34w2d 7.20 28w0d 2w0d
3.90 17w0d 14w2d 19w5d 8.20 32w0d 29w2d 34w5d
4.00 17w2d 14w4d 19w6d 8.30 32w4d 29w6d 35w1d
Reference Manual 22
Biparietal Diameter (BPD): SHINOZUKA + SD + SD

Meas (cm) Age (wd) -SD (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) -SD (wd)
(wd) (wd)
4.10 18w3d 17w4d 19w2d 8.00 32w1d 30w3d 33w6d
GA Table
4.20 18w5d 17w6d 19w4d 8.10 32w5d 31w0d 34w3d
Norio Shinozuka, Takashi Okai, et al. “Standard Values of Ultrasonographic Fetal Biometry” Japanese 4.30 19w0d 18w1d 19w6d 8.20 33w1d 31w2d 35w0d
Journal of Medical Ultrasonics, Vol.23, No.12, 1996, pp877-888 4.40 19w2d 18w3d 20w1d 8.30 33w5d 31w6d 35w4d
4.50 19w4d 18w5d 20w3d 8.40 34w2d 32w3d 36w1d
+ SD + SD
Meas (cm) Age (wd) -SD (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) -SD (wd) 4.60 20w0d 19w0d 21w0d 8.50 34w6d 33w0d 36w5d
(wd) (wd)
1.80 11w4d 11w0d 12w1d 5.70 23w3d 22w2d 24w4d
2.00 12w1d 11w4d 12w5d 5.90 24w1d 23w0d 25w2d
Norio Shinozuka, Takashi Okai, et al. “Standard Values of Ultrasonographic Fetal Biometry” Japanese
2.10 12w3d 11w6d 13w0d 6.00 24w3d 23w1d 25w5d
Journal of Medical Ultrasonics, Vol.23, No.12, 1996, pp877-888
2.20 12w6d 12w2d 13w3d 6.10 24w5d 23w3d 26w0d
2.30 13w1d 12w3d 13w6d 6.20 25w1d 23w6d 26w3d
Age (wd) Meas (cm) -1.5SD (cm) + 1.5SDn (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) -1.5SD (cm) + 1.5SDn (cm)
2.40 13w3d 12w5d 14w1d 6.30 25w3d 24w1d 26w5d
10w3d 1.43 1.08 1.77 27w3d 6.87 6.38 7.36
2.50 13w5d 13w0d 14w3d 6.40 25w5d 24w3d 27w0d
11w3d 1.76 1.41 2.12 28w3d 7.14 6.64 7.63
2.60 14w0d 13w2d 14w5d 6.50 26w1d 24w6d 27w3d 12w3d 2.10 1.74 2.47 29w3d 7.39 6.88 7.89
16w3d 3.46 3.06 3.86 33w3d 8.26 7.72 8.80
3.00 15w1d 14w3d 15w6d 6.90 27w4d 26w1d 29w0d
17w3d 3.80 3.39 4.20 34w3d 8.45 7.90 8.99
22w3d 5.42 4.97 5.87 39w3d 9.11 8.52 9.70
3.50 16w4d 15w6d 17w2d 7.40 29w4d 28w0d 31w1d
23w3d 5.73 5.27 6.18 40w3d 9.18 8.59 9.78
3.80 17w4d 16w5d 18w3d 7.70 30w6d 29w1d 32w4d 26w3d 6.60 6.12 7.08
3.90 17w6d 17w0d 18w5d 7.80 31w2d 29w4d 33w0d
4.00 18w1d 17w2d 19w0d 7.90 31w5d 30w0d 33w3d
Reference Manual 23
Biparietal Diameter (BPD): JSUM + SD + SD

Meas (cm) Age (wd) -SD (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) -SD (wd)
(wd) (wd)
4.10 18w3d 17w4d 19w2d 8.00 32w1d 30w3d 33w6d
GA Table
4.20 18w5d 17w6d 19w4d 8.10 32w5d 31w0d 34w3d
Norio Shinozuka, Takashi Okai, et al. “Standard Values of Ultrasonographic Fetal Biometry” Journal of 4.30 19w0d 18w1d 19w6d 8.20 33w1d 31w2d 35w0d
Medical Ultrasonics, Vol.30, No.3, pp. 416-440, 2003 4.40 19w2d 18w3d 20w1d 8.30 33w5d 31w6d 35w4d
4.50 19w4d 18w5d 20w3d 8.40 34w2d 32w3d 36w1d
+ SD + SD
Meas (cm) Age (wd) -SD (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) -SD (wd) 4.60 20w0d 19w0d 21w0d 8.50 34w6d 33w0d 36w5d
(wd) (wd)
1.80 11w4d 11w0d 12w1d 5.70 23w3d 22w2d 24w4d
2.00 12w1d 11w4d 12w5d 5.90 24w1d 23w0d 25w2d
Norio Shinozuka, Takashi Okai, et al. “Standard Values of Ultrasonographic Fetal Biometry” Journal of
2.10 12w3d 11w6d 13w0d 6.00 24w3d 23w1d 25w5d
2.20 12w6d 12w2d 13w3d 6.10 24w5d 23w3d 26w0d
2.30 13w1d 12w3d 13w6d 6.20 25w1d 23w6d 26w3d
Age (wd) Meas (cm) -1.5SD (cm) + 1.5SDn (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) -1.5SD (cm) + 1.5SDn (cm)
2.40 13w3d 12w5d 14w1d 6.30 25w3d 24w1d 26w5d
10w3d 1.43 1.08 1.77 27w3d 6.87 6.38 7.36
2.50 13w5d 13w0d 14w3d 6.40 25w5d 24w3d 27w0d
11w3d 1.76 1.41 2.12 28w3d 7.14 6.64 7.63
16w3d 3.46 3.06 3.86 33w3d 8.26 7.72 8.80
3.00 15w1d 14w3d 15w6d 6.90 27w4d 26w1d 29w0d
17w3d 3.80 3.39 4.20 34w3d 8.45 7.90 8.99
22w3d 5.42 4.97 5.87 39w3d 9.11 8.52 9.70
3.50 16w4d 15w6d 17w2d 7.40 29w4d 28w0d 31w1d
23w3d 5.73 5.27 6.18 40w3d 9.18 8.59 9.78
3.80 17w4d 16w5d 18w3d 7.70 30w6d 29w1d 32w4d 26w3d 6.60 6.12 7.08
3.90 17w6d 17w0d 18w5d 7.80 31w2d 29w4d 33w0d
4.00 18w1d 17w2d 19w0d 7.90 31w5d 30w0d 33w3d
Reference Manual 24
Biparietal Diameter (BPD): OSAKA Age (wd) Meas (cm) ±SD (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) ±SD (cm)
10w4d 1.55 0.19 25w5d 6.59 0.33
GA Table 10w5d 1.61 0.19 25w6d 6.63 0.33
Osaka University Method 1989, 3 by Univ. Of Osaka 10w6d 1.66 0.20 26w0d 6.67 0.33
11w0d 1.72 0.20 26w1d 6.71 0.33
11w1d 1.77 0.20 26w2d 6.75 0.33
Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) 11w2d 1.83 0.20 26w3d 6.80 0.33
1.30 10w0d 3.40 15w4d 5.50 22w0d 7.60 29w3d 11w3d 1.88 0.20 26w4d 6.84 0.33
1.40 10w1d 3.50 16w0d 5.60 22w3d 7.70 29w6d 11w4d 1.93 0.20 26w5d 6.88 0.33
1.50 10w3d 3.60 16w2d 5.70 22w5d 7.80 30w2d 11w5d 1.99 0.21 26w6d 6.92 0.34
1.60 10w5d 3.70 16w4d 5.80 23w0d 7.90 30w4d 11w6d 2.04 0.21 27w0d 6.95 0.34
1.70 11w0d 3.80 16w6d 5.90 23w3d 8.00 31w0d 12w0d 2.09 0.21 27w1d 6.99 0.34
12w1d 2.15 0.21 27w2d 7.03 0.34
1.80 11w1d 3.90 17w1d 6.00 23w5d 8.10 31w3d
12w2d 2.20 0.21 27w3d 7.07 0.34
1.90 11w3d 4.00 17w3d 6.10 24w0d 8.20 32w0d
12w3d 2.25 0.21 27w4d 7.11 0.34
2.00 11w5d 4.10 17w5d 6.20 24w3d 8.30 32w3d
12w4d 2.31 0.21 27w5d 7.15 0.34
2.10 12w0d 4.20 18w0d 6.30 24w5d 8.40 32w6d
12w5d 2.36 0.22 27w6d 7.19 0.34
2.20 12w2d 4.30 18w2d 6.40 25w0d 8.50 33w3d 12w6d 2.41 0.22 28w0d 7.23 0.34
2.30 12w4d 4.40 18w4d 6.50 25w3d 8.60 33w6d 13w0d 2.46 0.22 28w1d 7.27 0.34
2.40 12w6d 4.50 18w6d 6.60 25w5d 8.70 34w0d 13w1d 2.52 0.22 28w2d 7.30 0.34
2.50 13w1d 4.60 19w2d 6.70 26w0d 8.80 35w0d 13w2d 2.57 0.22 28w3d 7.34 0.34
2.60 13w3d 4.70 19w4d 6.80 26w3d 8.90 35w4d 13w3d 2.62 0.22 28w4d 7.38 0.35
2.70 13w5d 4.80 19w6d 6.90 26w5d 9.00 36w2d 13w4d 2.67 0.23 28w5d 7.42 0.35
2.80 14w0d 4.90 20w1d 7.00 27w1d 9.10 37w0d 13w5d 2.72 0.23 28w6d 7.45 0.35
2.90 14w1d 5.00 20w3d 7.10 27w4d 9.20 37w6d 13w6d 2.77 0.23 29w0d 7.49 0.35
3.00 14w3d 5.10 20w5d 7.20 27w6d 9.30 39w0d 14w0d 2.82 0.23 29w1d 7.53 0.35
3.10 14w5d 5.20 21w1d 7.30 28w2d 9.40 40w0d 14w1d 2.87 0.23 29w2d 7.56 0.35
3.20 15w0d 5.30 21w3d 7.40 28w4d 14w2d 2.93 0.23 29w3d 7.60 0.35
3.30 15w2d 5.40 21w5d 7.50 29w0d 14w3d 2.98 0.23 29w4d 7.64 0.35
14w4d 3.03 0.24 29w5d 7.67 0.35
14w5d 3.08 0.24 29w6d 7.71 0.35
Fetal Growth Table 14w6d 3.13 0.24 30w0d 7.74 0.35
15w1d 3.23 0.24 30w2d 7.81 0.35
15w2d 3.28 0.24 30w3d 7.85 0.36
Age (wd) Meas (cm) ±SD (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) ±SD (cm) 15w3d 3.33 0.24 30w4d 7.88 0.36
10w0d 1.33 0.19 25w1d 6.43 0.32 15w4d 3.38 0.25 30w5d 7.92 0.36
10w1d 1.38 0.19 25w2d 6.47 0.33 15w5d 3.42 0.25 30w6d 7.95 0.36
10w2d 1.44 0.19 25w3d 6.51 0.33 15w6d 3.47 0.25 31w0d 7.98 0.36
10w3d 1.50 0.19 25w4d 6.55 0.33 16w0d 3.52 0.25 31w1d 8.02 0.36
Reference Manual 25
Age (wd) Meas (cm) ±SD (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) ±SD (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) ±SD (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) ±SD (cm)
16w1d 3.57 0.25 31w2d 8.05 0.36 21w5d 5.39 0.30 36w6d 9.08 0.38
16w2d 3.62 0.25 31w3d 8.08 0.36 21w6d 5.44 0.30 37w0d 9.10 0.38
16w3d 3.67 0.25 31w4d 8.12 0.36 22w0d 5.48 0.30 37w1d 9.12 0.38
16w4d 3.72 0.25 31w5d 8.15 0.36 22w1d 5.52 0.30 37w2d 9.14 0.38
16w5d 3.77 0.26 31w6d 8.18 0.36 22w2d 5.57 0.30 37w3d 9.15 0.38
16w6d 3.81 0.26 32w0d 8.21 0.36 22w3d 5.61 0.30 37w4d 9.17 0.38
17w0d 3.86 0.26 32w1d 8.24 0.36 22w4d 5.66 0.31 37w5d 9.18 0.38
17w1d 3.91 0.26 32w2d 8.27 0.36 22w5d 5.70 0.31 37w6d 9.20 0.38
17w2d 3.96 0.26 32w3d 8.31 0.36 22w6d 5.74 0.31 38w0d 9.21 0.38
17w3d 4.01 0.26 32w4d 8.34 0.37 23w0d 5.79 0.31 38w1d 9.23 0.38
17w4d 4.05 0.26 32w5d 8.37 0.37 23w1d 5.83 0.31 38w2d 9.24 0.38
17w5d 4.10 0.27 32w6d 8.40 0.37 23w2d 5.87 0.31 38w3d 9.26 0.39
17w6d 4.15 0.27 33w0d 8.43 0.37 23w3d 5.92 0.31 38w4d 9.27 0.39
18w0d 4.20 0.27 33w1d 8.46 0.37 23w4d 5.96 0.31 38w5d 9.28 0.39
18w1d 4.24 0.27 33w2d 8.48 0.37 23w5d 6.00 0.31 38w6d 9.29 0.39
18w2d 4.29 0.27 33w3d 8.51 0.37 23w6d 6.05 0.32 39w0d 9.30 0.39
18w3d 4.34 0.27 33w4d 8.54 0.37 24w0d 6.09 0.32 39w1d 9.31 0.39
18w4d 4.39 0.27 33w5d 8.57 0.37 24w1d 6.13 0.32 39w2d 9.32 0.39
18w5d 4.43 0.27 33w6d 8.60 0.37 24w2d 6.17 0.32 39w3d 9.33 0.39
18w6d 4.48 0.28 34w0d 8.62 0.37 24w3d 6.22 0.32 39w4d 9.34 0.39
19w0d 4.53 0.28 34w1d 8.65 0.37 24w4d 6.26 0.32 39w5d 9.35 0.39
19w1d 4.57 0.28 34w2d 8.68 0.37 24w5d 6.30 0.32 39w6d 9.36 0.39
19w2d 4.62 0.28 34w3d 8.70 0.37 24w6d 6.34 0.32 40w0d 9.36 0.39
19w3d 4.67 0.28 34w4d 8.73 0.37 25w0d 6.39 0.32
19w4d 4.71 0.28 34w5d 8.75 0.37
19w5d 4.76 0.28 34w6d 8.78 0.37
19w6d 4.80 0.28 35w0d 8.80 0.37 Biparietal Diameter (BPD): CHITTY (OUT-IN)
20w0d 4.85 0.29 35w1d 8.83 0.38
20w1d 4.90 0.29 35w2d 8.85 0.38 GA Table
20w2d 4.94 0.29 35w3d 8.87 0.38
Altman DG, Chitty LS: New Charts for ultrasound dating of pregnancy. Ultrasound in Obstetrics and
20w3d 4.99 0.29 35w4d 8.90 0.38
20w4d 5.03 0.29 35w5d 8.92 0.38 Gynecology, Vol. 10: 174-191, 1997
20w5d 5.08 0.29 35w6d 8.94 0.38
20w6d 5.12 0.29 36w0d 8.96 0.38 Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd)
21w0d 5.17 0.29 36w1d 8.98 0.38
2.10 12w5d 11w6d 13w5d 5.60 23w1d 21w2d 25w2d
21w1d 5.21 0.29 36w2d 9.00 0.38
2.20 13w0d 12w1d 14w0d 5.70 23w4d 21w4d 25w4d
21w2d 5.26 0.30 36w3d 9.02 0.38
2.30 13w2d 12w3d 14w2d 5.80 23w6d 21w6d 26w0d
21w3d 5.30 0.30 36w4d 9.04 0.38
2.40 13w4d 12w4d 14w4d 5.90 24w1d 22w1d 26w3d
21w4d 5.35 0.30 36w5d 9.06 0.38
2.50 13w6d 12w6d 14w6d 6.00 24w4d 22w3d 26w6d
Reference Manual 26
2.60 14w1d 13w1d 15w1d 6.10 24w6d 22w5d 27w1d L.S. Chitty, D.G. Altman, S. Campbell. “Charts of Fetal Size: 2. Head Measurement” British Journal of
2.70 14w3d 13w3d 15w3d 6.20 25w2d 23w1d 27w4d Obstetrics and Gynaecology, January 1994. Vol 101. Pp35-43
2.80 14w5d 13w4d 15w5d 6.30 25w4d 23w3d 28w0d
2.90 14w6d 13w6d 16w0d 6.40 26w0d 23w5d 28w3d
3.10 15w3d 14w3d 16w5d 6.60 26w5d 24w2d 29w1d
12 1.83 1.57 2.09 28 7.05 6.65 7.46
3.20 15w5d 14w4d 17w0d 6.70 27w0d 24w4d 29w4d 13 2.2 1.93 2.47 29 7.31 6.9 7.73
3.30 16w0d 14w6d 17w2d 6.80 27w3d 25w0d 30w0d 14 2.56 2.28 2.84 30 7.57 7.15 7.99
3.40 16w2d 15w1d 17w4d 6.90 27w5d 25w2d 30w3d 15 2.93 2.64 3.22 31 7.81 7.38 8.24
3.50 16w4d 15w3d 17w6d 7.00 28w1d 25w4d 30w6d 16 3.28 2.99 3.58 32 8.04 7.6 8.48
3.60 16w6d 15w5d 18w2d 7.10 28w3d 25w6d 31w2d 17 3.63 3.33 3.94 33 8.26 7.81 8.71
3.70 17w1d 15w6d 18w4d 7.20 28w6d 26w2d 31w5d 18 3.98 3.66 4.3 34 8.47 8.02 8.93
3.80 17w3d 16w1d 18w6d 7.30 29w2d 26w4d 32w1d 19 4.32 4 4.64 35 8.67 8.21 9.14
3.90 17w6d 16w3d 19w2d 7.40 29w4d 26w6d 32w4d 20 4.65 4.32 4.99 36 8.86 8.38 9.33
4.00 18w1d 16w5d 19w4d 7.50 30w0d 27w2d 33w0d 21 4.98 4.64 5.32 37 9.03 8.55 9.52
4.10 18w3d 17w0d 19w6d 7.60 30w2d 27w4d 33w3d 22 5.3 4.95 5.65 38 9.2 8.7 9.69
23 5.61 5.25 5.97 39 9.35 8.85 9.85
4.20 18w5d 17w2d 20w2d 7.70 30w5d 27w6d 33w6d
24 5.92 5.55 6.29 40 9.48 8.97 9.99
4.30 19w0d 17w4d 20w4d 7.80 31w1d 28w2d 34w2d
25 6.21 5.84 6.59 41 9.61 9.09 10.12
4.40 19w2d 17w6d 20w6d 7.90 31w4d 28w4d 34w5d 26 6.5 6.12 6.89 42 9.72 9.19 10.24
4.50 19w4d 18w1d 21w2d 8.00 31w6d 28w6d 35w1d 27 6.78 6.39 7.18
4.60 19w6d 18w3d 21w4d 8.10 32w2d 29w2d 35w5d
4.70 20w2d 18w5d 22w0d 8.20 32w5d 29w4d 36w1d
4.80 20w4d 19w0d 22w2d 8.30 33w1d 30w0d 36w4d
4.90 20w6d 19w2d 22w5d 8.40 33w3d 30w2d 37w0d
5.00 21w1d 19w4d 23w0d 8.50 33w6d 30w5d 37w3d
5.10 21w4d 19w6d 23w3d 8.60 34w2d 31w0d 38w0d
5.20 21w6d 20w1d 23w5d 8.70 34w5d 31w2d 38w3d
5.30 22w1d 20w3d 24w1d 8.80 35w1d 31w5d 38w6d
5.40 22w4d 20w5d 24w4d 8.90 35w4d 32w0d 39w3d
5.50 22w6d 21w0d 24w6d
Reference Manual 27
Biparietal Diameter (BPD): CHITTY (OUT-OUT) Fetal Growth Table

L.S. Chitty, D.G. Altman, S. Campbell, “Charts of Fetal Size: 2. Head Measurement” British Journal of
GA Table Obstetrics and Gynaecology, January 1994. Vol 101. Pp35-43
D.G. Altman, L.S. Chitty. “New Charts for Ultrasound Dating of Pregnancy” Ultrasound in Obstetrics and
Gynecology, Vol.10, p174-191, 1997 Age (w) Meas (cm) 10% (cm) 90% (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) 10% (cm) 90% (cm)
12 1.97 1.68 2.25 28 7.34 6.93 7.74
13 2.35 2.06 2.65 29 7.6 7.19 8.01
14 2.73 2.43 3.03 30 7.86 7.43 8.28
2.20 12w4d 11w5d 13w4d 5.70 22w5d 20w5d 24w5d
15 3.1 2.8 3.41 31 8.1 7.67 8.53
2.30 12w6d 12w0d 13w6d 5.80 23w0d 21w0d 25w1d
16 3.47 3.16 3.79 32 8.33 7.9 8.77
2.40 13w1d 12w1d 14w1d 5.90 23w2d 21w2d 25w4d
2.50 13w3d 12w3d 14w3d 6.00 23w5d 21w4d 25w6d 17 3.83 3.51 4.16 33 8.55 8.11 9
2.60 13w4d 12w5d 14w5d 6.10 24w0d 21w6d 26w2d 18 4.19 3.86 4.52 34 8.76 8.31 9.21
2.70 13w6d 12w6d 15w0d 6.20 24w2d 22w1d 26w5d 19 4.54 4.2 4.88 35 8.96 8.5 9.42
2.80 14w1d 13w1d 15w2d 6.30 24w5d 22w4d 27w0d 20 4.88 4.54 5.23 36 9.15 8.68 9.61
2.90 14w3d 13w3d 15w4d 6.40 25w0d 22w6d 27w3d 21 5.22 4.86 5.57 37 9.32 8.84 9.79
3.00 14w5d 13w4d 15w6d 6.50 25w2d 23w1d 27w6d 22 5.55 5.19 5.91 38 9.48 8.99 9.96
3.10 15w0d 13w6d 16w1d 6.60 25w5d 23w3d 28w2d 23 5.87 5.5 6.23 39 9.62 9.13 10.11
3.20 15w2d 14w1d 16w3d 6.70 26w0d 23w5d 28w4d 24 6.18 5.8 6.55 40 9.75 9.26 10.25
3.30 15w4d 14w3d 16w5d 6.80 26w3d 24w0d 29w0d 25 6.48 6.1 6.86 41 9.87 9.36 10.37
3.40 15w5d 14w4d 17w0d 6.90 26w5d 24w2d 29w3d
26 6.78 6.38 7.17 42 9.97 9.46 10.48
3.50 16w0d 14w6d 17w2d 7.00 27w1d 24w4d 29w6d
27 7.06 6.66 7.46
3.60 16w2d 15w1d 17w5d 7.10 27w3d 25w0d 30w2d
3.70 16w4d 15w3d 18w0d 7.20 27w6d 25w2d 30w4d
3.80 16w6d 15w4d 18w2d 7.30 28w1d 25w4d 31w0d
3.90 17w1d 15w6d 18w4d 7.40 28w4d 25w6d 31w3d Biparietal Diameter (BPD): CAMPBELL
4.00 17w3d 16w1d 19w0d 7.50 28w6d 26w2d 31w6d
4.10 17w5d 16w3d 19w2d 7.60 29w2d 26w4d 32w2d
4.20 18w0d 16w4d 19w4d 7.70 29w5d 26w6d 32w5d
GA Table
4.30 18w2d 16w6d 19w6d 7.80 30w0d 27w1d 33w1d Professor Campbell’s Group at Harris birthright Centre, King’s College Hospital
4.40 18w4d 17w1d 20w2d 7.90 30w3d 27w4d 33w4d
4.50 19w0d 17w3d 20w4d 8.00 30w5d 27w6d 34w0d
4.60 19w2d 17w5d 20w6d 8.10 31w1d 28w1d 34w3d Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±days (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±days (wd)
5.00 20w3d 18w5d 22w2d 8.50 32w5d 29w4d 36w2d
3.70 16w0d 01w0d 8.00 30w0d 01w5d
5.10 20w5d 19w0d 22w4d 8.60 33w1d 29w6d 36w5d
4.10 17w0d 01w0d 8.30 31w0d 01w6d
5.20 21w1d 19w2d 23w0d 8.70 33w3d 30w1d 37w1d
5.80 22w0d 01w1d 9.30 36w0d 02w6d
Reference Manual 28
Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±days (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±days (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±SD (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±SD (wd)
6.10 23w0d 01w2d 9.50 37w0d 03w0d 4.6 19w3d 2w0d 8.6 34w2d 1w6d
5.0 20w4d 1w4d 9.0 36w4d 1w5d
5.1 20w6d 1w4d 9.1 37w1d 1w2d
Biparietal Diameter (BPD): KURTZ 5.2 21w1d 1w5d 9.2 37w6d 1w1d
5.3 21w4d 1w5d 9.3 38w2d 1w0d
5.4 21w6d 1w6d 9.4 39w0d 1w1d
GA Table 5.5 22w1d 1w6d 9.5 39w5d 1w1d
Kurtz AB,et.al., ”Analysis of biparietal diameter as an accurate indicator of gestational age” Journal of 5.6 22w4d 1w6d 9.6 40w2d 1w1d
5.7 22w6d 1w5d 9.7 41w0d 1w1d
Clinical Ultrasound, 8:319-326, August 1980
5.8 23w1d 1w5d 9.8 41w6d 1w2d
5.9 23w4d 1w4d
Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±SD (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±SD (wd)
2.0 12w0d 0w0d 6.0 23w6d 1w5d
2.1 12w0d 0w0d 6.1 24w1d 1w5d Biparietal Diameter (BPD): ASUM(SCW)
2.2 12w5d 0w4d 6.2 24w4d 1w4d
2.3 13w0d 0w4d 6.3 24w6d 1w4d GA Table
2.4 13w1d 0w4d 6.4 25w2d 1w4d
2.5 13w4d 0w4d 6.5 25w4d 1w4d Australasian Society for Ultrasound in Medicine.
2.6 13w5d 0w4d 6.6 26w0d 1w4d Policies and Statements - [D7] Statement On Normal Ultrasonic Fetal Measurements (Revised May 2001)
2.7 14w0d 0w4d 6.7 26w3d 1w3d
GA = 0.397 x (BPD x10) – 0.00306 x (BPDx10) 2 + 0.00002788 x (BPD x 10) 3 + 4.933
2.8 14w2d 0w5d 6.8 26w5d 1w3d
2.9 14w4d 0w5d 6.9 27w1d 1w2d Output Unit : w(weeks)
3.0 14w6d 0w5d 7.0 27w4d 1w1d Input Unit : cm
3.1 15w1d 0w6d 7.1 27w6d 1w1d
Min Range : 1.70 cm
3.2 15w2d 0w6d 7.2 28w2d 1w1d
3.3 15w4d 0w6d 7.3 28w5d 1w1d Max Range : 9.84 cm
3.4 15w6d 0w6d 7.4 29w1d 1w0d
3.5 16w1d 1w0d 7.5 29w4d 1w0d
Fetal Growth Table
3.6 16w3d 1w0d 7.6 30w0d 1w0d
3.8 17w0d 1w1d 7.8 30w4d 1w2d Policies and Statements - [D7] Statement On Normal Ultrasonic Fetal Measurements (Revised May 2001)
3.9 17w2d 1w1d 7.9 31w1d 1w3d
4.0 17w4d 1w1d 8.0 31w4d 1w3d
4.1 17w6d 1w3d 8.1 32w1d 1w3d Age (w) Meas (cm) ±2SD (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) ±2SD (cm)
4.2 18w1d 1w4d 8.2 32w4d 1w3d 11 1.6 0.2 27 6.8 0.5
4.3 18w3d 1w6d 8.3 33w0d 1w4d 12 2.0 0.4 28 7.2 0.4
4.4 18w6d 1w6d 8.4 33w3d 1w5d 13 2.4 0.4 29 7.5 0.4
4.5 19w1d 2w1d 8.5 34w0d 1w5d 14 2.8 0.4 30 7.6 0.4
Reference Manual 29
Age (w) Meas (cm) ±2SD (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) ±2SD (cm) Biparietal Diameter (BPD): CFEF
15 3.1 0.4 31 8.0 0.6
16 3.6 0.5 32 8.1 0.4 GA Table
17 3.9 0.5 33 8.4 0.6
J.Créquat, M. Duyme, G. Brodaty.
18 4.2 0.4 34 8.6 0.6
19 4.5 0.5 35 8.8 0.65 Biométrie 2000. Tables de croissance foetale par le Collège Français d’Echographie Foetale (CFEF) et
20 4.7 0.4 36 9.0 0.6 l’Inserm U155
21 4.9 0.4 37 9.2 0.65
Gynecol Obstet Fertil, 2000 Jun;28(6):435-45
22 5.2 0.5 38 9.3 0.6
23 5.7 0.5 39 9.5 0.8
24 6.0 0.6 40 9.6 0.8 Meas (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) Age (w)
25 6.4 0.6 41 9.8 0.8
1.53 11 5.45 22 8.21 33
26 6.7 0.4
1.94 12 5.75 23 8.40 34
2.33 13 6.04 24 8.59 35
2.71 14 6.32 25 8.76 36
Biparietal Diameter (BPD): BESSIS 3.08 15 6.59 26 8.92 37
3.45 16 6.85 27 9.07 38
GA Table 3.81 17 7.10 28 9.21 39
4.15 18 7.35 29 9.34 40
The data are those provided by Dr. Bessis to M. Le Bel.(Same as SIGMA 20, see memo from Ch. Gahwiler
4.50 19 7.58 30 9.40 41
dated , June 23, 1983) 4.82 20 7.80 31
5.14 21 8.01 32
Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±days (wd)
1.90 11w4d 0w6d Fetal Growth Table
2.35 13w0d 0w6d J.Créquat, M. Duyme, G. Brodaty
3.65 17w0d 0w6d
Biométrie 2000. Tables de croissance foetale par le Collège Français d’Echographie Foetale
4.90 21w0d 1w0d
6.05 25w0d 1w2d ( CFEF ) et l’Inserm U155
7.20 29w0d 1w5d Gynecol Obstet Fertil 2000 Jun;28(6):435-45
8.15 33w0d 2w4d
8.75 37w0d 4w4d
9.70 39w6d 4w4d Age (w) Meas (cm) 10% (cm) 90% (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) 10% (cm) 90% (cm)
11 1.50 1.30 1.80 27 6.90 6.40 7.30
12 1.90 1.70 2.20 28 7.10 6.70 7.60
13 2.30 2.10 2.60 29 7.40 6.90 7.80
14 2.70 2.40 3.00 30 7.60 7.10 8.00
15 3.10 2.80 3.40 31 7.80 7.30 8.30
16 3.50 3.10 3.80 32 8.00 7.50 8.50
17 3.80 3.50 4.10 33 8.20 7.70 8.70
18 4.20 3.80 4.50 34 8.40 7.90 8.90
19 4.50 4.10 4.90 35 8.60 8.10 9.10
Reference Manual 30
Age (w) Meas (cm) 10% (cm) 90% (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) 10% (cm) 90% (cm) Meas (cm) Age (wd) 10% (wd) 90% (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) 10% (wd) 90% (wd)
20 4.80 4.50 5.20 36 8.80 8.30 9.20 3.40 15w4d 14w6d 16w3d 5.80 23w0d 21w6d 24w1d
21 5.10 4.80 5.50 37 8.90 8.50 9.40 3.50 15w6d 15w1d 16w5d 5.90 23w3d 22w2d 24w4d
22 5.50 5.10 5.80 38 9.10 8.60 9.50 3.60 16w1d 15w2d 17w0d 6.00 23w5d 22w4d 25w0d
23 5.80 5.30 6.20 39 9.20 8.70 9.70
3.70 16w3d 15w4d 17w2d
24 6.00 5.60 6.50 40 9.30 8.90 9.80
25 6.30 5.90 6.70 41 9.40 8.90 9.90
26 6.60 6.20 7.00 Fetal Growth Table
Johnsen SL, Wilsgaard T, Rasmussen S, Sollien R, Kiserud T. “Longitudinal reference charts for growth of
Biparietal Diameter (BPD): JOHNSEN the fetal head, abdomen and femur” Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol, 2006 Aug; 127(2): 172-85
GA Table Age (w) Meas (cm) 10% (cm) 90% (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) 10% (cm) 90% (cm)
Johnsen SL, Rasmussen S, Sollien R, Kiserud T. “Fetal age assessment based on ultrasound head biom- 10w 1.40 1.20 1.60 26w 6.80 6.40 7.20
etry and the effect of maternal and fetal factors” Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand, 2004 Aug; 83(8): 716-23 11w 1.70 1.50 1.90 27w 7.10 6.60 7.50
12w 2.00 1.80 2.30 28w 7.30 6.90 7.80
13w 2.40 2.10 2.70 29w 7.60 7.20 8.00
Meas (cm) Age (wd) 10% (wd) 90% (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) 10% (wd) 90% (wd) 14w 2.70 2.50 3.00 30w 7.80 7.40 8.30
1.40 10w3d 09w6d 10w6d 3.80 16w5d 15w6d 17w4d 15w 3.10 2.80 3.40 31w 8.10 7.60 8.60
1.50 10w5d 10w1d 11w2d 3.90 17w0d 16w1d 17w6d 16w 3.50 3.10 3.80 32w 8.30 7.80 8.80
1.60 10w6d 10w3d 11w3d 4.00 17w2d 16w3d 18w1d 17w 3.80 3.50 4.20 33w 8.50 8.00 9.00
1.70 11w1d 10w4d 11w5d 4.10 17w4d 16w5d 18w3d 18w 4.20 3.80 4.50 34w 8.70 8.20 9.30
1.80 11w3d 10w6d 12w0d 4.20 17w6d 17w0d 18w5d 19w 4.50 4.20 4.90 35w 8.90 8.40 9.50
1.90 11w5d 11w1d 12w2d 4.30 18w1d 17w2d 19w1d 20w 4.90 4.50 5.20 36w 9.10 8.60 9.70
2.00 12w0d 11w2d 12w4d 4.40 18w3d 17w4d 19w3d 21w 5.20 4.90 5.60 37w 9.30 8.80 9.80
2.10 12w2d 11w4d 12w6d 4.50 18w5d 17w6d 19w5d 22w 5.50 5.20 5.90 38w 9.50 8.90 10.00
2.20 12w3d 11w6d 13w1d 4.60 19w0d 18w1d 20w0d 23w 5.90 5.50 6.30 39 9.60 9.10 10.20
2.30 12w5d 12w1d 13w3d 4.70 19w3d 18w3d 20w3d 24w 6.20 5.80 6.60 40w 9.80 9.20 10.40
25w 6.50 6.10 6.90 41w 9.9 9.30 10.50
2.40 13w0d 12w2d 13w5d 4.80 19w5d 18w5d 20w5d
2.50 13w2d 12w4d 14w0d 4.90 20w0d 19w0d 21w0d
2.60 13w3d 12w6d 14w1d 5.00 20w2d 19w2d 21w3d
2.70 13w5d 13w0d 14w3d 5.10 20w4d 19w4d 21w5d
2.80 14w0d 13w2d 14w5d 5.20 21w0d 20w0d 22w0d
2.90 14w2d 13w4d 15w0d 5.30 21w2d 20w2d 22w3d
3.00 14w4d 13w6d 15w2d 5.40 21w4d 20w4d 22w5d
3.10 14w6d 14w0d 15w4d 5.50 22w0d 20w6d 23w1d
3.20 15w0d 14w2d 15w6d 5.60 22w2d 21w2d 23w3d
3.30 15w2d 14w4d 16w1d 5.70 22w5d 21w4d 23w6d
Reference Manual 31
Biparietal Diameter (BPD): REMPEN Age (wd) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm)
8w0d 0.76 0.39 1.13 11w4d 1.87 1.50 2.24
GA Table 8w1d 0.80 0.43 1.17 11w5d 1.92 1.55 2.29
Rempen A. “Biometrie in der Fruhgraviditat (I. Trimenon)” Der Frauenarzt, 32:425, 1991 8w2d 0.85 0.48 1.22 11w6d 1.96 1.59 2.33
8w3d 0.89 0.52 1.26 12w0d 2.00 1.63 2.37
Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% ( wd) 95% (wd) 8w4d 0.94 0.57 1.31 12w1d 2.05 1.68 2.42
8w5d 0.98 0.61 1.35 12w2d 2.09 1.72 2.46
0.30 6w6d 05w5d 08w0d 1.60 10w4d 09w3d 11w5d
8w6d 1.03 0.66 1.40 12w3d 2.13 1.76 2.50
0.40 7w1d 06w0d 08w2d 1.70 10w6d 09w5d 12w0d
9w0d 1.07 0.70 1.44 12w4d 2.18 1.81 2.55
0.50 7w3d 06w2d 08w4d 1.80 11w1d 10w0d 12w2d
9w1d 1.12 0.75 1.49 12w5d 2.22 1.85 2.59
0.60 7w5d 06w4d 08w6d 1.90 11w3d 10w2d 12w4d
9w2d 1.16 0.79 1.53 12w6d 2.26 1.89 2.63
0.70 8w0d 06w6d 09w1d 2.00 11w5d 10w4d 12w6d
9w3d 1.21 0.84 1.58 13w0d 2.31 1.94 2.68
0.80 8w2d 07w1d 09w3d 2.10 12w0d 10w6d 13w1d
9w4d 1.25 0.88 1.62 13w1d 2.35 1.98 2.72
0.90 8w4d 07w3d 09w5d 2.20 12w2d 11w1d 13w3d
9w5d 1.30 0.93 1.67 13w2d 2.39 2.02 2.76
1.00 8w6d 07w5d 10w0d 2.30 12w4d 11w3d 13w5d
1.10 9w1d 08w0d 10w2d 2.40 12w6d 11w5d 14w0d
1.20 9w3d 08w2d 10w4d 2.50 13w1d 12w0d 14w2d
Biparietal Diameter (BPD): KURMANAVICIUS
1.30 9w5d 08w4d 10w6d 2.60 13w3d 12w2d 14w4d
1.40 10w0d 08w6d 11w1d 2.70 13w5d 12w4d 14w6d
1.50 10w2d 09w1d 11w3d
Fetal Growth Table
Kurmanavicius J, Wright EM, Royston P, Wisser J, Huch R, Huch A, Zimmermann R. “Fetal ultrasound
biometry: 1. Head reference values” Br J Obstet Gynaecol, 1999 Feb; 106(2): 126-35
Fetal Growth Table
Rempen A. “Biometrie in der Fruhgraviditat (I. Trimenon)” Der Frauenarzt, 32:425, 1991
12w 2.10 1.70 2.50 28w 7.49 6.92 8.07
Age (wd) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) 13w 2.49 2.08 2.90 29w 7.76 7.17 8.34
6w2d 0.20 0.00 0.57 9w6d 1.34 0.97 1.71 14w 2.87 2.45 3.29 30w 8.01 7.41 8.60
6w3d 0.25 0.00 0.62 10w0d 1.39 1.02 1.76 15w 3.25 2.82 3.68 31w 8.25 7.64 8.85
6w4d 0.30 0.00 0.67 10w1d 1.43 1.06 1.80 16w 3.62 3.18 4.06 32w 8.47 7.86 9.09
6w5d 0.34 0.00 0.71 10w2d 1.48 1.11 1.85 17w 3.99 3.53 4.44 33w 8.69 8.06 9.31
6w6d 0.39 0.02 0.76 10w3d 1.52 1.15 1.89 18w 4.35 3.88 4.81 34w 8.89 8.25 9.53
7w0d 0.43 0.06 0.80 10w4d 1.57 1.20 1.94 19w 4.70 4.22 5.17 35w 9.08 8.43 9.73
7w1d 0.48 0.11 0.85 10w5d 1.61 1.24 1.98 20w 5.04 4.56 5.53 36w 9.26 8.60 9.91
7w2d 0.53 0.16 0.90 10w6d 1.65 1.28 2.02 21w 5.38 4.88 5.88 37w 9.42 8.75 10.09
7w3d 0.57 0.20 0.94 11w0d 1.70 1.33 2.07 22w 5.71 5.20 6.22 38w 9.57 8.89 10.25
7w4d 0.62 0.25 0.99 11w1d 1.74 1.37 2.11 23w 6.03 5.51 6.55 39w 9.70 9.01 10.39
7w5d 0.67 0.30 1.04 11w2d 1.79 1.42 2.16 24w 6.34 5.81 6.87 40w 9.82 9.12 10.52
7w6d 0.71 0.34 1.08 11w3d 1.83 1.46 2.20 25w 6.65 6.11 7.19 41w 9.92 9.21 10.63
Reference Manual 32
26w 6.94 6.39 7.49 42w 10.01 9.29 10.73 17w5d 4.00 3.60 4.30 30w5d 8.10 7.40 8.80
27w 7.22 6.66 7.78 17w6d 4.00 3.60 4.30 30w6d 8.10 7.40 8.80
18w0d 4.30 3.90 4.70 31w0d 8.30 7.70 9.00
18w1d 4.30 3.90 4.70 31w1d 8.30 7.70 9.00
Biparietal Diameter (BPD): NICOLAIDES 18w2d 4.30 3.90 4.70 31w2d 8.30 7.70 9.00
18w3d 4.30 3.90 4.70 31w3d 8.30 7.70 9.00
Fetal Growth Table 18w4d 4.30 3.90 4.70 31w4d 8.30 7.70 9.00
18w5d 4.30 3.90 4.70 31w5d 8.30 7.70 9.00
Snijders RJ, Nicolaides KH. “Fetal biometry at 14-40 weeks’ gestation” Ultrasound in obstetrics and
18w6d 4.30 3.90 4.70 31w6d 8.30 7.70 9.00
Gynecology, 1994 Jan 1; 4(1): 34-48 19w0d 4.60 4.20 5.00 32w0d 8.60 7.90 9.30
19w1d 4.60 4.20 5.00 32w1d 8.60 7.90 9.30
Age (wd) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) 19w2d 4.60 4.20 5.00 32w2d 8.60 7.90 9.30
19w3d 4.60 4.20 5.00 32w3d 8.60 7.90 9.30
14w0d 3.10 2.80 3.40 27w0d 7.20 6.60 7.80
19w4d 4.60 4.20 5.00 32w4d 8.60 7.90 9.30
14w1d 3.10 2.80 3.40 27w1d 7.20 6.60 7.80
19w5d 4.60 4.20 5.00 32w5d 8.60 7.90 9.30
14w2d 3.10 2.80 3.40 27w2d 7.20 6.60 7.80
19w6d 4.60 4.20 5.00 32w6d 8.60 7.90 9.30
14w3d 3.10 2.80 3.40 27w3d 7.20 6.60 7.80
20w0d 4.90 4.50 5.40 33w0d 8.80 8.10 9.60
14w4d 3.10 2.80 3.40 27w4d 7.20 6.60 7.80
20w1d 4.90 4.50 5.40 33w1d 8.80 8.10 9.60
14w5d 3.10 2.80 3.40 27w5d 7.20 6.60 7.80
20w2d 4.90 4.50 5.40 33w2d 8.80 8.10 9.60
14w6d 3.10 2.80 3.40 27w6d 7.20 6.60 7.80
20w3d 4.90 4.50 5.40 33w3d 8.80 8.10 9.60
15w0d 3.40 3.10 3.70 28w0d 7.50 6.90 8.10
20w4d 4.90 4.50 5.40 33w4d 8.80 8.10 9.60
15w1d 3.40 3.10 3.70 28w1d 7.50 6.90 8.10
20w5d 4.90 4.50 5.40 33w5d 8.80 8.10 9.60
15w2d 3.40 3.10 3.70 28w2d 7.50 6.90 8.10
20w6d 4.90 4.50 5.40 33w6d 8.80 8.10 9.60
15w3d 3.40 3.10 3.70 28w3d 7.50 6.90 8.10
21w0d 5.20 4.80 5.70 34w0d 9.00 8.30 9.80
15w4d 3.40 3.10 3.70 28w4d 7.50 6.90 8.10
21w1d 5.20 4.80 5.70 34w1d 9.00 8.30 9.80
15w5d 3.40 3.10 3.70 28w5d 7.50 6.90 8.10
21w2d 5.20 4.80 5.70 34w2d 9.00 8.30 9.80
15w6d 3.40 3.10 3.70 28w6d 7.50 6.90 8.10
21w3d 5.20 4.80 5.70 34w3d 9.00 8.30 9.80
16w0d 3.70 3.40 4.00 29w0d 7.80 7.20 8.50
21w4d 5.20 4.80 5.70 34w4d 9.00 8.30 9.80
16w1d 3.70 3.40 4.00 29w1d 7.80 7.20 8.50
21w5d 5.20 4.80 5.70 34w5d 9.00 8.30 9.80
16w2d 3.70 3.40 4.00 29w2d 7.80 7.20 8.50
21w6d 5.20 4.80 5.70 34w6d 9.00 8.30 9.80
16w3d 3.70 3.40 4.00 29w3d 7.80 7.20 8.50
22w0d 5.60 5.10 6.10 35w0d 9.20 8.50 10.00
16w4d 3.70 3.40 4.00 29w4d 7.80 7.20 8.50
22w1d 5.60 5.10 6.10 35w1d 9.20 8.50 10.00
16w5d 3.70 3.40 4.00 29w5d 7.80 7.20 8.50
22w2d 5.60 5.10 6.10 35w2d 9.20 8.50 10.00
16w6d 3.70 3.40 4.00 29w6d 7.80 7.20 8.50
22w3d 5.60 5.10 6.10 35w3d 9.20 8.50 10.00
17w0d 4.00 3.60 4.30 30w0d 8.10 7.40 8.80
22w4d 5.60 5.10 6.10 35w4d 9.20 8.50 10.00
17w1d 4.00 3.60 4.30 30w1d 8.10 7.40 8.80
22w5d 5.60 5.10 6.10 35w5d 9.20 8.50 10.00
17w2d 4.00 3.60 4.30 30w2d 8.10 7.40 8.80
22w6d 5.60 5.10 6.10 35w6d 9.20 8.50 10.00
17w3d 4.00 3.60 4.30 30w3d 8.10 7.40 8.80
23w0d 5.90 5.40 6.40 36w0d 9.40 8.60 10.20
17w4d 4.00 3.60 4.30 30w4d 8.10 7.40 8.80
Reference Manual 33
Age (wd) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Crown-Rump Length (CRL): KOREAN
23w1d 5.90 5.40 6.40 36w1d 9.40 8.60 10.20
23w2d 5.90 5.40 6.40 36w2d 9.40 8.60 10.20 GA Table
23w3d 5.90 5.40 6.40 36w3d 9.40 8.60 10.20 Y.G Park.“ The Standardization of Fetal body parts according to the normal Korean Gestational Age in
23w4d 5.90 5.40 6.40 36w4d 9.40 8.60 10.20
23w5d 5.90 5.40 6.40 36w5d 9.40 8.60 10.20
23w6d 5.90 5.40 6.40 36w6d 9.40 8.60 10.20 GA = CRL × 1.08815 + 6.321988
24w0d 6.20 5.70 6.80 37w0d 9.50 8.70 10.30 Output Unit : w(weeks)
24w1d 6.20 5.70 6.80 37w1d 9.50 8.70 10.30 Input Unit : cm
24w2d 6.20 5.70 6.80 37w2d 9.50 8.70 10.30
Min Range : 0.9 cm
24w3d 6.20 5.70 6.80 37w3d 9.50 8.70 10.30
24w4d 6.20 5.70 6.80 37w4d 9.50 8.70 10.30 Max Range : 5.4 cm
24w5d 6.20 5.70 6.80 37w5d 9.50 8.70 10.30
24w6d 6.20 5.70 6.80 37w6d 9.50 8.70 10.30 Fetal Growth Table
25w0d 6.60 6.00 7.10 38w0d 9.60 8.80 10.40 Y.G Park.“ The Standardization of Fetal body parts according to the normal Korean Gestational Age in
25w1d 6.60 6.00 7.10 38w1d 9.60 8.80 10.40
25w2d 6.60 6.00 7.10 38w2d 9.60 8.80 10.40
25w3d 6.60 6.00 7.10 38w3d 9.60 8.80 10.40 CRL=90.37523XMA-54.736362
25w4d 6.60 6.00 7.10 38w4d 9.60 8.80 10.40 Output Unit : cm
25w5d 6.60 6.00 7.10 38w5d 9.60 8.80 10.40 Input Unit : w(week)
25w6d 6.60 6.00 7.10 38w6d 9.60 8.80 10.40
Min Range : 7w
26w0d 6.90 6.30 7.50 39w0d 9.70 8.90 10.50
26w1d 6.90 6.30 7.50 39w1d 9.70 8.90 10.50 Max Range : 11w
26w2d 6.90 6.30 7.50 39w2d 9.70 8.90 10.50
26w3d 6.90 6.30 7.50 39w3d 9.70 8.90 10.50 Age (w) Meas (cm) ±SD (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) ±SD (cm)
26w4d 6.90 6.30 7.50 39w4d 9.70 8.90 10.50
7 1.045 0.287 10 3.307 0.297
26w5d 6.90 6.30 7.50 39w5d 9.70 8.90 10.50
8 1.589 0.304 11 4.286 0.346
26w6d 6.90 6.30 7.50 39w6d 9.70 8.90 10.50
9 2.339 0.291
Reference Manual 34
Crown-Rump Length (CRL): ROBINSON + 2SD + 2SD

Meas (cm) Age (wd) -2SD (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) -2SD (wd)
(wd) (wd)
2.30 09w2d 08w2d 10w2d 10.30 16w0d 14w1d 17w6d
Robinson HP, Fleming JEE British Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology 82:702-710, September 1975 2.60 09w5d 08w5d 10w5d 11.00 16w4d 14w5d 18w4d
2.80 10w0d 08w6d 11w1d 11.30 17w0d 15w0d 19w0d
GA = 8.052 × + 23.73
3.00 10w2d 09w1d 11w2d 11.60 17w2d 15w2d 19w2d
Output Unit : d(days) 3.20 10w3d 09w2d 11w4d 12.00 17w4d 15w4d 19w4d
Input Unit : mm 3.40 10w5d 09w4d 11w5d 12.30 18w0d 16w0d 20w0d
3.80 11w1d 09w6d 12w2d 13.00 18w6d 16w5d 20w6d
Max Range : 7.96 cm
4.00 11w2d 10w1d 12w3d 13.30 19w1d 17w0d 21w2d
4.20 11w3d 10w2d 12w4d 13.60 19w4d 17w3d 21w6d
4.40 11w4d 10w3d 12w6d 14.00 20w0d 17w6d 22w2d
Crown-Rump Length (CRL): HANSMANN 4.60 11w6d 10w5d 13w0d 14.30 20w3d 18w1d 22w5d
4.80 12w0d 10w6d 13w2d 14.60 20w6d 18w4d 23w1d
Hansmann, Hackeloer, Staudach, Wittman. “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obsterics and Gynecology.”
Springer-Verlag, New York, 1986, p.439. Fetal Growth Table
Hansmann, Hackeloer, Staudach, Wittmann. “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and Gynecology.”
+ 2SD + 2SD
Meas (cm) Age (wd) -2SD (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) -2SD (wd) Springer-Verlag, New York, 1986
(wd) (wd)
0.60 06w1d 05w1d 07w0d 5.20 12w2d 11w0d 13w4d
0.70 06w2d 05w3d 07w2d 5.40 12w3d 11w0d 13w5d
Age (wd) Meas (cm) -2SD (cm) + 2SD (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) -2SD (cm) + 2SD (cm)
0.80 06w4d 05w4d 07w3d 5.60 12w4d 11w1d 13w6d
06w1d 0.69 0.23 1.15 12w2d 5.56 4.00 7.13
0.90 06w6d 05w6d 07w6d 5.80 12w5d 11w2d 14w0d
2.00 08w6d 07w6d 09w6d 9.30 15w1d 13w3d 16w6d
07w5d 1.40 0.66 2.14 15w6d 10.01 7.80 12.22
2.10 09w0d 08w0d 10w0d 9.60 15w3d 13w4d 17w1d
07w6d 1.47 0.70 2.24 16w2d 10.44 8.15 12.73
2.20 09w1d 08w1d 10w1d 10.00 15w5d 13w6d 17w3d
Reference Manual 35
Age (wd) Meas (cm) -2SD (cm) + 2SD (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) -2SD (cm) + 2SD (cm) Fetal Growth Table
08w0d 1.54 0.75 2.34 16w4d 10.70 8.36 13.04 N.Shinozuka. “Fetal biometry standard values” http://www.shinozuka.com, 1996
08w1d 1.62 0.80 2.44 16w6d 10.95 8.56 13.34
08w3d 1.78 0.91 2.65 17w2d 11.30 8.83 13.77 Age (wd) Meas (cm) -1.64 SD (cm) + 1.64 SD (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) -1.64 SD (cm) + 1.64 SD (cm)
08w5d 1.96 1.03 2.88 17w4d 11.51 8.99 14.04 7w0d 0.79 0.51 1.07 10w1d 2.93 2.09 3.76
09w0d 2.15 1.17 3.12 17w6d 11.72 9.15 14.29 7w1d 0.86 0.55 1.17 10w2d 3.05 2.19 3.91
09w2d 2.36 1.33 3.39 18w2d 12.00 9.35 14.65 7w2d 0.93 0.6 1.27 10w3d 3.18 2.29 4.06
09w4d 2.59 1.51 3.66 18w4d 12.19 9.48 14.89 7w3d 1.01 0.65 1.37 10w4d 3.31 2.40 4.22
09w6d 2.83 1.70 3.96 18w6d 12.37 9.62 15.12 7w4d 1.09 0.71 1.47 10w5d 3.44 2.51 4.38
10w2d 3.24 2.03 4.44 19w1d 12.55 9.75 15.36 7w5d 1.17 0.76 1.58 10w6d 3.58 2.62 4.54
10w4d 3.53 2.27 4.79 19w3d 12.74 9.89 15.60 7w6d 1.25 0.82 1.69 11w0d 3.71 2.73 4.70
10w6d 3.83 2.52 5.14 19w5d 12.94 10.03 15.85 8w0d 1.34 0.88 1.80 11w1d 3.85 2.84 4.86
11w2d 4.32 2.93 5.71 20w0d 13.16 10.20 16.12 8w1d 1.43 0.95 1.91 11w2d 4.00 2.96 5.03
11w4d 4.66 3.22 6.13 20w1d 13.28 10.29 16.26 8w2d 1.52 1.01 2.03 11w3d 4.14 3.08 5.20
11w6d 5.02 3.53 6.51 20w2d 13.40 10.40 16.41 8w3d 1.61 1.08 2.15 11w4d 4.29 3.20 5.37
8w4d 1.71 1.15 2.27 11w5d 4.44 3.33 5.55
8w5d 1.81 1.22 2.39 11w6d 4.59 3.45 5.73
Crown-Rump Length (CRL): SHINOZUKA 8w6d 1.91 1.30 2.52 12w0d 4.74 3.58 5.91
9w0d 2.01 1.38 2.65 12w1d 4.90 3.72 6.09
GA Table 9w1d 2.12 1.46 2.78 12w2d 5.06 3.85 6.27
N.Shinozuka. “Fetal biometry standard values” http://www.shinozuka.com, 1996 9w2d 2.23 1.54 2.91 12w3d 5.22 3.99 6.46
9w3d 2.34 1.63 3.05 12w4d 5.39 4.13 6.65
9w4d 2.45 1.72 3.18 12w5d 5.55 4.27 6.84
9w5d 2.57 1.81 3.32 12w6d 5.72 4.41 7.03
0.50 06w3d 00w3d 3.00 10w2d 01w0d
9w6d 2.68 1.90 3.47 13w0d 5.89 4.56 7.23
1.00 07w3d 00w4d 3.50 10w6d 01w1d
10w0d 2.80 1.99 3.61
1.50 08w1d 00w5d 4.00 11w3d 01w1d
2.00 08w6d 00w6d 4.50 11w6d 01w2d
2.50 09w4d 00w6d 5.00 12w2d 01w3d
Reference Manual 36
Crown-Rump Length (CRL): JSUM Age (wd) Meas (cm) -1.64 SD (cm) + 1.64 SD (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) -1.64 SD (cm) + 1.64 SD (cm)
9w4d 2.45 1.72 3.18 12w5d 5.55 4.27 6.84
GA Table 9w5d 2.57 1.81 3.32 12w6d 5.72 4.41 7.03
Medical Ultrasonics, Vol.30, No.3, pp. 416-440, 2003 10w0d 2.80 1.99 3.61
Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±SD (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±SD (wd) Crown-Rump Length (CRL): NELSON
0.50 06w3d 00w3d 3.00 10w2d 01w0d
1.00 07w3d 00w4d 3.50 10w6d 01w1d GA Table
1.50 08w1d 00w5d 4.00 11w3d 01w1d
Nelson, L. “Comparison of Methods for Determining Crown-Rump Measurement by Real-Time Ultra-
2.00 08w6d 00w6d 4.50 11w6d 01w2d
2.50 09w4d 00w6d 5.00 12w2d 01w3d
sound.” Journal of Clinical Ultrasound, 9:67-70, February, 1981.
GA = 51.0008 + 6 x CRL
Fetal Growth Table Output Unit : d(days)
Norio Shinozuka, Takashi Okai, et al. "Standard Values of Ultrasonographic Fetal Biometry" Journal of Input Unit : mm
Medical Ultrasonics, Vol.30, No.3, pp. 416-440, 2003 Min Range : 0.15 cm
Max Range : 11.5 cm
Age (wd) Meas (cm) -1.64 SD (cm) + 1.64 SD (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) -1.64 SD (cm) + 1.64 SD (cm)
7w0d 0.79 0.51 1.07 10w1d 2.93 2.09 3.76
7w1d 0.86 0.55 1.17 10w2d 3.05 2.19 3.91 Crown-Rump Length (CRL): HADLOCK
7w2d 0.93 0.6 1.27 10w3d 3.18 2.29 4.06
7w3d 1.01 0.65 1.37 10w4d 3.31 2.40 4.22 GA Table
7w4d 1.09 0.71 1.47 10w5d 3.44 2.51 4.38 Frank P. Hadlock, Yogesh P. Shah, Donna J. Kanon, Joshua V. Lindsey,. “Fetal Crown-Rump Length:
7w5d 1.17 0.76 1.58 10w6d 3.58 2.62 4.54 Reevaluation of Relation to Menstrual Age(5-18 weeks) with High-Resolution Real-Time US” Radiology,
7w6d 1.25 0.82 1.69 11w0d 3.71 2.73 4.70
1992; 182:501-505
8w0d 1.34 0.88 1.80 11w1d 3.85 2.84 4.86
8w1d 1.43 0.95 1.91 11w2d 4.00 2.96 5.03
8w2d 1.52 1.01 2.03 11w3d 4.14 3.08 5.20 Meas (cm) Age (wd) -2SD (wd) + 2SD (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) -2SD (wd) + 2SD (wd)
8w3d 1.61 1.08 2.15 11w4d 4.29 3.20 5.37 0.2 5w5d 5w2d 6w1d 6.2 12w4d 11w4d 13w4d
9w2d 2.23 1.54 2.91 12w3d 5.22 3.99 6.46
0.8 6w5d 6w1d 7w2d 6.8 13w1d 12w0d 14w1d
9w3d 2.34 1.63 3.05 12w4d 5.39 4.13 6.65
Reference Manual 37
Meas (cm) Age (wd) -2SD (wd) + 2SD (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) -2SD (wd) + 2SD (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) -2SD (wd) + 2SD (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) -2SD (wd) + 2SD (wd)
2.8 9w4d 8w6d 10w3d 8.8 14w5d 13w4d 15w6d

2.9 9w5d 8w6d 10w3d 8.9 14w6d 13w4d 16w0d
3.0 9w6d 9w1d 10w5d 9.0 14w6d 13w5d 16w1d
3.1 10w0d 9w1d 10w6d 9.1 15w0d 13w6d 16w1d
3.2 10w1d 9w2d 10w6d 9.2 15w1d 13w6d 16w2d
3.3 10w1d 9w3d 11w0d 9.3 15w1d 13w7d 16w3d
3.4 10w2d 9w3d 11w1d 9.4 15w2d 14w1d 16w4d
3.5 10w3d 9w4d 11w2d 9.5 15w2d 14w1d 16w4d
3.6 10w4d 9w5d 11w2d 9.6 15w3d 14w1d 16w4d
3.7 10w4d 9w5d 11w3d 9.7 15w4d 14w2d 16w5d
3.8 10w5d 9w6d 11w4d 9.8 15w4d 14w2d 16w6d
3.9 10w6d 10w0d 11w5d 9.9 15w5d 14w3d 17w0d
4.0 10w6d 10w0d 11w5d 10.0 15w6d 14w4d 17w1d
4.1 11w0d 10w1d 11w6d 10.1 16w0d 14w5d 17w2d
4.2 11w1d 10w1d 11w7d 10.2 16w1d 14w6d 17w3d
Reference Manual 38
Crown-Rump Length (CRL): OSAKA Crown-Rump Length (CRL): ASUM(SCW)
GA Table GA Table
Osaka University Method 1989, 3 by Univ. Of Osaka Australasian Society for Ultrasound in Medicine.
Policies and Statements - [D7] Statement On Normal Ultrasonic Fetal Measurements (Revised May 2001)
Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) GA = -0.0007 x (CRL x 10) 2 + 0.1584 x (CRL x 10) + 5.2876
0.90 07w1d 2.30 09w2d 3.70 10w4d 5.10 11w6d Output Unit : w(weeks)
1.00 07w3d 2.40 09w3d 3.80 10w5d 5.20 11w6d Input Unit : cm
1.10 07w4d 2.50 09w3d 3.90 10w6d 5.30 12w0d
Min Range : 0.1 cm
1.20 07w6d 2.60 09w4d 4.00 10w6d 5.40 12w1d
1.30 08w0d 2.70 09w5d 4.10 11w0d 5.50 12w1d
Max Range : 8.7 cm
1.40 08w1d 2.80 09w6d 4.20 11w0d 5.60 12w2d
1.50 08w2d 2.90 09w6d 4.30 11w1d 5.70 12w2d Fetal Growth Table
1.60 08w3d 3.00 10w0d 4.40 11w2d 5.80 12w3d Australasian Society for Ultrasound in Medicine.
1.70 08w4d 3.10 10w1d 4.50 11w2d 5.90 12w3d Policies and Statements - [D7] Statement On Normal Ultrasonic Fetal Measurements (Revised May 2001)
1.80 08w5d 3.20 10w1d 4.60 11w3d 6.00 12w4d
1.90 08w6d 3.30 10w2d 4.70 11w3d 6.10 12w5d Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm)
2.00 09w0d 3.40 10w3d 4.80 11w4d 6.20 12w5d
05w2d 0.1 08w3d 2.0 11w4d 5.2
2.10 09w0d 3.50 10w3d 4.90 11w5d 6.30 12w6d 05w3d 0.2 08w4d 2.1 11w5d 5.5
2.20 09w1d 3.60 10w4d 5.00 11w6d 05w4d 0.3 08w5d 2.2 11w6d 5.6
05w5d 0.3 08w6d 2.2 12w0d 5.7
05w6d 0.4 09w0d 2.3 12w1d 5.8
Fetal Growth Table 06w0d 0.4 09w1d 2.4 12w2d 6.0
Osaka University Method 1989, 3 by Univ. Of Osaka 06w1d 0.5 09w2d 2.6 12w3d 6.1
06w2d 0.6 09w3d 2.7 12w4d 6.3
06w3d 0.7 09w4d 2.8 12w5d 6.4
Age (wd) Meas (cm) ±1.5SD (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) ±1.5SD (cm) 06w4d 0.8 09w5d 2.9 12w6d 6.5
6 0.52 0.10 10 2.99 0.28 06w5d 0.9 09w6d 3.1 13w0d 6.8
06w6d 1.0 10w0d 3.4 13w1d 7.0
7 0.90 0.14 11 4.06 0.31
07w0d 1.1 10w1d 3.6 13w2d 7.2
8 1.41 0.19 12 5.32 0.31 07w1d 1.1 10w2d 3.7 13w3d 7.4
9 2.11 0.24 07w2d 1.2 10w3d 3.8 13w4d 7.6
07w3d 1.2 10w4d 3.9 13w5d 7.7
07w4d 1.3 10w5d 3.9 13w6d 8.0
07w5d 1.4 10w6d 4.0 14w0d 8.1
07w6d 1.5 11w0d 4.4 14w1d 8.4
08w0d 1.7 11w1d 4.5 14w2d 8.5
08w1d 1.8 11w2d 4.7 14w3d 8.6
08w2d 1.9 11w3d 4.8 14w4d 8.7
Reference Manual 39
Crown-Rump Length (CRL): REMPEN Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd)
3.4 10w0d 9w1d 10w6d 7.3 13w3d 12w4d 14w2d
Rempen A. “Biometrie in der Fruhgraviditat (I. Trimenon)” Der Frauenarzt, 32:425, 1991 3.6 10w2d 9w3d 11w1d 7.5 13w4d 12w5d 14w3d
3.7 10w2d 9w3d 11w1d 7.6 13w4d 12w5d 14w3d
3.8 10w3d 9w4d 11w2d 7.7 13w4d 12w5d 14w3d
3.9 10w4d 9w5d 11w3d 7.8 13w5d 12w6d 14w4d
0.2 6w0d 5w1d 6w6d 4.1 10w5d 9w6d 11w4d 4.0 10w5d 9w6d 11w4d
0.3 6w1d 5w2d 7w0d 4.2 10w6d 10w0d 11w5d
0.4 6w2d 5w3d 7w1d 4.3 11w0d 10w1d 11w6d
0.6 6w4d 5w5d 7w3d 4.5 11w1d 10w2d 12w0d Rempen A. “Biometrie in der Fruhgraviditat (I. Trimenon)” Der Frauenarzt, 32:425, 1991
0.7 6w5d 5w6d 7w4d 4.6 11w2d 10w3d 12w1d
0.8 6w6d 6w0d 7w5d 4.7 11w2d 10w3d 12w1d
Age (wd) Meas (cm) 5% (wd) 95% (wd) Age (wd) Meas (cm) 5% (wd) 95% (wd)
0.9 7w0d 6w1d 7w6d 4.8 11w3d 10w4d 12w2d
05w6d 0.21 0.00 0.99 9w5d 3.07 2.29 3.85
1.1 7w2d 6w3d 8w1d 5.0 11w4d 10w5d 12w3d
06w0d 0.30 0.00 1.08 9w6d 3.20 2.42 3.98
1.2 7w3d 6w4d 8w2d 5.1 11w5d 10w6d 12w4d
06w1d 0.38 0.00 1.16 10w0d 3.33 2.55 4.11
7w1d 1.05 0.27 1.83 11w0d 4.26 3.48 5.04
1.9 8w2d 7w3d 9w1d 5.8 12w2d 11w3d 13w1d
7w2d 1.15 0.37 1.93 11w1d 4.40 3.62 5.18
2.0 8w3d 7w4d 9w2d 5.9 12w3d 11w4d 13w2d
7w3d 1.25 0.47 2.03 11w2d 4.54 3.76 5.32
8w4d 2.11 1.33 2.89 12w3d 5.73 4.95 6.51
2.8 9w3d 8w4d 10w2d 6.7 13w0d 12w1d 13w6d
8w5d 2.23 1.45 3.01 12w4d 5.88 5.10 6.66
Reference Manual 40
Femur Length (FL): KOREAN Femur Length (FL): HADLOCK
GA Table GA Table
Y.G Park.“ The Standardization of Fetal body parts according to the normal Korean Gestational Age in Frank P. Hadlock, Russell L.Deter, Ronald B. Harrist, Seung K. Park,. “Estimating Fetal Age: Computer-
Ultrasound” Korean Ultrasound Institute, Vol. 14, No.2, 1995 Assisted Analysis of Multiple Fetal Growth Parameters” Radiology, 1984; 152:497-501.
GA = FL × 2.36855 + 0.2089 × FL2 + 10.513242 GA = 10.35 + 2.460 × FL + 0.170 × FL2
Output Unit : w(weeks) Output Unit : w(weeks)
Input Unit : cm Input Unit : cm
Min Range : 0.7 cm Min Range : 0.64 cm
Max Range : 7.3 cm Max Range : 8.20 cm
Fetal Growth Table
Y.G Park.“ The Standardization of Fetal body parts according to the normal Korean Gestational Age in Min Range (w) Max Range (w) ±2SD(w)
Ultrasound” Korean Ultrasound Institute, Vol. 14, No.2, 1995 12 18 1.38
18 24 1.80
Age (w) Meas (cm) ±SD (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) ±SD (cm) 24 30 2.08
30 36 2.96
12 0.790 0.142 32 6.100 0.205
36 42 3.12
16 1.900 0.133 34 6.461 0.226
20 3.000 0.204 36 6.710 0.222
24 4.190 0.198 38 7.013 0.245 Fetal Growth Table
28 5.196 0.209 40 7.287 0.216
Hadlock, F., Deter, R.L., Harrist, R.B., Park, S.K. “Estimating Fetal Age: Computer-Assisted Analysis of
Multiple Fetal Growth Parameters” Radiology, 1984, 152: 497-501.
Equation = 0.427 x MA - 0.0034 x MA2 - 3.91
Output Unit : cm
Input Unit : w(weeks)
Min Range : 12 w
Max Range : 40 w
Reference Manual 41
Femur Length (FL): MERZ Fetal Growth Table

E. Merz, W. Goldhofer, E. Timor-Tritsch “Ultrasound in Gynecology and Obstetrics” Textbook and Atlas,
GA Table 1991 Georg Thieme Verlag, 308-338
1991 Georg Thieme Verlag, 308-338 Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm)
12 0.90 0.50 1.30 27 5.10 4.60 5.60
13 1.20 0.80 1.60 28 5.30 4.90 5.80
14 1.50 1.10 1.90 29 5.60 5.10 6.10
1.0 12w2d 11w1d 13w4d 4.6 25w3d 23w4d 27w1d 15 1.80 1.40 2.20 30 5.80 5.30 6.30
1.1 12w5d 11w4d 13w6d 4.7 25w6d 24w0d 27w4d
16 2.10 1.70 2.50 31 6.00 5.60 6.50
1.2 13w0d 11w6d 14w1d 4.8 26w1d 24w3d 28w0d
17 2.40 2.00 2.80 32 6.30 5.80 6.80
1.3 13w2d 12w1d 14w4d 4.9 26w4d 24w5d 28w2d
18 2.70 2.20 3.10 33 6.50 6.00 7.00
1.4 13w5d 12w3d 15w0d 5.0 26w6d 25w1d 28w5d
1.5 14w0d 12w5d 15w2d 5.1 27w2d 25w4d 29w1d 19 3.00 2.50 3.40 34 6.70 6.20 7.20
1.6 14w3d 13w1d 15w5d 5.2 27w5d 25w6d 29w4d 20 3.20 2.80 3.70 35 6.90 6.40 7.40
1.7 14w5d 13w3d 16w0d 5.3 28w1d 26w1d 30w0d 21 3.50 3.10 4.00 36 7.10 6.60 7.60
1.8 15w1d 13w6d 16w3d 5.4 28w4d 26w4d 30w4d 22 3.80 3.40 4.20 37 7.30 6.80 7.80
1.9 15w3d 14w1d 16w5d 5.5 29w0d 27w0d 31w0d 23 4.10 3.60 4.50 38 7.50 6.90 8.00
2.0 15w6d 14w4d 17w1d 5.6 29w3d 27w3d 31w3d 24 4.30 3.90 4.80 39 7.60 7.10 8.20
2.1 16w1d 14w6d 17w3d 5.7 29w6d 27w6d 31w6d 25 4.60 4.10 5.10 40 7.80 7.30 8.40
2.2 16w4d 15w1d 17w6d 5.8 30w1d 28w1d 32w1d 26 4.90 4.40 5.30
2.3 16w6d 15w3d 18w1d 5.9 30w4d 28w4d 32w4d
2.4 17w1d 15w6d 18w4d 6.0 31w0d 29w0d 33w0d
2.5 17w4d 16w1d 19w1d 6.1 31w4d 29w4d 33w4d
2.6 17w6d 16w3d 19w3d 6.2 31w6d 29w6d 33w6d Femur Length (FL): HANSMANN
2.7 18w2d 16w6d 19w6d 6.3 32w2d 30w2d 34w2d
2.9 19w0d 17w4d 20w4d 6.5 33w1d 31w1d 35w1d
3.0 19w3d 17w6d 20w6d 6.6 33w4d 31w4d 35w4d Hansmann, Hackeloer, Staudach, Wittman. “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obsterics and Gynecology.”
3.1 19w5d 18w1d 21w1d 6.7 34w1d 32w0d 36w1d Springer-Verlag, New York, 1986, p431.
3.2 20w1d 18w4d 21w4d 6.8 34w4d 32w3d 36w4d
3.3 20w4d 18w6d 22w1d 6.9 35w0d 32w6d 37w1d
3.4 20w6d 19w1d 22w3d 7.0 35w3d 33w2d 37w4d Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd)
3.5 21w1d 19w4d 22w6d 7.1 35w6d 33w6d 38w0d 1.0 13w0d 3.9 23w0d 6.3 33w0d
3.7 21w6d 20w2d 23w4d 7.3 36w6d 34w4d 39w0d
1.6 15w0d 4.4 25w0d 6.7 35w0d
3.8 22w2d 20w5d 23w6d 7.4 37w2d 35w1d 39w4d
1.8 16w0d 4.7 26w0d 6.9 36w0d
3.9 22w5d 21w0d 24w3d 7.5 37w5d 35w4d 39w6d
2.2 17w0d 4.9 27w0d 7.1 37w0d
4.0 23w1d 21w3d 24w6d 7.6 38w1d 36w0d 40w3d
4.4 24w4d 22w6d 26w3d 8.0 40w1d 37w6d 42w2d 3.4 21w0d 5.9 31w0d
4.5 25w0d 23w1d 26w6d 3.6 22w0d 6.1 32w0d
Reference Manual 42
Fetal Growth Table Femur Length (FL): JEANTY

Hansmann, Hackeloer, Staudach, Wittman “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and Gynecology”
Springer- Verlag, New York, 1986, p.182. GA Table
Jeanty et al,. “Estimation of Gestational Age from Measurements of Fetal Long Bones” Journal of Ultra-
Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) sound in Medicine, February 1984. Vol 3. Pp75-79
12 0.8 0.4 1.3 27 4.9 4.5 5.4
13 1.1 0.6 1.6 28 5.2 4.7 5.6 Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd)
14 1.4 0.9 1.8 29 5.4 5.0 5.9
1.0 12w4d 10w3d 14w6d 4.0 23w1d 20w6d 25w2d
15 1.7 1.2 2.1 30 5.6 5.2 6.1
1.1 12w6d 10w5d 15w1d 4.1 23w4d 21w2d 25w5d
16 2.0 1.5 2.4 31 5.9 5.4 6.3
1.2 13w2d 11w1d 15w4d 4.2 23w6d 21w5d 26w1d
17 2.3 1.8 2.7 32 6.1 5.6 6.5
1.3 13w4d 11w3d 15w6d 4.3 24w2d 22w1d 26w4d
18 2.5 2.1 3.0 33 6.3 5.8 6.7
1.4 13w6d 11w5d 16w1d 4.4 24w5d 22w4d 26w6d
19 2.8 2.4 3.3 34 6.5 6.0 6.9
1.5 14w1d 12w0d 16w3d 4.5 25w0d 22w6d 27w1d
20 3.1 2.6 3.6 35 6.7 6.2 7.1
1.6 14w4d 12w3d 16w6d 4.6 25w3d 23w1d 27w4d
21 3.4 2.9 3.8 36 6.8 6.4 7.3
1.7 14w6d 12w5d 17w1d 4.7 25w6d 23w4d 28w0d
22 3.6 3.2 4.1 37 7.0 6.5 7.4
1.8 15w1d 13w0d 17w3d 4.8 26w1d 24w0d 28w3d
23 3.9 3.5 4.4 38 7.1 6.7 7.6
1.9 15w4d 13w3d 17w6d 4.9 26w4d 24w3d 29w6d
24 4.2 3.7 4.6 39 7.3 6.8 7.7
2.0 15w6d 13w5d 18w1d 5.0 27w0d 24w6d 29w1d
25 4.4 4.0 4.9 40 7.4 7.0 7.9
2.1 16w2d 14w1d 18w4d 5.1 27w3d 25w1d 29w4d
26 4.7 4.2 5.1
2.2 16w4d 14w3d 18w6d 5.2 27w6d 25w4d 30w0d
2.3 16w6d 14w5d 19w1d 5.3 28w1d 26w0d 30w3d
2.4 17w2d 15w1d 19w4d 5.4 28w4d 26w3d 30w6d
Femur Length (FL): HOHLER 2.5 17w4d 15w3d 19w6d 5.5 29w1d 26w6d 31w2d
2.6 18w0d 15w6d 20w1d 5.6 29w4d 27w2d 31w5d
Hohler, C.W., Quetel, T.A. “Fetal Femur Length: Equations for Computer Calculation of Gestational Age 2.8 18w5d 16w4d 20w6d 5.8 30w2d 28w1d 32w4d
from Ultrasound Measurements.” American Journal of Obsterics and Gynecology, Vol. 143, No. 4: 479- 2.9 19w0d 16w6d 21w1d 5.9 30w5d 28w4d 32w6d
3.0 19w3d 17w1d 21w4d 6.0 31w1d 28w6d 33w2d
481, June 15, 1982
3.1 19w6d 17w4d 22w0d 6.1 31w4d 29w3d 33w6d
GA = 9.18 + 2.67 × FL + 0.16 × FL2
3.2 20w1d 17w6d 22w2d 6.2 32w0d 29w6d 34w1d
Output Unit : w(weeks) 3.3 20w4d 18w2d 22w5d 6.3 32w3d 30w1d 34w4d
Input Unit : cm 3.4 20w6d 18w5d 23w1d 6.4 32w6d 30w5d 35w1d
3.6 21w4d 19w3d 23w6d 6.6 33w5d 31w4d 35w6d
Max Range : 8.0 cm
3.7 22w0d 19w6d 24w1d 6.7 34w1d 32w0d 36w3d
3.8 22w3d 20w1d 24w4d 6.8 34w4d 32w3d 36w6d
3.9 22w5d 20w4d 24w6d 6.9 35w0d 32w6d 37w1d
Reference Manual 43
Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd) Femur Length (FL): SHINOZUKA
7.0 35w4d 33w2d 37w5d 7.6 38w1d 36w0d 40w3d
7.2 36w3d 34w1d 38w4d 7.8 39w1d 36w6d 41w2d Norio Shinozuka, Takashi Okai, et al. “Standard Values of Ultrasonographic Fetal Biometry” Japanese
7.3 36w6d 34w4d 39w0d 7.9 39w4d 37w2d 41w5d Journal of Medical Ultrasonics, Vol.23, No.12, 1996, pp877-888
7.4 37w2d 35w1d 39w4d 8.0 40w0d 37w6d 42w1d
7.5 37w5d 35w4d 39w6d
Meas (cm) Age (wd) -SD (wd) + SD (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) -SD (wd) + SD (wd)
2.00 16w1d 15w2d 17w0d 4.60 26w2d 24w6d 27w5d
Fetal Growth Table 2.10 16w3d 15w4d 17w2d 4.70 26w5d 25w2d 28w1d
Jeanty, P. “Fetal Limb Biometry” (Letter) Radiology, 147:602, 1983 2.20 16w6d 16w0d 17w5d 4.80 27w2d 25w6d 28w5d
2.30 17w1d 16w1d 18w1d 4.90 27w5d 26w2d 29w1d
Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) 2.40 17w3d 16w3d 18w3d 5.00 28w2d 26w6d 29w5d
11 0.6 0.6 0.6 26 4.9 3.9 5.3 2.50 17w6d 16w6d 18w6d 5.10 28w5d 27w2d 30w1d
12 0.9 0.9 0.9 27 5.1 4.5 5.7 2.60 18w1d 17w1d 19w1d 5.20 29w2d 27w5d 30w6d
13 1.2 0.6 1.9 28 5.3 4.5 5.7 2.70 18w3d 17w3d 19w3d 5.30 29w5d 28w1d 31w2d
14 1.5 0.5 1.9 29 5.6 4.9 6.2
2.80 18w6d 17w6d 19w6d 5.40 30w2d 28w5d 31w6d
15 1.9 1.1 2.6 30 5.8 4.9 6.2
2.90 19w1d 18w1d 20w1d 5.50 30w5d 29w1d 32w2d
16 2.2 1.3 2.4 31 6 5.3 6.7
3.00 19w4d 18w3d 20w5d 5.60 31w2d 29w5d 32w6d
17 2.5 2.0 2.9 32 6.2 5.3 6.7
18 2.8 1.9 3.1 33 6.4 5.6 7.1 3.10 20w0d 18w6d 21w1d 5.70 31w6d 30w2d 33w3d
19 3.1 2.3 3.8 34 6.5 5.7 7.0 3.20 20w2d 19w1d 21w3d 5.80 32w3d 30w6d 34w0d
20 3.3 2.2 3.9 35 6.7 6.1 7.3 3.30 20w5d 19w4d 21w6d 5.90 33w0d 31w2d 34w5d
21 3.6 2.7 4.5 36 6.9 6.1 7.4 3.40 21w1d 20w0d 22w2d 6.00 33w3d 31w5d 35w1d
22 3.9 2.9 4.4 37 7.1 6.4 7.7 3.50 21w3d 20w2d 22w4d 6.10 34w0d 32w2d 35w5d
23 4.1 3.5 4.8 38 7.2 6.2 7.9
3.60 21w6d 20w5d 23w0d 6.20 34w4d 32w6d 36w2d
24 4.4 3.4 4.9 39 7.4 6.4 8.3
3.70 22w2d 21w0d 23w4d 6.30 35w1d 33w3d 36w6d
25 4.6 3.8 5.4 40 7.5 6.6 8.1
3.80 22w5d 21w3d 24w0d 6.40 35w5d 34w0d 37w3d
3.90 23w1d 21w6d 24w3d 6.50 36w2d 34w4d 38w0d
4.00 23w4d 22w2d 24w6d 6.60 37w0d 35w2d 38w5d
4.10 24w0d 22w5d 25w2d 6.70 37w4d 35w5d 39w3d
4.20 24w3d 23w1d 25w5d 6.80 38w1d 36w2d 40w0d
4.30 24w6d 23w4d 26w1d 6.90 38w5d 36w6d 40w4d
4.40 25w3d 24w1d 26w5d 7.00 39w3d 37w4d 41w2d
4.50 25w6d 24w3d 27w2d
Reference Manual 44
Fetal Growth Table Meas (cm) Age (wd) -SD (wd) + SD (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) -SD (wd) + SD (wd)
Norio Shinozuka, Takashi Okai, et al “Standard Values of Ultrasonographic Fetal Biometry” Japanese 2.80 18w6d 17w6d 19w6d 5.40 30w2d 28w5d 31w6d
Journal of Medical Ultrasonics, Vol.23, No.12, 1996, pp877-888 2.90 19w1d 18w1d 20w1d 5.50 30w5d 29w1d 32w2d
3.00 19w4d 18w3d 20w5d 5.60 31w2d 29w5d 32w6d
Age (wd) Meas (cm) -1.5SD (cm) + 1.5SD(cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) -1.5SD (cm) + 1.5SD(cm) 3.10 20w0d 18w6d 21w1d 5.70 31w6d 30w2d 33w3d
19w3d 2.91 2.50 3.32 33w3d 6.05 5.57 6.54
3.50 21w3d 20w2d 22w4d 6.10 34w0d 32w2d 35w5d
20w3d 3.16 2.74 3.58 34w3d 6.22 5.73 6.71
3.60 21w6d 20w5d 23w0d 6.20 34w4d 32w6d 36w2d
21w3d 3.41 2.99 3.84 35w3d 6.38 5.89 6.88
28w3d 5.06 4.61 5.52 42w3d 7.17 6.64 7.70
4.30 24w6d 23w4d 26w1d 6.90 38w5d 36w6d 40w4d
29w3d 5.28 4.81 5.74
4.40 25w3d 24w1d 26w5d 7.00 39w3d 37w4d 41w2d
4.50 25w6d 24w3d 27w2d
Femur Length (FL): JSUM
Fetal Growth Table
GA Table Norio Shinozuka, Takashi Okai, et al. “Standard Values of Ultrasonographic Fetal Biometry” Journal of
Norio Shinozuka, Takashi Okai, et al. “Standard Values of Ultrasonographic Fetal Biometry” Journal of Medical Ultrasonics, Vol.30, No.3, pp. 416-440, 2003
Age (wd) Meas (cm) -1.5SD (cm) + 1.5SD(cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) -1.5SD (cm) + 1.5SD(cm)
Meas (cm) Age (wd) -SD (wd) + SD (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) -SD (wd) + SD (wd) 18w3d 2.65 2.25 3.06 31w3d 5.68 5.21 6.16
21w3d 3.41 2.99 3.84 34w3d 6.22 5.73 6.71
2.20 16w6d 16w0d 17w5d 4.80 27w2d 25w6d 28w5d
22w3d 3.66 3.23 4.09 35w3d 6.38 5.89 6.88
2.30 17w1d 16w1d 18w1d 4.90 27w5d 26w2d 29w1d
23w3d 3.91 3.47 4.34 36w3d 6.53 6.03 7.03
2.40 17w3d 16w3d 18w3d 5.00 28w2d 26w6d 29w5d
24w3d 4.15 3.71 4.59 37w3d 6.67 6.17 7.18
Reference Manual 45
Age (wd) Meas (cm) -1.5SD (cm) + 1.5SD(cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) -1.5SD (cm) + 1.5SD(cm) Fetal Growth Table
28w3d 5.06 4.61 5.52 41w3d 7.10 6.57 7.62 Osaka University Method 1989, 3 by Univ. Of Osaka
29w3d 5.28 4.81 5.74 42w3d 7.17 6.64 7.70
30w3d 5.48 5.01 5.95 Age (wd) Meas (cm) ±SD (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) ±SD (cm)
13w0d 0.94 0.21 26w4d 4.69 0.26
13w1d 0.98 0.21 26w5d 4.72 0.27
Femur Length (FL): OSAKA 13w2d 1.03 0.21 26w6d 4.75 0.27
13w3d 1.07 0.21 27w0d 4.78 0.27
GA Table 13w4d 1.12 0.21 27w1d 4.82 0.27
13w6d 1.21 0.22 27w3d 4.88 0.27
14w0d 1.26 0.22 27w4d 4.91 0.27
Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd)
14w1d 1.30 0.22 27w5d 4.91 0.27
0.90 13w0d 2.50 18w1d 4.10 24w1d 5.70 31w3d
14w2d 1.35 0.22 27w6d 4.97 0.27
1.00 13w2d 2.60 18w4d 4.20 24w4d 5.80 31w6d 14w3d 1.39 0.22 28w0d 5.01 0.27
1.10 13w4d 2.70 18w6d 4.30 25w0d 5.90 32w3d 14w4d 1.44 0.22 28w1d 5.04 0.27
1.20 13w6d 2.80 19w2d 4.40 25w3d 6.00 32w6d 14w5d 1.48 0.22 28w2d 5.07 0.27
1.30 14w1d 2.90 19w4d 4.50 25w6d 6.10 33w4d 14w6d 1.53 0.22 28w3d 5.10 0.27
1.40 14w4d 3.00 20w0d 4.60 26w2d 6.20 34w1d 15w0d 1.57 0.22 28w4d 5.13 0.27
1.50 14w6d 3.10 20w2d 4.70 26w4d 6.30 34w4d 15w1d 1.61 0.22 28w5d 5.16 0.27
15w2d 1.66 0.22 28w6d 5.19 0.27
1.60 15w1d 3.20 20w5d 4.80 27w1d 6.40 35w2d
15w3d 1.70 0.22 29w0d 5.22 0.27
1.70 15w3d 3.30 21w0d 4.90 27w4d 6.50 35w5d
15w4d 1.75 0.22 29w1d 5.25 0.27
1.80 15w5d 3.40 21w3d 5.00 28w0d 6.60 36w3d
15w5d 1.79 0.22 29w2d 5.28 0.28
1.90 16w1d 3.50 21w5d 5.10 28w3d 6.70 36w6d
15w6d 1.83 0.22 29w3d 5.31 0.28
2.00 16w3d 3.60 22w1d 5.20 28w6d 6.80 37w1d 16w0d 1.88 0.22 29w4d 5.34 0.28
2.10 16w6d 3.70 22w4d 5.30 29w2d 6.90 38w3d 16w1d 1.92 0.22 29w5d 5.37 0.28
2.20 17w1d 3.80 23w1d 5.40 29w6d 7.00 39w1d 16w2d 1.96 0.22 29w6d 5.40 0.28
2.30 17w3d 3.90 23w2d 5.50 30w2d 7.10 39w6d 16w3d 2.01 0.23 30w0d 5.43 0.28
2.40 18w0d 4.00 23w5d 5.60 30w6d 16w4d 2.05 0.23 30w1d 5.46 0.28
16w5d 2.09 0.23 30w2d 5.49 0.28
16w6d 2.13 0.23 30w3d 5.52 0.28
17w0d 2.18 0.23 30w4d 5.54 0.28
17w1d 2.22 0.23 30w5d 5.57 0.28
17w2d 2.26 0.23 30w6d 5.60 0.28
17w3d 2.30 0.23 31w0d 5.63 0.28
17w4d 2.34 0.23 31w1d 5.66 0.28
17w5d 2.39 0.23 31w2d 5.69 0.28
Reference Manual 46
Age (wd) Meas (cm) ±SD (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) ±SD (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) ±SD (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) ±SD (cm)
17w6d 2.43 0.23 31w3d 5.71 0.28 23w1d 3.86 0.25 36w5d 6.64 0.30
18w0d 2.47 0.23 31w4d 5.74 0.28 23w2d 3.90 0.25 36w6d 6.66 0.30
18w1d 2.51 0.23 31w5d 5.77 0.28 23w3d 3.93 0.25 37w0d 6.69 0.31
18w2d 2.55 0.23 31w6d 5.80 0.29 23w4d 3.97 0.25 37w1d 6.71 0.31
18w3d 2.59 0.23 32w0d 5.82 0.29 23w5d 4.01 0.25 37w2d 6.73 0.31
18w4d 2.63 0.23 32w1d 5.85 0.29 23w6d 4.04 0.25 37w3d 6.75 0.31
18w5d 2.67 0.23 32w2d 5.88 0.29 24w0d 4.08 0.25 37w4d 6.77 0.31
18w6d 2.71 0.23 32w3d 5.90 0.29 24w1d 4.11 0.26 37w5d 6.79 0.31
19w0d 2.75 0.24 32w4d 5.93 0.29 24w2d 4.15 0.26 37w6d 6.82 0.31
19w1d 2.79 0.24 32w5d 5.96 0.29 24w3d 4.18 0.26 38w0d 6.84 0.31
19w2d 2.83 0.24 32w6d 5.98 0.29 24w4d 4.22 0.26 38w1d 6.86 0.31
19w3d 2.87 0.24 33w0d 6.01 0.29 24w5d 4.25 0.26 38w2d 6.88 0.31
19w4d 2.91 0.24 33w1d 6.04 0.29 24w6d 4.28 0.26 38w3d 6.90 0.31
19w5d 2.95 0.24 33w2d 6.06 0.29
25w0d 4.32 0.26 38w4d 6.92 0.31
19w6d 2.99 0.24 33w3d 6.09 0.29
25w1d 4.35 0.26 38w5d 6.94 0.31
20w0d 3.03 0.24 33w4d 6.11 0.29
25w2d 4.39 0.26 38w6d 6.96 0.31
20w1d 3.07 0.24 33w5d 6.14 0.29
25w3d 4.42 0.26 39w0d 6.98 0.31
20w2d 3.11 0.24 33w6d 6.16 0.29
25w4d 4.45 0.26 39w1d 7.00 0.31
20w3d 3.15 0.24 34w0d 6.19 0.29
25w5d 4.49 0.26 39w2d 7.02 0.31
20w4d 3.19 0.24 34w1d 6.21 0.29
25w6d 4.52 0.26 39w3d 7.04 0.31
20w5d 3.23 0.24 34w2d 6.24 0.29
26w0d 4.56 0.26 39w4d 7.06 0.32
20w6d 3.27 0.24 34w3d 6.26 0.30
26w1d 4.59 0.26 39w5d 7.08 0.32
21w0d 3.30 0.24 34w4d 6.29 0.30
26w2d 4.62 0.26 39w6d 7.10 0.32
21w1d 3.34 0.24 34w5d 6.31 0.30
26w3d 4.65 0.26 40w0d 7.12 0.32
21w2d 3.38 0.24 34w6d 6.34 0.30
21w3d 3.42 0.24 35w0d 6.36 0.30
21w4d 3.46 0.25 35w1d 6.39 0.30
21w5d 3.49 0.25 35w2d 6.41 0.30
21w6d 3.53 0.25 35w3d 6.43 0.30
22w0d 3.57 0.25 35w4d 6.46 0.30
22w1d 3.61 0.25 35w5d 6.48 0.30
22w2d 3.64 0.25 35w6d 6.50 0.30
22w3d 3.68 0.25 36w0d 6.53 0.30
22w4d 3.72 0.25 36w1d 6.55 0.30
22w5d 3.75 0.25 36w2d 6.57 0.30
22w6d 3.79 0.25 36w3d 6.60 0.30
23w0d 3.83 0.25 36w4d 6.62 0.30
Reference Manual 47
Femur Length (FL): CHITTY Fetal Growth Table

L.S. Chitty, D.G. Altman, S. Campbell, “Charts of Fetal Size: 4. Femur Length” British Journal of Obstetrics
GA Table and Gynaecology, February 1994. Vol 101. Pp132-135
D.G. Altman, L.S. Chitty, “New Charts for Ultrasound Dating of Pregnancy” Ultrasound in Obstetrics and
Gynecology, Vol.10, p174-191, 1997 Age (w) Meas (cm) 10% (cm) 90% (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) 10% (cm) 90% (cm)
12 0.77 0.55 1.00 28 5.27 4.93 5.62
Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd) 13 1.09 0.86 1.33 29 5.50 5.14 5.85
14 1.41 1.17 1.65 30 5.71 5.35 6.07
1.00 13w0d 12w1d 13w6d 3.90 22w4d 20w5d 24w3d
15 1.72 1.47 1.97 31 5.92 5.55 6.29
1.10 13w2d 12w3d 14w1d 4.00 22w6d 21w1d 24w6d
16 2.03 1.77 2.28 32 6.12 5.74 6.49
1.20 13w4d 12w5d 14w4d 4.10 23w2d 21w3d 25w2d
17 2.33 2.07 2.59 33 6.31 5.93 6.69
1.30 13w6d 13w0d 14w6d 4.20 23w5d 21w6d 25w5d
18 2.63 2.36 2.90 34 6.49 6.10 6.88
1.40 14w1d 13w1d 15w1d 4.30 24w1d 22w1d 26w1d
19 2.92 2.64 3.20 35 6.66 6.26 7.06
1.50 14w3d 13w3d 15w3d 4.40 24w3d 22w4d 26w4d
20 3.21 2.92 3.49 36 6.82 6.42 7.23
1.60 14w5d 13w5d 15w6d 4.50 24w6d 22w6d 27w1d
21 3.49 3.20 3.78 37 6.97 6.56 7.38
1.70 15w0d 14w0d 16w1d 4.60 25w2d 23w2d 27w4d
22 3.76 3.46 4.06 38 7.11 6.69 7.53
1.80 15w2d 14w2d 16w3d 4.70 25w5d 23w4d 28w0d
23 4.03 3.72 4.34 39 7.24 6.81 7.67
1.90 15w5d 14w4d 16w6d 4.80 26w1d 24w0d 28w3d
24 4.29 3.98 4.61 40 7.36 6.92 7.79
2.00 16w0d 14w6d 17w1d 4.90 26w4d 24w3d 29w0d
25 4.55 4.23 4.87 41 7.46 7.02 7.90
2.10 16w2d 15w1d 17w3d 5.00 27w0d 24w5d 29w3d
26 4.80 4.47 5.13 42 7.56 7.11 8.01
2.20 16w4d 15w3d 17w6d 5.10 27w3d 25w1d 30w0d
27 5.04 4.70 5.38
2.30 16w6d 15w5d 18w1d 5.20 27w6d 25w4d 30w3d
2.40 17w2d 16w0d 18w4d 5.30 28w2d 26w0d 31w0d
2.50 17w4d 16w2d 18w6d 5.40 28w5d 26w2d 31w3d
2.60 17w6d 16w4d 19w2d 5.50 29w2d 26w5d 32w0d
2.70 18w2d 16w6d 19w5d 5.60 29w5d 27w1d 32w3d
2.80 18w4d 17w1d 20w0d 5.70 30w1d 27w4d 33w0d
2.90 18w6d 17w4d 20w3d 5.80 30w4d 28w0d 33w4d
3.00 19w2d 17w6d 20w5d 5.90 31w1d 28w3d 34w1d
3.10 19w4d 18w1d 21w1d 6.00 31w4d 28w6d 34w4d
3.20 20w0d 18w3d 21w4d 6.10 32w1d 29w2d 35w1d
3.30 20w2d 18w5d 22w0d 6.20 32w4d 29w5d 35w5d
3.40 20w5d 19w1d 22w2d 6.30 33w1d 30w1d 36w2d
3.50 21w0d 19w3d 22w5d 6.40 33w4d 30w4d 36w6d
3.60 21w3d 19w5d 23w1d 6.50 34w1d 31w0d 37w3d
3.70 21w5d 20w1d 23w4d 6.60 34w4d 31w3d 38w0d
3.80 22w1d 20w3d 24w0d 6.70 35w1d 32w0d 38w5d
Reference Manual 48
Femur Length (FL): CAMPBELL Femur Length (FL): ASUM(SCW)
GA Table GA Table
Professor Campbell’s Group at Harris birthright Centre, King’s College Hospital Australasian Society for Ultrasound in Medicine.
Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±days (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±days (wd) GA = 0.41 x (FL x 10) - 0.002884 x (FL x 10) 2 + 0.00003924 x (FL (10) 3 + 8.284
1.80 15w0d 00w6d 5.40 28w0d 01w4d Output Unit : w(weeks)
2.20 16w0d 00w6d 5.60 29w0d 01w5d
Input Unit : cm
2.50 17w0d 00w6d 5.80 30w0d 01w6d
2.80 18w0d 01w0d 6.10 31w0d 02w0d
Min Range : 0.68 cm
3.00 19w0d 01w0d 6.30 32w0d 02w1d Max Range : 7.76 cm
3.30 20w0d 01w0d 6.50 33w0d 02w3d
3.60 21w0d 01w0d 6.60 34w0d 02w4d Fetal Growth Table
4.20 23w0d 01w1d 6.90 36w0d 03w1d
4.40 24w0d 01w1d 7.10 37w0d 00w0d
4.70 25w0d 01w2d 7.20 38w0d 00w0d
4.90 26w0d 01w3d 7.40 39w0d 00w0d Age (w) Meas (cm) ±2SD (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) ±2SD (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) ±2SD (cm)
5.20 27w0d 01w3d 7.50 40w0d 00w0d 11 0.8 0.20 22 3.7 0.50 33 6.5 0.40
12 1.0 0.25 23 4.3 0.50 34 6.6 0.40
13 1.1 0.25 24 4.5 0.40 35 6.7 0.60
14 1.5 0.30 25 4.8 0.50 36 6.9 0.60
15 1.7 0.35 26 4.9 0.50 37 7.2 0.50
16 2.2 0.40 27 5.0 0.50 38 7.3 0.55
17 2.5 0.40 28 5.4 0.40 39 7.5 0.60
18 2.8 0.50 29 5.5 0.55 40 7.6 0.40
19 3.0 0.50 30 5.8 0.60 41 7.7 0.50
20 3.2 0.60 31 5.9 0.55
21 3.4 0.60 32 6.2 0.60
Reference Manual 49
Femur Length (FL): DOUBILET Femur Length (FL): BESSIS
GA Table GA Table
Doubilet PM, Benson CB. “Improved Prediction of Gestational Age in the Late Third Trimester” Journal of The data are those provided by Dr. Bessis to M. Le Bel.(Same as SIGMA 20, see memo from Ch. Gahwiler
Ultrasound in Medicine, 12;647-653, 1993 dated , June 23, 1983)
Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±days (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±days (wd)
1.00 13w5d 3.30 20w1d 5.60 29w3d 1.04 13w0d 1w0d 5.42 29w0d 1w4d
1.10 13w6d 3.40 20w3d 5.70 29w6d 2.22 17w0d 1w1d 6.42 33w0d 2w1d
1.20 14w1d 3.50 20w5d 5.80 30w3d 3.37 21w0d 1w1d 6.90 37w0d 2w6d
1.30 14w3d 3.60 21w1d 5.90 30w6d 4.45 25w0d 1w3d 7.34 41w0d 4w0d
1.40 14w4d 3.70 21w3d 6.00 31w3d
1.50 14w6d 3.80 21w6d 6.10 31w6d
1.60 15w1d 3.90 22w1d 6.20 32w4d Femur Length (FL): CFEF
1.70 15w3d 4.00 22w4d 6.30 33w0d
1.80 15w4d 4.10 22w6d 6.40 33w4d GA Table
1.90 15w6d 4.20 23w2d 6.50 34w1d J.Créquat, M. Duyme, G. Brodaty
2.00 16w1d 4.30 23w5d 6.60 34w5d Biométrie 2000. Tables de croissance foetale par le Collège Français d’Echographie Foetale
2.10 16w3d 4.40 24w1d 6.70 35w2d
( CFEF ) et l’Inserm U155
2.20 16w5d 4.50 24w4d 6.80 35w6d
2.30 17w0d 4.60 24w6d 6.90 36w4d
2.40 17w2d 4.70 25w2d 7.00 37w1d
2.50 17w4d 4.80 25w5d 7.10 37w5d Meas (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) Age (wd)
2.60 17w6d 4.90 26w1d 7.20 38w2d 0.63 12 3.78 22 6.11 32
2.70 18w1d 5.00 26w4d 7.30 39w0d 0.98 13 4.05 23 6.30 33
2.80 18w4d 5.10 27w0d 7.40 39w4d 1.33 14 4.31 24 6.47 34
2.90 18w6d 5.20 27w4d 7.50 40w2d 1.66 15 4.56 25 6.64 35
3.00 19w1d 5.30 28w0d 7.60 40w6d 1.99 16 4.81 26 6.81 36
3.10 19w3d 5.40 28w3d 7.70 41w4d 2.31 17 5.05 27 6.96 37
3.20 19w5d 5.50 28w6d 7.80 42w0d 2.62 18 5.28 28 7.11 38
2.92 19 5.49 29 7.24 39
3.22 20 5.71 30 7.37 40
3.50 21 5.91 31 7.40 41
Reference Manual 50
Fetal Growth Table Femur Length (FL): JOHNSEN

J.Créquat, M. Duyme, G. Brodaty
Biométrie 2000. Tables de croissance foetale par le Collège Français d’Echographie Foetale GA Table
( CFEF ) et l’Inserm U155 Johnsen SL, Rasmussen S, Sollien R, Kiserud T. “Fetal age assessment based on femur length at 10-25
Gynecol Obstet Fertil 2000 Jun;28(6):435-45 weeks of gestation, and reference ranges for femur length to head circumference ratios” Acta Obstet
Gynecol Scand, 2005 Aug; 84(8): 725-33
12 0.60 0.40 0.90 27 5.10 4.70 5.40 Meas (cm) Age (wd) 10% (wd) 90% (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) 10% (wd) 90% (wd)
13 1.00 0.70 1.20 28 5.30 4.90 5.70 0.20 10w4d 10w0d 11w1d 2.40 17w4d 16w5d 18w2d
14 1.30 1.10 1.60 29 5.50 5.10 5.90 0.30 11w0d 10w3d 11w4d 2.50 17w6d 17w0d 18w4d
15 1.70 1.40 1.90 30 5.70 5.30 6.10 0.40 11w3d 10w6d 12w0d 2.60 18w1d 17w2d 19w0d
16 2.00 1.70 2.30 31 5.90 5.50 6.30 0.50 11w5d 11w1d 12w3d 2.70 18w3d 17w5d 19w2d
17 2.30 2.00 2.60 32 6.10 5.70 6.50 0.60 12w1d 11w3d 12w5d 2.80 18w6d 18w0d 19w5d
18 2.60 2.30 2.90 33 6.30 5.90 6.70 0.70 12w3d 11w6d 13w0d 2.90 19w1d 18w2d 20w0d
19 2.90 2.60 3.20 34 6.50 6.10 6.90 0.80 12w5d 12w1d 13w3d 3.00 19w4d 18w5d 20w2d
20 3.20 2.90 3.50 35 6.60 6.20 7.10 0.90 13w0d 12w3d 13w5d 3.10 19w6d 19w0d 20w5d
21 3.50 3.20 3.80 36 6.80 6.40 7.20 1.00 13w2d 12w5d 14w0d 3.20 20w2d 19w2d 21w1d
22 3.80 3.40 4.10 37 7.00 6.50 7.40 1.10 13w4d 13w0d 14w2d 3.30 20w4d 19w5d 21w3d
23 4.10 3.70 4.40 38 7.10 6.70 7.50 1.20 13w6d 13w2d 14w4d 3.40 21w0d 20w0d 21w6d
24 4.30 4.00 4.70 39 7.20 6.80 7.70 1.30 14w1d 13w4d 14w6d 3.50 21w2d 20w3d 22w1d
25 4.60 4.20 4.90 40 7.40 6.90 7.80 1.40 14w3d 13w6d 15w1d 3.60 21w5d 20w6d 22w4d
26 4.80 4.40 5.20 41 7.40 7.00 7.90 1.50 14w5d 14w1d 15w3d 3.70 22w1d 21w1d 23w0d
1.60 15w1d 14w3d 15w6d 3.80 22w3d 21w4d 23w3d
1.70 15w3d 14w5d 16w1d 3.90 22w6d 22w0d 23w6d
1.80 15w5d 15w0d 16w3d 4.00 23w2d 22w2d 24w1d
1.90 16w0d 15w2d 16w5d 4.10 23w5d 22w5d 24w4d
2.00 16w2d 15w4d 17w0d 4.20 24w1d 23w1d 25w0d
2.10 16w4d 15w6d 17w2d 4.30 24w4d 23w4d 25w3d
2.20 16w6d 16w1d 17w5d 4.40 25w0d 24w0d 25w6d
2.30 17w1d 16w3d 18w0d
Reference Manual 51
Fetal Growth Table Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm)
Johnsen SL, Rasmussen S, Sollien R, Kiserud T. “Fetal age assessment based on femur length at 10-25 17w 2.30 1.92 2.69 33w 6.28 5.78 6.79
weeks of gestation, and reference ranges for femur length to head circumference ratios” Acta Obstet 18w 2.61 2.21 3.00 34w 6.47 5.96 6.98
Gynecol Scand, 2005 Aug; 84(8): 725-33 19w 2.90 2.49 3.31 35w 6.65 6.14 7.16
20w 3.19 2.76 3.61 36w 6.83 6.31 7.34
Age (w) Meas (cm) 10% (cm) 90% (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) 10% (cm) 90% (cm) 21w 3.47 3.03 3.90 37w 7.00 6.48 7.51
22w 3.74 3.30 4.18 38w 7.16 6.64 7.68
10w 0.20 0.10 0.30 26w 4.70 4.40 5.10
23w 4.01 3.56 4.45 39w 7.31 6.79 7.84
11w 0.40 0.20 0.50 27w 4.90 4.60 5.30
24w 4.26 3.81 4.72 40w 7.46 6.93 7.99
12w 0.60 0.40 0.80 28w 5.20 4.80 5.50
25w 4.52 4.05 4.98 41w 7.60 7.07 8.13
13w 0.80 0.70 1.10 29w 5.40 5.00 5.70
26w 4.76 4.29 5.23 42w 7.73 7.20 8.26
14w 1.20 0.90 1.40 30w 5.60 5.20 6.00
27w 5.00 4.52 5.48
15w 1.50 1.20 1.80 31w 5.80 5.40 6.20
16w 1.80 1.50 2.20 32w 6.00 5.60 6.40
17w 2.10 1.80 2.50 33w 6.20 5.80 6.50
Femur Length (FL): NICOLAIDES
18w 2.50 2.20 2.80 34w 6.30 6.00 6.70
19w 2.80 2.50 3.20 35w 6.50 6.10 6.90
Fetal Growth Table
20w 3.10 2.80 3.50 36w 6.70 6.30 7.10
21w 3.40 3.10 3.80 37w 6.90 6.40 7.30 Snijders RJ, Nicolaides KH. “Fetal biometry at 14-40 weeks’ gestation” Ultrasound in obstetrics and
22w 3.70 3.40 4.10 38w 7.00 6.60 7.50 Gynecology, 1994 Jan 1; 4(1): 34-48
23w 4.00 3.60 4.30 39w 7.20 6.70 7.70
24w 4.20 3.90 4.60 40w 7.40 6.90 7.90 Age (wd) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm)
25w 4.50 4.20 4.80 41w 7.50 7.10 8.00
14w0d 1.70 1.40 1.90 27w0d 5.10 4.70 5.50
14w1d 1.70 1.40 1.90 27w1d 5.10 4.70 5.50
14w2d 1.70 1.40 1.90 27w2d 5.10 4.70 5.50
Femur Length (FL): KURMANAVICIUS
14w3d 1.70 1.40 1.90 27w3d 5.10 4.70 5.50
14w4d 1.70 1.40 1.90 27w4d 5.10 4.70 5.50
Kurmanavicius J, Wright EM, Royston P, Zimmermann R, Huch R, Huch A, Wisser J. “Fetal ultrasound 14w6d 1.70 1.40 1.90 27w6d 5.10 4.70 5.50
biometry: 2. Abdomen and femur length reference values” Br J Obstet Gynaecol, 1999 Feb;106(2):136-43 15w0d 1.90 1.70 2.20 28w0d 5.30 4.90 5.80
15w1d 1.90 1.70 2.20 28w1d 5.30 4.90 5.80
15w2d 1.90 1.70 2.20 28w2d 5.30 4.90 5.80
15w3d 1.90 1.70 2.20 28w3d 5.30 4.90 5.80
12w 0.70 0.41 0.98 28w 5.23 4.75 5.71
15w4d 1.90 1.70 2.20 28w4d 5.30 4.90 5.80
13w 1.03 0.72 1.34 29w 5.45 4.97 5.94 15w5d 1.90 1.70 2.20 28w5d 5.30 4.90 5.80
14w 1.36 1.03 1.69 30w 5.67 5.18 6.16 15w6d 1.90 1.70 2.20 28w6d 5.30 4.90 5.80
15w 1.68 1.33 2.04 31w 5.88 5.39 6.38 16w0d 2.20 1.90 2.50 29w0d 5.60 5.10 6.00
16w 2.00 1.63 2.37 32w 6.09 5.59 6.58 16w1d 2.20 1.90 2.50 29w1d 5.60 5.10 6.00
Reference Manual 52
16w2d 2.20 1.90 2.50 29w2d 5.60 5.10 6.00 21w3d 3.50 3.20 3.90 34w3d 6.60 6.10 7.10
16w3d 2.20 1.90 2.50 29w3d 5.60 5.10 6.00 21w4d 3.50 3.20 3.90 34w4d 6.60 6.10 7.10
16w4d 2.20 1.90 2.50 29w4d 5.60 5.10 6.00 21w5d 3.50 3.20 3.90 34w5d 6.60 6.10 7.10
16w5d 2.20 1.90 2.50 29w5d 5.60 5.10 6.00 21w6d 3.50 3.20 3.90 34w6d 6.60 6.10 7.10
16w6d 2.20 1.90 2.50 29w6d 5.60 5.10 6.00 22w0d 3.80 3.40 4.20 35w0d 6.80 6.30 7.30
17w0d 2.40 2.10 2.80 30w0d 5.80 5.30 6.30 22w1d 3.80 3.40 4.20 35w1d 6.80 6.30 7.30
17w1d 2.40 2.10 2.80 30w1d 5.80 5.30 6.30 22w2d 3.80 3.40 4.20 35w2d 6.80 6.30 7.30
17w2d 2.40 2.10 2.80 30w2d 5.80 5.30 6.30 22w3d 3.80 3.40 4.20 35w3d 6.80 6.30 7.30
17w3d 2.40 2.10 2.80 30w3d 5.80 5.30 6.30 22w4d 3.80 3.40 4.20 35w4d 6.80 6.30 7.30
17w4d 2.40 2.10 2.80 30w4d 5.80 5.30 6.30 22w5d 3.80 3.40 4.20 35w5d 6.80 6.30 7.30
17w5d 2.40 2.10 2.80 30w5d 5.80 5.30 6.30 22w6d 3.80 3.40 4.20 35w6d 6.80 6.30 7.30
17w6d 2.40 2.10 2.80 30w6d 5.80 5.30 6.30 23w0d 4.10 3.70 4.50 36w0d 6.90 6.40 7.40
18w0d 2.70 2.40 3.00 31w0d 6.00 5.50 6.50 23w1d 4.10 3.70 4.50 36w1d 6.90 6.40 7.40
23w2d 4.10 3.70 4.50 36w2d 6.90 6.40 7.40
18w1d 2.70 2.40 3.00 31w1d 6.00 5.50 6.50
23w3d 4.10 3.70 4.50 36w3d 6.90 6.40 7.40
18w2d 2.70 2.40 3.00 31w2d 6.00 5.50 6.50
23w4d 4.10 3.70 4.50 36w4d 6.90 6.40 7.40
18w3d 2.70 2.40 3.00 31w3d 6.00 5.50 6.50
23w5d 4.10 3.70 4.50 36w5d 6.90 6.40 7.40
18w4d 2.70 2.40 3.00 31w4d 6.00 5.50 6.50
23w6d 4.10 3.70 4.50 36w6d 6.90 6.40 7.40
18w5d 2.70 2.40 3.00 31w5d 6.00 5.50 6.50
24w0d 4.30 3.90 4.70 37w0d 7.10 6.60 7.60
18w6d 2.70 2.40 3.00 31w6d 6.00 5.50 6.50
24w1d 4.30 3.90 4.70 37w1d 7.10 6.60 7.60
19w0d 3.00 2.60 3.30 32w0d 6.20 5.70 6.70
24w2d 4.30 3.90 4.70 37w2d 7.10 6.60 7.60
19w1d 3.00 2.60 3.30 32w1d 6.20 5.70 6.70
24w3d 4.30 3.90 4.70 37w3d 7.10 6.60 7.60
19w2d 3.00 2.60 3.30 32w2d 6.20 5.70 6.70
24w4d 4.30 3.90 4.70 37w4d 7.10 6.60 7.60
19w3d 3.00 2.60 3.30 32w3d 6.20 5.70 6.70 24w5d 4.30 3.90 4.70 37w5d 7.10 6.60 7.60
19w4d 3.00 2.60 3.30 32w4d 6.20 5.70 6.70 24w6d 4.30 3.90 4.70 37w6d 7.10 6.60 7.60
19w5d 3.00 2.60 3.30 32w5d 6.20 5.70 6.70 25w0d 4.60 4.20 5.00 38w0d 7.20 6.70 7.70
19w6d 3.00 2.60 3.30 32w6d 6.20 5.70 6.70 25w1d 4.60 4.20 5.00 38w1d 7.20 6.70 7.70
20w0d 3.20 2.90 3.60 33w0d 6.40 5.90 6.90 25w2d 4.60 4.20 5.00 38w2d 7.20 6.70 7.70
20w1d 3.20 2.90 3.60 33w1d 6.40 5.90 6.90 25w3d 4.60 4.20 5.00 38w3d 7.20 6.70 7.70
20w2d 3.20 2.90 3.60 33w2d 6.40 5.90 6.90 25w4d 4.60 4.20 5.00 38w4d 7.20 6.70 7.70
20w3d 3.20 2.90 3.60 33w3d 6.40 5.90 6.90 25w5d 4.60 4.20 5.00 38w5d 7.20 6.70 7.70
20w4d 3.20 2.90 3.60 33w4d 6.40 5.90 6.90 25w6d 4.60 4.20 5.00 38w6d 7.20 6.70 7.70
20w5d 3.20 2.90 3.60 33w5d 6.40 5.90 6.90 26w0d 4.80 4.40 5.30 39w0d 7.30 6.80 7.80
20w6d 3.20 2.90 3.60 33w6d 6.40 5.90 6.90 26w1d 4.80 4.40 5.30 39w1d 7.30 6.80 7.80
21w0d 3.50 3.20 3.90 34w0d 6.60 6.10 7.10 26w2d 4.80 4.40 5.30 39w2d 7.30 6.80 7.80
21w1d 3.50 3.20 3.90 34w1d 6.60 6.10 7.10 26w3d 4.80 4.40 5.30 39w3d 7.30 6.80 7.80
21w2d 3.50 3.20 3.90 34w2d 6.60 6.10 7.10 26w4d 4.80 4.40 5.30 39w4d 7.30 6.80 7.80
Reference Manual 53
Age (wd) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm)
26w5d 4.80 4.40 5.30 39w5d 7.30 6.80 7.80 24 5.15 4.35 5.95 39 9.53 8.06 11.00
26w6d 4.80 4.40 5.30 39w6d 7.30 6.80 7.80 25 5.48 4.68 6.28 40 9.68 8.16 11.20
26 5.80 4.95 6.65 41 9.84 8.32 11.35
27 6.15 5.30 7.00 42 9.91 8.41 11.40
Anterior Posterior Thoracic Diameter (APTD): HANSMANN 28 6.39 5.43 7.35
GA Table
Anterior Posterior Thoracic Diameter (APTD) and Thorax
Springer-Verlag, New York, 1986 Transverse Diameter (TTD): SHINOZUKA
Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) GA Table
2.25 14w 4.65 22w 7.01 30w 9.30 38w Norio Shinozuka, Haruo Masuda, Hideyuki Kagawa, and Yuji Taketani. Department of Obstetrics and
2.58 15w 4.90 23w 7.25 31w 9.53 39w Gynecoogy, Faculty of Medicine, University of Tokyo. Jpn J Med Ultrasonics 23(12) 877-888,1996
2.85 16w 5.15 24w 7.62 32w 9.68 40w
3.11 17w 5.48 25w 7.93 33w 9.84 41w
3.46 18w 5.80 26w 8.15 34w 9.91 42w
3.75 19w 6.15 27w 8.40 35w 10.00 16w1d 01w1d 52.00 29w3d 01w6d
4.00 20w 6.39 28w 8.75 36w 12.00 17w0d 01w1d 54.00 30w0d 01w6d
4.34 21w 6.70 29w 9.02 37w 14.00 17w6d 01w1d 56.00 30w3d 01w6d
16.00 18w4d 01w1d 58.00 31w0d 02w0d
18.00 19w3d 01w1d 60.00 31w3d 02w0d
Fetal Growth Table 20.00 20w1d 01w1d 62.00 31w6d 02w0d
22.00 20w6d 01w2d 64.00 32w3d 02w1d
24.00 21w4d 01w2d 66.00 32w6d 02w1d
Springer-Verlag, New York, 1986 26.00 22w2d 01w2d 68.00 33w3d 02w1d
28.00 22w6d 01w2d 70.00 33w6d 02w2d
Age (w) Meas (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) 30.00 23w4d 01w2d 72.00 34w2d 02w2d
14 2.25 2.25 2.25 29 6.70 5.70 7.70 32.00 24w1d 01w3d 74.00 34w6d 02w3d
15 2.58 2.21 2.95 30 7.01 6.01 8.01 34.00 24w5d 01w3d 76.00 35w3d 02w3d
36.00 25w2d 01w3d 78.00 35w6d 02w3d
16 2.85 2.45 3.25 31 7.25 6.10 8.40
38.00 25w6d 01w3d 80.00 36w3d 02w4d
17 3.11 2.61 3.61 32 7.62 6.52 8.72
40.00 26w3d 01w4d 82.00 37w0d 02w4d
18 3.46 3.02 3.90 33 7.93 6.81 9.05
42.00 27w0d 01w4d 84.00 37w4d 02w4d
19 3.75 3.25 4.25 34 8.15 6.90 9.40
44.00 27w3d 01w4d 86.00 38w1d 02w4d
20 4.00 3.40 4.60 35 8.40 7.08 9.72
46.00 28w0d 01w5d 88.00 38w5d 02w5d
21 4.34 3.76 4.92 36 8.75 7.40 10.10
48.00 28w4d 01w5d 90.00 39w2d 02w5d
22 4.65 4.04 5.26 37 9.02 7.62 10.42
50.00 29w0d 01w5d
23 4.90 4.20 5.60 38 9.30 7.90 10.70
Reference Manual 54
Fetal Growth Table Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±SD (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±SD (wd)
Norio Shinozuka, Haruo Masuda, Hideyuki Kagawa, and Yuji Taketani. Department of Obstetrics and 24.00 21w4d 01w2d 66.00 32w6d 02w1d
Gynecoogy, Faculty of Medicine, University of Tokyo. Jpn J Med Ultrasonics 23(12) 877-888,1996 26.00 22w2d 01w2d 68.00 33w3d 02w1d
28.00 22w6d 01w2d 70.00 33w6d 02w2d
30.00 23w4d 01w2d 72.00 34w2d 02w2d
32.00 24w1d 01w3d 74.00 34w6d 02w3d
16w3d 11.20 7.90 14.60 30w3d 55.70 46.20 65.30 34.00 24w5d 01w3d 76.00 35w3d 02w3d
17w3d 13.30 9.70 17.00 31w3d 59.70 49.60 69.90 36.00 25w3d 01w3d 78.00 35w6d 02w3d
18w3d 15.60 11.60 19.60 32w3d 63.80 53.00 74.50 38.00 25w6d 01w3d 80.00 36w3d 02w4d
19w3d 18.10 13.70 22.40 33w3d 67.80 56.50 79.20 40.00 26w3d 01w4d 82.00 37w0d 02w4d
20w3d 20.80 16.10 25.50 34w3d 71.90 59.90 83.90 42.00 27w0d 01w4d 84.00 37w4d 02w4d
21w3d 23.60 18.50 28.80 35w3d 75.90 63.30 88.60 44.00 27w3d 01w4d 86.00 38w1d 02w4d
22w3d 26.70 21.20 32.20 36w3d 79.90 66.60 93.30 46.00 28w0d 01w5d 88.00 38w5d 02w5d
23w3d 29.90 23.90 35.90 37w3d 83.90 69.80 97.90 48.00 28w4d 01w5d 90.00 39w2d 02w5d
24w3d 33.20 26.80 39.70 38w3d 87.70 72.90 102.50 50.00 29w0d 01w5d
25w3d 36.70 29.80 43.60 39w3d 91.50 76.00 107.00
26w3d 40.30 33.00 47.70 40w3d 95.10 78.90 111.40
Fetal Growth Table
27w3d 44.10 36.20 52.00 41w3d 98.60 81.60 115.70
28w3d 47.90 39.40 56.30 42w3d 102.00 84.10 119.80 Norio Shinozuka, Takashi Okai, et al. “Standard Values of Ultrasonographic Fetal Biometry” Journal of
29w3d 51.80 42.80 60.80 Medical Ultrasonics, Vol.30, No.3, pp. 416-440, 2003
Anterior Posterior Thoracic Diameter (APTD) and Thorax
16w3d 11.20 7.90 14.60 30w3d 55.70 46.20 65.30
Transverse Diameter (TTD): JSUM 17w3d 13.30 9.70 17.00 31w3d 59.70 49.60 69.90
18w3d 15.60 11.60 19.60 32w3d 63.80 53.00 74.50
GA Table 19w3d 18.10 13.70 22.40 33w3d 67.80 56.50 79.20
21w3d 23.60 18.50 28.80 35w3d 75.90 63.30 88.60
22w3d 26.70 21.20 32.20 36w3d 79.90 66.60 93.30
23w3d 29.90 23.90 35.90 37w3d 83.90 69.80 97.90
Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±SD (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±SD (wd) 24w3d 33.20 26.80 39.70 38w3d 87.70 72.90 102.50
10.00 16w1d 01w1d 52.00 29w3d 01w6d 25w3d 36.70 29.80 43.60 39w3d 91.50 76.00 107.00
12.00 17w0d 01w1d 54.00 30w0d 01w6d 26w3d 40.30 33.00 47.70 40w3d 95.10 78.90 111.40
14.00 17w6d 01w1d 56.00 30w3d 01w6d 27w3d 44.10 36.20 52.00 41w3d 98.60 81.60 115.70
16.00 18w4d 01w1d 58.00 31w0d 02w0d 28w3d 47.90 39.40 56.30 42w3d 102.00 84.10 119.80
18.00 19w3d 01w1d 60.00 31w3d 02w0d 29w3d 51.80 42.80 60.80
20.00 20w1d 01w1d 62.00 31w6d 02w0d
22.00 20w6d 01w2d 64.00 32w3d 02w1d
Reference Manual 55
Gestational Sac (GS): KOREAN Gestational Sac (GS): HELLMAN
GA Table GA Table
Y.G Park.“ The Standardization of Fetal body parts according to the normal Korean Gestational Age in Hellman LM, Kobayashi M, Fillisti L, et al, “Growth and development of the human fetus prior to the
Ultrasound” Korean Ultrasound Institute, Vol. 14, No.2, 1995 twentieth week of gestation” American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 103:789-800, 1969
GA = GS × 0.71887 + 6.156004
Output Unit : w(weeks) Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd)
Input Unit : cm 1.0 5w0d 2.3 6w6d 3.6 8w5d 4.9 10w4d
Min Range : 2.5 cm 1.1 5w1d 2.4 7w0d 3.7 8w6d 5.0 10w5d
1.2 5w2d 2.5 7w1d 3.8 9w0d 5.1 10w6d
Max Range : 6.1 cm
1.3 5w3d 2.6 7w2d 3.9 9w1d 5.2 11w0d
1.4 5w4d 2.7 7w3d 4.0 9w2d 5.3 11w1d
Gestational Sac (GS): HANSMANN 1.5 5w5d 2.8 7w4d 4.1 9w3d 5.4 11w2d
1.6 5w6d 2.9 7w5d 4.2 9w4d 5.5 11w3d
GA Table 1.7 6w0d 3.0 7w6d 4.3 9w5d 5.6 11w4d
Hansmann, Hackeloer, Staudach and Wittman. “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and Gynecology” 1.8 6w1d 3.1 8w0d 4.4 9w6d 5.7 11w5d
Springer-Verlag, New York, 1986; P.36 1.9 6w2d 3.2 8w1d 4.5 10w0d 5.8 11w6d
2.0 6w3d 3.3 8w2d 4.6 10w1d 5.9 12w0d
2.1 6w4d 3.4 8w3d 4.7 10w2d 6.0 12w1d
Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd)
2.2 6w5d 3.5 8w4d 4.8 10w3d
0.7 4w6d 1.5 6w5d
0.9 5w5d 2.4 7w3d
1.0 6w0d 2.8 8w2d Gestational Sac (GS): NYBERG
1.3 6w2d 3.4 9w0d
GA Table
Nyberg, David, A., Hill, Lyndon, M., Bohm-Vele, Marcela., Mendelson, Ellen, B. “Transvaginal Ultrasound.”
Mosby Yearbook, 76. 1992
GA = 1.32 x GS + 4.299
Output Unit : w(weeks)
Input Unit : cm
Min Range : 0.14 cm
Max Range : 5.54 cm
Reference Manual 56
Gestational Sac (GS): TOKYO Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd)
1.80 06w5d 05w2d 08w1d 5.40 11w2d 09w6d 12w5d
Tokyo University Takashi Okai, et al. Japan Society of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Vol.38, No.8 2.00 06w6d 05w3d 08w2d 5.60 11w4d 10w1d 13w0d
2.10 07w0d 05w4d 08w3d 5.70 11w5d 10w2d 13w1d
Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±SD (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±SD (wd) 2.20 07w1d 05w5d 08w4d 5.80 11w6d 10w3d 13w2d
1.0 4w0d 1w0d 4.1 9w0d 2w0d 2.30 07w2d 05w6d 08w5d 5.90 12w0d 10w4d 13w3d
1.6 5w0d 1w1d 4.8 10w0d 2w1d 2.40 07w3d 06w0d 08w6d 6.00 12w1d 10w5d 13w4d
2.2 6w0d 1w4d 5.7 11w0d 2w2d
2.50 07w4d 06w1d 09w0d 6.10 12w2d 10w6d 13w5d
2.7 7w0d 1w5d 6.7 12w0d 2w3d
2.60 07w4d 06w1d 09w0d 6.20 12w3d 11w0d 13w6d
3.4 8w0d 1w6d
2.70 07w5d 06w2d 09w1d 6.30 12w4d 11w1d 14w0d
2.80 07w6d 06w3d 09w2d 6.40 12w5d 11w2d 14w1d
Gestational Sac (GS): REMPEN 2.90 08w0d 06w4d 09w3d 6.50 12w6d 11w3d 14w2d
3.00 08w1d 06w5d 09w4d 6.60 13w0d 11w4d 14w3d
Rempen A. “Biometrie in der Fruhgraviditat (I. Trimenon)” Der Frauenarzt, 32:425, 1991 3.20 08w3d 07w0d 09w6d 6.80 13w2d 11w6d 14w5d
3.30 08w3d 07w0d 09w6d 6.90 13w3d 12w0d 14w6d
0.40 05w1d 03w5d 06w4d 4.00 09w3d 08w0d 10w6d
3.70 09w0d 07w4d 10w3d 7.30 14w1d 12w5d 15w4d
0.50 05w2d 03w6d 06w5d 4.10 09w4d 08w1d 11w0d
0.60 05w2d 03w6d 06w5d 4.20 09w5d 08w2d 11w1d
0.80 05w4d 04w1d 07w0d 4.40 09w6d 08w3d 11w2d Rempen A. “Biometrie in der Fruhgraviditat (I. Trimenon)” Der Frauenarzt, 32:425, 1991
0.90 05w5d 04w2d 07w1d 4.50 10w0d 08w4d 11w3d
1.00 05w5d 04w2d 07w1d 4.60 10w1d 08w5d 11w4d Age (wd) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm)
05w4d 0.97 0.00 2.02 10w0d 4.31 3.26 5.36
Reference Manual 57
Age (wd) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Occipital Frontal Diameter (OFD): HANSMANN
05w5d 1.09 0.04 2.14 10w1d 4.40 3.35 5.45
05w6d 1.22 0.17 2.27 10w2d 4.49 3.44 5.54 GA Table
06w0d 1.34 0.29 2.39 10w3d 4.57 3.52 5.62 Hansmann, Hackeloer, Staudach, Wittman. “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obsterics and Gynecology.”
06w1d 1.46 0.41 2.51 10w4d 4.66 3.61 5.71 Springer-Verlag, New York, 1986, p.431.
06w2d 1.59 0.54 2.64 10w5d 4.74 3.69 5.79
06w3d 1.71 0.66 2.76 10w6d 4.82 3.77 5.87 Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd)
06w4d 1.83 0.78 2.88 11w0d 4.90 3.85 5.95
3.1 14w0d 7.2 23w0d 10.3 32w0d
06w5d 1.94 0.89 2.99 11w1d 4.98 3.93 6.03 3.8 15w0d 7.6 24w0d 10.5 33w0d
06w6d 2.06 1.01 3.11 11w2d 5.06 4.01 6.11 4.1 16w0d 8.0 25w0d 10.7 34w0d
07w0d 2.17 1.12 3.22 11w3d 5.14 4.09 6.19 4.6 17w0d 8.4 26w0d 10.9 35w0d
07w1d 2.29 1.24 3.34 11w4d 5.21 4.16 6.26 5.0 18w0d 8.8 27w0d 11.1 36w0d
5.4 19w0d 9.1 28w0d 11.2 37w0d
07w2d 2.40 1.35 3.45 11w5d 5.29 4.24 6.34
5.8 20w0d 9.5 29w0d 11.3 38w0d
07w3d 2.51 1.46 3.56 11w6d 5.36 4.31 6.41
6.3 21w0d 9.8 30w0d 11.4 39w0d
07w4d 2.62 1.57 3.67 12w0d 5.43 4.38 6.48 6.7 22w0d 10.0 31w0d 11.5 40w0d
07w5d 2.73 1.68 3.78 12w1d 5.51 4.46 6.56
07w6d 2.84 1.79 3.89 12w2d 5.58 4.53 6.63
08w1d 3.05 2.00 4.10 12w4d 5.71 4.66 6.76 Hansmann, Hackeloer, Staudach, Wittman “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and Gynecology”
08w2d 3.16 2.11 4.21 12w5d 5.78 4.73 6.83 Springer- Verlag, New York, 1986, p.176.
08w3d 3.26 2.21 4.31 12w6d 5.84 4.79 6.89
08w4d 3.36 2.31 4.41 13w0d 5.91 4.86 6.96 Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm)
08w5d 3.46 2.41 4.51 13w1d 5.97 4.92 7.02 10 1.4 0.7 2.1 26 8.0 7.3 8.7
08w6d 3.56 2.51 4.61 13w2d 6.03 4.98 7.08 11 1.8 1.1 2.5 27 8.3 7.6 9.0
12 2.3 1.6 3.0 28 8.7 8.0 9.4
13 2.7 2.0 3.4 29 9.0 8.3 9.7
14 3.1 2.4 3.8 30 9.3 8.6 10.0
15 3.6 2.9 4.3 31 9.6 8.9 10.3
16 4.0 3.3 4.7 32 9.9 9.2 10.6
17 4.4 3.7 5.1 33 10.2 9.5 10.8
18 4.8 4.1 5.5 34 10.4 9.7 11.1
19 5.3 4.6 6.0 35 10.6 9.9 11.3
20 5.7 5.0 6.4 36 10.9 10.2 11.6
21 6.1 5.4 6.8 37 11.1 10.4 11.8
22 6.5 5.8 7.2 38 11.2 10.5 11.9
23 6.9 6.2 7.6 39 11.4 10.7 12.1
24 7.2 6.5 7.9 40 11.5 10.8 12.2
25 7.6 6.9 8.3
Reference Manual 58
Occipital Frontal Diameter (OFD): ASUM(SCW) Occipital Frontal Diameter (OFD): KOREAN
GA Table GA Table
Australasian Society for Ultrasound in Medicine. Y.G Park.“ The Standardization of Fetal body parts according to the normal Korean Gestational Age in
Policies and Statements - [D7] Statement On Normal Ultrasonic Fetal Measurements (Revised May 2001) Ultrasound” Korean Ultrasound Institute, Vol. 14, No.2, 1995
GA = 0.381 x (OFD x 10) – 0.00344 x (OFD x 10)2 + 0.00002298 x (OFD x 10)3 + 4.189 GA = OFD ×1.55941 + 0.07730580 × OFD2 + 7.937391
Output Unit : w(weeks) Output Unit : w(weeks)
Input Unit : cm Input Unit : cm
Min Range : 2.12 cm Min Range : 2.4 cm
Max Range : 12.17cm Max Range : 12.4 cm
Fetal Growth Table

Fetal Growth Table
Australasian Society for Ultrasound in Medicine.
Y.G Park.“ The Standardization of Fetal body parts according to the normal Korean Gestational Age in
Age (w) Meas (cm) ±2SD (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) ±2SD (cm) OFD = 59.56658 x MA -4.5874 x MA2 - 40.707331
11 2.1 0.20 27 8.6 0.45 Output Unit : cm
12 2.4 0.20 28 9.5 0.50 Input Unit : w(week)
13 2.9 0.30 29 9.7 0.55 Min Range : 12w
14 3.4 0.30 30 9.8 0.55
Max Range : 40w
15 3.8 0.30 31 10.1 0.50
16 4.6 0.30 32 10.2 0.50
17 5.0 0.30 33 10.7 0.55 Age (w) Meas (cm) ±SD (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) ±SD (cm)
18 5.4 0.35 34 10.8 0.55 12 2.503 0.391 32 10.283 0.357
19 5.7 0.35 35 10.9 0.55 16 4.250 0.269 34 10.716 0.390
20 6.1 0.35 36 11.2 0.55 20 5.918 0.303 36 11.553 0.365
21 6.3 0.40 37 11.3 0.60 24 7.479 0.564 38 12.053 0.233
22 6.8 0.35 38 11.6 0.55 28 9.173 0.393 40 12.059 0.598
23 7.6 0.40 39 11.9 0.60
24 7.9 0.40 40 12.0 0.60
25 8.2 0.45 41 12.2 0.60
26 8.4 0.45
Reference Manual 59
Occipital Frontal Diameter (OFD): KURMANAVICIUS Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm)
14w4d 3.90 3.50 4.20 27w4d 9.10 8.40 9.90
Kurmanavicius J, Wright EM, Royston P, Wisser J, Huch R, Huch A, Zimmermann R. “Fetal ultrasound 14w6d 3.90 3.50 4.20 27w6d 9.10 8.40 9.90
biometry: 1. Head reference values” Br J Obstet Gynaecol, 1999 Feb; 106(2): 126-35 15w0d 4.20 3.90 4.60 28w0d 9.50 8.70 10.30
15w1d 4.20 3.90 4.60 28w1d 9.50 8.70 10.30
15w2d 4.20 3.90 4.60 28w2d 9.50 8.70 10.30
15w3d 4.20 3.90 4.60 28w3d 9.50 8.70 10.30
12w 2.46 2.02 2.91 28w 9.16 8.39 9.93
15w4d 4.20 3.90 4.60 28w4d 9.50 8.70 10.30
13w 2.96 2.49 3.43 29w 9.46 8.67 10.25
15w5d 4.20 3.90 4.60 28w5d 9.50 8.70 10.30
14w 3.45 2.96 3.94 30w 9.74 8.93 10.55
15w6d 4.20 3.90 4.60 28w6d 9.50 8.70 10.30
15w 3.93 3.43 4.44 31w 10.01 9.18 10.84
16w0d 4.60 4.20 5.00 29w0d 9.80 9.10 10.70
16w 4.41 3.88 4.94 32w 10.25 9.41 11.10
16w1d 4.60 4.20 5.00 29w1d 9.80 9.10 10.70
17w 4.87 4.32 5.42 33w 10.48 9.61 11.35
16w2d 4.60 4.20 5.00 29w2d 9.80 9.10 10.70
18w 5.32 4.76 5.89 34w 10.69 9.80 11.58
16w3d 4.60 4.20 5.00 29w3d 9.80 9.10 10.70
19w 5.77 5.18 6.35 35w 10.88 9.97 11.78
20w 6.20 5.59 6.81 36w 11.04 10.11 11.97 16w4d 4.60 4.20 5.00 29w4d 9.80 9.10 10.70
21w 6.62 5.99 7.24 37w 11.19 10.24 12.13 16w5d 4.60 4.20 5.00 29w5d 9.80 9.10 10.70
22w 7.02 6.37 7.67 38w 11.31 10.34 12.28 16w6d 4.60 4.20 5.00 29w6d 9.80 9.10 10.70
23w 7.41 6.75 8.08 39w 11.41 10.42 12.40 17w0d 5.00 4.60 5.40 30w0d 10.20 9.40 11.00
24w 7.79 7.11 8.48 40w 11.48 10.47 12.49 17w1d 5.00 4.60 5.40 30w1d 10.20 9.40 11.00
25w 8.16 7.45 8.87 41w 11.53 10.51 12.56 17w2d 5.00 4.60 5.40 30w2d 10.20 9.40 11.00
26w 8.51 7.78 9.24 42w 11.56 10.51 12.61 17w3d 5.00 4.60 5.40 30w3d 10.20 9.40 11.00
27w 8.84 8.09 9.59 17w4d 5.00 4.60 5.40 30w4d 10.20 9.40 11.00
17w5d 5.00 4.60 5.40 30w5d 10.20 9.40 11.00
17w6d 5.00 4.60 5.40 30w6d 10.20 9.40 11.00
Occipital Frontal Diameter (OFD): NICOLAIDES 18w0d 5.40 5.00 5.90 31w0d 10.50 9.60 11.30
18w1d 5.40 5.00 5.90 31w1d 10.50 9.60 11.30
Snijders RJ, Nicolaides KH. “Fetal biometry at 14-40 weeks’ gestation” Ultrasound in obstetrics and 18w3d 5.40 5.00 5.90 31w3d 10.50 9.60 11.30
18w4d 5.40 5.00 5.90 31w4d 10.50 9.60 11.30
Gynecology, 1994 Jan 1; 4(1): 34-48
18w5d 5.40 5.00 5.90 31w5d 10.50 9.60 11.30
18w6d 5.40 5.00 5.90 31w6d 10.50 9.60 11.30
Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) 19w0d 5.80 5.40 6.30 32w0d 10.70 9.90 11.60
19w1d 5.80 5.40 6.30 32w1d 10.70 9.90 11.60
14w0d 3.90 3.50 4.20 27w0d 9.10 8.40 9.90
19w2d 5.80 5.40 6.30 32w2d 10.70 9.90 11.60
14w1d 3.90 3.50 4.20 27w1d 9.10 8.40 9.90
19w3d 5.80 5.40 6.30 32w3d 10.70 9.90 11.60
14w2d 3.90 3.50 4.20 27w2d 9.10 8.40 9.90
19w4d 5.80 5.40 6.30 32w4d 10.70 9.90 11.60
14w3d 3.90 3.50 4.20 27w3d 9.10 8.40 9.90
Reference Manual 60
Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm)
19w5d 5.80 5.40 6.30 32w5d 10.70 9.90 11.60 24w6d 7.90 7.30 8.60 37w6d 11.60 10.70 12.50
19w6d 5.80 5.40 6.30 32w6d 10.70 9.90 11.60 25w0d 8.30 7.70 9.00 38w0d 11.60 10.70 12.60
20w0d 6.20 5.70 6.80 33w0d 11.00 10.10 11.90 25w1d 8.30 7.70 9.00 38w1d 11.60 10.70 12.60
20w1d 6.20 5.70 6.80 33w1d 11.00 10.10 11.90 25w2d 8.30 7.70 9.00 38w2d 11.60 10.70 12.60
20w2d 6.20 5.70 6.80 33w2d 11.00 10.10 11.90 25w3d 8.30 7.70 9.00 38w3d 11.60 10.70 12.60
20w3d 6.20 5.70 6.80 33w3d 11.00 10.10 11.90 25w4d 8.30 7.70 9.00 38w4d 11.60 10.70 12.60
20w4d 6.20 5.70 6.80 33w4d 11.00 10.10 11.90 25w5d 8.30 7.70 9.00 38w5d 11.60 10.70 12.60
20w5d 6.20 5.70 6.80 33w5d 11.00 10.10 11.90 25w6d 8.30 7.70 9.00 38w6d 11.60 10.70 12.60
20w6d 6.20 5.70 6.80 33w6d 11.00 10.10 11.90 26w0d 8.70 8.10 9.50 39w0d 11.60 10.70 12.60
21w0d 6.70 6.10 7.20 34w0d 11.20 10.30 12.10 26w1d 8.70 8.10 9.50 39w1d 11.60 10.70 12.60
21w1d 6.70 6.10 7.20 34w1d 11.20 10.30 12.10 26w2d 8.70 8.10 9.50 39w2d 11.60 10.70 12.60
21w2d 6.70 6.10 7.20 34w2d 11.20 10.30 12.10 26w3d 8.70 8.10 9.50 39w3d 11.60 10.70 12.60
21w3d 6.70 6.10 7.20 34w3d 11.20 10.30 12.10
26w4d 8.70 8.10 9.50 39w4d 11.60 10.70 12.60
21w4d 6.70 6.10 7.20 34w4d 11.20 10.30 12.10
26w5d 8.70 8.10 9.50 39w5d 11.60 10.70 12.60
21w5d 6.70 6.10 7.20 34w5d 11.20 10.30 12.10
26w6d 8.70 8.10 9.50 39w6d 11.60 10.70 12.60
21w6d 6.70 6.10 7.20 34w6d 11.20 10.30 12.10
22w0d 7.10 6.50 7.70 35w0d 11.30 10.50 12.30
22w1d 7.10 6.50 7.70 35w1d 11.30 10.50 12.30 Inner Ocular Distance (IOD): HANSMANN
22w2d 7.10 6.50 7.70 35w2d 11.30 10.50 12.30
22w4d 7.10 6.50 7.70 35w4d 11.30 10.50 12.30
Hansmann, Hackeloer, Staudach, Wittman. “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obsterics and Gynecology.”
22w5d 7.10 6.50 7.70 35w5d 11.30 10.50 12.30
Springer-Verlag, New York, 1986, p.177
22w6d 7.10 6.50 7.70 35w6d 11.30 10.50 12.30
23w0d 7.50 6.90 8.20 36w0d 11.50 10.60 12.40
23w1d 7.50 6.90 8.20 36w1d 11.50 10.60 12.40 Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm)
23w2d 7.50 6.90 8.20 36w2d 11.50 10.60 12.40 12 0.8 0.4 1.1 27 1.6 1.3 1.9
23w3d 7.50 6.90 8.20 36w3d 11.50 10.60 12.40 13 0.8 0.5 1.1 28 1.7 1.4 2.0
23w4d 7.50 6.90 8.20 36w4d 11.50 10.60 12.40 14 0.9 0.6 1.2 29 1.7 1.4 2.0
15 1.0 0.6 1.3 30 1.8 1.5 2.1
23w5d 7.50 6.90 8.20 36w5d 11.50 10.60 12.40
16 1.0 0.7 1.3 31 1.8 1.5 2.1
23w6d 7.50 6.90 8.20 36w6d 11.50 10.60 12.40
17 1.1 0.8 1.4 32 1.9 1.5 2.2
24w0d 7.90 7.30 8.60 37w0d 11.60 10.70 12.50
18 1.1 0.8 1.5 33 1.9 1.6 2.2
24w1d 7.90 7.30 8.60 37w1d 11.60 10.70 12.50 19 1.2 0.9 1.5 34 1.9 1.6 2.2
24w2d 7.90 7.30 8.60 37w2d 11.60 10.70 12.50 20 1.3 1.0 1.6 35 2.0 1.6 2.3
24w3d 7.90 7.30 8.60 37w3d 11.60 10.70 12.50 21 1.3 1.0 1.6 36 2.0 1.7 2.3
24w4d 7.90 7.30 8.60 37w4d 11.60 10.70 12.50 22 1.4 1.1 1.7 37 2.0 1.7 2.3
24w5d 7.90 7.30 8.60 37w5d 11.60 10.70 12.50 23 1.4 1.1 1.7 38 2.1 1.7 2.4
Reference Manual 61
Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd)
24 1.5 1.2 1.8 39 2.1 1.8 2.4 3.90 24w5d 21w3d 28w0d 6.50 40w1d 36w6d 43w4d
25 1.5 1.2 1.9 40 2.1 1.8 2.4 4.00 25w2d 22w0d 28w4d
26 1.6 1.3 1.9
Outer Ocular Distance (OOD): HANSMANN

Outer Ocular Distance (OOD): JEANTY
Fetal Growth Table
GA Table Hansmann, Hackeloer, Staudach and Wittman. “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and Gynecology”
Jeanty, P., Rodesch, F., Delbeke, D., Dumont, J. “Estimation of Gestational Age from Measurements of Springer-Verlag, New York, 1986; P.177
Fetal Long Bones” Journal of Ultrasound Medicine, 3: 75-79, February, 1984
Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd) 12 1.6 1.1 2.0 27 4.5 4.0 4.9
1.50 10w3d 07w1d 13w6d 4.10 25w6d 23w1d 29w1d 13 1.8 1.4 2.3 28 4.6 4.2 5.1
1.60 11w0d 07w5d 14w3d 4.20 26w4d 23w4d 29w6d 14 2.0 1.6 2.5 29 4.8 4.3 5.2
1.70 11w4d 08w2d 15w0d 4.30 27w1d 23w6d 30w3d 15 2.3 1.8 2.7 30 4.9 4.5 5.3
1.80 12w1d 08w6d 15w4d 4.40 27w5d 24w3d 31w0d 16 2.5 2.0 2.9 31 5.0 4.6 5.5
1.90 12w6d 09w4d 16w1d 4.50 28w2d 25w0d 31w4d 17 2.7 2.2 3.1 32 5.2 4.7 5.6
2.00 13w3d 10w1d 16w5d 4.60 28w6d 25w4d 32w1d 18 2.9 2.4 3.3 33 5.3 4.9 5.7
2.10 14w0d 10w5d 17w2d 4.70 29w4d 26w1d 32w6d 19 3.1 2.6 3.5 34 5.4 5.0 5.8
2.20 14w4d 11w2d 17w6d 4.80 30w1d 26w6d 33w3d 20 3.3 2.8 3.7 35 5.5 5.1 6.0
2.30 15w1d 11w6d 18w4d 4.90 30w5d 27w2d 34w0d 21 3.5 3.0 3.9 36 5.6 5.2 6.1
2.40 15w6d 12w4d 19w1d 5.00 31w2d 27w6d 34w4d 22 3.6 3.2 4.1 37 5.7 5.3 6.2
2.50 16w3d 13w1d 19w5d 5.10 31w6d 28w4d 35w1d 23 3.8 3.4 4.3 38 5.8 5.4 6.3
2.60 17w0d 13w5d 20w2d 5.20 32w4d 29w1d 35w6d 24 4.0 3.5 4.4 39 5.9 5.5 6.4
2.70 17w4d 14w2d 20w6d 5.30 33w0d 29w5d 36w3d 25 4.2 3.7 4.6 40 6.0 5.6 6.4
2.80 18w1d 14w6d 21w4d 5.40 33w4d 30w2d 37w0d
26 4.3 3.9 4.7
2.90 18w6d 15w4d 22w1d 5.50 34w1d 30w6d 37w4d
3.00 19w3d 16w1d 22w5d 5.60 34w6d 31w4d 38w1d
3.10 20w0d 16w4d 23w2d 5.70 35w3d 32w1d 38w5d
3.20 20w4d 17w1d 23w6d 5.80 36w0d 32w5d 39w2d
3.30 21w1d 17w6d 24w4d 5.90 36w4d 33w2d 39w6d
3.40 21w5d 18w3d 25w1d 6.00 37w1d 33w6d 40w4d
3.50 22w2d 19w0d 25w5d 6.10 37w6d 34w4d 41w1d
3.60 22w6d 19w4d 26w2d 6.20 38w3d 35w1d 41w4d
3.70 23w4d 20w1d 26w6d 6.30 39w0d 35w5d 42w2d
3.80 24w1d 20w6d 27w3d 6.40 39w4d 36w2d 42w6d
Reference Manual 62
Humerus (HUM): JEANTY Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd)
6.0 34w6d 32w0d 37w4d 6.9 40w1d 37w3d 42w6d
GA Table
Jeanty et al,. “Estimation of Gestational Age from Measurements of Fetal Long Bones” Journal of Ultra-
Fetal Growth Table
sound in Medicine, February 1984. Vol 3. Pp75-79
Jeanty, P. “Fetal Limb Biometry” (Letter) Radiology, 147:602, 1983
1.0 12w4d 9w6d 15w2d 3.1 20w2d 17w4d 23w0d
11 0.6 0.6 0.6 26 4.5 3.6 4.9
1.1 12w6d 10w1d 15w4d 3.2 20w5d 18w0d 23w4d
12 0.9 0.3 1 27 4.6 4.2 5.1
1.2 13w1d 10w3d 15w6d 3.3 21w1d 18w3d 23w6d
13 1.3 0.5 2 28 4.8 4.1 5.2
1.3 13w4d 10w6d 16w1d 3.4 21w4d 18w6d 24w2d
14 1.6 0.5 2 29 5 4.4 5.6
1.4 13w6d 11w1d 16w4d 3.5 22w0d 19w2d 24w6d
15 1.8 1.1 2.6 30 5.2 4.4 5.6
1.5 14w1d 11w3d 16w6d 3.6 22w4d 19w5d 25w1d
16 2.1 1.2 2.5 31 5.3 4.7 5.9
1.6 14w4d 11w6d 17w2d 3.7 22w6d 20w1d 25w5d
17 2.4 1.9 2.9 32 5.5 4.7 5.9
1.7 14w6d 12w1d 17w4d 3.8 23w3d 20w4d 26w1d
18 2.7 1.8 3 33 5.6 5 6.2
1.8 15w1d 12w4d 18w0d 3.9 23w6d 21w1d 26w4d
19 2.9 2.2 3.6 34 5.7 5 6.2
1.9 15w4d 12w6d 18w2d 4.0 24w2d 21w4d 27w1d
20 3.2 2.3 3.6 35 5.8 5.2 6.5
2.0 15w6d 13w1d 18w5d 4.1 24w6d 22w0d 27w4d
2.1 16w2d 13w4d 19w1d 4.2 25w2d 22w4d 28w0d 21 3.4 2.8 4 36 6 5.3 6.3
2.2 16w5d 13w6d 19w3d 4.3 25w5d 23w0d 28w4d 22 3.6 2.8 4 37 6.1 5.7 6.4
2.3 17w1d 14w2d 19w6d 4.4 26w1d 23w4d 29w0d 23 3.8 3.2 4.5 38 6.1 5.5 6.6
2.4 17w3d 14w5d 20w1d 4.5 26w5d 24w0d 29w4d 24 4.1 3.1 4.6 39 6.2 5.6 6.9
2.5 17w6d 15w1d 20w4d 4.6 27w1d 24w4d 30w0d 25 4.3 3.5 5.1 40 6.3 5.6 6.9
2.6 18w1d 15w4d 21w0d 4.7 27w5d 25w0d 30w4d
2.7 18w4d 15w6d 21w3d 4.8 28w1d 25w4d 31w0d
2.8 19w0d 16w2d 21w6d 4.9 28w6d 26w0d 31w4d
2.9 19w3d 16w5d 22w1d 5.0 29w2d 26w4d 32w0d
3.0 19w6d 17w1d 22w4d 5.1 29w6d 27w1d 32w4d
5.2 30w2d 27w4d 33w1d 6.1 35w2d 32w4d 38w1d
5.3 30w6d 28w1d 33w4d 6.2 35w6d 33w1d 38w5d
5.4 31w3d 28w5d 34w1d 6.3 36w4d 33w6d 39w2d
5.5 32w0d 29w1d 34w5d 6.4 37w1d 34w3d 39w6d
5.6 32w4d 29w6d 35w2d 6.5 37w5d 35w0d 40w4d
5.7 33w1d 30w2d 35w6d 6.6 38w2d 35w4d 41w1d
5.8 33w4d 30w6d 36w3d 6.7 38w6d 36w1d 41w5d
5.9 34w1d 31w3d 36w6d 6.8 39w4d 36w6d 42w2d
Reference Manual 63
Humerus (HUM): KOREAN Humerus (HUM): MERZ
GA Table GA Table
Y.G Park.“ The Standardization of Fetal body parts according to the normal Korean Gestational Age in Merz, Eberband, “Ultrasonic Mensuration of Fetal Limb Bones in the Second and Third Trimesters.” J Clin
Ultrasound” Korean Ultrasound Institute, Vol. 14, No.2, 1995 Ultrasound 15: 175-183, Table 1, March/April 1987
GA = HUM x 3.02718 + 0.2005 x HUM2 + 9.907522
Output Unit : w(weeks) Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd)
Input Unit : cm 1.00 13w0d 3.70 23w0d 5.60 33w0d
1.20 14w0d 3.80 24w0d 5.80 34w0d
Min Range : 0.7 cm 1.40 15w0d 4.20 25w0d 5.90 35w0d
Max Range : 7.3 cm 1.70 16w0d 4.30 26w0d 6.00 36w0d
2.00 17w0d 4.50 27w0d 6.10 37w0d
2.30 18w0d 4.70 28w0d 6.40 38w0d
Fetal Growth Table 2.60 19w0d 4.80 29w0d 6.50 39w0d
Y.G Park.“ The Standardization of Fetal body parts according to the normal Korean Gestational Age in 2.90 20w0d 5.00 30w0d 6.60 40w0d
3.20 21w0d 5.30 31w0d
3.30 22w0d 5.40 32w0d
HUM = 36.79948 x MA – 2.9359 x MA2 - 33.413660
Output Unit : cm
Fetal Growth Table
Input Unit : w(week)
Min Range : 12w
1991 Georg Thieme Verlag, 308-338
Max Range : 40w
Age (w) Meas (cm) ±SD (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) ±SD (cm)
12 0.80 0.40 1.10 27 4.60 4.20 5.00
12 0.690 0.118 32 5.495 0.212 13 1.10 0.70 1.40 28 4.80 4.40 5.20
16 1.796 0.122 34 5.800 0.253 14 1.40 1.00 1.70 29 5.00 4.60 5.40
20 2.803 0.129 36 6.114 0.249 15 1.60 1.30 2.00 30 5.20 4.80 5.60
24 3.802 0.169 38 6.396 0.256 16 1.90 1.60 2.30 31 5.40 4.90 5.80
17 2.20 1.80 2.60 32 5.50 5.10 6.00
28 4.605 0.178 40 6.579 0.316
18 2.50 2.10 2.80 33 5.70 5.30 6.20
19 2.70 2.40 3.10 34 5.90 5.40 6.30
20 3.00 2.60 3.40 35 6.00 5.50 6.50
21 3.20 2.90 3.60 36 6.10 5.70 6.60
22 3.50 3.10 3.90 37 6.30 5.80 6.70
23 3.70 3.30 4.10 38 6.40 5.90 6.90
24 4.00 3.60 4.40 39 6.50 6.00 7.00
25 4.20 3.80 4.60 40 6.60 6.20 7.10
26 4.40 4.00 4.80
Reference Manual 64
Humerus (HUM): OSAKA Age (w) Meas (cm) ±1.5 SD (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) ±1.5 SD (cm)
19 2.57 0.38 33 5.48 0.36
GA Table 20 2.83 0.40 34 5.61 0.34
Osaka University Method 1989, 3 by Univ. Of Osaka 21 3.09 0.41 35 5.72 0.33
22 3.34 0.42 36 5.83 0.32
Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) 23 3.59 0.43 37 5.93 0.31
1.00 13w0d 2.80 19w4d 4.60 28w0d 24 3.83 0.43 38 6.03 0.29
1.10 13w2d 2.90 20w0d 4.70 28w4d 25 4.05 0.43 39 6.11 0.28
1.20 13w5d 3.00 20w3d 4.80 29w1d 26 4.27 0.47 40 6.19 0.28
1.30 14w0d 3.10 20w5d 4.90 29w5d
1.40 14w2d 3.20 21w2d 5.00 30w3d
1.50 14w5d 3.30 21w4d 5.10 31w0d Humerus (HUM): ASUM (SCW)
1.60 15w0d 3.40 22w1d 5.20 31w5d
1.70 15w3d 3.50 22w4d 5.30 32w3d GA Table
1.80 15w5d 3.60 23w0d 5.40 33w1d Australasian Society for Ultrasound in Medicine.
1.90 16w1d 3.70 23w3d 5.50 33w6d Policies and Statements - [D7] Statement On Normal Ultrasonic Fetal Measurements (Revised May 2001)
2.00 16w3d 3.80 23w6d 5.60 34w4d
GA = 0.406 x (HUM x 10) – 0.002804 x (HUM x 10)2 + 0.0000563 x (HUM x 10)3 + 8.411
2.10 16w5d 3.90 24w2d 5.70 35w3d
2.20 17w2d 4.00 24w6d 5.80 36w2d Output Unit : w(weeks)
2.30 17w4d 4.10 25w3d 5.90 37w1d Input Unit : cm
2.40 18w0d 4.20 26w0d 6.00 38w1d
Min Range : 0.68 cm
2.50 18w3d 4.30 26w3d 6.10 39w2d
Max Range : 6.83 cm
2.60 18w6d 4.40 26w6d 6.20 40w0d
2.70 19w1d 4.50 27w3d
Fetal Growth Table
Fetal Growth Table
Osaka University Method 1989, 3 by Univ. Of Osaka
Age (w) Meas (cm) ±1.5 SD (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) ±1.5 SD (cm)
11 0.8 0.30 27 4.7 0.40
13 1.12 0.21 27 4.48 0.42
12 0.9 0.20 28 5.0 0.50
14 1.33 0.24 28 4.67 0.41 13 1.1 0.30 29 5.1 0.50
15 1.56 0.27 29 4.86 0.40 14 1.4 0.40 30 5.2 0.50
16 1.81 0.30 30 5.03 0.39 15 1.7 0.55 31 5.4 0.50
17 2.06 0.33 31 5.19 0.38 16 2.1 0.40 32 5.6 0.50
18 2.32 0.36 32 5.34 0.37 17 2.5 0.50 33 5.7 0.60
Reference Manual 65
Age (w) Meas (cm) ±2SD (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) ±2SD (cm) Tibia (TIB): JEANTY
18 2.7 0.55 34 5.9 0.55
19 2.9 0.50 35 6.0 0.60 GA Table
20 3.1 0.50 36 6.2 0.50 Jeanty et al,. “Estimation of Gestational Age from Measurements of Fetal Long Bones” Journal of Ultra-
21 3.2 0.60 37 6.3 0.60 sound in Medicine, February 1984. Vol 3. Pp75-79
22 3.5 0.60 38 6.4 0.60
23 3.8 0.40 39 6.5 0.55
24 4.0 0.60 40 6.6 0.60
1.00 13w3d 10w4d 16w2d 4.00 25w2d 22w3d 28w1d
25 4.3 0.50 41 6.8 0.60
1.10 13w5d 10w6d 16w4d 4.10 25w5d 22w6d 28w4d
26 4.4 0.40
1.20 14w1d 11w1d 17w0d 4.20 26w1d 23w2d 29w1d
1.30 14w3d 11w4d 17w2d 4.30 26w4d 23w5d 29w4d
Humerus (HUM): HANSMANN 1.40 14w6d 11w6d 17w5d 4.40 27w1d 24w1d 30w0d
1.50 15w1d 12w1d 18w0d 4.50 27w4d 24w4d 30w4d
1.60 15w4d 12w4d 18w3d 4.60 28w0d 25w1d 30w6d
Fetal Growth Table
1.70 15w6d 13w0d 18w6d 4.70 28w4d 25w4d 31w3d
Hansmann, Hackeloer, Staudach and Wittman. “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and Gynecology” 1.80 16w1d 13w2d 19w1d 4.80 29w0d 26w1d 31w6d
Springer-Verlag, New York, 1986; P.177 1.90 16w4d 13w5d 19w4d 4.90 29w3d 26w4d 32w2d
2.00 17w0d 14w1d 19w6d 5.00 29w6d 27w0d 32w6d
2.20 17w6d 14w6d 20w5d 5.20 30w6d 28w0d 33w6d
12 0.9 0.9 0.9 27 4.6 4.1 5.1
2.30 18w1d 15w1d 21w1d 5.30 31w3d 28w4d 34w2d
13 1.1 0.6 1.6 28 4.8 4.3 5.3
2.40 18w4d 15w4d 21w3d 5.40 31w6d 29w0d 34w6d
14 1.4 0.9 1.9 29 5.0 4.5 5.5
2.50 18w6d 16w0d 21w6d 5.50 32w3d 29w4d 35w2d
15 1.7 1.2 2.2 30 5.1 4.7 5.6
2.60 19w2d 16w3d 22w1d 5.60 32w6d 30w0d 35w6d
16 2.0 1.5 2.5 31 5.3 4.8 5.8
2.70 19w5d 16w6d 22w4d 5.70 33w3d 30w4d 36w2d
17 2.2 1.8 2.7 32 5.5 5.0 6.0
2.80 20w1d 17w1d 23w0d 5.80 33w6d 31w0d 36w6d
18 2.5 2.0 3.0 33 5.6 5.1 6.1 2.90 20w4d 17w4d 23w4d 5.90 34w3d 31w4d 37w2d
19 2.8 2.3 3.3 34 5.8 5.3 6.3 3.00 21w0d 18w1d 23w6d 6.00 34w6d 32w0d 37w6d
20 3.0 2.5 3.5 35 5.9 5.4 6.4 3.10 21w3d 18w4d 24w2d 6.10 35w3d 32w4d 38w2d
21 3.3 2.8 3.8 36 6.1 5.6 6.5 3.20 21w6d 18w6d 24w5d 6.20 35w6d 33w0d 38w6d
22 3.5 3.0 4.0 37 6.2 5.7 6.7 3.30 22w1d 19w2d 25w1d 6.30 36w4d 33w4d 39w3d
23 3.8 3.3 4.2 38 6.3 5.9 6.8 3.40 22w4d 19w5d 25w4d 6.40 37w0d 34w1d 39w6d
24 4.0 3.5 4.5 39 6.5 6.0 7.0 3.50 23w1d 20w1d 26w0d 6.50 37w4d 34w4d 40w3d
25 4.2 3.7 4.7 40 6.6 6.1 7.1 3.60 23w4d 20w4d 26w3d 6.60 38w0d 35w1d 41w0d
26 4.4 3.9 4.9 3.70 23w6d 21w0d 26w6d 6.70 38w4d 35w5d 41w4d
3.80 24w3d 21w4d 27w2d 6.80 39w1d 36w1d 42w0d
3.90 24w6d 21w6d 27w5d 6.90 39w5d 36w6d 42w4d
Reference Manual 66
Fetal Growth Table Fetal Growth Table

Jeanty, P. “Fetal Limb Biometry” (Letter) Radiology, 147:602, 1983 E. Merz, W. Goldhofer, E. Timor-Tritsch “Ultrasound in Gynecology and Obstetrics” Textbook and Atlas,
1991 Georg Thieme Verlag, 308-338
11 0.4 0.4 0.4 26 4.3 3.3 4.9 Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm)
12 0.7 0.7 0.7 27 4.5 3.9 5.1 12 0.70 0.40 1.00 27 4.50 4.00 4.90
13 1 0.4 1.7 28 4.7 3.8 5.2 13 1.00 0.60 1.30 28 4.70 4.20 5.10
14 1.3 0.2 1.9 29 4.9 4 5.7 14 1.20 0.90 1.60 29 4.90 4.40 5.30
15 1.6 0.5 2.7 30 5.1 4.1 5.6 15 1.50 1.20 1.90 30 5.00 4.60 5.50
16 1.9 0.7 2.5 31 5.2 4.6 5.8 16 1.80 1.40 2.10 31 5.20 4.80 5.70
17 2.10 1.70 2.40 32 5.40 5.00 5.80
17 2.2 1.5 2.9 32 5.4 4.6 5.9
18 2.30 2.00 2.70 33 5.60 5.10 6.00
18 2.4 1.4 2.9 33 5.6 4.9 6.2
19 2.60 2.20 3.00 34 5.70 5.30 6.20
19 2.7 1.9 3.5 34 5.7 4.7 6.4 20 2.80 2.50 3.20 35 5.90 5.40 6.30
20 2.9 1.9 3.5 35 5.9 4.8 6.9 21 3.10 2.70 3.50 36 6.00 5.60 6.50
21 3.2 2.4 3.9 36 6 4.9 6.8 22 3.30 2.90 3.70 37 6.20 5.70 6.60
22 3.4 2.5 3.9 37 6.1 5.2 7.1 23 3.60 3.20 4.00 38 6.30 5.90 6.80
23 3.6 3 4.3 38 6.2 5.4 6.9 24 3.80 3.40 4.20 39 6.40 6.00 6.90
25 4.00 3.60 4.40 40 6.60 6.10 7.00
24 3.9 2.8 4.5 39 6.4 5.8 6.9
26 4.20 3.80 4.60
25 4.1 3.1 5 40 6.5 5.8 6.9
Tibia (TIB): HANSMANN

Tibia (TIB): MERZ
Fetal Growth Table
GA Table
Hansmann, Hackeloer, Staudach and Wittman. “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and Gynecology”
Merz, E., et al. “Ultrasonic Mensuration of Fetal Limb Bones in the Second and Third Trimesters.” J Clin
Springer-Verlag, New York, 1986; P.182
Ultrasound 15: 175-183, Table 1, March/April 1987
Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95%(cm)
Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd)
12 0.7 0.7 0.7 27 4.4 3.9 4.9
0.90 13w0d 3.00 21w0d 4.60 29w0d 6.10 37w0d 13 1.0 1.0 1.0 28 4.6 4.1 5.1
1.00 14w0d 3.20 22w0d 4.80 30w0d 6.20 38w0d 14 1.2 0.7 1.7 29 4.8 4.3 5.3
1.30 15w0d 3.60 23w0d 5.10 31w0d 6.40 39w0d 15 1.5 0.9 2.0 30 5.0 4.5 5.5
1.60 16w0d 3.70 24w0d 5.20 32w0d 6.50 40w0d 16 1.7 1.2 2.2 31 5.2 4.7 5.7
1.80 17w0d 4.00 25w0d 5.40 33w0d 6.60 41w0d 17 2.0 1.5 2.5 32 5.4 4.8 5.9
2.20 18w0d 4.20 26w0d 5.70 34w0d 6.80 42w0d 18 2.2 1.7 2.7 33 5.5 5.0 6.0
19 2.5 2.0 3.0 34 5.7 5.2 6.2
2.50 19w0d 4.40 27w0d 5.80 35w0d
20 2.7 2.2 3.3 35 5.8 5.3 6.4
2.70 20w0d 4.50 28w0d 6.00 36w0d
21 3.0 2.5 3.5 36 6.0 5.5 6.5
Reference Manual 67
Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95%(cm) Fetal Growth Table
22 3.2 2.7 3.8 37 6.1 5.6 6.7 Hansmann, Hackeloer, Staudach, Wittman “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and Gynecology”
23 3.5 3.0 4.0 38 6.3 5.8 6.8 Springer-Verlag, New York, 1986
24 3.7 3.2 4.2 39 6.4 5.9 6.9
25 4.0 3.4 4.5 40 6.6 6.1 7.1
26 4.2 3.7 4.7 Age (w) Meas (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm)
12 1.70 1.70 1.70 27 6.50 5.90 7.30
13 2.00 2.00 2.00 28 6.90 6.20 7.70
Thorax Transverse Diameter (TTD): HANSMANN 14 2.40 2.00 2.80 29 7.20 6.40 8.00
15 2.70 2.30 3.10 30 7.40 6.70 8.30
GA Table 16 3.10 2.70 3.50 31 7.80 7.00 8.60
17 3.40 3.00 3.80 32 8.10 7.30 8.90
18 3.70 3.30 4.20 33 8.30 7.50 9.30
Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd)
19 4.00 3.60 4.60 34 8.60 7.80 9.60
1.7 12w0d 6.5 27w0d 20 4.40 3.90 4.90 35 8.90 8.00 9.90
2.0 13w0d 6.9 28w0d 21 4.70 4.20 5.30 36 9.20 8.30 10.20
2.4 14w0d 7.2 29w0d 22 5.00 4.50 5.60 37 9.40 8.50 10.50
2.7 15w0d 7.4 30w0d 23 5.30 4.80 6.00 38 9.70 8.70 10.80
3.1 16w0d 7.8 31w0d 24 5.60 5.00 6.30 39 9.90 8.90 11.10
3.4 17w0d 8.1 32w0d 25 5.90 5.30 6.70 40 10.10 9.10 11.40
3.7 18w0d 8.3 33w0d 26 6.20 5.60 7.00 41 10.20 9.20 11.70
4.0 19w0d 8.6 34w0d
4.4 20w0d 8.9 35w0d
4.7 21w0d 9.2 36w0d Cerebellum (CEREB): HILL
5.0 22w0d 9.4 37w0d
5.3 23w0d 9.7 38w0d GA Table
5.6 24w0d 9.9 39w0d Hill LM, David G, Fries J, Hixson J, Dawn R. “The Transverse Cerebellar Diameter in Estimating Gestational
5.9 25w0d 10.1 40w0d
Age in the Large for Gestational Age Fetus” Obstetrics and Gynecology,75:981-985, June 1990
6.2 26w0d
Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±2SD (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±2SD (wd)
1.4 15w1d 1w0d 3.5 29w3d 2w0d
1.5 15w6d 1w0d 3.6 30w0d 2w3d
1.6 16w4d 1w0d 3.7 30w4d 2w3d
1.7 17w1d 1w0d 3.8 31w1d 2w3d
1.8 17w6d 1w0d 3.9 31w6d 2w3d
1.9 18w4d 1w6d 4.0 32w2d 2w3d
2.0 19w2d 1w6d 4.1 32w6d 2w3d
2.1 20w0d 1w6d 4.2 33w3d 2w3d
2.2 20w5d 1w6d 4.3 33w6d 2w3d
Reference Manual 68
Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±2SD (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±2SD (wd) Cerebellum (CEREB): GOLDSTEIN
2.3 21w3d 1w6d 4.4 34w3d 2w3d
2.4 22w1d 1w6d 4.5 34w6d 2w3d Fetal Growth Table
2.5 22w6d 1w6d 4.6 35w2d 2w3d
Cerebellar measurements with ultrasonography in the evaluation of fetal growth and development. AM
2.6 23w4d 1w6d 4.7 35w5d 2w3d
2.7 24w1d 2w0d 4.8 36w1d 3w1d J. Obstet. Gynecol. 156:1065-1069, 1987
2.8 24w6d 2w0d 4.9 36w4d 3w1d
2.9 25w4d 2w0d 5.0 36w6d 3w1d Age (w) Meas (cm) 10% (cm) 90% (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) 10% (cm) 90% (cm)
3.0 26w1d 2w0d 5.1 37w1d 3w1d
15 1.40 1.00 1.60 28 3.10 2.70 3.40
3.1 26w6d 2w0d 5.2 37w4d 3w1d
3.2 27w4d 2w0d 5.4 38w0d 3w1d 16 1.60 1.40 1.70 29 3.40 2.90 3.80
3.3 28w1d 2w0d 5.5 38w2d 3w1d 17 1.70 1.60 1.80 30 3.50 3.10 4.00
3.4 28w6d 2w0d 5.6 38w4d 3w1d 18 1.80 1.70 1.90 31 3.80 3.20 4.30
19 1.90 1.80 2.20 32 3.80 3.30 4.20
20 2.00 1.80 2.20 33 4.00 3.20 4.40
Cerebellum (CEREB): CHITTY 21 2.20 1.90 2.40 34 4.00 3.30 4.40
22 2.30 2.10 2.40 35 4.05 3.10 4.70
GA Table 23 2.40 2.20 2.60 36 4.30 3.60 5.50
24 2.50 2.20 2.80 37 4.50 3.70 5.50
D.G. Altman, L.S. Chitty. “New Charts for Ultrasound Dating of Pregnancy” Ultrasound in Obstetrics and
25 2.80 2.30 2.90 38 4.85 4.00 5.50
Gynecology, Vol.10, p174-191, 1997 26 2.90 2.50 3.20 39 5.20 5.20 5.50
27 3.00 2.60 3.20
1.30 14w3d 13w1d 16w0d 2.50 24w2d 22w2d 26w3d
1.40 15w2d 14w0d 16w6d 2.60 25w0d 23w0d 27w3d
Cerebellum (CEREB): NICOLAIDES
1.50 16w2d 14w6d 17w5d 2.70 25w6d 23w4d 28w2d
1.70 17w6d 16w3d 19w3d 2.90 27w2d 24w5d 30w2d Snijders RJ, Nicolaides KH. “Fetal biometry at 14-40 weeks’ gestation” Ultrasound in obstetrics and
1.80 18w5d 17w2d 20w2d 3.00 28w0d 25w1d 31w2d Gynecology, 1994 Jan 1; 4(1): 34-48
1.90 19w4d 18w0d 21w1d 3.10 28w6d 25w5d 32w2d
2.00 20w3d 18w6d 22w0d 3.20 29w4d 26w1d 33w3d
2.10 21w1d 19w4d 22w6d 3.30 30w2d 26w4d 34w4d
14w3d 1.40 1.20 1.50 27w3d 3.10 2.70 3.40
14w4d 1.40 1.20 1.50 27w4d 3.10 2.70 3.40
14w5d 1.40 1.20 1.50 27w5d 3.10 2.70 3.40
14w6d 1.40 1.20 1.50 27w6d 3.10 2.70 3.40
Reference Manual 69
15w0d 1.50 1.30 1.70 28w0d 3.20 2.90 3.60 20w1d 2.10 1.90 2.40 33w1d 3.90 3.50 4.30
15w1d 1.50 1.30 1.70 28w1d 3.20 2.90 3.60 20w2d 2.10 1.90 2.40 33w2d 3.90 3.50 4.30
15w2d 1.50 1.30 1.70 28w2d 3.20 2.90 3.60 20w3d 2.10 1.90 2.40 33w3d 3.90 3.50 4.30
15w3d 1.50 1.30 1.70 28w3d 3.20 2.90 3.60 20w4d 2.10 1.90 2.40 33w4d 3.90 3.50 4.30
15w4d 1.50 1.30 1.70 28w4d 3.20 2.90 3.60 20w5d 2.10 1.90 2.40 33w5d 3.90 3.50 4.30
15w5d 1.50 1.30 1.70 28w5d 3.20 2.90 3.60 20w6d 2.10 1.90 2.40 33w6d 3.90 3.50 4.30
15w6d 1.50 1.30 1.70 28w6d 3.20 2.90 3.60 21w0d 2.20 2.00 2.50 34w0d 4.00 3.60 4.40
16w0d 1.60 1.40 1.80 29w0d 3.30 3.00 3.70 21w1d 2.20 2.00 2.50 34w1d 4.00 3.60 4.40
16w1d 1.60 1.40 1.80 29w1d 3.30 3.00 3.70 21w2d 2.20 2.00 2.50 34w2d 4.00 3.60 4.40
16w2d 1.60 1.40 1.80 29w2d 3.30 3.00 3.70 21w3d 2.20 2.00 2.50 34w3d 4.00 3.60 4.40
16w3d 1.60 1.40 1.80 29w3d 3.30 3.00 3.70 21w4d 2.20 2.00 2.50 34w4d 4.00 3.60 4.40
16w4d 1.60 1.40 1.80 29w4d 3.30 3.00 3.70 21w5d 2.20 2.00 2.50 34w5d 4.00 3.60 4.40
16w5d 1.60 1.40 1.80 29w5d 3.30 3.00 3.70 21w6d 2.20 2.00 2.50 34w6d 4.00 3.60 4.40
16w6d 1.60 1.40 1.80 29w6d 3.30 3.00 3.70 22w0d 2.40 2.10 2.70 35w0d 4.10 3.70 4.60
17w0d 1.70 1.50 1.90 30w0d 3.50 3.10 3.90 22w1d 2.40 2.10 2.70 35w1d 4.10 3.70 4.60
17w1d 1.70 1.50 1.90 30w1d 3.50 3.10 3.90 22w2d 2.40 2.10 2.70 35w2d 4.10 3.70 4.60
17w2d 1.70 1.50 1.90 30w2d 3.50 3.10 3.90 22w3d 2.40 2.10 2.70 35w3d 4.10 3.70 4.60
17w3d 1.70 1.50 1.90 30w3d 3.50 3.10 3.90 22w4d 2.40 2.10 2.70 35w4d 4.10 3.70 4.60
17w4d 1.70 1.50 1.90 30w4d 3.50 3.10 3.90 22w5d 2.40 2.10 2.70 35w5d 4.10 3.70 4.60
17w5d 1.70 1.50 1.90 30w5d 3.50 3.10 3.90 22w6d 2.40 2.10 2.70 35w6d 4.10 3.70 4.60
17w6d 1.70 1.50 1.90 30w6d 3.50 3.10 3.90 23w0d 2.50 2.20 2.80 36w0d 4.20 3.80 4.70
18w0d 1.80 1.60 2.10 31w0d 3.60 3.20 4.00 23w1d 2.50 2.20 2.80 36w1d 4.20 3.80 4.70
18w1d 1.80 1.60 2.10 31w1d 3.60 3.20 4.00 23w2d 2.50 2.20 2.80 36w2d 4.20 3.80 4.70
18w2d 1.80 1.60 2.10 31w2d 3.60 3.20 4.00 23w3d 2.50 2.20 2.80 36w3d 4.20 3.80 4.70
18w3d 1.80 1.60 2.10 31w3d 3.60 3.20 4.00 23w4d 2.50 2.20 2.80 36w4d 4.20 3.80 4.70
18w4d 1.80 1.60 2.10 31w4d 3.60 3.20 4.00 23w5d 2.50 2.20 2.80 36w5d 4.20 3.80 4.70
18w5d 1.80 1.60 2.10 31w5d 3.60 3.20 4.00 23w6d 2.50 2.20 2.80 36w6d 4.20 3.80 4.70
18w6d 1.80 1.60 2.10 31w6d 3.60 3.20 4.00 24w0d 2.60 2.40 3.00 37w0d 4.30 3.90 4.80
19w0d 2.00 1.70 2.20 32w0d 3.70 3.40 4.20 24w1d 2.60 2.40 3.00 37w1d 4.30 3.90 4.80
19w1d 2.00 1.70 2.20 32w1d 3.70 3.40 4.20 24w2d 2.60 2.40 3.00 37w2d 4.30 3.90 4.80
19w2d 2.00 1.70 2.20 32w2d 3.70 3.40 4.20 24w3d 2.60 2.40 3.00 37w3d 4.30 3.90 4.80
19w3d 2.00 1.70 2.20 32w3d 3.70 3.40 4.20 24w4d 2.60 2.40 3.00 37w4d 4.30 3.90 4.80
19w4d 2.00 1.70 2.20 32w4d 3.70 3.40 4.20 24w5d 2.60 2.40 3.00 37w5d 4.30 3.90 4.80
19w5d 2.00 1.70 2.20 32w5d 3.70 3.40 4.20 24w6d 2.60 2.40 3.00 37w6d 4.30 3.90 4.80
19w6d 2.00 1.70 2.20 32w6d 3.70 3.40 4.20 25w0d 2.80 2.50 3.10 38w0d 4.40 4.00 4.90
20w0d 2.10 1.90 2.40 33w0d 3.90 3.50 4.30 25w1d 2.80 2.50 3.10 38w1d 4.40 4.00 4.90
Reference Manual 70
Age (wd) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd)
26w3d 2.90 2.60 3.30 39w3d 4.50 4.10 5.10
3.20 22w1d 19w1d 25w1d 6.00 37w5d 34w4d 40w6d
26w4d 2.90 2.60 3.30 39w4d 4.50 4.10 5.10
3.30 22w5d 19w4d 25w5d 6.10 38w2d 35w2d 41w3d
26w5d 2.90 2.60 3.30 39w5d 4.50 4.10 5.10
3.40 23w1d 20w1d 26w1d 6.20 39w0d 35w6d 42w0d
26w6d 2.90 2.60 3.30 39w6d 4.50 4.10 5.10
3.50 23w4d 20w4d 26w5d 6.30 39w4d 36w4d 42w5d
3.60 24w1d 21w1d 27w1d 6.40 40w2d 37w1d 43w2d
Ulna: JEANTY 3.70 24w4d 21w4d 27w5d
GA Table Fetal Growth Table

Jeanty et al,. “Estimation of Gestational Age from Measurements of Fetal Long Bones” Journal of Ultra- Jeanty, P. “Fetal Limb Biometry” (Letter) Radiology, 147:602, 1983
sound in Medicine, February 1984. Vol 3. Pp75-79

11 0.5 0.5 0.5 26 4.1 3.4 4.4
12 0.8 0.8 0.8 27 4.3 3.7 4.8
1.00 13w1d 10w1d 16w1d 3.80 25w1d 22w1d 28w1d
13 1.1 0.3 1.8 28 4.4 3.7 4.8
1.10 13w4d 10w4d 16w4d 3.90 25w4d 22w4d 28w5d
14 1.3 0.4 1.7 29 4.6 4.0 5.1
1.20 13w6d 10w6d 16w6d 4.00 26w1d 23w1d 29w1d 15 1.6 1.0 2.2 30 4.7 3.8 5.4
1.30 14w1d 11w1d 17w2d 4.10 26w5d 23w4d 29w5d 16 1.9 0.8 2.4 31 4.9 3.9 5.9
1.40 14w4d 11w4d 17w5d 4.20 27w1d 24w1d 30w2d 17 2.1 1.1 3.2 32 5.0 4.0 5.8
1.50 15w0d 11w6d 18w0d 4.30 27w5d 24w5d 30w6d 18 2.4 1.3 3.0 33 5.2 4.3 6.0
1.60 15w3d 12w2d 18w3d 4.40 28w2d 25w1d 31w2d 19 2.6 2.0 3.2 34 5.3 4.4 5.9
1.70 15w5d 12w5d 18w6d 4.50 28w6d 25w6d 31w6d 20 2.9 2.1 3.2 35 5.4 4.7 6.1
1.80 16w1d 13w1d 19w1d 4.60 29w3d 26w2d 32w3d 21 3.1 2.5 3.6 36 5.5 4.7 6.1
1.90 16w4d 13w4d 19w4d 4.70 29w6d 26w6d 33w0d 22 3.3 2.4 3.7 37 5.6 4.9 6.2
2.00 16w6d 13w6d 20w0d 4.80 30w4d 27w3d 33w4d 23 3.5 2.7 4.3 38 5.7 4.8 6.3
2.10 17w2d 14w2d 20w3d 4.90 31w1d 28w0d 34w1d 24 3.7 2.9 4.1 39 5.7 4.9 6.6
2.20 17w5d 14w5d 20w6d 5.00 31w4d 28w4d 34w5d 25 3.9 3.4 4.4 40 5.8 5.0 6.5
2.30 18w1d 15w1d 21w1d 5.10 32w1d 29w1d 35w2d

Reference Manual 71
Ulna: MERZ Ulna: HANSMANN

E. Merz, W. Goldhofer, E. Timor-Tritsch “Ultrasound in Gynecology and Obstetrics” Textbook and Atlas, Hansmann, Hackeloer, Staudach and Wittman. “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and Gynecology”
1991 Georg Thieme Verlag, 308-338 Springer-Verlag, New York, 1986; P.183
Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm)
12 0.6 0.3 0.9 27 4.3 3.9 4.7 12 0.7 0.7 0.7 27 4.4 3.9 4.9
13 0.9 0.5 1.2 28 4.5 4.1 4.9 13 1.0 0.5 1.5 28 4.6 4.1 5.1
14 1.2 0.8 1.5 29 4.7 4.3 5.1
14 1.3 0.8 1.8 29 4.8 4.3 5.3
15 1.4 1.1 1.8 30 4.8 4.4 5.2
15 1.6 1.1 2.1 30 4.9 4.4 5.4
16 1.7 1.4 2.1 31 5.0 4.6 5.4
16 1.8 1.3 2.3 31 5.1 4.6 5.6
17 2.0 1.7 2.3 32 5.1 4.7 5.5
18 2.3 1.9 2.6 33 5.3 4.9 5.7 17 2.1 1.6 2.6 32 5.3 4.8 5.8
19 2.5 2.2 2.9 34 5.4 5.0 5.8 18 2.4 1.9 2.9 33 5.4 4.9 5.9
20 2.8 2.4 3.1 35 5.5 5.1 6.0 19 2.6 2.1 3.1 34 5.6 5.1 6.1
21 3.0 2.7 3.4 36 5.6 5.2 6.1 20 2.9 2.4 3.4 35 5.7 5.2 6.2
22 3.3 2.9 3.6 37 5.7 5.3 6.2 21 3.1 2.6 3.6 36 5.8 5.3 6.3
23 3.5 3.1 3.9 38 5.8 5.4 6.3 22 3.3 2.8 3.8 37 6.0 5.5 6.5
24 3.7 3.3 4.1 39 5.9 5.5 6.4 23 3.6 3.1 4.1 38 6.1 5.6 6.6
25 3.9 3.5 4.3 40 6.0 5.6 6.5 24 3.8 3.3 4.3 39 6.2 5.7 6.7
26 4.1 3.7 4.5 25 4.0 3.5 4.5 40 6.3 5.8 6.8
26 4.2 3.7 4.7
Reference Manual 72
Head Circumference (HC): KOREAN Head Circumference (HC): HANSMANN
GA Table GA Table
Y.G Park.“ The Standardization of Fetal body parts according to the normal Korean Gestational Age in Hansmann, Hackeloer, Staudach, Wittman. “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obsterics and Gynecology.”
Ultrasound” Korean Ultrasound Institute, Vol. 14, No.2, 1995 Springer-Verlag, New York, 1986, p431.
GA = HC × 1.43245 - 0.010208 × HC2 - 0.342015
Output Unit : w(weeks) Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd)
Input Unit : cm 10.6 14w0d 21.5 23w0d 31.1 32w0d
11.5 15w0d 22.6 24w0d 31.8 33w0d
Min Range : 7.4 cm 12.7 16w0d 24.0 25w0d 32.5 34w0d
Max Range : 35.4 cm 14.0 17w0d 25.1 26w0d 33.2 35w0d
15.2 18w0d 26.3 27w0d 33.7 36w0d
Fetal Growth Table 16.4 19w0d 27.4 28w0d 34.0 37w0d
17.6 20w0d 28.4 29w0d 34.4 38w0d
Y.G Park.“ The Standardization of Fetal body parts according to the normal Korean Gestational Age in 19.0 21w0d 29.3 30w0d 34.7 39w0d
Ultrasound” Korean Ultrasound Institute, Vol. 14, No.2, 1995 20.3 22w0d 30.3 31w0d 34.9 40w0d
Output Unit : cm
Input Unit : w(week) Fetal Growth Table
Min Range : 12w Hansmann, Hackeloer, Staudach, Wittman “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and Gynecology”
Max Range : 40w Springer- Verlag, New York, 1986, p.176.
Age (w) Meas (cm) ±SD (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) ±SD (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) ±SD (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm)
12 7.246 0.791 28 25.989 0.870 38 33.522 0.297 10 5 2.6 7.4 26 24.2 21.8 26.6
16 12.505 0.746 32 29.231 0.798 40 37.283 1.389 11 6.3 3.8 8.7 27 25.2 22.8 27.7
20 17.188 0.743 34 30.578 0.771 12 7.5 5.1 10.0 28 26.2 23.8 28.6
24 21.522 1.250 36 32.239 0.577 13 8.8 6.4 11.2 29 27.1 24.7 29.6
14 10.1 7.6 12.5 30 28.1 25.6 30.5
15 11.3 8.9 13.8 31 28.9 26.5 31.3
16 12.6 10.1 15.0 32 29.7 27.3 32.2
17 13.8 11.4 16.3 33 30.5 28.1 32.9
18 15.1 12.6 17.5 34 31.2 28.8 33.6
19 16.3 13.8 18.7 35 31.9 29.4 34.3
20 17.5 15.0 19.9 36 32.5 30.0 34.9
21 18.7 16.2 21.1 37 33.0 30.6 35.5
22 19.8 17.4 22.3 38 33.5 31.1 35.9
23 21.0 18.5 23.4 39 33.9 31.5 36.4
24 22.1 19.6 24.5 40 34.3 31.9 36.7
25 23.2 20.7 25.6
Reference Manual 73
Head Circumference (HC): HADLOCK Head Circumference (HC): MERZ
GA Table GA Table
Frank P. Hadlock, Russell L.Deter, Ronald B. Harrist, Seung K. Park,. “Estimating Fetal Age: Computer- E. Merz, W. Goldhofer, E. Timor-Tritsch “Ultrasound in Gynecology and Obstetrics” Text book and Atlas,
Assisted Analysis of Multiple Fetal Growth Parameters” Radiology, 1984; 152:497-501. 1991 Georg Thieme Verlag, 308-338
GA = 8.96 + 0.54 × HC + 0.0003 × HC3
Output Unit : w(weeks) Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd)
Input Unit : cm 7.2 12w1d 11w0d 13w1d 22.0 23w2d 21w4d 25w0d
7.4 12w2d 11w1d 13w4d 22.2 23w4d 21w6d 25w1d
Max Range : 35.7 cm 7.8 12w4d 11w2d 13w5d 22.6 23w6d 22w1d 25w4d
8.0 12w5d 11w4d 13w6d 22.8 24w0d 22w1d 25w6d
8.2 12w6d 11w4d 14w0d 23.0 24w1d 22w3d 26w0d
8.4 12w6d 11w5d 14w1d 23.2 24w3d 22w4d 26w1d
8.6 13w1d 11w6d 14w2d 23.4 24w4d 22w5d 26w2d
Min Range(w) Max Range(w) ±2SD(w) 8.8 13w1d 12w0d 14w3d 23.6 24w5d 22w6d 26w4d
9.0 13w2d 12w1d 14w4d 23.8 24w6d 23w1d 26w5d
12 18 1.19
9.2 13w4d 12w2d 14w5d 24.0 25w1d 23w2d 26w6d
18 24 1.48 9.4 13w4d 12w3d 14w6d 24.2 25w2d 23w4d 27w1d
24 30 2.06 9.6 13w5d 12w4d 14w6d 24.4 25w4d 23w5d 27w2d
30 36 2.98 9.8 13w6d 12w5d 15w1d 24.6 25w5d 23w6d 27w4d
36 42 2.70 10.0 14w0d 12w6d 15w1d 24.8 25w6d 24w1d 27w5d
10.2 14w1d 12w6d 15w4d 25.0 26w0d 24w1d 27w6d
10.4 14w2d 13w0d 15w4d 25.2 26w1d 24w3d 28w0d
Fetal Growth Table 10.6 14w3d 13w1d 15w5d 25.4 26w3d 24w4d 28w1d
10.8 14w4d 13w2d 15w6d 25.6 26w4d 24w6d 28w3d
Hadlock, F., Deter, R.L., Harrist, R.B., Park, S.K. «Estimating Fetal Age: Computer-Assisted Analysis of
11.0 14w5d 13w3d 16w0d 25.8 26w6d 25w0d 28w4d
Multiple Fetal Growth Parameters» Radiology, 1984, 152: 497-501. 11.2 14w6d 13w4d 16w1d 26.0 27w0d 25w1d 28w6d
Equation = 1.56 x MA - 0.0002548 x MA3 - 11.48 11.4 15w0d 13w5d 16w2d 26.2 27w1d 25w3d 29w0d
11.6 15w1d 13w6d 16w3d 26.4 27w3d 25w4d 29w1d
Output Unit : cm 11.8 15w2d 14w0d 16w4d 26.6 27w4d 25w6d 29w3d
Input Unit : w(weeks) 12.0 15w3d 14w1d 16w5d 26.8 27w6d 26w0d 29w4d
12.2 15w4d 14w1d 17w0d 27.0 28w1d 26w1d 30w0d
Min Range : 12w
12.4 15w5d 14w2d 17w1d 27.2 28w2d 26w3d 30w1d
Max Range : 40w 12.6 15w6d 14w3d 17w1d 27.4 28w4d 26w4d 30w3d
Standard Deviation : 2SD=2.00 cm 12.8 16w0d 14w4d 17w3d 27.6 28w5d 26w6d 30w4d
13.0 16w1d 14w5d 17w4d 27.8 28w6d 27w0d 30w6d
13.2 16w2d 14w6d 17w5d 28.0 29w1d 27w1d 31w0d
13.4 16w3d 15w0d 17w6d 28.2 29w2d 27w3d 31w1d
13.6 16w4d 15w1d 18w0d 28.4 29w4d 27w5d 31w4d
13.8 16w5d 15w2d 18w1d 28.6 29w6d 27w6d 31w5d
Reference Manual 74
14.4 17w1d 15w6d 18w4d 29.2 30w4d 28w4d 32w3d
14.6 17w2d 15w6d 18w5d 29.4 30w5d 28w6d 32w4d
15.0 17w4d 16w1d 19w1d 29.8 31w1d 29w1d 33w0d 12 7.6 6.3 9.0 27 25.9 24.3 27.7
15.2 17w6d 16w2d 19w2d 30.0 31w3d 29w3d 33w3d 13 9.0 7.7 10.4 28 26.9 25.3 28.7
15.4 17w6d 16w3d 19w3d 30.2 31w4d 29w4d 33w4d 14 10.4 9.0 11.8 29 27.9 26.2 29.6
15.6 18w1d 16w4d 19w4d 30.4 31w6d 29w6d 33w6d 15 11.7 10.4 13.2 30 28.8 27.1 30.6
15.8 18w1d 16w5d 19w5d 30.6 32w1d 30w1d 34w1d 16 13.1 11.7 14.6 31 29.6 27.9 31.5
16.0 18w3d 16w6d 19w6d 30.8 32w2d 30w2d 34w2d 17 14.4 13.0 15.9 32 30.5 28.8 32.3
16.2 18w4d 17w0d 20w0d 31.0 32w4d 30w4d 34w4d 18 15.7 14.2 17.2 33 31.3 29.6 33.2
16.4 18w5d 17w1d 20w1d 31.2 32w6d 30w6d 34w6d
19 16.9 15.5 18.5 34 32.1 30.3 34.0
16.6 18w6d 17w2d 20w2d 31.4 33w1d 31w1d 35w1d
20 18.2 16.7 19.7 35 32.8 31.1 34.7
16.8 19w0d 17w4d 20w4d 31.6 33w3d 31w3d 35w3d
21 19.4 17.9 21 36 33.6 31.8 35.5
17.0 19w1d 17w4d 20w4d 31.8 33w4d 31w4d 35w4d
22 20.5 19.0 22.2 37 34.2 32.4 36.2
17.2 19w2d 17w6d 20w6d 32.0 33w6d 31w6d 36w0d
17.4 19w3d 17w6d 20w6d 32.2 34w1d 32w0d 36w1d 23 21.7 20.1 23.3 38 34.9 33.1 36.8
17.6 19w4d 18w0d 21w1d 32.4 34w3d 32w2d 36w4d 24 22.8 21.2 24.5 39 35.5 33.7 37.5
17.8 19w6d 18w1d 21w3d 32.6 34w5d 32w4d 36w6d 25 23.9 22.3 25.6 40 36.1 34.3 38.1
18.0 19w6d 18w2d 21w4d 32.8 34w6d 32w6d 37w0d 26 24.9 23.3 26.6
18.2 20w1d 18w4d 21w5d 33.0 35w1d 33w1d 37w2d
18.4 20w1d 18w4d 21w6d 33.2 35w4d 33w2d 37w5d
18.6 20w3d 18w6d 22w0d 33.4 35w6d 33w4d 38w0d Head Circumference (HC): CHITTY (D)
18.8 20w4d 19w0d 22w1d 33.6 36w1d 33w6d 38w2d
19.0 20w5d 19w1d 22w2d 33.8 36w3d 34w1d 38w4d
GA Table
19.2 20w6d 19w2d 22w4d 34.0 36w4d 34w3d 38w6d
19.4 21w1d 19w4d 22w5d 34.2 36w6d 34w5d 39w1d D.G. Altman, L.S. Chitty. “New Charts for Ultrasound Dating of Pregnancy” Ultrasound in Obstetrics and
19.6 21w1d 19w4d 22w6d 34.4 37w1d 35w0d 39w3d Gynecology, Vol.10, p174-191, 1997
19.8 21w3d 19w5d 23w0d 34.6 37w4d 35w2d 39w5d
20.0 21w4d 19w6d 23w2d 34.8 37w6d 35w4d 40w1d
20.2 21w5d 20w0d 23w3d 35.0 38w1d 35w6d 40w4d Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd)
21.0 22w3d 20w5d 24w1d 35.8 39w4d 37w1d 41w6d
9.50 13w5d 12w4d 15w0d 22.00 24w0d 22w4d 25w5d
21.2 22w4d 20w6d 24w2d 36.0 39w6d 37w4d 42w1d
10.00 14w1d 13w0d 15w3d 22.50 24w3d 22w6d 26w1d
21.4 22w5d 21w0d 24w3d 36.2 40w1d 37w6d 42w3d
10.50 14w4d 13w3d 15w5d 23.00 24w6d 23w2d 26w5d
21.6 22w6d 21w1d 24w4d 36.4 40w4d 38w1d 42w6d
11.00 15w0d 13w6d 16w1d 23.50 25w3d 23w5d 27w1d
21.8 23w1d 21w3d 24w6d
11.50 15w3d 14w2d 16w4d 24.00 25w6d 24w1d 27w5d
12.00 15w6d 14w5d 17w0d 24.50 26w2d 24w3d 28w2d
Reference Manual 75
Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd) Head Circumference (HC): CHITTY (M)
12.50 16w2d 15w1d 17w3d 25.00 26w5d 24w6d 28w6d
13.50 17w0d 15w6d 18w2d 26.00 27w5d 25w5d 30w0d D.G. Altman, L.S. Chitty. “New Charts for Ultrasound Dating of Pregnancy” Ultrasound in Obstetrics and
14.00 17w3d 16w2d 18w5d 26.50 28w2d 26w1d 30w4d
14.50 17w6d 16w5d 19w1d 27.00 28w6d 26w4d 31w2d Gynecology, Vol.10, p174-191, 1997
15.00 18w2d 17w1d 19w3d 27.50 29w3d 27w0d 32w0d
15.50 18w5d 17w4d 19w6d 28.00 30w0d 27w3d 32w4d Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd)
16.00 19w1d 17w6d 20w2d 28.50 30w4d 27w6d 33w3d
8.50 12w6d 12w1d 13w4d 21.00 22w6d 21w2d 24w4d
16.50 19w3d 18w2d 20w5d 29.00 31w1d 28w3d 34w1d
9.00 13w2d 12w4d 14w0d 21.50 23w2d 21w5d 25w0d
17.00 19w6d 18w5d 21w1d 29.50 31w5d 28w6d 35w0d
9.50 13w5d 12w6d 14w3d 22.00 23w5d 22w0d 25w4d
17.50 20w2d 19w1d 21w4d 30.00 32w3d 29w3d 35w6d
20.00 22w2d 21w0d 23w5d 12.00 15w5d 14w5d 16w5d 24.50 25w6d 24w0d 28w0d
12.50 16w1d 15w1d 17w1d 25.00 26w3d 24w3d 28w3d
13.00 16w3d 15w3d 17w4d 25.50 26w6d 24w6d 29w0d
Fetal Growth Table
13.50 16w6d 15w6d 18w0d 26.00 27w3d 25w2d 29w4d
L.S. Chitty, D.G. Altman, S. Campbell, “Charts of Fetal Size: 2. Head Measurement” British Journal of 14.00 17w2d 16w1d 18w3d 26.50 27w6d 25w5d 30w1d
Obstetrics and Gynaecology, January 1994. Vol 101. Pp35-43 14.50 17w5d 16w4d 18w6d 27.00 28w3d 26w2d 30w5d
15.00 18w1d 17w0d 19w2d 27.50 29w0d 26w5d 31w2d
12 6.81 5.96 7.67 28 26.25 24.91 27.58 16.00 18w6d 17w5d 20w1d 28.50 30w1d 27w5d 32w4d
13 8.22 7.33 9.11 29 27.18 25.82 28.55 16.50 19w2d 18w0d 20w4d 29.00 30w5d 28w2d 33w2d
14 9.60 8.69 10.52 30 28.07 26.68 29.47 17.00 19w5d 18w3d 21w0d 29.50 31w2d 28w6d 34w0d
15 10.97 10.02 11.92 31 28.92 27.50 30.35 17.50 20w0d 18w5d 21w3d 30.00 32w0d 29w3d 34w5d
16 12.31 11.34 13.29 32 29.73 28.27 31.18 18.00 20w3d 19w1d 21w6d 30.50 32w5d 30w0d 35w3d
17 13.64 12.63 14.64 33 30.49 29.00 31.97 18.50 20w6d 19w3d 22w2d 31.00 33w3d 30w5d 36w2d
18 14.93 13.89 15.97 34 31.20 29.69 32.72
19.00 21w2d 19w6d 22w6d 31.50 34w1d 31w2d 37w1d
19 16.20 15.14 17.27 35 31.87 30.32 33.41
19.50 21w5d 20w1d 23w2d 32.00 34w6d 32w0d 38w0d
20 17.45 16.35 18.54 36 32.48 30.90 34.05
20.00 22w0d 20w4d 23w5d 32.50 35w5d 32w5d 38w6d
21 18.66 17.54 19.79 37 33.04 31.44 34.64
22 19.85 18.69 21.00 38 33.55 31.92 35.18 20.50 22w3d 20w6d 24w1d
23 21.00 19.81 22.19 39 34.00 32.34 35.67
24 22.12 20.91 23.34 40 34.40 32.71 36.10
25 23.21 21.96 24.45 41 34.74 33.02 36.47
26 24.26 22.98 25.53 42 35.03 33.27 36.78
27 25.27 23.97 26.58
Reference Manual 76
Fetal Growth Table Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±days (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±days (wd)
L.S. Chitty, D.G. Altman, S. Campbell, “Charts of Fetal Size: 2. Head Measurement” British Journal of 20.40 22w0d 02w3d 33.00 36w0d 04w2d
Obstetrics and Gynaecology, January 1994. Vol 101. Pp35-43 21.50 23w0d 02w3d 33.50 37w0d 04w2d
22.70 24w0d 02w3d 34.00 38w0d 05w0d
23.80 25w0d 02w3d 34.30 39w0d 00w0d
24.90 26w0d 02w4d 34.50 40w0d 00w0d
12 6.96 6.13 7.78 28 26.62 25.32 27.91 26.00 27w0d 02w5d
13 8.37 7.52 9.22 29 27.57 26.24 28.89
14 9.77 8.89 10.65 30 28.48 27.12 29.83
15 11.15 10.24 12.06 31 29.34 27.96 30.73 Head Circumference (HC): ASUM (SCW)
16 12.51 11.57 13.45 32 30.16 28.75 31.58
17 13.85 12.88 14.81 33 30.94 29.50 32.38 GA Table
18 15.16 14.16 16.15 34 31.67 30.20 33.14
19 16.44 15.41 17.47 35 32.35 30.85 33.85
20 17.70 16.64 18.76 36 32.98 31.45 34.51 Policies and Statements - [D7] Statement On Normal Ultrasonic Fetal Measurements (Revised May 2001)
21 18.93 17.84 20.02 37 33.56 32.00 35.12 GA = 0.0001797 x (HC x 10)2 + 0.02631 x (HC x 10) + 9.667
22 20.13 19.01 21.25 38 34.08 32.49 35.68 Output Unit : w(weeks)
23 21.30 20.15 22.44 39 34.56 32.94 36.18
Input Unit : cm
24 22.43 21.26 23.61 40 34.97 33.32 36.62
Min Range : 3.81 cm
25 23.53 22.33 24.74 41 35.33 33.65 37.01
26 24.60 23.36 25.83 42 35.63 33.93 37.34 Max Range : 35.11 cm
27 25.63 24.36 26.89
Fetal Growth Table
Head Circumference (HC): CAMPBELL
GA Table
Professor Campbell’s Group at Harris birthright Centre, King’s College Hospital
11 5.9 1.5 27 25.0 2.0
12 7.0 1.5 28 26.3 2.0
Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±days (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±days (wd) 13 8.4 1.5 29 26.9 2.5
11.50 14w0d 01w3d 27.10 28w0d 02w5d 14 9.6 1.5 30 27.4 2.5
12.60 15w0d 01w3d 28.10 29w0d 02w6d 15 10.8 1.5 31 28.4 2.5
13.70 16w0d 01w4d 29.00 30w0d 03w0d 16 12.8 1.5 32 28.8 2.5
14.80 17w0d 01w5d 29.90 31w0d 03w1d 17 14.1 1.5 33 30.0 2.5
15.90 18w0d 01w6d 30.80 32w0d 03w4d 18 15.1 2.0 34 30.5 2.5
17.00 19w0d 02w0d 31.50 33w0d 03w6d
19 16.0 2.0 35 31.0 2.5
18.10 20w0d 02w1d 32.00 34w0d 04w1d
20 17.0 2.0 36 31.7 2.5
19.20 21w0d 02w2d 32.50 35w0d 04w1d
21 17.6 2.0 37 32.1 2.5
Reference Manual 77
Age (w) Meas (cm) ±2SD (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) ±2SD (cm) Fetal Growth Table
22 18.8 2.0 38 32.8 2.5 J.Créquat, M. Duyme, G. Brodaty
23 21.0 2.0 39 33.6 2.5 Biométrie 2000. Tables de croissance foetale par le Collège Français d’Echographie Foetale
24 22.0 2.0 40 34.0 2.5 ( CFEF ) et l’Inserm U155
25 23.1 2.0 41 34.4 2.5
26 23.8 2.0
Head Circumference (HC): CFEF 16 12.10 11.10 13.10 29 26.30 24.60 28.00
17 13.40 12.40 14.50 30 27.10 25.40 28.80
18 14.80 13.60 15.90 31 27.80 26.10 29.60
GA Table 19 16.00 14.90 17.20 32 28.50 26.70 30.40
J.Créquat, M. Duyme, G. Brodaty. 20 17.20 16.00 18.50 33 29.20 27.30 31.00
21 18.40 17.10 19.70 34 29.80 27.90 31.70
Biométrie 2000. Tables de croissance foetale par le Collège Français d’Echographie Foetale (CFEF) et
22 19.60 18.20 20.90 35 30.40 28.40 32.30
l’Inserm U155 23 20.70 19.20 22.00 36 30.90 28.90 32.90
Gynecol Obstet Fertil, 2000 Jun;28(6):435-45 24 21.70 20.30 23.10 37 31.40 29.30 33.40
25 22.70 21.20 24.20 38 31.80 29.70 33.90
26 23.70 22.20 25.20 39 32.20 30.10 34.30
Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) 27 24.60 23.00 26.20 40 32.40 30.30 34.60
12.08 16 20.66 23 26.30 29 30.36 35 28 25.50 23.90 27.10
13.44 17 21.71 24 27.08 30 30.88 36
14.75 18 22.73 25 27.83 31 31.35 37
16.02 19 23.67 26 28.52 32 31.78 38 Head Circumference (HC): JOHNSEN
17.24 20 24.60 27 29.20 33 32.18 39
18.42 21 25.47 28 29.81 34 32.40 40 GA Table
19.57 22
Johnsen SL, Rasmussen S, Sollien R, Kiserud T. “Fetal age assessment based on ultrasound head biom-
etry and the effect of maternal and fetal factors” Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand, 2004 Aug; 83(8): 716-23
5.00 10w2d 09w5d 10w6d 13.60 17w0d 16w1d 17w6d
5.20 10w3d 10w0d 11w0d 13.80 17w1d 16w3d 18w0d
5.40 10w4d 10w1d 11w2d 14.00 17w2d 16w4d 18w1d
5.60 10w6d 10w2d 11w3d 14.20 17w3d 16w5d 18w2d
5.80 11w0d 10w3d 11w4d 14.40 17w4d 16w6d 18w3d
6.00 11w1d 10w4d 11w5d 14.60 17w6d 17w0d 18w5d
6.20 11w2d 10w5d 11w6d 14.80 18w0d 17w1d 18w6d
6.40 11w3d 10w6d 12w0d 15.00 18w1d 17w2d 19w0d
6.60 11w4d 11w0d 12w1d 15.20 18w2d 17w3d 19w1d
6.80 11w5d 11w1d 12w2d 15.40 18w3d 17w4d 19w2d
Reference Manual 78
7.00 11w6d 11w2d 12w4d 15.60 18w4d 17w5d 19w3d Johnsen SL, Wilsgaard T, Rasmussen S, Sollien R, Kiserud T. “Longitudinal reference charts for growth of
7.20 12w0d 11w3d 12w5d 15.80 18w5d 18w0d 19w5d the fetal head, abdomen and femur” Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol, 2006 Aug; 127(2): 172-85
7.40 12w1d 11w4d 12w6d 16.00 19w0d 18w1d 19w6d
7.60 12w2d 11w5d 13w0d 16.20 19w1d 18w2d 20w0d
7.80 12w3d 11w6d 13w1d 16.40 19w2d 18w3d 20w1d
8.00 12w4d 12w0d 13w2d 16.60 19w3d 18w4d 20w2d 10w 4.90 4.20 5.60 26w 24.00 22.70 25.30
8.20 12w5d 12w1d 13w3d 16.80 19w4d 18w5d 20w3d 11w 6.00 5.20 6.80 27w 25.00 23.70 26.30
8.40 13w0d 12w2d 13w4d 17.00 19w5d 18w6d 20w5d 12w 7.10 6.30 8.10 28w 25.90 24.60 27.30
8.60 13w1d 12w3d 13w5d 17.20 20w0d 19w0d 20w6d 13w 8.40 7.50 9.30 29w 26.80 25.50 28.30
8.80 13w2d 12w4d 14w0d 17.40 20w1d 19w2d 21w0d 14w 9.60 8.70 10.60 30w 27.70 26.30 29.20
9.00 13w3d 12w5d 14w1d 17.60 20w2d 19w3d 21w1d 15w 10.90 9.90 11.90 31w 28.50 27.10 30.00
9.20 13w4d 12w6d 14w2d 17.80 20w3d 19w4d 21w3d 16w 12.10 11.10 13.20 32w 29.30 27.90 30.90
9.40 13w5d 13w0d 14w3d 18.00 20w4d 19w5d 21w4d 17w 13.40 12.40 14.50 33w 30.10 28.60 31.60
9.60 13w6d 13w1d 14w4d 18.20 20w5d 19w6d 21w5d 18w 14.70 13.60 15.80 34w 30.70 29.20 32.30
9.80 14w0d 13w2d 14w5d 18.40 21w0d 20w0d 21w6d 19w 15.90 14.80 17.10 35w 31.40 29.80 33.00
10.00 14w1d 13w3d 14w6d 18.60 21w1d 20w2d 22w0d 20w 17.20 16.00 18.40 36w 32.00 30.40 33.60
10.20 14w2d 13w4d 15w0d 18.80 21w2d 20w3d 22w2d 21w 18.40 17.20 19.60 37w 32.50 30.90 34.20
10.40 14w3d 13w5d 15w2d 19.00 21w3d 20w4d 22w3d 22w 19.60 18.40 20.80 38w 33.00 31.40 34.70
10.60 14w4d 13w6d 15w3d 19.20 21w4d 20w5d 22w4d 23w 20.70 19.50 22.00 39w 33.40 31.80 35.20
10.80 14w6d 14w1d 15w4d 19.40 21w6d 20w6d 22w5d 24w 21.80 20.60 23.10 40w 33.80 32.20 35.60
11.00 15w0d 14w2d 15w5d 19.60 22w0d 21w0d 23w0d 25w 22.90 21.70 24.20 41w 34.10 32.40 35.90
11.20 15w1d 14w3d 15w6d 19.80 22w1d 21w2d 23w1d
11.40 15w2d 14w4d 16w0d 20.00 22w2d 21w3d 23w2d
11.60 15w3d 14w5d 16w1d 20.20 22w3d 21w4d 23w3d
11.80 15w4d 14w6d 16w2d 20.40 22w5d 21w5d 23w4d
12.00 15w5d 15w0d 16w4d 20.60 22w6d 21w6d 23w6d
12.20 15w6d 15w1d 16w5d 20.80 23w0d 22w1d 24w0d
12.40 16w0d 15w2d 16w6d 21.00 23w1d 22w2d 24w1d
12.60 16w1d 15w3d 17w0d 21.20 23w3d 22w3d 24w3d
12.80 16w3d 15w4d 17w1d 21.40 23w4d 22w4d 24w4d
13.00 16w4d 15w5d 17w2d 21.60 23w5d 22w5d 24w5d
13.20 16w5d 15w6d 17w3d 21.80 23w6d 23w0d 24w6d
13.40 16w6d 16w0d 17w5d 22.00 24w1d 23w1d 25w1d
Reference Manual 79
Head Circumference (HC): KURMANAVICIUS Age (wd) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm)
14w4d 11.00 10.20 11.80 27w4d 25.60 23.80 27.70
Kurmanavicius J, Wright EM, Royston P, Wisser J, Huch R, Huch A, Zimmermann R. “Fetal ultrasound 14w6d 11.00 10.20 11.80 27w6d 25.60 23.80 27.70
15w0d 12.00 11.10 12.90 28w0d 26.70 24.80 28.80
biometry: 1. Head reference values” Br J Obstet Gynaecol, 1999 Feb; 106(2): 126-35 15w1d 12.00 11.10 12.90 28w1d 26.70 24.80 28.80
15w2d 12.00 11.10 12.90 28w2d 26.70 24.80 28.80
Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) 15w3d 12.00 11.10 12.90 28w3d 26.70 24.80 28.80
15w4d 12.00 11.10 12.90 28w4d 26.70 24.80 28.80
12w 7.21 5.97 8.45 28w 26.27 24.44 28.11
15w5d 12.00 11.10 12.90 28w5d 26.70 24.80 28.80
13w 8.61 7.33 9.89 29w 27.16 25.29 29.03
15w6d 12.00 11.10 12.90 28w6d 26.70 24.80 28.80
14w 9.99 8.67 11.31 30w 28.00 26.09 29.91 16w0d 13.00 12.00 14.00 29w0d 27.70 25.70 29.90
15w 11.35 9.99 12.70 31w 28.79 26.84 30.73 16w1d 13.00 12.00 14.00 29w1d 27.70 25.70 29.90
16w 12.68 11.29 14.07 32w 29.53 27.55 31.51 16w2d 13.00 12.00 14.00 29w2d 27.70 25.70 29.90
17w 13.99 12.56 15.42 33w 30.22 28.21 32.24 16w3d 13.00 12.00 14.00 29w3d 27.70 25.70 29.90
18w 15.27 13.81 16.74 34w 30.87 28.81 32.92 16w4d 13.00 12.00 14.00 29w4d 27.70 25.70 29.90
19w 16.52 15.02 18.03 35w 31.45 29.36 33.55 16w5d 13.00 12.00 14.00 29w5d 27.70 25.70 29.90
20w 17.75 16.21 19.29 36w 31.99 29.86 34.12 16w6d 13.00 12.00 14.00 29w6d 27.70 25.70 29.90
17w0d 14.10 13.00 15.20 30w0d 28.70 26.60 30.90
21w 18.94 17.36 20.52 37w 32.46 30.30 34.63
17w1d 14.10 13.00 15.20 30w1d 28.70 26.60 30.90
22w 20.10 18.49 21.71 38w 32.88 30.68 35.09
17w2d 14.10 13.00 15.20 30w2d 28.70 26.60 30.90
23w 21.22 19.57 22.87 39w 33.24 31.00 35.48 17w3d 14.10 13.00 15.20 30w3d 28.70 26.60 30.90
24w 22.31 20.62 24.00 40w 33.54 31.26 35.82 17w4d 14.10 13.00 15.20 30w4d 28.70 26.60 30.90
25w 23.36 21.64 25.09 41w 33.77 31.46 36.09 17w5d 14.10 13.00 15.20 30w5d 28.70 26.60 30.90
26w 24.37 22.61 26.13 42w 33.94 31.59 36.30 17w6d 14.10 13.00 15.20 30w6d 28.70 26.60 30.90
27w 25.34 23.55 27.14 18w0d 15.20 14.10 16.40 31w0d 29.60 27.40 31.90
18w1d 15.20 14.10 16.40 31w1d 29.60 27.40 31.90
18w2d 15.20 14.10 16.40 31w2d 29.60 27.40 31.90
Head Circumference (HC): NICOLAIDES 18w3d 15.20 14.10 16.40 31w3d 29.60 27.40 31.90
18w4d 15.20 14.10 16.40 31w4d 29.60 27.40 31.90
18w5d 15.20 14.10 16.40 31w5d 29.60 27.40 31.90
Snijders RJ, Nicolaides KH. “Fetal biometry at 14-40 weeks’ gestation” Ultrasound in obstetrics and 19w0d 16.30 15.10 17.60 32w0d 30.40 28.20 32.80
Gynecology, 1994 Jan 1; 4(1): 34-48 19w1d 16.30 15.10 17.60 32w1d 30.40 28.20 32.80
19w2d 16.30 15.10 17.60 32w2d 30.40 28.20 32.80
19w3d 16.30 15.10 17.60 32w3d 30.40 28.20 32.80
Age (wd) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) 19w4d 16.30 15.10 17.60 32w4d 30.40 28.20 32.80
14w0d 11.00 10.20 11.80 27w0d 25.60 23.80 27.70 19w5d 16.30 15.10 17.60 32w5d 30.40 28.20 32.80
14w1d 11.00 10.20 11.80 27w1d 25.60 23.80 27.70 19w6d 16.30 15.10 17.60 32w6d 30.40 28.20 32.80
14w2d 11.00 10.20 11.80 27w2d 25.60 23.80 27.70 20w0d 17.50 16.20 18.90 33w0d 31.10 28.80 33.60
14w3d 11.00 10.20 11.80 27w3d 25.60 23.80 27.70 20w1d 17.50 16.20 18.90 33w1d 31.10 28.80 33.60
Reference Manual 80
20w2d 17.50 16.20 18.90 33w2d 31.10 28.80 33.60 26w0d 24.50 22.70 26.40 39w0d 33.30 30.90 35.90
20w3d 17.50 16.20 18.90 33w3d 31.10 28.80 33.60 26w1d 24.50 22.70 26.40 39w1d 33.30 30.90 35.90
20w4d 17.50 16.20 18.90 33w4d 31.10 28.80 33.60 26w2d 24.50 22.70 26.40 39w2d 33.30 30.90 35.90
20w5d 17.50 16.20 18.90 33w5d 31.10 28.80 33.60 26w3d 24.50 22.70 26.40 39w3d 33.30 30.90 35.90
20w6d 17.50 16.20 18.90 33w6d 31.10 28.80 33.60 26w4d 24.50 22.70 26.40 39w4d 33.30 30.90 35.90
21w0d 18.70 17.30 20.10 34w0d 31.70 29.40 34.20 26w5d 24.50 22.70 26.40 39w5d 33.30 30.90 35.90
21w1d 18.70 17.30 20.10 34w1d 31.70 29.40 34.20 26w6d 24.50 22.70 26.40 39w6d 33.30 30.90 35.90
21w2d 18.70 17.30 20.10 34w2d 31.70 29.40 34.20
21w3d 18.70 17.30 20.10 34w3d 31.70 29.40 34.20
21w4d 18.70 17.30 20.10 34w4d 31.70 29.40 34.20 Fetal Trunk cross-sectional Area (FTA): OSAKA
21w5d 18.70 17.30 20.10 34w5d 31.70 29.40 34.20
21w6d 18.70 17.30 20.10 34w6d 31.70 29.40 34.20
GA Table
22w0d 19.80 18.40 21.40 35w0d 32.30 29.90 34.80
22w1d 19.80 18.40 21.40 35w1d 32.30 29.90 34.80 Osaka University Method 1989, 3 by Univ. Of Osaka
22w2d 19.80 18.40 21.40 35w2d 32.30 29.90 34.80
22w3d 19.80 18.40 21.40 35w3d 32.30 29.90 34.80 Meas (cm2) Age (wd) Meas (cm2) Age (wd) Meas (cm2) Age (wd) Meas (cm2) Age (wd)
22w4d 19.80 18.40 21.40 35w4d 32.30 29.90 34.80
5.60 14w0d 26.00 22w5d 47.00 29w0d 68.00 34w4d
22w5d 19.80 18.40 21.40 35w5d 32.30 29.90 34.80
6.00 14w2d 27.00 23w1d 48.00 29w2d 69.00 34w6d
22w6d 19.80 18.40 21.40 35w6d 32.30 29.90 34.80
7.00 14w5d 28.00 23w3d 49.00 29w4d 70.00 35w1d
23w0d 21.00 19.50 22.70 36w0d 32.70 30.30 35.30
8.00 15w3d 29.00 23w5d 50.00 29w6d 71.00 35w3d
23w1d 21.00 19.50 22.70 36w1d 32.70 30.30 35.30
23w2d 21.00 19.50 22.70 36w2d 32.70 30.30 35.30 9.00 16w1d 30.00 24w0d 51.00 30w1d 72.00 35w5d
23w3d 21.00 19.50 22.70 36w3d 32.70 30.30 35.30 10.00 16w3d 31.00 24w2d 52.00 30w3d 73.00 36w0d
23w4d 21.00 19.50 22.70 36w4d 32.70 30.30 35.30 11.00 16w5d 32.00 24w5d 53.00 30w5d 74.00 36w2d
23w5d 21.00 19.50 22.70 36w5d 32.70 30.30 35.30 12.00 17w3d 33.00 25w0d 54.00 30w6d 75.00 36w4d
23w6d 21.00 19.50 22.70 36w6d 32.70 30.30 35.30 13.00 17w6d 34.00 25w2d 55.00 31w1d 76.00 36w6d
24w0d 22.20 20.60 24.00 37w0d 33.00 30.60 35.60 14.00 18w2d 35.00 25w4d 56.00 31w3d 77.00 37w1d
24w1d 22.20 20.60 24.00 37w1d 33.00 30.60 35.60 15.00 18w4d 36.00 25w6d 57.00 31w5d 78.00 37w3d
24w2d 22.20 20.60 24.00 37w2d 33.00 30.60 35.60 16.00 19w1d 37.00 26w1d 58.00 32w0d 79.00 37w5d
24w3d 22.20 20.60 24.00 37w3d 33.00 30.60 35.60 17.00 19w4d 38.00 26w3d 59.00 32w2d 80.00 37w6d
24w4d 22.20 20.60 24.00 37w4d 33.00 30.60 35.60 18.00 19w6d 39.00 26w5d 60.00 32w3d 81.00 38w2d
24w5d 22.20 20.60 24.00 37w5d 33.00 30.60 35.60 19.00 20w2d 40.00 27w0d 61.00 32w5d 82.00 38w4d
24w6d 22.20 20.60 24.00 37w6d 33.00 30.60 35.60 20.00 20w5d 41.00 27w2d 62.00 33w0d 83.00 39w0d
25w0d 23.40 21.70 25.20 38w0d 33.20 30.80 35.80 21.00 21w0d 42.00 27w4d 63.00 33w2d 84.00 39w1d
25w1d 23.40 21.70 25.20 38w1d 33.20 30.80 35.80 22.00 21w3d 43.00 27w6d 64.00 33w4d 85.00 39w3d
25w2d 23.40 21.70 25.20 38w2d 33.20 30.80 35.80 23.00 21w5d 44.00 28w1d 65.00 33w6d 86.00 39w6d
25w3d 23.40 21.70 25.20 38w3d 33.20 30.80 35.80 24.00 22w1d 45.00 28w3d 66.00 34w0d 86.60 40w0d
25w4d 23.40 21.70 25.20 38w4d 33.20 30.80 35.80 25.00 22w3d 46.00 28w5d 67.00 34w2d
25w5d 23.40 21.70 25.20 38w5d 33.20 30.80 35.80
25w6d 23.40 21.70 25.20 38w6d 33.20 30.80 35.80
Reference Manual 81
Fetal Growth Table Age (w) Meas (cm2) ±SD (cm2) Age (w) Meas (cm2) ±SD (cm2)
19w1d 16.20 2.30 32w2d 59.40 6.80
Age (w) Meas (cm2) ±SD (cm2) Age (w) Meas (cm2) ±SD (cm2) 19w2d 16.60 2.30 32w3d 59.90 6.80
14w0d 5.60 1.20 27w1d 40.40 4.80 19w3d 16.90 2.40 32w4d 60.40 6.90
14w1d 5.80 1.20 27w2d 40.90 4.80 19w4d 17.30 2.40 32w5d 61.00 7.00
14w2d 6.00 1.20 27w3d 41.40 4.90 19w5d 17.60 2.50 32w6d 61.50 7.00
14w3d 6.30 1.30 27w4d 41.90 4.90 19w6d 18.00 2.50 33w0d 62.10 7.10
14w4d 6.50 1.30 27w5d 42.40 5.00 20w0d 18.40 2.50 33w1d 62.60 7.10
14w5d 6.80 1.30 27w6d 42.90 5.00 20w1d 18.70 2.60 33w2d 63.10 7.20
14w6d 7.10 1.30 28w0d 43.40 5.10 20w2d 19.10 2.60 33w3d 63.70 7.30
15w0d 7.30 1.40 28w1d 44.00 5.10 20w3d 19.50 2.60 33w4d 64.20 7.30
15w1d 7.60 1.40 28w2d 44.50 5.20 20w4d 19.90 2.70 33w5d 64.70 7.40
15w2d 7.80 1.40 28w3d 45.00 5.20 20w5d 20.20 2.70 33w6d 65.30 7.50
15w3d 8.10 1.50 28w4d 45.50 5.30 20w6d 20.60 2.80 34w0d 65.80 7.50
15w4d 8.40 1.50 28w5d 46.00 5.30 21w0d 21.00 2.80 34w1d 66.40 7.60
15w5d 8.70 1.50 28w6d 46.60 5.40 21w1d 21.40 2.80 34w2d 66.90 7.60
15w6d 8.90 1.50 29w0d 47.10 5.40 21w2d 21.80 2.90 34w3d 67.40 7.70
16w0d 9.20 1.60 29w1d 47.60 5.50 21w3d 22.20 2.90 34w4d 67.90 7.80
16w1d 9.50 1.60 29w2d 48.10 5.60 21w4d 22.60 3.00 34w5d 68.50 7.80
16w2d 9.80 1.60 29w3d 48.70 5.60 21w5d 23.00 3.00 34w6d 69.00 7.90
16w3d 10.10 1.70 29w4d 49.20 5.70 21w6d 23.40 3.00 35w0d 69.50 8.00
16w4d 10.40 1.70 29w5d 49.70 5.70 22w0d 23.80 3.10 35w1d 70.10 8.00
16w5d 10.70 1.70 29w6d 50.20 5.80 22w1d 24.20 3.10 35w2d 70.60 8.10
16w6d 11.00 1.80 30w0d 50.80 5.80 22w2d 24.70 3.20 35w3d 71.10 8.20
17w0d 11.30 1.80 30w1d 51.30 5.90 22w3d 25.10 3.20 35w4d 71.60 8.20
17w1d 11.60 1.80 30w2d 51.80 5.90 22w4d 25.50 3.30 35w5d 72.20 8.30
17w2d 11.90 1.90 30w3d 52.40 6.00 22w5d 25.90 3.30 35w6d 72.70 8.40
17w3d 12.20 1.90 30w4d 52.90 6.10 22w6d 26.40 3.30 36w0d 73.20 8.40
17w4d 12.50 1.90 30w5d 53.40 6.10 23w0d 26.80 3.40 36w1d 73.70 8.50
17w5d 12.80 2.00 30w6d 54.00 6.20 23w1d 27.20 3.40 36w2d 74.20 8.60
17w6d 13.20 2.00 31w0d 54.50 6.20 23w2d 27.70 3.50 36w3d 74.70 8.60
18w0d 13.50 2.00 31w1d 55.00 6.30 23w3d 28.10 3.50 36w4d 75.20 8.70
18w1d 13.80 2.10 31w2d 55.60 6.40 23w4d 28.50 3.60 36w5d 75.70 8.80
18w2d 14.10 2.10 31w3d 56.10 6.40 23w5d 29.00 3.60 36w6d 76.20 8.80
18w3d 14.50 2.10 31w4d 56.70 6.50 23w6d 29.40 3.70 37w0d 76.80 8.90
18w4d 14.80 2.20 31w5d 57.20 6.50 24w0d 29.90 3.70 37w1d 77.30 9.00
18w5d 15.20 2.20 31w6d 57.70 6.60 24w1d 30.30 3.70 37w2d 77.70 9.10
18w6d 15.50 2.20 32w0d 58.30 6.70 24w2d 30.80 3.80 37w3d 78.20 9.10
Reference Manual 82
Age (w) Meas (cm2) ±SD (cm2) Age (w) Meas (cm2) ±SD (cm2) Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) 5% (wd) 95% (wd)
24w3d 31.30 3.80 37w4d 78.70 9.20 2 20w2d 16w6d 25w5d 3.8 35w1d 31w5d 40w4d
24w4d 31.70 3.90 37w5d 79.20 9.30 2.1 21w1d 17w4d 26w4d 3.9 37w0d 32w4d 40w3d
24w5d 32.20 3.90 37w6d 79.70 9.30 2.2 22w6d 17w3d 26w2d 4 37w6d 32w2d 41w2d
25w4d 35.00 4.20 38w5d 82.60 9.80 2.8 27w6d 22w3d 31w2d
25w5d 35.50 4.30 38w6d 83.00 9.80
25w6d 36.00 4.30 39w0d 83.50 9.90
26w0d 36.50 4.40 39w1d 83.90 10.00 Fetal Growth Table
26w1d 36.90 4.40 39w2d 84.40 10.10 Yarkoni, S., Schmidt, W., Jeanty, P. et. al. (1985) Clavicle measurement: A new biometric parameter for
26w2d 37.40 4.50 39w3d 84.80 10.10
fetal evaluation. J. Ultrasound Med., 4, 467-470
26w3d 37.90 4.50 39w4d 85.30 10.20
26w4d 38.40 4.60 39w5d 85.70 10.30
26w5d 38.90 4.60 39w6d 86.10 10.40 Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm)
26w6d 39.40 4.70 40w0d 86.60 10.40 15 1.60 1.10 2.10 28 2.90 2.40 3.40
27w0d 39.90 4.70 16 1.70 1.20 2.20 29 3.00 2.50 3.50
17 1.80 1.30 2.30 30 3.10 2.60 3.60
18 1.90 1.40 2.40 31 3.20 2.70 3.70
Clavicle (CLAV): YARKONI
19 2.00 1.50 2.50 32 3.30 2.80 3.80
20 2.10 1.60 2.60 33 3.40 2.90 3.90
GA Table 21 2.20 1.70 2.70 34 3.50 3.00 4.00
Yarkoni, S., et. al. “Clavicular Measurement: A New Biometric Parameter for Fetal Evaluation.” Journal of 22 2.30 1.80 2.80 35 3.60 3.10 4.10
Ultrasound in Medicine 4:467-470, September, 1985. 23 2.40 1.90 2.90 36 3.70 3.20 4.20
24 2.50 2.00 3.00 37 3.80 3.30 4.30
25 2.60 2.10 3.10 38 3.90 3.40 4.40
26 2.70 2.20 3.20 39 4.00 3.50 4.50
1.1 13w6d 8w3d 17w2d 2.9 28w5d 23w2d 32w1d
27 2.80 2.30 3.30 40 4.10 3.60 4.60
1.2 14w4d 9w1d 18w1d 3 29w4d 24w0d 34w0d
1.3 14w3d 10w0d 19w6d 3.1 29w2d 25w6d 34w6d
1.4 15w2d 11w6d 20w5d 3.2 30w1d 26w5d 35w4d
1.5 16w1d 12w5d 21w4d 3.3 31w0d 27w4d 35w3d
1.6 18w0d 12w3d 21w3d 3.4 32w6d 27w3d 36w2d
1.7 18w5d 13w2d 22w2d 3.5 33w5d 28w1d 37w1d
1.8 19w4d 14w1d 23w0d 3.6 33w3d 29w0d 39w0d
1.9 19w3d 16w0d 24w6d 3.7 34w2d 30w6d 39w5d
Reference Manual 83
Length of Vertebral (Vertebral): TOKYO Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm)
23 3.1 2.7 3.5 38 5.1 4.7 5.6
GA Table 24 3.3 2.9 3.7 39 5.2 4.7 5.7
Tokyo University Takashi Okai, et al. Japan Society of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Vol.38, No.8 25 3.5 3.1 3.9 40 5.3 4.8 5.8
26 3.7 3.2 4.1
4.05 21w0d 01w0d 6.72 31w0d 04w0d Radius Length (RAD): JEANTY
4.39 22w0d 01w2d 6.93 32w0d 04w3d
4.71 23w0d 01w4d 7.13 33w0d 04w6d
Fetal Growth Table
5.01 24w0d 01w5d 7.32 34w0d 05w0d
5.30 25w0d 02w0d 7.51 35w0d 05w3d
Jeanty, P. “Fetal Limb Biometry” (Letter) Radiology, 147:602, 1983
5.57 26w0d 02w3d 7.70 36w0d 05w5d
5.82 27w0d 02w5d 7.89 37w0d 06w0d Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm)
6.06 28w0d 03w0d 8.08 38w0d 06w2d 11 0.5 0.5 0.5 26 3.7 3.0 4.1
6.30 29w0d 03w3d 8.27 39w0d 06w4d 12 0.7 0.7 0.7 27 3.9 3.3 4.5
6.51 30w0d 03w4d 8.47 40w0d 06w6d 13 1.0 1.0 1.0 28 4.0 3.3 4.5
14 1.3 0.8 1.3 29 4.2 3.6 4.7
15 1.5 1.2 1.9 30 4.3 3.4 4.9
Radius Length (RAD): MERZ 16 1.8 0.9 2.1 31 4.4 3.4 5.3
17 2.0 1.1 2.9 32 4.5 3.7 5.1
E. Merz, W. Goldhofer, E. Timor-Tritsch “Ultrasound in Gynecology and Obstetrics” Textbook and Atlas, 19 2.4 2.0 2.9 34 4.7 3.9 5.3
1991 Georg Thieme Verlag, 308-338 20 2.7 2.1 2.8 35 4.8 3.8 5.7
21 2.9 2.5 3.2 36 4.8 4.1 5.4
22 3.1 2.4 3.4 37 4.9 4.5 5.3
23 3.2 2.6 3.9 38 4.9 4.5 5.3
12 0.5 0.1 0.8 27 3.8 3.4 4.3 24 3.4 2.7 3.8 39 5.0 4.6 5.4
13 0.7 0.4 1.1 28 4.0 3.6 4.4 25 3.6 3.1 4.0 40 5.0 4.6 5.4
14 1.0 0.7 1.4 29 4.1 3.7 4.6
15 1.3 0.9 1.6 30 4.3 3.8 4.7
16 1.5 1.2 1.9 31 4.4 4.0 4.9
17 1.8 1.4 2.1 32 4.5 4.1 5.0
18 2.0 1.6 2.4 33 4.7 4.2 5.1
19 2.2 1.9 2.6 34 4.8 4.3 5.2
20 2.5 2.1 2.9 35 4.9 4.4 5.3
21 2.7 2.3 3.1 36 5.0 4.5 5.4
22 2.9 2.5 3.3 37 5.1 4.6 5.5
Reference Manual 84
Radius Length (RAD): HANSMANN Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd)
4.00 17w6d 5.90 24w1d 7.80 29w3d 9.70 35w1d
Fetal Growth Table 4.10 18w2d 6.00 24w3d 7.90 29w5d 9.80 35w3d
Hansmann, Hackeloer, Staudach and Wittman. “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and Gynecology” 4.20 18w4d 6.10 24w5d 8.00 30w0d 9.90 35w6d
4.30 19w0d 6.20 25w0d 8.10 30w2d 10.00 36w1d
4.40 19w3d 6.30 25w2d 8.20 30w4d 10.10 36w4d
4.50 19w5d 6.40 25w4d 8.30 30w6d 10.20 37w0d
Age (w) Meas (cm) 10% (cm) 90% (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) 10% (cm) 90% (cm) 4.60 20w1d 6.50 25w6d 8.40 31w1d 10.30 37w3d
12 0.7 0.7 0.7 27 3.9 3.3 4.5 4.70 20w3d 6.60 26w1d 8.50 31w3d 10.40 37w6d
13 1.0 0.6 1.4 28 4.0 3.3 4.8 4.80 20w5d 6.70 26w3d 8.60 31w5d 10.50 38w2d
14 1.3 0.8 1.7 29 4.2 3.6 4.7 4.90 21w1d 6.80 26w5d 8.70 32w0d 10.60 38w5d
5.00 21w3d 6.90 27w0d 8.80 32w2d 10.70 39w1d
15 1.5 1.1 2.0 30 4.3 3.6 4.9
5.10 21w5d 7.00 27w2d 8.90 32w4d 10.80 39w5d
16 1.8 1.3 2.2 31 4.4 3.8 5.0
5.20 22w0d 7.10 27w3d 9.00 32w6d
17 2.0 1.4 2.6 32 4.5 3.7 5.3
5.30 22w2d 7.20 27w5d 9.10 33w1d
18 2.2 1.5 2.9 33 4.6 4.1 5.1
5.40 22w5d 7.30 28w0d 9.20 33w4d
19 2.4 2.0 2.9 34 4.7 4.0 5.3
20 2.7 2.2 3.2 35 4.8 4.1 5.4
22 3.1 2.7 3.4 37 4.9 4.5 5.3 Eik-Nes SH, Jorgensen NP, Grottum P, Lokvik B. Normal range curves for the intrauterine growth of the
23 3.2 2.6 3.9 38 4.9 4.5 5.4
fetal abdominal diameters, Submitted JCU.
24 3.4 2.6 4.2 39 5.0 4.5 5.4
25 3.6 3.1 4.1 40 5.0 4.6 5.5
MAD = (APD + TAD) /2
26 3.7 3.2 4.3
Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm)
16w0d 3.60 24w5d 6.10 31w3d 8.50
Middle Abdominal Diameter (MAD): EIK-NESSH 16w3d 3.70 25w0d 6.20 31w5d 8.60
16w6d 3.80 25w2d 6.30 32w0d 8.70
GA Table 17w3d 3.90 25w4d 6.40 32w2d 8.80
Eik-Nes SH, Jorgensen NP, Grottum P, Lokvik B. Normal range curves for the intrauterine growth of the 17w6d 4.00 25w6d 6.50 32w4d 8.90
18w2d 4.10 26w1d 6.60 32w6d 9.00
fetal abdominal diameters, Submitted JCU.
18w4d 4.20 26w3d 6.70 33w1d 9.10
MAD = (APD + TAD) / 2 19w0d 4.30 26w5d 6.80 33w4d 9.20
19w3d 4.40 27w0d 6.90 33w6d 9.30
Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) 19w5d 4.50 27w2d 7.00 34w1d 9.40
3.60 16w0d 5.50 23w0d 7.40 28w2d 9.30 33w6d 20w1d 4.60 27w3d 7.10 34w3d 9.50
3.70 16w3d 5.60 23w2d 7.50 28w4d 9.40 34w1d 20w3d 4.70 27w5d 7.20 34w6d 9.60
3.80 16w6d 5.70 23w4d 7.60 28w6d 9.50 34w3d 20w5d 4.80 28w0d 7.30 35w1d 9.70
3.90 17w3d 5.80 23w6d 7.70 29w1d 9.60 34w6d 21w1d 4.90 28w2d 7.40 35w3d 9.80
Reference Manual 85
Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) Middle Abdominal Diameter (MAD): KURMANAVICIUS
21w3d 5.00 28w4d 7.50 35w6d 9.90
21w5d 5.10 28w6d 7.60 36w1d 10.00 Fetal Growth Table
22w0d 5.20 29w1d 7.70 36w4d 10.10 Kurmanavicius J, Wright EM, Royston P, Zimmermann R, Huch R, Huch A, Wisser J. “Fetal ultrasound bi-
22w2d 5.30 29w3d 7.80 37w0d 10.20
22w5d 5.40 29w5d 7.90 37w3d 10.30
ometry: 2. Abdomen and femur length reference values” Br J Obstet Gynaecol, 1999 Feb; 106(2): 136-43
23w0d 5.50 30w0d 8.00 37w6d 10.40
23w2d 5.60 30w2d 8.10 38w2d 10.50 Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm)
23w4d 5.70 30w4d 8.20 38w5d 10.60
12 1.81 1.45 2.18 28 7.40 6.64 8.16
23w6d 5.80 30w6d 8.30 39w1d 10.70
13 2.19 1.79 2.58 29 7.72 6.93 8.50
24w1d 5.90 31w1d 8.40 39w5d 10.80
14 2.55 2.14 2.97 30 8.03 7.22 8.84
24w3d 6.00
15 2.92 2.48 3.36 31 8.34 7.50 9.17
16 3.29 2.82 3.75 32 8.64 7.78 9.50
Middle Abdominal Diameter (MAD): JOHNSEN 17 3.65 3.16 4.14 33 8.94 8.05 9.82
18 4.01 3.49 4.52 34 9.23 8.32 10.14
19 4.36 3.82 4.90 35 9.51 8.58 10.45
Johnsen SL, Wilsgaard T, Rasmussen S, Sollien R, Kiserud T. “Longitudinal reference charts for growth of 21 5.06 4.47 5.65 37 10.07 9.09 11.05
the fetal head, abdomen and femur” Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol, 2006 Aug; 127(2): 172-85 22 5.41 4.80 6.02 38 10.34 9.33 11.34
23 5.75 5.11 6.39 39 10.60 9.57 11.63
24 6.09 5.43 6.75 40 10.85 9.80 11.91
25 6.42 5.74 7.11 41 11.10 10.02 12.18
10 1.10 1.00 1.40 26 6.80 6.30 7.40 26 6.75 6.04 7.47 42 11.34 10.24 12.45
11 1.50 1.30 1.70 27 7.20 6.60 7.80 27 7.08 6.34 7.82
12 1.80 1.60 2.10 28 7.50 7.00 8.10
13 2.10 1.90 2.40 29 7.90 7.30 8.50
14 2.50 2.20 2.80 30 8.20 7.60 8.80
15 2.90 2.60 3.20 31 8.50 7.90 9.20 Mid Cerebral Artery (MCA)-Resistance Index (RI): SHINOZUKA
16 3.20 2.90 3.60 32 8.80 8.20 9.50
18 4.00 3.60 4.40 34 9.50 8.80 10.20
19 4.30 4.00 4.80 35 9.80 9.10 10.60
N.Shinozuka & H.Kagawa 1996. http://www.shinozuka.com
20 4.70 4.30 5.10 36 10.10 9.30 10.90
21 5.10 4.60 5.50 37 10.40 9.60 11.20 Age (wd) 10% 90% Age (wd) 10% 90%
22 5.40 5.00 5.90 38 10.70 9.90 11.50
21w3d 0.77 0.86 32w3d 0.78 0.92
23 5.80 5.30 6.30 39 11.00 10.20 11.90
24 6.10 5.70 6.70 40 11.30 10.40 12.20 22w3d 0.78 0.89 33w3d 0.77 0.91
25 6.50 6.00 7.00 41 11.50 10.60 12.40 23w3d 0.79 0.91 34w3d 0.76 0.90
24w3d 0.80 0.92 35w3d 0.75 0.89
25w3d 0.80 0.93 36w3d 0.73 0.88
26w3d 0.80 0.94 37w3d 0.72 0.87
27w3d 0.80 0.94 38w3d 0.70 0.86
Reference Manual 86
Age (wd) 10% 90% Age (wd) 10% 90% Mid Cerebral Artery (MCA)-Resistance Index (RI): KURMANAVICIUS
28w3d 0.80 0.95 39w3d 0.68 0.85
30w3d 0.79 0.94 41w3d 0.64 0.83 J.kurmanavicius, I.Florion, J.Wisser, G. Hebisch, R.Zimmermann, R.Muller, R.Huch and A.Huch, “Reference
31w3d 0.79 0.93
resistance indices of the umbilical, fetal middle cerebral and uterine arteries at 24-42 weeks of gesta-
tion” Ultrasound Obstet. Gynecol., 10 (1997) 112-120
Mid Cerebral Artery (MCA)-Resistance Index (RI): JSUM
Age (week) Meas 5% Age (week) Meas 5%
Fetal Growth Table 24 0.87 0.78 34 0.86 0.73
Norio Shinozuka, Takashi Okai, et al. “Standard Values of Ultrasonographic Fetal Biometry” Journal of 25 0.88 0.79 35 0.85 0.72
Medical Ultrasonics, Vol.30, No.3, pp. 416-440, 2003 26 0.89 0.80 36 0.83 0.70
27 0.90 0.80 37 0.81 0.68
28 0.90 0.80 38 0.80 0.66
Age (wd) 10% 90% Age (wd) 10% 90% 29 0.90 0.79 39 0.78 0.63
21w3d 0.77 0.86 32w3d 0.78 0.92 30 0.90 0.79 40 0.76 0.61
22w3d 0.78 0.89 33w3d 0.77 0.91 31 0.89 0.78 41 0.73 0.58
23w3d 0.79 0.91 34w3d 0.76 0.90 32 0.88 0.76 42 0.71 0.56
24w3d 0.80 0.92 35w3d 0.75 0.89
25w3d 0.80 0.93 36w3d 0.73 0.88
26w3d 0.80 0.94 37w3d 0.72 0.87 Mid Cerebral Artery (MCA)-Pulsatility Index (PI): SHINOZUKA
27w3d 0.80 0.94 38w3d 0.70 0.86
29w3d 0.80 0.94 40w3d 0.66 0.84
N.Shinozuka & H.Kagawa 1996. http://www.shinozuka.com
30w3d 0.79 0.94 41w3d 0.64 0.83
31w3d 0.79 0.93
Age (wd) 10% 90% Age (wd) 10% 90%
21w3d 1.51 2.02 32w3d 1.54 2.45
22w3d 1.56 2.19 33w3d 1.49 2.38
23w3d 1.59 2.34 34w3d 1.44 2.30
24w3d 1.62 2.46 35w3d 1.38 2.21
25w3d 1.64 2.54 36w3d 1.32 2.13
26w3d 1.65 2.60 37w3d 1.25 2.05
27w3d 1.65 2.63 38w3d 1.19 1.98
28w3d 1.65 2.63 39w3d 1.12 1.92
29w3d 1.63 2.61 40w3d 1.05 1.87
30w3d 1.61 2.57 41w3d 0.99 1.83
31w3d 1.58 2.52
Reference Manual 87
Mid Cerebral Artery (MCA)-Pulsatility Index (PI) : JSUM Age (wd) 10% 90% Age (wd) 10% 90%
24w3d 0.62 0.77 39w3d 0.50 0.67
Norio Shinozuka, Takashi Okai, et al. “Standard Values of Ultrasonographic Fetal Biometry” Journal of 26w3d 0.61 0.76 41w3d 0.50 0.67
27w3d 0.60 0.75
Age (wd) 10% 90% Age (wd) 10% 90% Umbilical Artery (UmA)-Resistance Index (RI): JSUM
21w3d 1.51 2.02 32w3d 1.54 2.45
23w3d 1.59 2.34 34w3d 1.44 2.30 Norio Shinozuka, Takashi Okai, et al. “Standard Values of Ultrasonographic Fetal Biometry” Journal of
24w3d 1.62 2.46 35w3d 1.38 2.21
25w3d 1.64 2.54 36w3d 1.32 2.13
26w3d 1.65 2.60 37w3d 1.25 2.05
27w3d 1.65 2.63 38w3d 1.19 1.98 Age (wd) 10% 90% Age (wd) 10% 90%
28w3d 1.65 2.63 39w3d 1.12 1.92 13w3d 0.76 0.96 28w3d 0.59 0.75
29w3d 1.63 2.61 40w3d 1.05 1.87 14w3d 0.73 0.92 29w3d 0.58 0.74
30w3d 1.61 2.57 41w3d 0.99 1.83 15w3d 0.71 0.89 30w3d 0.57 0.74
31w3d 1.58 2.52 16w3d 0.69 0.86 31w3d 0.56 0.73
17w3d 0.67 0.84 32w3d 0.55 0.72
18w3d 0.66 0.83 33w3d 0.54 0.71
Umbilical Artery (UmA)-Resistance Index (RI): SHINOZUKA 19w3d 0.65 0.81 34w3d 0.53 0.70
20w3d 0.64 0.80 35w3d 0.52 0.70
N.Shinozuka & H.Kagawa 1996. http://www.shinozuka.com 22w3d 0.63 0.78 37w3d 0.50 0.68
23w3d 0.62 0.78 38w3d 0.50 0.67
24w3d 0.62 0.77 39w3d 0.50 0.67
Age (wd) 10% 90% Age (wd) 10% 90% 25w3d 0.61 0.77 40w3d 0.50 0.67
13w3d 0.76 0.96 28w3d 0.59 0.75 26w3d 0.61 0.76 41w3d 0.50 0.67
14w3d 0.73 0.92 29w3d 0.58 0.74 27w3d 0.60 0.75
15w3d 0.71 0.89 30w3d 0.57 0.74
16w3d 0.69 0.86 31w3d 0.56 0.73
17w3d 0.67 0.84 32w3d 0.55 0.72
18w3d 0.66 0.83 33w3d 0.54 0.71
19w3d 0.65 0.81 34w3d 0.53 0.70
20w3d 0.64 0.80 35w3d 0.52 0.70
21w3d 0.64 0.79 36w3d 0.51 0.69
22w3d 0.63 0.78 37w3d 0.50 0.68
23w3d 0.62 0.78 38w3d 0.50 0.67
Reference Manual 88
Umbilical Artery (UmA)-Resistance Index (RI): KURMANAVICIUS Age (wd) 10% 90% Age (wd) 10% 90%
23w3d 0.95 1.35 38w3d 0.67 1.05
J.kurmanavicius, I.Florion, J.Wisser, G. Hebisch, R.Zimmermann, R.Muller, R.Huch and A.Huch, “Reference 25w3d 0.92 1.31 40w3d 0.66 1.03
26w3d 0.91 1.29 41w3d 0.67 1.03
resistance indices of the umbilical, fetal middle cerebral and uterine arteries at 24-42 weeks of gesta-
27w3d 0.90 1.27
tion” Ultrasound Obstet. Gynecol., 10 (1997) 112-120
Age (w) Meas 5% 95% Age (w) Meas 5% 95% Umbilical Artery (UmA)-Pulsatility Index (PI): JSUM
24 0.72 0.61 0.83 34 0.62 0.51 0.74
26 0.70 0.59 0.81 36 0.60 0.49 0.73 Norio Shinozuka, Takashi Okai, et al. “Standard Values of Ultrasonographic Fetal Biometry” Journal of
27 0.69 0.58 0.80 37 0.59 0.47 0.72
28 0.68 0.57 0.79 38 0.58 0.46 0.71
29 0.67 0.56 0.79 39 0.57 0.45 0.70
30 0.66 0.55 0.78 40 0.56 0.44 0.69
Age (wd) 10% 90% Age (wd) 10% 90%
31 0.65 0.54 0.77 41 0.55 0.43 0.68 13w3d 1.29 2.58 28w3d 0.88 1.25
32 0.64 0.53 0.76 42 0.54 0.42 0.67 14w3d 1.20 2.22 29w3d 0.87 1.23
33 0.63 0.52 0.75 15w3d 1.13 1.97 30w3d 0.85 1.21
16w3d 1.08 1.79 31w3d 0.82 1.19
17w3d 1.05 1.66 32w3d 0.80 1.16
Umbilical Artery (UmA)-Pulsatility Index (PI): SHINOZUKA 18w3d 1.02 1.57 33w3d 0.78 1.14
19w3d 1.00 1.50 34w3d 0.75 1.12
20w3d 0.99 1.45 35w3d 0.73 1.10
N.Shinozuka & H.Kagawa 1996. http://www.shinozuka.com 22w3d 0.96 1.37 37w3d 0.68 1.06
23w3d 0.95 1.35 38w3d 0.67 1.05
Age (wd) 10% 90% Age (wd) 10% 90% 24w3d 0.94 1.33 39w3d 0.66 1.04
25w3d 0.92 1.31 40w3d 0.66 1.03
13w3d 1.29 2.58 28w3d 0.88 1.25
26w3d 0.91 1.29 41w3d 0.67 1.03
14w3d 1.20 2.22 29w3d 0.87 1.23
27w3d 0.90 1.27
15w3d 1.13 1.97 30w3d 0.85 1.21
16w3d 1.08 1.79 31w3d 0.82 1.19
17w3d 1.05 1.66 32w3d 0.80 1.16
18w3d 1.02 1.57 33w3d 0.78 1.14
19w3d 1.00 1.50 34w3d 0.75 1.12
20w3d 0.99 1.45 35w3d 0.73 1.10
21w3d 0.97 1.41 36w3d 0.70 1.08
22w3d 0.96 1.37 37w3d 0.68 1.06
Reference Manual 89
Uterine Artery-Resistance Index (RI): KURMANAVICIUS Age (w) Meas 5% 95% Age (w) Meas 5% 95%
29 0.380 0.154 0.587 42 0.350 0.133 0.559
Fetal Growth Table 30 0.380 0.152 0.584
J.Kurmanavicius, I. Florion, J. Wisser, G. Hebisch, R. Zi,mmermann, R. Muller, R.Huch and A. Huch, “Refer-
ence resistance induces of the umbilical, fetal middle cerebral and uterine arteries at 24-42 weeks of
Uterine Artery-Pulsatility Index (PI): BAHLMANN
gestation “Ultrasound Obstet. Gynocol., 10 (1997) 112-120
Fetal Growth Table
Age (w) 5% Meas 95% Age (w) 5% Meas 95%
24 0.33 0.45 0.61 34 0.32 0.43 0.59 Age (w) Meas 5% 95% Age (w) Meas 5% 95%
25 0.33 0.45 0.61 35 0.32 0.43 0.58
18 0.890 0.509 1.407 31 0.710 0.349 1.207
26 0.33 0.45 0.61 36 0.32 0.43 0.58
19 0.840 0.460 1.356 32 0.710 0.345 1.199
27 0.33 0.44 0.61 37 0.32 0.43 0.58
20 0.810 0.436 1.328 33 0.700 0.341 1.192
28 0.33 0.44 0.60 38 0.32 0.43 0.57
21 0.800 0.420 1.309 34 0.700 0.337 1.185
29 0.32 0.44 0.60 39 0.32 0.42 0.57
22 0.780 0.407 1.293 35 0.690 0.333 1.178
30 0.32 0.44 0.60 40 0.32 0.42 0.57
23 0.770 0.397 1.280 36 0.680 0.330 1.171
31 0.32 0.44 0.59 41 0.31 0.42 0.56
24 0.760 0.388 1.268 37 0.680 0.326 1.164
32 0.32 0.44 0.59 42 0.31 0.42 0.56
25 0.750 0.381 1.258 38 0.670 0.322 1.157
33 0.32 0.43 0.59
26 0.740 0.374 1.248 39 0.670 0.322 1.157
27 0.740 0.369 1.239 40 0.660 0.313 1.143
Uterine Artery-Resistance Index (RI): BAHLMANN 28 0.730 0.363 1.230 41 0.660 0.308 1.134
29 0.720 0.358 1.222 42 0.650 0.302 1.125
30 0.720 0.354 1.214
Fetal Growth Table
Age (w) Meas 5% 95% Age (w) Meas 5% 95% Anterior Posterior Abdominal Diameter (APD): HANSMANN
18 0.450 0.222 0.659 31 0.370 0.150 0.581
20 0.420 0.194 0.630 33 0.370 0.145 0.576
21 0.410 0.186 0.622 34 0.370 0.144 0.574 Age (w) Meas (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm)
22 0.410 0.180 0.615 35 0.360 0.142 0.571
15 2.60 22 4.70 29 6.70 36 8.70
23 0.400 0.175 0.610 36 0.360 0.140 0.569
16 2.90 23 4.90 30 7.00 37 9.00
24 0.400 0.171 0.605 37 0.360 0.139 0.567
17 3.10 24 5.20 31 7.30 38 9.30
25 0.390 0.167 0.601 38 0.360 0.137 0.566
18 3.50 25 5.50 32 7.60 39 9.50
26 0.380 0.163 0.597 39 0.360 0.136 0.564
19 3.80 26 5.80 33 7.90 40 9.70
27 0.380 0.160 0.593 40 0.360 0.135 0.562
20 4.00 27 6.10 34 8.20 41 9.80
28 0.380 0.157 0.590 41 0.350 0.134 0.561
21 4.30 28 6.40 35 8.40 42 9.90
Reference Manual 90
Anterior Posterior Abdominal Diameter (APD): BESSIS Fetal Growth Table

GA Table Biométrie 2000. Tables de croissance foetale par le Collège Français d’Echographie Foetale
The data are those provided by Dr. Bessis to M. Le Bel.(Same as SIGMA 20, see memo from Ch. Gahwiler ( CFEF ) et l’Inserm U155
dated , June 23, 1983) Gynecol Obstet Fertil 2000 Jun;28(6):435-45
Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±days (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±days (wd) Age (w) Meas (cm) 10% (cm) 90% (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) 10% (cm) 90% (cm)
2.50 14w0d 01w1d 8.20 33w4d 03w1d 11 1.40 1.10 1.60 27 6.70 6.10 7.30
7.00 28w5d 02w1d 8.40 34w3d 03w4d 12 1.70 1.40 2.00 28 7.00 6.40 7.70
7.50 30w5d 02w3d 8.60 35w5d 04w1d 13 2.10 1.70 2.40 29 7.30 6.60 8.00
8.00 32w4d 03w1d 8.80 37w1d 04w6d 14 2.40 2.00 2.80 30 7.60 6.90 8.30
15 2.80 2.40 3.20 31 7.90 7.20 8.70
16 3.10 2.70 3.60 32 8.20 7.40 9.00
Transverse Abdominal Diameter (TAD): CFEF 17 3.50 3.00 3.90 33 8.50 7.70 9.30
18 3.80 3.40 4.30 34 8.80 7.90 9.60
GA Table 19 4.20 3.70 4.60 35 9.00 8.10 9.90
20 4.50 4.00 5.00 36 9.20 8.30 10.20
21 4.80 4.30 5.30 37 9.50 8.50 10.50
Biométrie 2000. Tables de croissance foetale par le Collège Français d’Echographie Foetale
22 5.20 4.70 5.70 38 9.70 8.60 10.80
( CFEF ) et l’Inserm U155 23 5.50 4.90 6.00 39 9.90 8.70 11.10
Gynecol Obstet Fertil 2000 Jun;28(6):435-45 24 5.80 5.20 6.30 40 10.20 8.90 11.50
25 6.10 5.50 6.70 41 10.30 8.90 11.70
26 6.40 5.80 7.00
Meas (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) Age (w)
1.35 11 5.15 22 8.47 33
1.70 12 5.47 23 8.75 34
2.05 13 5.78 24 9.00 35
2.40 14 6.10 25 9.23 36
2.76 15 6.40 26 9.48 37
3.12 16 6.71 27 9.70 38
3.47 17 7.02 28 9.93 39
3.83 18 7.32 29 10.16 40
4.16 19 7.61 30 10.30 41
4.52 20 7.92 31
4.83 21 8.21 32
Reference Manual 91
Thoracic Circumference (ThC): CHITKARA Age (w) Mean (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (w) Mean (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm)
20 2.7 1.8 3.0 35 5.4 5.1 5.7
22 3.1 2.1 3.7 37 5.6 5.5 5.8
Chitkara U, Rosenberg J, Chervenak FA, et al. “Prenatal Sonographic Assessment of the Fetal Thorax:
23 3.3 2.3 4.4 38 5.7 5.4 5.9
Normal Values” American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 156:1069, 1987 24 3.5 2.6 4.1 39 5.8 5.5 6.2
25 3.7 3.3 4.2 40 5.9 5.4 6.2
16 9.1 6.4 11.9 29 21.0 18.2 23.7
Fibula Length (FIB): HANSMANN
17 10.0 7.3 12.8 30 21.9 19.1 24.6
18 11.0 8.2 13.7 31 22.8 20.0 25.5
19 11.9 9.1 14.6 32 23.7 20.9 26.4
Fetal Growth Table
20 12.8 10.0 15.5 33 24.6 21.8 27.3 Hansmann, Hackeloer, Staudach and Wittman. “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and Gynecology”
21 13.7 11.0 16.4 34 25.5 22.8 28.2 Springer-Verlag, New York, 1986; P.182
22 14.6 11.9 17.3 35 26.4 23.7 29.1
23 15.5 12.8 18.2 36 27.3 24.6 30.0
24 16.4 13.7 19.1 37 28.2 25.5 30.9
12 0.6 0.6 0.6 27 4.4 3.7 5.0
25 17.3 14.6 20.0 38 29.1 26.4 31.9
13 0.9 0.9 0.9 28 4.5 3.8 5.3
26 18.2 15.5 21.0 39 30.0 27.3 32.8
14 1.2 0.6 1.9 29 4.7 4.1 5.4
27 19.1 16.4 21.9 40 30.9 28.2 33.7
15 1.5 0.9 2.1 30 4.9 4.3 5.6
28 20.0 17.3 22.8
16 1.8 1.3 2.3 31 5.1 4.2 5.9
17 2.1 1.3 2.8 32 5.2 4.2 6.3
Fibula Length (FIB): JEANTY 18 2.3 1.5 3.1 33 5.4 4.6 6.2
19 2.6 1.9 3.3 34 5.5 4.6 6.5
20 2.8 2.1 3.6 35 5.7 5.1 6.2
Fetal Growth Table
21 3.1 2.4 3.7 36 5.8 5.4 6.3
Jeanty, P. “Fetal Limb Biometry” (Letter) Radiology, 147:602, 1983 22 3.3 2.7 3.9 37 5.9 5.4 6.5
23 3.5 2.8 4.2 38 6.1 5.6 6.5
Age (w) Mean (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (w) Mean (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) 24 3.7 2.9 4.5 39 6.2 5.6 6.7
11 0.2 0.2 0.2 26 3.9 3.2 4.3 25 4.0 3.4 4.5 40 6.3 5.9 6.7
12 0.5 0.5 0.5 27 4.1 3.5 4.7 26 4.2 3.6 4.7
13 0.8 0.8 0.8 28 4.3 3.6 4.7
14 1.1 0.6 1.1 29 4.5 4.0 5.0
15 1.4 1.0 1.8 30 4.7 3.8 5.2
16 1.7 0.6 2.2 31 4.8 4.0 5.7
17 1.9 0.7 3.1 32 5.0 4.0 5.6
18 2.2 1.0 2.8 33 5.1 4.3 5.9
19 2.4 1.8 3.0 34 5.2 4.6 5.6
Reference Manual 92
Nuchal Thickness (NT): YAGEL Lateral Ventricular Width (Lat Vent): JOHNSON

Yagel S, Anteby EY, Rosen L, et al : Assessment of first tirmester nuchal translucency by daily reference Johnson ML, Dunne MG, Mack LA, Rashbaum CL.
intervals. Ultrasound Obstet Gynecol 11:262, 1998 “Evaluation of Fetal Intracranial Anatomy by Static and Real-Time Ultrasound” Journal of Clinical Ultra-
sound, 8:311-318, August 1980
Age (d) Meas (cm) -1.96SD (cm) + 1.96SD (cm) Age (d) Meas (cm) -1.96SD (cm) + 1.96SD (cm)
60 0.10 0.04 0.19 83 0.19 0.11 0.29 Age (w) Meas (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm)
61 0.10 0.04 0.19 84 0.20 0.12 0.30
15 0.75 28 1.1
62 0.11 0.04 0.19 85 0.21 0.12 0.31
16 0.86 29 1.0
63 0.11 0.04 0.19 86 0.22 0.13 0.32
17 0.85 30 1.0
64 0.11 0.04 0.19 87 0.22 0.14 0.33
18 0.83 31 1.0
65 0.11 0.04 0.19 88 0.23 0.14 0.34
20 0.82 32 1.1
66 0.11 0.05 0.20 89 0.24 0.15 0.35
21 0.76 33 1.1
67 0.12 0.05 0.20 90 0.25 0.16 0.36 22 0.82 34 1.1
68 0.12 0.05 0.20 91 0.26 0.17 0.38 23 0.83 35 1.1
69 0.12 0.05 0.21 92 0.27 0.18 0.39 24 0.83 36 1.1
70 0.13 0.05 0.21 93 0.28 0.19 0.40 25 1.1 37 1.2
71 0.13 0.06 0.22 94 0.29 0.19 0.41 26 0.9 40 1.2
72 0.13 0.06 0.22 95 0.31 0.20 0.43 27 0.9
73 0.14 0.06 0.22 96 0.32 0.22 0.44
74 0.14 0.07 0.23 97 0.33 0.23 0.46
75 0.15 0.07 0.24 98 0.35 0.24 0.48 Hemispheric Width (HW): JOHNSON
76 0.15 0.08 0.24 99 0.36 0.25 0.49
78 0.16 0.08 0.25 101 0.39 0.28 0.53
Johnson ML, Dunne MG, Mack LA, Rashbaum CL.
79 0.17 0.09 0.26 102 0.41 0.29 0.55
80 0.17 0.09 0.27 103 0.43 0.30 0.57
“Evaluation of Fetal Intracranial Anatomy by Static and Real-Time Ultrasound” Journal of Clinical Ultra-
81 0.18 0.10 0.28 104 0.44 0.32 0.59 sound, 8:311-318, August 1980
82 0.19 0.10 0.28 105 0.46 0.34 0.62
Age (w) Meas (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm)
15 1.40 28 3.30
16 1.50 29 3.40
17 1.50 30 3.40
18 1.80 31 3.40
20 1.90 32 3.60
21 2.20 33 3.40
Reference Manual 93
Age (w) Meas (cm) Age (w) Meas (cm) Renal Anterior-Posterior Length (Renal AP): HANSMANN
22 2.60 34 3.80
23 2.50 35 3.80 Fetal Growth Table
24 2.70 36 3.90 Hansmann, Hackeloer, Staudach and Wittman. “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and Gynecology”
25 3.00 37 4.10
26 3.00 40 4.30 Springer-Verlag, New York, 1986; P.180
27 3.00
20 1.50 1.10 1.90 31 2.00 1.60 2.40
Renal Length (Renal L): HANSMANN 21 1.50 1.10 1.90 32 2.00 1.60 2.40
22 1.60 1.20 2.00 33 2.10 1.70 2.50
Hansmann, Hackeloer, Staudach and Wittman. “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and Gynecology” 24 1.70 1.30 2.10 35 2.10 1.70 2.50
Springer-Verlag, New York, 1986; P.180 25 1.70 1.30 2.10 36 2.20 1.80 2.60
26 1.80 1.40 2.20 37 2.20 1.80 2.60
27 1.80 1.40 2.20 38 2.30 1.90 2.70
28 1.80 1.40 2.20 39 2.30 1.90 2.70
20 2.80 2.10 3.60 31 3.50 2.80 4.20
29 1.90 1.50 2.30 40 2.30 1.90 2.70
21 2.90 2.20 3.60 32 3.60 2.90 4.30
30 1.90 1.50 2.30
22 3.00 2.20 3.70 33 3.60 2.90 4.30
23 3.00 2.30 3.70 34 3.70 3.00 4.40
24 3.10 2.40 3.80 35 3.80 3.00 4.50 Cisterna Magna Diameter (CM): NICOLAIDES
25 3.10 2.40 3.90 36 3.80 3.10 4.50
26 3.20 2.50 3.90 37 3.90 3.20 4.60
Fetal Growth Table
27 3.30 2.60 4.00 38 3.90 3.20 4.70
28 3.30 2.60 4.00 39 4.00 3.30 4.70
Snijders RJ, Nicolaides KH. “Fetal biometry at 14-40 weeks’ gestation” Ultrasound in obstetrics and
29 3.40 2.70 4.10 40 4.10 3.30 4.80 Gynecology, 1994 Jan 1;4(1):34-48
30 3.40 2.70 4.20
14w0d 0.35 0.19 0.53 27w0d 0.66 0.46 0.89
14w1d 0.35 0.19 0.53 27w1d 0.66 0.46 0.89
14w2d 0.35 0.19 0.53 27w2d 0.66 0.46 0.89
14w3d 0.35 0.19 0.53 27w3d 0.66 0.46 0.89
14w4d 0.35 0.19 0.53 27w4d 0.66 0.46 0.89
14w5d 0.35 0.19 0.53 27w5d 0.66 0.46 0.89
14w6d 0.35 0.19 0.53 27w6d 0.66 0.46 0.89
15w0d 0.38 0.21 0.57 28w0d 0.68 0.47 0.91
15w1d 0.38 0.21 0.57 28w1d 0.68 0.47 0.91
Reference Manual 94
15w2d 0.38 0.21 0.57 28w2d 0.68 0.47 0.91 20w5d 0.51 0.33 0.72 33w5d 0.74 0.53 0.98
15w3d 0.38 0.21 0.57 28w3d 0.68 0.47 0.91 20w6d 0.51 0.33 0.72 33w6d 0.74 0.53 0.98
15w4d 0.38 0.21 0.57 28w4d 0.68 0.47 0.91 21w0d 0.54 0.35 0.75 34w0d 0.75 0.53 0.99
15w5d 0.38 0.21 0.57 28w5d 0.68 0.47 0.91 21w1d 0.54 0.35 0.75 34w1d 0.75 0.53 0.99
15w6d 0.38 0.21 0.57 28w6d 0.68 0.47 0.91 21w2d 0.54 0.35 0.75 34w2d 0.75 0.53 0.99
16w0d 0.41 0.24 0.60 29w0d 0.69 0.49 0.93 21w3d 0.54 0.35 0.75 34w3d 0.75 0.53 0.99
16w1d 0.41 0.24 0.60 29w1d 0.69 0.49 0.93 21w4d 0.54 0.35 0.75 34w4d 0.75 0.53 0.99
16w2d 0.41 0.24 0.60 29w2d 0.69 0.49 0.93 21w5d 0.54 0.35 0.75 34w5d 0.75 0.53 0.99
16w3d 0.41 0.24 0.60 29w3d 0.69 0.49 0.93 21w6d 0.54 0.35 0.75 34w6d 0.75 0.53 0.99
16w4d 0.41 0.24 0.60 29w4d 0.69 0.49 0.93 22w0d 0.56 0.37 0.77 35w0d 0.75 0.54 1.00
16w5d 0.41 0.24 0.60 29w5d 0.69 0.49 0.93 22w1d 0.56 0.37 0.77 35w1d 0.75 0.54 1.00
16w6d 0.41 0.24 0.60 29w6d 0.69 0.49 0.93 22w2d 0.56 0.37 0.77 35w2d 0.75 0.54 1.00
17w0d 0.43 0.26 0.63 30w0d 0.70 0.50 0.94 22w3d 0.56 0.37 0.77 35w3d 0.75 0.54 1.00
17w1d 0.43 0.26 0.63 30w1d 0.70 0.50 0.94 22w4d 0.56 0.37 0.77 35w4d 0.75 0.54 1.00
17w2d 0.43 0.26 0.63 30w2d 0.70 0.50 0.94 22w5d 0.56 0.37 0.77 35w5d 0.75 0.54 1.00
17w3d 0.43 0.26 0.63 30w3d 0.70 0.50 0.94 22w6d 0.56 0.37 0.77 35w6d 0.75 0.54 1.00
17w4d 0.43 0.26 0.63 30w4d 0.70 0.50 0.94 23w0d 0.58 0.39 0.80 36w0d 0.76 0.54 1.00
17w5d 0.43 0.26 0.63 30w5d 0.70 0.50 0.94 23w1d 0.58 0.39 0.80 36w1d 0.76 0.54 1.00
17w6d 0.43 0.26 0.63 30w6d 0.70 0.50 0.94 23w2d 0.58 0.39 0.80 36w2d 0.76 0.54 1.00
18w0d 0.46 0.28 0.66 31w0d 0.72 0.51 0.96 23w3d 0.58 0.39 0.80 36w3d 0.76 0.54 1.00
18w1d 0.46 0.28 0.66 31w1d 0.72 0.51 0.96 23w4d 0.58 0.39 0.80 36w4d 0.76 0.54 1.00
18w2d 0.46 0.28 0.66 31w2d 0.72 0.51 0.96 23w5d 0.58 0.39 0.80 36w5d 0.76 0.54 1.00
18w3d 0.46 0.28 0.66 31w3d 0.72 0.51 0.96 23w6d 0.58 0.39 0.80 36w6d 0.76 0.54 1.00
18w4d 0.46 0.28 0.66 31w4d 0.72 0.51 0.96 24w0d 0.60 0.41 0.82 37w0d 0.76 0.54 1.01
18w5d 0.46 0.28 0.66 31w5d 0.72 0.51 0.96 24w1d 0.60 0.41 0.82 37w1d 0.76 0.54 1.01
18w6d 0.46 0.28 0.66 31w6d 0.72 0.51 0.96 24w2d 0.60 0.41 0.82 37w2d 0.76 0.54 1.01
19w0d 0.49 0.31 0.69 32w0d 0.73 0.52 0.97 24w3d 0.60 0.41 0.82 37w3d 0.76 0.54 1.01
19w1d 0.49 0.31 0.69 32w1d 0.73 0.52 0.97 24w4d 0.60 0.41 0.82 37w4d 0.76 0.54 1.01
19w2d 0.49 0.31 0.69 32w2d 0.73 0.52 0.97 24w5d 0.60 0.41 0.82 37w5d 0.76 0.54 1.01
19w3d 0.49 0.31 0.69 32w3d 0.73 0.52 0.97 24w6d 0.60 0.41 0.82 37w6d 0.76 0.54 1.01
19w4d 0.49 0.31 0.69 32w4d 0.73 0.52 0.97 25w0d 0.62 0.43 0.85 38w0d 0.76 0.55 1.01
19w5d 0.49 0.31 0.69 32w5d 0.73 0.52 0.97 25w1d 0.62 0.43 0.85 38w1d 0.76 0.55 1.01
19w6d 0.49 0.31 0.69 32w6d 0.73 0.52 0.97 25w2d 0.62 0.43 0.85 38w2d 0.76 0.55 1.01
20w0d 0.51 0.33 0.72 33w0d 0.74 0.53 0.98 25w3d 0.62 0.43 0.85 38w3d 0.76 0.55 1.01
20w1d 0.51 0.33 0.72 33w1d 0.74 0.53 0.98 25w4d 0.62 0.43 0.85 38w4d 0.76 0.55 1.01
20w2d 0.51 0.33 0.72 33w2d 0.74 0.53 0.98 25w5d 0.62 0.43 0.85 38w5d 0.76 0.55 1.01
20w3d 0.51 0.33 0.72 33w3d 0.74 0.53 0.98 25w6d 0.62 0.43 0.85 38w6d 0.76 0.55 1.01
20w4d 0.51 0.33 0.72 33w4d 0.74 0.53 0.98 26w0d 0.64 0.44 0.87 39w0d 0.76 0.55 1.01
Reference Manual 95
Age (wd) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (wd) Meas (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Nasal Bone Length (NB): SONEK
26w1d 0.64 0.44 0.87 39w1d 0.76 0.55 1.01
26w3d 0.64 0.44 0.87 39w3d 0.76 0.55 1.01 Sonek JD, McKenna D, Webb D, Croom C, Nicolaides K. “Nasal bone length throughout gestation:
26w4d 0.64 0.44 0.87 39w4d 0.76 0.55 1.01
normal ranges based on 3537 fetal ultrasound measurements” Obstetrics and Gynecology, 2003
26w5d 0.64 0.44 0.87 39w5d 0.76 0.55 1.01
26w6d 0.64 0.44 0.87 39w6d 0.76 0.55 1.01 Feb;21(2):152-5.
Age (w) Mean (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (w) Mean (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm)
Amniotic Fluid Index (AFI): MOORE 11 0.23 0.14 0.33 26 0.89 0.74 1.09
12 0.28 0.18 0.42 27 0.92 0.75 1.13
Moore TR, Cayle JE: The amniotic fluid index in normal human pregnancy. 14 0.38 0.25 0.53 29 0.98 0.77 1.18
Am J Obstet Gynecol 162:1168, 1990 15 0.43 0.30 0.57 30 1.00 0.79 1.26
16 0.47 0.34 0.62 31 1.04 0.82 1.26
17 0.53 0.40 0.66 32 1.05 0.86 1.36
Age (w) Mean (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (w) Mean (cm) 5% (cm) 95% (cm)
18 0.57 0.43 0.70 33 1.08 0.87 1.28
16 12.10 7.90 18.50 30 14.50 9.00 23.40
19 0.63 0.50 0.79 34 1.09 0.91 1.28
17 12.70 8.30 19.40 31 14.40 8.80 23.80
20 0.67 0.52 0.83 35 1.10 0.85 1.41
18 13.30 8.70 20.20 32 14.40 8.60 24.20
21 0.71 0.56 0.90 36 1.08 0.78 1.28
19 13.70 9.00 20.70 33 14.30 8.30 24.50
22 0.75 0.58 0.93 37 1.14 0.87 1.45
20 14.10 9.30 21.20 34 14.20 8.10 24.80
23 0.79 0.64 0.96 38 1.17 0.93 1.57
21 14.30 9.50 21.40 35 14.00 7.90 24.90
24 0.83 0.68 1.00 39 1.09 0.92 1.40
22 14.50 9.70 21.60 36 13.80 7.70 24.90
25 0.85 0.65 1.07 40 1.21 1.04 1.45
23 14.60 9.80 21.80 37 13.50 7.50 24.40
24 14.70 9.80 21.90 38 13.20 7.30 23.90
25 14.70 9.70 22.10 39 12.70 7.20 22.60
26 14.70 9.70 22.30 40 12.30 7.10 21.40
27 14.60 9.50 22.60 41 11.60 7.00 19.40
28 14.60 9.40 22.80 42 11.00 6.90 17.50
29 14.50 9.20 23.10
Reference Manual 96
Fetal Ratio Reference Femur Length/Head Circumference (FL/HC): HADLOCK
Fetal Ratio
Femur Length/Foot Length (FL/Foot): CAMPBELL Hadlock FP, Harrist RB, Shah Y, Park SK. “The Femur Length/Head Circumference Relation in Obstetric
Sonography” Journal of Ultrasound in Medicine, 3(10), October 1984, Pp.439-442
Fetal Ratio
Campbell J, Henderson A, Campbell S. “The fetal femur/foot length ratio: a new parameter to assess Age (w) Mean (%) ±2SD (%) Age (w) Mean (%) ±2SD (%)
dysplastic limb reduction” Obstetrics and Gynecology, 1988 Aug;72(2):181-4 15 16.2 1.8 29 20.2 1.2
- The nomal value (±2SD) for this ratio during the period 14-40 weeks is 0.99±0.12. (87%-111%) 16 14.9 3.2 30 20.3 2.2
17 16.1 3.0 31 20.3 2.0
18 16.9 2.2 32 20.2 2.2
BPDo/OFDo (Cephlic Index): HADLOCK 19 17.2 2.2 33 20.7 1.6
20 18.3 3.0 34 20.6 2.4
Fetal Ratio 21 18.1 4.4 35 21.2 2.2
Frank P. Hadlock, R. L.Deter, R. J. Carpenter, S. K. Park. “Estimating Fetal Age: Effect of Head Shape on 22 19.3 1.8 36 21.1 2.0
23 20.0 1.6 37 21.7 1.8
BPD” American Journal of Roentgenology, 137:83-854, July 1981
24 19.8 2.2 38 21.8 1.8
- The nomal value (±2SD) for this ratio during the period 14-40 weeks is 78.3±8.8%. (70%-86%) 25 19.5 1.6 39 22.0 2.8
26 19.5 1.8 40 21.6 1.8
27 19.5 1.8 41 22.4 1.6
Femur Length/Abdominal Circumference (FL/AC): HADLOCK 28 19.7 1.8 42 22.0 3.8
Fetal Ratio
Frank P. Hadlock, Russell L.Deter, Ronald B. Harrist, Ellen Roecker, Seung K. Park. “A Date-Independent Femur Length/BiParietal Diameter (FL/BPD): HOHLER
Predictor of Intrauterine Growth Retardation: Femur Length/Abdominal Circumference Ratio” American
Fetal Ratio
Journal of Roentgenology, 141:979-984, November 1983
Charles W. Hohler, Thomas A. Quetel. “Comparison of Ultrasound Femur Length and Biparietal Diameter
- The nomal value (±2SD) for this ratio during the period 14-40 weeks is 22±2%. (20%-24%)
in Late Pregnancy” American Journal of Obsterics and Gynecology, 141:759-762, 1981
- The nomal value (90% Confidence Interval) for this ratio during the period 23-40 weeks is 79±8%.
(71%-87%)
Reference Manual 97
Thoracic Circumference/Abdominal Circumference (ThC/AC): Lateral Ventricular Width (LV)/ Hemispheric Width (HW): Johnson
CHITKARA
Fetal Growth Table
Fetal Ratio Johnson ML, Dunne MG, Mack LA, Rashbaum CL. “Evaluation of Fetal Intracranial Anatomy by Static and
Chitkara U, Rosenberg J, Chervenak FA, et al. “Prenatal Sonographic Assessment of the Fetal Thorax: Real-Time Ultrasound” Journal of Clinical Ultrasound, 8:311-318, August 1980.
Normal Values” American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 156:1069, 1987
Age (w) Mean -2SD + 2SD Age (w) Mean -2SD + 2SD
- The nomal value (±2SD) for this ratio during the period 16-40 weeks is 89±12%. (77%-101%)
15 56.00 40.00 71.00 28 31.00 18.00 45.00
16 57.00 45.00 69.00 29 29.00 22.00 37.00
Head Circumference (HC)/ Abdominal Circumference (AC): CAMPBELL 17 52.00 42.00 62.00 30 30.00 26.00 34.00
18 46.00 40.00 52.00 31 29.00 23.00 36.00
20 43.00 29.00 57.00 32 31.00 26.00 36.00
Fetal Growth Table
21 35.00 27.00 43.00 33 31.00 25.00 37.00
Campbell, s. “Ultasound Measurement of the Fetal Head to Abdomen Circumference Ratio in the As-
22 32.00 26.00 38.00 34 28.00 23.00 33.00
sessment of Growth Retardation.” Br J Obstetrics and Gynecology, Vol. 84. 165-174. March 1977. 23 33.00 24.00 42.00 35 29.00 26.00 31.00
24 31.00 23.00 39.00 36 28.00 23.00 34.00
Age (w) Mean 5% 95% Age (w) Mean 5% 95% 25 34.00 26.00 42.00 37 29.00 24.00 34.00
13 1.23 1.14 1.31 28 1.13 1.05 1.22 26 30.00 24.00 36.00 40 28.00 22.00 33.00
14 1.23 1.14 1.31 29 1.10 0.99 1.21 27 28.00 23.00 34.00
15 1.22 1.05 1.39 30 1.10 0.99 1.21
16 1.22 1.05 1.39 31 1.07 0.96 1.17
17 1.18 1.07 1.29 32 1.07 0.96 1.17
18 1.18 1.07 1.29 33 1.04 0.96 1.11
19 1.18 1.09 1.26 34 1.04 0.96 1.11
20 1.18 1.09 1.26 35 1.02 0.93 1.11
21 1.15 1.06 1.25 36 1.02 0.93 1.11
22 1.15 1.06 1.25 37 0.98 0.92 1.05
23 1.13 1.05 1.21 38 0.98 0.92 1.05
24 1.13 1.05 1.21 39 0.97 0.87 1.06
25 1.13 1.04 1.22 40 0.97 0.87 1.06
26 1.13 1.04 1.22 41 0.96 0.93 1.00
27 1.13 1.05 1.22 42 0.96 0.93 1.00
Reference Manual 98
Estimated Fetal Weight Formula Method using (BPD, FL, FTA)
Osaka University [grams]

Methods using (BPD, AC) [Equation]
EFW = 1.25647 x BPD³ + 3.50665 x FL x FTA + 6.3
Shepard Method [grams]
[Equation] [Reference]
Log10(EFW) = {(0.166 × BPD) + (0.046 × AC) – (0.002646 × AC × BPD) - 1.7492}×1000 Mineo Aoki. “The Diagnosis and Treatment of IUGR” Perineitaru Kea (Japanese
Journal of Perinatal Care), 1990; Vol.9 NO.5, p407-422 (in Japanese)
[Input Range]
AC :15.5~40.0 cm
BPD : 3.1~10.0 cm Method using (BPD, APTD, TTD, FL)
EFW : 224.0~4925.0 g
Shinozuka 3 Method [grams]
[Reference]
[Equation]
Shepard MJ, et al, “ An Evaluation of Two Equations for Predicting Fetal Weight by Ultrasound,” Ameri-
EFW = (1.07 × BPD³) + (3.42 × APTD × TTD × FL)
can Journal of Ob & Gyn, January 1982; 142(1):47-54
[Reference]
Hadlock Method [grams] N.Shinozuka et al. “Formulas for Fetal Weight Estimation by Ultrasound Measurements based on Neona-
[Equation] tal Specific Gravities and Volumes” American Journal of Obsterics and Gynecology, 1987;157:1140-5
Log10(EFW) = 1.1134 + (0.05845 × AC) - (0.000604 × AC2) + (0.1694 × BPD)
- (0.007365 × BPD2) + (0.000595 × AC × BPD) Method using (BPD, APTD, TTD, SL)
[Reference]
Frank P. Hadlock, R. B. Harrist, Robert J. Carpenter, Russell L. Deter, Seung K. Park. “Sonographic Estima-
[Equation]
tion of Fetal Weight” Radiology,1984; 150:535-540
EFW = (1.07 × BPD³) + (2.91 × APTD × TTD × SL)
Merz Method [grams] [Reference]

[Equation] N.Shinozuka et al. "Formulas for Fetal Weight Estimation by Ultrasound Measurements based on Neona-
EFW = 157.07186 x AC + 15.90391 x BPD2 - 3200.40479 tal Specific Gravities and Volumes" American Journal of Obsterics and Gynecology, 1987;157:1140-5
[Reference]
1991, Georg Thieme Verlag, 308-338
Reference Manual 99
Method using (BPD, TTD) Method using (BPD, AC, FL)
Hansmann’s fetal weight [grams] Hadlock 2 Method [grams]

[Equation] [Equation]
EFW = {(0.649145 × TTD) – (1.05775 × BPD) + (0.0930707 × BPD2) - (0.020562 × TTD2) Log10(EFW) = (0.0316 x BPD) + (0.0457 x AC) + (0.1623 x FL) - (0.0034 x AC x FL) + 1.335
+ 0.515263} × 1000 ±2SD=14.6% ± 2SD=15%
[Low Range] [Reference]

BPD : 5.9cm ~ ∞ Frank P. Hadlock, R. B. Harrist, Ralph S. Sharman, Russell L. Deter, Seung K. Park. “Estimation of fetal
TTD : 5.6cm ~ ∞ weight with the use of head, body, and femur measurement-A prospective study” American Journal of
EFW : 500.0g ~ ∞ Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Vol 151. No.3:333-337, February 1, 1985
[Reference]
Hansmann, Hackeloer, Staudach, Wittman, “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and Gynecology,”
[Equation]
Springer-Verlag, New York, 1986
EFW = (1.07 x BPD3) + (0.30 x AC2 x FL)
[Reference]
Method using (AC, FL) N.Shinozuka et al. “Formulas for Fetal Weight Estimation by Ultrasound Measurements based on Neona-
tal Specific Gravities and Volumes” American Journal of Obsterics and Gynecology, 1987;157:1140-5
Hadlock 1 Method [grams]
[Equation] Woo [grams]
Log10(EFW) =
[Equation]
(0.05281 x AC) + (0.1938 x FL) – (0.004 x AC x FL) + 1.304 ± 2SD=16%
Log10(EFW) = (0.15549 x BPD) + (0.04864 x AC) - (0.00279682 x BPD x AC) + (0.037769 x FL) -
[Reference] (0.000494529 x AC x FL) + 1.13705
Frank P. Hadlock, R. B. Harrist, Ralph S. Sharman, Russell L. Deter, Seung K. Park. “Estimation of fetal
[Reference]
weight with the use of head, body, and femur measurement-A prospective study” American Journal of
Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Vol 151. No.3:333-337, February 1, 1985 Woo JS, Wan CW, Cho KM: Computer-assisted evaluation of ultrasonic fetal weight prediction using
multiple regression equations with and without the fetal femur length, J Ultrasound Med 4:65, 1985
Ferrero [grams]
[Equation]
Log10(EFW) = (0.13244 x AC) - (0.12996 x FL) - (0.00173588 x AC2) + (0.00309212 x FL x AC) + (2.18984 x
FL / AC) + 0.77125
[Reference]
Ferrero A, Maggi E, Giancotti A, et al: Regression formula for estimation of fetal weight with use of
abdominal circumference and femur length: A prospective study. J Ultrasound Med 13:823, 1994
Reference Manual 100
Method using (HC, AC, FL) Method using (AC)
Hadlock 3 Method [grams] Campbell’s fetal weight [grams]

Log10(EFW) = (0.0107 x HC) + (0.0438 x AC) + (0.158 x FL) - (0.00326 x AC x FL) + 1.326 Loge(EFW) = {(0.282 x AC) – (0.003318 x AC2) – 4.564} x 1000
± 2SD = 15%
[Input Range]
[Reference] AC :21.0 ~ 40.0cm
Frank P. Hadlock, R. B. Harrist, Ralph S. Sharman, Russell L. Deter, Seung K. Park. “Estimation of fetal EFW : 900 ~ 4085g
[Reference]
Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Vol 151. No.3:333-337, February 1, 1985
Campbell, S., Wilkin, D. “Ultrasonic Measurement of Fetal Abdomen Circumference in the Estimation of
Fetal Weight.” British Journal of OB & GYN, 82, 9: 689-697, September 1975
Weiner2 [grams]
[Equation]
Higginbottom [grams]
Log10(EFW) = (0.02253 x HC) + (0.01645 x AC) + (0.06439 x FL) + 1.6961
[Equation]
[Reference] EFW = AC3 x 0.0816
Weiner CP, Sabbagha RE, Vaisrub N, et al: Ultrasonic fetal weight prediction: Role of head circumference
[Reference]
and femur length. Obstet Gynecol 65:812, 1985
Higginbottom J, Slater J. Porter G, et al: Estimation of fetal weight from ultrasonic measurement of trunk
circumference. Br J Obstet Gynecol 82:698, 1975
Method using (BPD, HC, AC, FL)
Hadlock 4 Method [grams] Method using (BPD, AC)

[Equation]
Thurnau [grams]
Log10(EFW) = (0.0064 x HC) + (0.0424 x AC) + (0.00061 x BPD x AC) + (0.174 x FL) - (0.00386 x AC x FL) +
[Equation]
1.3596 ± 2SD = 14.8% EFW = (9.337 x BPD x AC) - 229
[Reference] [Reference]
Frank P. Hadlock, R. B. Harrist, Ralph S. Sharman, Russell L. Deter, Seung K. Park. “Estimation of fetal Thurnau GR, Tamura RK, Sabbagha R, et al: A simple estimated fetal weight equation based on real-
weight with the use of head, body, and femur measurement-A prospective study” American Journal of time ultrasound measurements of fetuses less than thirty-four weeks’ gestation. Am J Obstet Gynecol
Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Vol 151. No.3:333-337, February 1, 1985 145:557, 1983
Warsof [grams]
[Equation]
Estimated Fetal Weight Growth Reference
Log10(EFW) = {(0.144 x BPD) + (0.032 x AC) - (0.000111 x AC x BPD2)
- 1.599)} x 1000 Estimate Fetal Weight (EFW): BRENNER
[Reference]
Fetal Growth Table
Warsof SL, Gohari P, Berkowitz RL, et al: The estimation of fetal weight by computer-assisted analysis.
Brenner WE, Edelman DA, Hendricks CH. “A Standard of Fetal Growth for the United States of America”
Am J Obstet Gynecol 120:881, 1977
American Journal of Obstetrics and Cynecology, 126:555-564, November 1976
Method using (AC, HC) Age (w) Meas (g) 10% (g) 90% (g) Age (w) Meas (g) 10% (g) 90% (g)
21 410 280 860 33 2010 1480 2690
Weiner1 [grams] 22 480 320 920 34 2220 1670 2880
[Equation] 23 550 370 990 35 2430 1870 3090
24 640 420 1080 36 2650 2190 3290
Log10(EFW) = (0.04035 x HC) + (0.01285 x AC) + 1.6575
25 740 490 1180 37 2870 2310 3470
[Reference] 26 860 570 1320 38 3030 2510 3610
27 990 660 1470 39 3170 2680 3750
28 1150 770 1660 40 3280 2750 3870
and femur length. Obstet Gynecol 65:812, 1985 29 1310 890 1890 41 3360 2800 3980
30 1460 1030 2100 42 3410 2830 4060
31 1630 1180 2290 43 3420 2840 4100
32 1810 1310 2500 44 3390 2790 4110
Estimate Fetal Weight (EFW): DOUBILET
Fetal Growth Table

Improved Birth Weight Table for Neonates Developed from Gestations Dated by Early Ultrasonography.
Peter M. Doubilet, MD, PhD, Carol B. Benson, MD, Allan S. Nadel, MD, Steven A. Ringer, MD, PhD. by the
American Institute of Ultrasound in Medicine J Ultrasound Med 16:241-249, 1997
Age (w) Meas (g) 10% (g) 90% (g) Age (w) Meas (g) 10% (g) 90% (g)
25 660 490 889 35 2383 1919 2959
26 760 568 1016 36 2622 2129 3230
27 875 660 1160 37 2859 2340 3493
28 1005 765 1322 38 3083 2544 3736
Age (w) Meas (g) 10% (g) 90% (g) Age (w) Meas (g) 10% (g) 90% (g) Age (w) Meas (g) ±SD (g) Age (w) Meas (g) ±SD (g)
29 1153 884 1504 39 3288 2735 3952 19w1d 289 43 31w2d 1783 209
30 1319 1020 1706 40 3462 2904 4127 19w2d 298 44 31w3d 1808 212
31 1502 1171 1928 41 3597 3042 4254 19w3d 308 45 31w4d 1832 214
32 1702 1338 2167 42 3685 3142 4322 19w4d 317 46 31w5d 1857 217
33 1918 1519 2421 43 3717 3195 4324 19w5d 327 48 31w6d 1881 219
34 2146 1714 2687 19w6d 337 49 32w0d 1906 222
20w0d 347 50 32w1d 1930 224
20w1d 358 51 32w2d 1955 227
Estimate Fetal Weight (EFW): OSAKA
20w2d 368 53 32w3d 1980 229
20w3d 379 54 32w4d 2005 232
Fetal Growth Table
20w4d 390 56 32w5d 2029 234
Osaka University Method 1989, 3 by Univ. Of Osaka 20w5d 401 57 32w6d 2054 237
20w6d 413 58 33w0d 2079 239
Age (w) Meas (g) ±SD (g) Age (w) Meas (g) ±SD (g) 21w0d 425 60 33w1d 2104 242
16w0d 137 29 28w1d 1275 158 21w1d 436 61 33w2d 2129 244
16w1d 142 29 28w2d 1296 160 21w2d 449 63 33w3d 2154 247
16w2d 147 29 28w3d 1318 162 21w3d 461 65 33w4d 2179 250
16w3d 153 29 28w4d 1340 164 21w4d 474 66 33w5d 2204 252
16w4d 158 30 28w5d 1363 167 21w5d 486 68 33w6d 2229 255
16w5d 164 30 28w6d 1385 169 21w6d 499 69 34w0d 2254 257
16w6d 170 30 29w0d 1407 171 22w0d 513 71 34w1d 2279 260
17w0d 176 31 29w1d 1430 174
22w1d 526 73 34w2d 2304 263
17w1d 182 31 29w2d 1453 176
22w2d 540 74 34w3d 2329 265
17w2d 188 32 29w3d 1476 178
22w3d 553 76 34w4d 2354 268
17w3d 195 33 29w4d 1499 181
22w4d 568 78 34w5d 2379 271
17w4d 202 33 29w5d 1522 183
22w5d 582 80 34w6d 2403 274
17w5d 209 34 29w6d 1545 185
22w6d 596 81 35w0d 2428 276
17w6d 216 35 30w0d 1568 188
23w0d 611 83 35w1d 2453 279
18w0d 223 35 30w1d 1592 190
23w1d 626 85 35w2d 2478 282
18w1d 231 36 30w2d 1615 192
18w2d 238 37 30w3d 1639 195 23w2d 641 87 35w3d 2502 285
18w3d 246 38 30w4d 1663 197 23w3d 656 89 35w4d 2527 288
18w4d 254 39 30w5d 1687 200 23w4d 672 91 35w5d 2551 290
18w5d 263 40 30w6d 1711 202 23w5d 688 92 35w6d 2576 293
18w6d 271 41 31w0d 1735 204 23w6d 704 94 36w0d 2600 296
19w0d 280 42 31w1d 1759 207 24w0d 720 96 36w1d 2624 299
Age (w) Meas (g) ±SD (g) Age (w) Meas (g) ±SD (g) Estimate Fetal Weight (EFW): HADLOCK
24w1d 736 98 36w2d 2648 302
24w2d 753 100 36w3d 2672 305 Fetal Growth Table
24w3d 770 102 36w4d 2696 308 Frank P. Hadlock, Ronald B. Harrist, Juan Martinez-Poyer, “In Utero Analysis of Fetal Growth: A Sono-
24w4d 787 104 36w5d 2720 311 graphic Weight Standard” Radiology, 1991; 181:129-133.
24w5d 804 106 36w6d 2744 314
24w6d 822 108 37w0d 2767 317 Age (w) Meas (g) 10% (g) 90% (g) Age (w) Meas (g) 10% (g) 90% (g)
25w0d 839 110 37w1d 2791 320
10 35 29 41 26 913 758 1068
25w1d 857 112 37w2d 2814 323
11 45 37 53 27 1055 876 1234
25w2d 875 114 37w3d 2837 326
12 58 48 68 28 1210 1004 1416
25w3d 893 116 37w4d 2860 329 13 73 61 85 29 1379 1145 1613
25w4d 912 118 37w5d 2883 332 14 93 77 109 30 1559 1294 1824
25w5d 930 120 37w6d 2906 335 15 117 97 137 31 1751 1453 2049
25w6d 949 123 38w0d 2928 339 16 146 121 171 32 1953 1621 2285
26w0d 968 125 38w1d 2950 342 17 181 150 212 33 2162 1794 2530
26w1d 987 127 38w2d 2973 345 18 223 185 261 34 2377 1973 2781
26w2d 1007 129 38w3d 2995 348 19 273 227 319 35 2595 2154 3036
26w3d 1026 131 38w4d 3016 352 20 331 275 387 36 2813 2335 3291
26w4d 1046 133 38w5d 3038 355 21 399 331 467 37 3028 2513 3543
26w5d 1066 135 38w6d 3059 358 22 478 398 559 38 3236 2686 3786
26w6d 1086 138 39w0d 3080 362 23 568 471 665 39 3435 2851 4019
27w0d 1106 140 39w1d 3101 365 24 670 556 784 40 3619 3004 4234
27w1d 1127 142 39w2d 3121 369 25 785 652 918
27w2d 1147 144 39w3d 3142 372
27w3d 1168 146 39w4d 3162 376
Estimate Fetal Weight (EFW): SHINOZUKA
27w4d 1189 149 39w5d 3182 379
27w5d 1210 151 39w6d 3201 383
Fetal Growth Table
27w6d 1232 153 40w0d 3220 387
28w0d 1253 155 Norio Shinozuka, Takashi Okai, et al. “Standard Values of Ultrasonographic Fetal Biometry” Japanese
Journal of Medical Ultrasonics, Vol.23, No.12, 1996, pp877-888
Age (wd) Meas (g) -1.5SD (g) + 1.5SD (g) Age (wd) Meas (g) -1.5SD (g) + 1.5SD (g)
18w3d 216 163 269 30w3d 1552 1261 1843
19w3d 279 211 348 31w3d 1720 1404 2035
20w3d 349 264 434 32w3d 1892 1551 2233
21w3d 427 324 529 33w3d 2068 1701 2434
Age (wd) Meas (g) -1.5SD (g) + 1.5SD (g) Age (wd) Meas (g) -1.5SD (g) + 1.5SD (g) Estimate Fetal Weight (EFW): WILLIAMS
22w3d 513 392 634 34w3d 2244 1851 2638
23w3d 609 469 748 35w3d 2420 1999 2841 Fetal Growth Table
24w3d 714 555 873 36w3d 2592 2143 3041 Williams RL, Creasy RK, Cunningham GC, et al: Fetal growth and perinatal viability in California. Obstet
25w3d 830 651 1009 37w3d 2758 2280 3236 Gynecol 1982 May; 59(5): 624-32
26w3d 956 756 1156 38w3d 2915 2407 3422
27w3d 1092 870 1313 39w3d 3059 2521 3596
Age (w) Meas (g) Min (g) Max (g) Age (w) Meas (g) Min (g) Max (g)
28w3d 1237 993 1481 40w3d 3187 2618 3756
29w3d 1391 1123 1658 41w3d 3296 2695 3896 22 513 320 746 34 2394 1728 3132
23 589 365 861 35 2628 1974 3333
24 675 417 989 36 2849 2224 3521
Estimate Fetal Weight (EFW): JSUM 25 773 477 1132 37 3052 2455 3706
26 882 546 1289 38 3227 2642 3867
27 1005 627 1463 39 3364 2790 3994
Fetal Growth Table
28 1143 720 1653 40 3462 2881 4080
Norio Shinozuka, Takashi Okai, et al. “Standard Values of Ultrasonographic Fetal Biometry” Journal of 29 1298 829 1859 41 3524 2946 4127
Medical Ultrasonics, Vol.30, No.3, pp. 416-440, 2003 30 1484 955 2136 42 3589 3011 4185
31 1695 1100 2402 43 3626 3044 4221
Age (wd) Meas (g) -1.5SD (g) + 1.5SD (g) Age (wd) Meas (g) -1.5SD (g) + 1.5SD (g) 32 1920 1284 2673 44 3633 3043 4233
33 2155 1499 2910
18w3d 216 163 269 30w3d 1552 1261 1843
19w3d 279 211 348 31w3d 1720 1404 2035
20w3d 349 264 434 32w3d 1892 1551 2233
Estimate Fetal Weight (EFW): YARKONI (TWINS)
21w3d 427 324 529 33w3d 2068 1701 2434
22w3d 513 392 634 34w3d 2244 1851 2638
Fetal Growth Table
23w3d 609 469 748 35w3d 2420 1999 2841
24w3d 714 555 873 36w3d 2592 2143 3041 Yarkoni S, Reece EA, Holford T, et al: Estimated fetal weight in the evaluation of growth in twin gesta-
25w3d 830 651 1009 37w3d 2758 2280 3236 tions: A prospective longitudinal study. Obstet Gynecol 69:636, 1987.
26w3d 956 756 1156 38w3d 2915 2407 3422
27w3d 1092 870 1313 39w3d 3059 2521 3596 Age (w) Meas (g) 5% (g) 95% (g) Age (w) Meas (g) 5% (g) 95% (g)
28w3d 1237 993 1481 40w3d 3187 2618 3756
16 154 132 207 28 1244 789 1774
29w3d 1391 1123 1658 41w3d 3296 2695 3896 17 215 173 249 29 1395 900 1883
18 276 214 291 30 1546 1011 1992
19 300 223 412 31 1693 1198 2392
20 324 232 534 32 1840 1385 2793
21 432 275 705 33 2032 1491 3000
22 540 319 876 34 2224 1597 3208
23 598 347 880 35 2427 1703 3336
24 656 376 885 36 2631 1809 3465
Age (w) Meas (g) 5% (g) 95% (g) Age (w) Meas (g) 5% (g) 95% (g) Estimate Fetal Weight (EFW): JOHNSEN
25 793 549 1118 37 2824 2239 3679
26 931 722 1352 38 3017 2669 3894 Fetal Growth Table
27 1087 755 1563 Johnsen SL, Rasmussen S, Wilsgaard T, Sollien R, Kiserud T. “Longitudinal reference ranges for estimated
fetal weight” Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand, 2006;85(3):286-97
Estimate Fetal Weight (EFW): HANSMANN
Age (w) Meas (g) 5% (g) 95% (g) Age (w) Meas (g) 5% (g) 95% (g)
Fetal Growth Table 20 340 269 429 32 1997 1662 2400
Hansmann, Hackeloer, Staudach and Wittman. “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and Gynecology” 21 416 333 520 33 2194 1824 2638
22 503 406 623 34 2393 1988 2880
23 602 490 740 35 2593 2152 3124
24 713 583 870 36 2791 2313 3367
Age (w) Meas (g) -2SD (g) + 2SD (g) Age (w) Meas (g) -2SD (g) + 2SD (g) 25 835 684 1015 37 2984 2471 3605
9 45 44 46 25 871 547 1195 26 970 801 1174 38 3171 2621 3835
10 48 45 51 26 1000 626 1374 27 1116 925 1347 39 3347 2764 4054
11 54 48 60 27 1139 711 1567
28 1274 1058 1534 40 3511 2896 4258
12 63 54 72 28 1288 802 1774
29 1442 1199 1734 41 3661 3015 4444
13 77 63 91 29 1448 899 1997
30 1619 1347 1946 42 3793 3121 4609
14 96 74 118 30 1618 1003 2233
15 122 90 154 31 1798 1113 2483 31 1805 1502 2168
16 155 111 199 32 1984 1226 2742
17 197 136 258 33 2176 1342 3010
18 247 166 328 34 2369 1460 3278
19 307 203 411 35 2557 1575 3539
20 377 246 508 36 2734 1682 3786
21 456 294 618 37 2890 1776 4004
22 545 348 742 38 3016 1849 4183
23 644 409 879 39 3099 1888 4310
24 753 475 1031 40 3131 1887 4375
Estimated Fetal Weight Algorithm [Summary]

Sonographic measurements were made in 167live-born fetuses one week before delivery (mean 1.64
days ± 1.8 S.D.). All fetuses were weighted immediately after delivery; mean birth weight was found to
Estimated Fetal Weight (EFW) : CAMPBELL be 2.754g ± 930 S.D.
[Equation] Data were Divided into several groups by weight :
e^(0.282 x AC – 0.003318 x AC^2 – 4.564) x 1000
<1,500g : mean 1,024 ± 301 S.D
[Range] 1,500-2,000g : mean 1,767 ± 199 S.D
AC : 21~40cm 2,000-2,500g : mean 2,248 ± 134 S.D
EFW : 900g~4085g 2,500-3,000g : mean 2,668 ± 133 S.D
3,000-3,500g : mean 3,227 ± 147 S.D
[Reference]
3,500-4,000g : mean 3,686 ± 123 S.D
Campbell, S., Wilkin, D. “Ultrasonic Measurement of Fetal Abdomen Circumference in the Estimation of
>4,000g : mean 4,301 ± 173 S.D
Fetal Weight.” British Journal of OB & GYN, 82, 9: 689 – 697, September 1975
[Summary] Estimated Fetal Weight (EFW) : HADLOCK1

Assessment of birth weight predictions on 140 fetuses who were delivered within 48 hours. . The ac- [Equation]
curacy o predictions varied with the size of the fetus: 10^(1.304 + 0.05281 x AC + 0.1938 x FL – 0.004 x AC x FL)
at a predicted weight of 1kg, 95% of birth weights fell within 160g
at a predicted weight of 2kg, 95% of birth weights fell within 290g [Reference]
at a predicted weight of 3kg, 95% of birth weights fell within 450g Frank P. Hadlock, R. B. Harrist, Ralph S. Sharman, Russell L. Deter, Seung K. Park. “Estimation of fetal
at a predicted weight of 4kg, 95% of birth weights fell within 590g weight with the use of head, body, and femur measurement-A prospective study” American Journal of
. By Extrapolation, at 32 weeks menstrual age, 87% of babies below the 5th centile would be detected Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Vol 151. No.3:333-337, February 1, 1985
by this Methods but that the diagnosis rate would fall to 63% at 38 weeks
[Summary]
The study population consisted of 109 predominately middle class Caucasian patients. The majority of
Estimated Fetal Weight (EFW) : HADLOCK patients were examined within 3 days of delivery, and all patients were examined within at least 1 week
[Equation] of delivery.
10^(1.1134 + 0.05845 x AC – 0.000604 x AC^2 + 0.1694 x BPD – 0.007365 x BPD^2 + 0.000595 x AC x - Summary of accuracy of models (Mean deviation = SD(%) )
BPD) <1,500g : -3.9±8.3
1,500-2,000g : 0.9±8.5
[Reference]
2,000-2,500g : 1.6±8.5
Frank P. Hadlock, R. B. Harrist, Robert J. Carpenter, Russell L. Deter, Seung K. Park. “Sonographic Estima-
2,500-3,000g : 0.3±7.6
tion of Fetal Weight” Radiology,1984; 150:535-540
3,000-3,500g : -1.9±7.2 Estimated Fetal Weight (EFW) : HADLOCK3

3,500-4,000g : -0.7±6.8 [Equation]
>4,000g : 5.2±5.2 10^(1.326 – 0.00326 x AC x FL + 0.0107 x HC + 0.0438 x AC + 0.158 x FL)
[Reference]
Estimated Fetal Weight (EFW) : HADLOCK2
[Equation]
10^(1.335 – 0.0034 x AC x FL + 0.0316 x BPD + 0.0457 x AC + 0.1623 x FL)
[Reference]
[Summary]
The study population consisted of 109 predominately middle class Caucasian patients. The majority of
patients were examined within 3 days of delivery, and all patients were examined within at least 1 week
of delivery.
[Summary] - Summary of accuracy of models ( Mean deviation = SD(%) )
The study population consisted of 109 predominately middle class Caucasian patients. The majority of <1,500g : -4.6±9.7
patients were examined within 3 days of delivery, and all patients were examined within at least 1 week 1,500-2,000g : 2.5±7.4
of delivery. 2,000-2,500g : 4.9±7.3
- Summary of accuracy of models ( Mean deviation = SD(%) ) 2,500-3,000g : 1.7±6.6
<1,500g : -5.3±9.0 3,000-3,500g : 0.2±5.9
1,500-2,000g : 2.2±7.0 3,500-4,000g : 3.2±6.9
2,000-2,500g : 3.2±7.6 >4,000g : 6.3±5.1
2,500-3,000g : 1.3±7.7
3,000-3,500g : 0.4±6.0 Estimated Fetal Weight (EFW) : HADLOCK4
3,500-4,000g : 1.4±7.1 [Equation]
>4,000g : 4.8±5.1 10^(1.3596 – 0.00386 x AC x FL + 0.0064 x HC + 0.00061 x BPD x AC + 0.0424 x AC + 0.174 x FL)
[Reference]
[Summary] Estimated Fetal Weight (EFW) : MERZ

The study population consisted of 109 predominately middle class Caucasian patients. The majority of [Equation]
patients were examined within 3 days of delivery, and all patients were examined within at least 1 week 157.07186 x AC + 15.90391 x BPD^2 – 3200.40479
of delivery.
- Summary of accuracy of models ( Mean deviation = SD(%) ) [Range]
<1,500g : 5.4 ± 9.0 BPD : 7.0 ~ 10.5cm
1,500-2,000g : -1.4±7.0 AC : 21.8 ~ 36.5 cm
2,000-2,500g : -2.6±7.8 EFW : 1003 ~ 4286 g
2,500-3,000g : -0.4±7.4
[Reference]
3,000-3,500g : 0.9±5.9
3,500-4,000g : -1.2±7.2
1991, Georg Thieme Verlag, 308-338
>4,000g : -4.0±5.2
Merz E, Lieser H, Schicketanz KH, Harlé J “Intrauterine Gewichtsschätzung mittels Ultraschall. Ein
Vergleich mehrerer GewichtsschätzungsMethodsen sowie die Entwicklung einer neuen Formel zur
Estimated Fetal Weight (EFW) : HANSMANN Bestimmung des Fetalgewichtes”, Ultraschall Med, 1998, 9(1):15-24,
[Equation]
(0.649145 x TTD – 0.020562 x TTD^2 – 1.05775 x BPD + 0.0930707 x BPD^2 + 0.515263) x 1000 [Summary]
The fetal weights were Estimated in 196 fetuses between 24 and 42 weeks of gestation.
[Range] - Most Reliable Formula
BPD : 5.9 ~ cm < 2500g : Shepard
TTD : 5.6 ~ cm 2500g ~ 3499g : Shepard, Hansmann, Merz
EFW : 500.0 ~ g 3500g ~ 4520g : Schillinger, Hansmann, Shepard, Merz
[Reference]
Hansmann, Hackeloer, Staudach, Wittman, “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and Gynecology,” Estimated Fetal Weight (EFW) : OSAKA
Springer-Verlag, New York, 1986 [Equation]
1.25647 x BPD^3 + 3.50665 x FL x FTA + 6.3
[Reference]
Mineo Aoki. Perinatal Care, Vol.9 No.5, p407-422
Estimated Fetal Weight (EFW) : SHEPARD Estimated Fetal Weight (EFW) : SHINOZUKA2
10^(0.166 x BPD + 0.046 x AC – 0.002646 x BPD x AC – 1.7492) x 1000 1.07 x BPD^3 + 2.91 x APTD x TTD x SL
[Range] [Reference]
BPD : 3.1 ~ 10.0 cm N.Shinozuka et al. “Formulas for Fetal Weight Estimation by Ultrasound Measurements based on Neona-
AC : 15.5 ~ 40.0 cm tal Specific Gravities and Volumes” American Journal of Obsterics and Gynecology, 1987;157:1140-5
EFW : 224.0 ~ 4925.0 g
[Reference] Estimated Fetal Weight (EFW) : SHINOZUKA3

Shepard MJ, et al, “ An Evaluation of Two Equations for Predicting Fetal Weight by Ultrasound,” Ameri- [Equation]
can Journal of Ob & Gyn, January 1982; 142(1):47-54 1.07 x BPD^3 + 3.42 x APTD x TTD x FL
[Summary] [Reference]
73 patients underwent ultrasound evaluation within 2 days of delivery. N.Shinozuka et al. “Formulas for Fetal Weight Estimation by Ultrasound Measurements based on Neona-
- Difference in percentage of fetal weight Estimateds tal Specific Gravities and Volumes” American Journal of Obsterics and Gynecology, 1987;157:1140-5
Within ± 25gm/kg of actual weight : 16.4

Within ± 50gm/kg of actual weight : 26.0 Estimated Fetal Weight (EFW) : FERRERO
Within ± 100gm/kg of actual weight : 50.7 [Equation]
More then ± 100gm/kg of actual weight : 49.3 10^(0.77125 + (0.13244 x AC) – (0.12996 x FL) – (0.00173588 x AC x AC) + (0.00309212 x FL x AC) +
The average difference between actual and predicted weight for the sample as a whole was -12.85 gm (2.18984 x FL/AC))
(SE 40.85)
[Reference]
Ferrero A, Maggi E, Giancotti A, et al: Regression formula for estimation of fetal weight with use of
Estimated Fetal Weight (EFW) : SHINOZUKA1
abdominal circumference and femur length: A prospective study. J Ultrasound Med 13:823, 1994
[Equation]
1.07 x BPD^3 + 0.30 x AC^2 x FL
Estimated Fetal Weight (EFW) : HIGGINBOTTOM
[Reference] [Equation]
N.Shinozuka et al. “Formulas for Fetal Weight Estimation by Ultrasound Measurements based on Neona- AC^3 x 0.0816
tal Specific Gravities and Volumes” American Journal of Obsterics and Gynecology, 1987;157:1140-5
[Reference]
Higginbottom J, Slater J. Porter G, et al: Estimation of fetal weight from ultrasonic measurement of trunk
circumference. Br J Obstet Gynecol 82:698, 1975
Estimated Fetal Weight (EFW) : THURNAU Estimated Fetal Weight (EFW) : WOO
BPD x AC x 9.337-229 10^(1.13705 + (0.15549 x BPD) + (0.04864 x AC) – (0.00279682 x BPD x AC) + (0.037769 x FL) –
(0.000494529 x AC x FL))
[Reference]
Thurnau GR, Tamura RK, Sabbagha R, et al: A simple Estimated fetal weight equation based on real- [Reference]
time ultrasound measurements of fetuses less than thirty-four weeks’ gestation. Am J Obstet Gynecol Woo JS, Wan CW, Cho KM
145:557, 1983 Computer-assisted evaluation of ultrasonic fetal weight prediction using multiple regression equations
with and without the fetal femur length, J Ultrasound Med 4:65, 1985
Estimated Fetal Weight (EFW) : WARSOF
[Equation]
10^((0.144 x BPD) + (0.032 x AC)-(0.000111 x AC x BPD x BPD) – 1.599) x 1000
[Reference]
Warsof SL, Gohari P, Berkowitz RL, et al: The estimation of fetal weight by computer-assisted analysis.
Am J Obstet Gynecol 120:881, 1977
Estimated Fetal Weight (EFW) : WEINER1

[Equation]
10^(1.6575 + (0.04035 x HC) + (0.01285 x AC))
[Reference]
Estimated Fetal Weight (EFW) : WEINER2

[Equation]
10^(1.6961 + (0.02253 x HC) + (0.01645 x AC) + (0.06439 x FL))
[Reference]
Cardiology Reference IVSd/LVPWd (Interventricular Septum to Posterior Wall Thickness Ratio

Diastole)
Cardiology 2D
IVSs/LVPWs (Interventricular Septum to Posterior Wall Thickness Ratio
BSA (Body Surface Area) Systole)
BSA can be calculated by entering patient’s weight and height in New Patient Input Screen.
where, H : centimeters, W : kilograms

Reference: Grossman,W.”Cardiac Catheterization and Angiography.” Blood Flow Measurement : Hemo-
LV Vol. d (LV Volume Diastolic)
dynamic Principles, 1980. Chapter8, page 90.
Teichholz :
LV. Ventricle (2D)
Reference: Teichholz, L.E., Kreulen, T., Herman, M.V., et. al. “Problems in echocardiographic volume
determinations: echocardiographic-angiographic correlations in the presence or absence of asynergy.”
LVd: Left Ventricle Diastole
American Journal of Cardiology, 1976, 37:7.
LVs: Left Ventricle Systole
LVIDd: Left Ventricle Internal Dimension Diastole
Cubed :
LVIDs: Left Ventricle Internal Dimension Systole
Reference: Pombo, J.F., et. al. “Left Ventricular Volumes and Ejection Fractioin by Echocardiography.”
LVPWd: Left Ventricle Posterior Wall Dimension Diastole
Circulation, Vol. XLIII, 482, April, 1971
LVPWs: Left Ventricle Posterior Wall Dimension Systole
IVSd: Interventricular Septal Thickness Diastole
Gibson :
IVSs: Interventricular Septal Thickness Systole
Reference: “Basic Echocardiography” Iowa Heart Center, Mark J. Harry R.D.C.S., R.V.T. Jan, 1997 p. 30
EDV : End Diastolic Volume
ESV : End Systolic Volume
LVPW% (LVPW% Thickening)

LV Vol. s (LV Volume Systolic) Ejection Fraction (EF)
Teichholz :
Reference: Oh, J.K., Seward, J.B., Tajik, A.J. “The Echo Manual” Boston: Little, Brown and Company, 1994; 43
Fraction Shortening (FS)
Cubed :
Circulation, Vol. XLIII, 482, April, 1971.
Gibson : LV Mass
Reference: “Basic Echocardiography” Iowa Heart Center, Mark J. Harry R.D.C.S.,
R.V.T. Jan, 1997 p. 30
LV Mass Index
Stroke Volume (SV)
Stroke Volume Index (SI) LV Vol. (MOD, Method Of Disk)

MOD is used for calculation left ventricular volume from measurements taken in two scan planes. The
calculation of volume for both methods (2-chamber or the 4-chamber view) results from summation
of areas from diameters of 20 cylinders or discs of equal height, apportioned over the left ventricular
Cardiac Output (CO) length
Cardiac Index (CI)

Vol. d (Diastolic Volume)
Vol. s (Systolic Volume)
%FS (Fraction Short)
LV Vol. (A/L)
%FAC (Fraction Area Change)
LV Mass
where,
A1 : LVAd sax Epi (cm2) A2 : LVAd sax Endo (cm2)
LV Volume: Single Plane Area Length
L1 : LVLd apical + Myo Thick (cm) L2 : LVLd apical (cm)
LV Vol. (Bullet) Myocardial Thickness (MyoThick)
LVAd: Left Ventricle Short-axis Area Diastolic

LVLd: Left Ventricle Apical Length Diastolic
LVAs: Left Ventricle Short-axis Area Systolic LV Mass Index
LVLd: Left Ventricle Apical Length Systolic
IVC(Inferior Vena Cava) % Change
SVC(Superior Vena Cava) % Change
LVOT Area
RVOT Area
LA Vol. (Left Atrium Volume)
LA Area
Mitral Valve (MV) Area
LA Volume
Tricuspid Valve (TV) Area

LA Volume Index
RA Vol. (Right Atrium Volume)
RA Volume (MOD)
Refer to ‘LV Vol.’ for detail.
Cardiology M mode Reference: Harvey Feigenbaum, “ Echocardiography”, 1995 fifth edition
LVDd : Left Ventricle Dimension Diastole

LVDs : Left Ventricle Dimension Systole
Left Ventricle LVPWd : Left Ventricle Posterior Wall Dimension Diastole
LVPWs: Left Ventricle Posterior Wall Dimension Systole
IVSd : Interventricular Septal Thickness Diastole
IVSs: Interventricular Septal Thickness Systole
EDV: End Diastolic Volume
ESV: End Systolic Volume
Teichholz
Reference: Harvey Feigenbaum, “ Echocardiography”, 1995 fifth edition
Cubed
Gibson
LV Vol. s (LV Volume Systolic)
Teichholz
Cubed Fraction Shortening (FS)

Gibson
LV Mass
Reference: Oh, J.K., Seward, J.B. The Echo Manual. Boston: Little, Brown and company, 1994, p.43.
Stroke Volume (SV)
LV Mass Index
Stroke Volume Index(SI)

Right Ventricle
RV PEP/ET (RV Pre-Ejection Period / Ejection Time)
Cardiac Output (CO)
MV (Mitral Valve)
Cardiac Index (CI)
Definition for the Mitral Valve
D : end of systolic, immediately before the opening of the Mitral Valve
E : the arterial leaflet of the Mitral valve open, it peaks at E
F : lowest point of the initial diastolic closing
A : In atrial systole, blood is propelled through the Mitral orifice and the Mitral
leaflets reopen the peak of this phase of Mitral valve motion is indicated
as A
Reference: Oh, J.K., Seward, J.B., Tajik, A.J. “The Echo Manual” Boston: Little, Brown and Company, 1994; C : complete closure occurs after the onset of ventricular systole
43
A-C interval (unit : msec) Ao/LA

The distance between the A point and the C point
Aortic Root Diameter (unit:cm) : Ao Root
Mitral Valve D-E Excursion (unit : cm) The distance between the leading echo of the anterior aortic wall and the leading echo of the posterior
Distance between the onset of the opening of the Mitral valve at D and the maximum opening of the aortic wall at R wave of the electrocardiogram
anterior Mitral valve leaflet at E
Aortic Valve Cusp Separation (unit:cm) : Ao Cusp Sep
Mitral Valve D-E Slope (unit : cm/sec) The distance between the trailing echo of the anterior aortic valve leaflet and the leading echo of the
Automatically calculated from the D-E excursion the rate of change that exists between two point(D, E) posterior aortic valve leaflet in early diastole
Mitral Valve E-F Slope (unit : cm/sec) Left Atrial Diameter (unit:cm) : LA Diam
The rate of change that exists between two point(E, F) The distance between the trailing edge of the posterior aortic wall echo and the leading edge of the
posterior left atrial wall echo at the level of aortic wall at the R wave of the delectrocardiogram.
EPSS ( Mitral Valve E Point Septal Separation ) ( unit : cm)
Distance between the Mitral Valve E point and posterior edge of the interventricular septum at the LA/Ao
same point in time
LV PEP/ET (LV Pre-Ejection Period / Ejection Time)
<Figure - Mitral Valve M mode Waveform>

PISA-Alias Velocity
Cardiology C mode Reference: Schmailzl. K., Omerod, O., Editors. Ultrasound in Cardiology. Blackwell Science, 1994, p.125.
PISA-Alias Velocity is the peak velocity of the regurgitant jet on the Doppler display (Figure – Regurgi-
AV Regurg (AR), MV Regurg (MR), TV Regurg (TR) tant Flow-PISA Alias Velocity)
PISA(Proximal Isovelocity Surface Area)-Radius

Reference: Oh, J.K., Seward, J.B., Tajik, A.J. The Echo Manual. Boston: Little, Brown and Company, 1994,
p.106.
Schmailzl, K., Omerod, O., Editors. Ultrasound in Cardiology. Blackwell Science, 1994, p.125.
PISA-Radios is the radial distance of the isovelocity shell from the orifice (Figure - Regurgitant Flow-PISA
Radius)
PISA-Radius = Radial distance of the isovelocity shell from the orifice in

cm
<Figure – Regurgitant Flow-PISA Alias Velocity>
Regurgitant Volume Flow Rate (Rate)

Reference: Oh, J.K., Seward, J.B., Tajik, A.J. The Echo Manual. Boston:Little, Brown and Company, 1994,
p. 106
Rate is calculated in milliliters/sec.
Where: PISA-Area = Proximal isovelocity surface area in cm2.

PISA-Alias Vel. = Color flow velocity at radius r in cm/sec measured at the mitral orifice on the Color
display
Effective Regurgitant Orifice(ERO)

<Figure - Regurgitant Flow-PISA Radius>
pp. 108-109
Vmax is the peak velocity of the mitral regurgitant jet measured on the Doppler display.
Regurgitant Volume (Vol.) Cardiology Doppler

pp. 108-109
LVOT, RVOT, Aortic Valve, Mitral Valve, Tricuspid Valve, Pulmonic
Where: Valve
PISA-Vol. = Regurgitant volume in milliliters
PISA-ERO = Effective Regurgitant area in cm2. HR(Heart Rate)
VTI = Velocity integral of the Regurgitant flow measured on the Doppler display
Regurgitant Fraction
End-Diastolic Pressure Gradient
where, V : the maximum instantaneous velocity(m/sec)
Max Pressure Gradient
where, Vmax :Max Velocity (m/sec)
PHT (Pressure Half Time)

p.59-60
Pressure half-time (PHT) is the time it takes for the peak pressure gradient to fall to half to half of its peak
value. DT is deceleration time in centimeters per second form the peak velocity to the baseline.
Acceleration (Acc)
Where, Vmax: Max Velocity, AccT: Acceleration Time

Tei Index
Where, IVRT: Isovolumic Relaxation Time, IVCT: Isovolumic Contraction Time, EjectT: Ejection Time
TST (Total Systolic Time)
MPI (Myocardial Performance Index (Tei Index))
Deceleration (Dec)
MVA(Mitral Valve Area) by PHT
Where, Vmax: Max Velocity, DecT: Deceleration Time
AccT/ET
CSA(Cross Sectional Area)
where, Diam: diameter

Where ; PHT is Pressure Half Time (milliseconds)
Reference: John H. Phillipse, “ Practical Quantitative Doppler Echocardiography”, p47, chapter6, CRC
SV (Stroke Volume)
press, 1991
where, Area: LVOT area, RVOT area, or TV area dp/dt
CO (Cardiac Output)
CONT(Continuity Equation) Plum Vein-MV A Duration

When there is a constant flow in a flow channel with a Stenosis, the flow volume at the Stenosis portion Plum Vein-MV A Dur.= Plume Vein Dur.- MV A Dur.
equals that at nonstenotic portions. This equation is valid not only in a constant flow, but also in a
pulsality flow channel.
QP : QS = Pulmonic CO / Sysemic CO
Where, SV1: stroke volume in the nonstenotic area, SV2: stroke volume in the stenotic
area SVp : SVs
Area by VTI
Area by Vmax Qp : Qs
Pulmonic Veins, Hepatic Veins

p.48 Velocity Circumferential Fiber Shortening (Circ / Sec)
Diastolic Velocity(Dias Vel.)

Velocity measured at diastole.
Propagation Velocity (Vp)
Systolic Velocity (Sys Vel.)
Velocity measured at systole.
Artrial Reversal Velocity(A. Rev. Vel)

Atrial reversal velocity is the peak velocity of the atrial reversal component.
Pulmonary Vein A-Wave Duration (A. Rev Dur)

Pulmonary atrial flow reversal duration is the time between the diastolic component of pulmonary
venous flow and the closure of the mitral valve.
Sys/Dia (Systole/Diastole)
Ratio of the velocity measured at systole and the velocity measured at diastole.
Vascular Reference Pressure Gradient

where, PGmax :Max Pressure gradient
V : the maximum instantaneous velocity(m/sec)
Carotid, UE Artery, LE Artery, LE Vein

%STA
Resistivity Index
Reference: Jacob, Normaan M et, al., “ Duplex Carotid Sonography : Crieteria for Stenosis, Accuracy, and
Pitfalls,” Radiology 154: 385~391, 1985.
Reference: Burns, Peter N., “ The Physical principles of Doppler Spectral Analysis,” Journal of Clinical
Ultrasound, Nov./Dec. 1987, Vol.15, No.9,p.586
%STD
Pulsatility Index
Reference: Taylor K. J. W., Burns P. N., Breslau P., “Clinical Applications of Doppler Ultrasound”, Raven
Press, N.Y., pages 130-136.
Reference: Burns, Peter N., “ The Physical principles of Doppler Spectral Analysis,” Journal of Clinical
Volume Flow (Area)
S/D (ratio of Systolic to Diastolic Velocity)
Volume Flow (Dist.)

Reference: Ameriso S, et al., “Pulseless Transcranial Doppler Finding in Takayasu’s Arteritis,” J Clin Ultra-
sound, September 1990; 18:592-6
D/S (ratio of Diastolic to Systolic Velocity)

Urology Reference Volume Flow (Area)
Resistivity Index Volume Flow (Dist.)
Reference: Burns, Peter N., “The Physical principles of Doppler Spectral Analysis,” Journal of Clinical
Ultrasound, Nov./Dec. 1987, Vol.15, No.9, p.586
Prostate Vloume (3 Distances)
Pulsatility Index
Reference: Burns, Peter N., “The Physical principles of Doppler Spectral Analysis,” Journal of Clinical
Prostate Vloume (3 Distances x Factor)
Ultrasound, Nov./Dec. 1987, Vol.15, No.9, p.585
S/D (ratio of Systolic to Diastolic Velocity) Prostate Vloume (Ellipsoid)
sound, September 1990; 18:592-6
Prostate Vloume (Sum of 20 Disks)
Prostate Spec. Antigen
Pressure Gradient
where, PGmax :Max Pressure gradient

V: the maximum instantaneous velocity (m/sec)
Residual Volume Fetal Echo Reference

Stroke Volume (SV)
%STA
where, EDV : End Diastolic Volume, ESV : End Systolic Volume

Reference: Jacob, Normaan M et, al., “ Duplex Carotid Sonography : Criteria for Stenosis, Accuracy, and
Pitfalls,” Radiology 154: 385~391, 1985.
Cardiac Output (CO)
%STD

Reference: Taylor K. J. W., Burns P. N., Breslau P., “Clinical Applications of Doppler
where, EDV : End Diastolic Volume, ESV : End Systolic Volume

Reference: Oh, J.K., Seward, J.B., Tajik, A.J. “The Echo Manual” Boston: Little, Brown and Company, 1994;
43

Teichholz
Cubed
Gibson Resistivity Index

LV Vol. s (LV Volume Systolic) Reference: Burns, Peter N., “ The Physical principles of Doppler Spectral Analysis,” Journal of Clinical
Teichholz
Pulsatility Index
Cubed Reference: Burns, Peter N., “ The Physical principles of Doppler Spectral Analysis,” Journal of Clinical
Reference: Pombo, J.F., et. al. “Left Ventricular Volumes and Ejection Fractioin by Echocardiography.” Ultrasound, Nov./Dec. 1987, Vol.15, No.9,p.585
S/D (ratio of Systolic to Diastolic Velocity)

Gibson
LV Mass sound, September 1990; 18:592-6
Reference: Oh, J.K., Seward, J.B. The Echo Manual. Boston: Little, Brown and company, 1994, p.43.
Fractional Shortening of Left Ventricle Internal diameter

A percent change in LV cavity dimension with systolic contraction
Preload Index
Harvey Feigenbaum, “ Echocardiography”, 1995 fifth edition / Artrial Reversal Flow / Systolic Flow /
Reference: Toru Kanzaki, Yoshihide Chiba, Evaluation of the Preload Condition of the Fetus by Inferior
Vena Caval Blood Flow Pattern Fetal Diagn Ther 1990; 5; 168-174
Acoustic Output Tables fawf the ACOUSTIC WORKING FREQUENCY. Center frequency. (megahertz)
Focal Length The nominal focal points, azimuthal (FLx) and elevational (FLy), for the
operating condition. (centimeters).
Ipa, a at max. MI the ATTENUATED PULSE–AVERAGE INTENSITY at the depth of reported MI,
IEC 60601–2–37 Tables zat–max–Ipi, a . (watts per square centimeter).
Ita, a (z) the ATTENUATED TEMPORAL–AVERAGE INTENSITY at axial distance z
.
(milliwatts per square centimeter)
Symbols and Definitions
MI the displayed parameter representing potential cavitation bio–effects.
Standard 60601–2–37 published by the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC)
(unit–less)
requires the declaration of acoustic output information. The definitions and units of the
symbols in those tables are listed below, and are consistent with IEC 60601–2–37 and IEC P the time–average ultrasonic OUTPUT POWER radiated by the transducer
62359. Definitions for CAPITALIZED parameters, if not found here, can be found in the for the transmit pattern(s) associated with the report–ed Index. For
reference documents. TIS–non–scan and TIB–non–scan this is the total acoustic power of
the non–scanned beam(s). For TIC it is the total acoustic power of the
All table entries have been obtained at the operating conditions that give rise to the
contributing modes (which will be list–ed separately, for the reader to
Maximum Index Value (shown in the second row of the table). Due to the complexities of the
sum). The reported maximum TIS–scan value may (likely) come from a
system user interface, it may be difficult to exactly replicate the declared condition. Contact
combinational mode. In this case, P = P1 + P1x1. P1 is the BOUNDED OUTPUT
Medison for further information as needed.
POWER (the maximum power emitted from a one cm width of the active
Note that Medison provides information for both of the TIS non–scanned columns. The (scanned) transmit aperture of the transducer in the scan plane direction)
‘Aaprt≤1’ (cm2) column is an ‘at–surface’ TIS value and the ‘Aaprt>1’ (cm2) column is a ‘below of each the scanned transmit modes. For instance in 2D color mode P1–2D
surface’ TIS value. The tables will provide additional informational flags (‘**’) in the event that and P1–Col will be listed. P1x1 is the ma–ximum contribution from any one
the largest TIS non–scanned value is an ‘at–surface’ value with Aaprt > 1 cm2, or if the largest square centimeter of the non–scanned transmit mode(s) active aperture.
TIS non–scanned value is a ‘below–surface’ value with Aaprt ≤ 1 cm2 case (very rare). (milliwatts).
Aaprt the –12 dB OUTPUT BEAM AREA, or transmit aperture area, of the Pα(z) the (ultrasonic) ATTENUATED OUTPUT POWER at axial dist–ance z for the
s,
ultrasonic beam. Derived from the –12 dB OUTPUT BEAM DIMENSIONS. non–scanned modes or TRANSMIT PATTERNS. (milliwatts)
(centimeters squared)
Pr, α the ATTENUATED PEAK–RAREFACTIONAL ACOUSTIC PRESSURE
deq at max. Ipi the EQUIVALENT BEAM DIAMETER at the point where the free–field (non– associated with the transmit pattern giving rise to the reported value of
attenuated), PULSE INTENSITY INTEGRAL is a maximum (centimeters). MI. (megapascals)
deq(zb) the EQUIVALENT BEAM DIAMETER at axial distance zb. Equal to [(4/п) Pr at max. Ipi the PEAK–RAREFACTIONAL ACOUSTIC PRESSURE at the point where the

(Pα(zb) / Ita, α(zb))]0.5. (centimeters) free–field (non–attenuated), PULSE INTENSITY INTEGRAL is a maximum
Dim of Aaprt the –12 dB OUTPUT BEAM DIMENSIONS. The active apertu–re dimensions (megapascals).
in the azimuthal and elevational directions. (cent–imeters). For scanned prr the PULSE REPETITION RATE associated with the transmit pattern giving
modes, the ‘X–dim’ is the length of the entire scanned aperture. rise to the reported value of MI (pulses per second).
TIB the BONE THERMAL INDEX for applications, such as fetal (second and
third trimester) or neonatal cephalic (through the fontanelle), in which Explanatory Notes
the ultrasound beam passes through soft tissue and a focal region is in This index is not required to this operating mode.
the immediate vicinity of bone. (unit–less) This probe is not intended for adult transcranial uses.
TIC the CRANIAL BONE THERMAL INDEX. This formulation for TIS is less than that for an alternate formulation in this mode.
TISscan the SOFT TISSUE THERMAL INDEX in a scanning mode. (unit–less) The maximum index value is less than 1.0
TISnon–scan the SOFT TISSUE THERMAL INDEX in a non–auto scanning mode. (unit– * If the MI comes from a scanning mode Transmit Pattern (pulse), the ‘prr’ listed is the
less) average per second for the 'worst case' scan line. ‘prr’ for scanning modes is the product
td the PULSE DURATION associated with the TRANSMIT PATTERN giving rise of the frame rate and the number of pulse per line of the Transmit Pattern .
to the reported value of MI. (microseconds) ** The max TIS unscanned value is an ‘at–surface’ value and occurs for aperture > 1.0 cm^2,
z–at–max–Ipi, a
the axial distance from the transducer where the ATTENUATED PULSE OR The max TIS unscanned value is a ‘below–surface’ value and occurs for aperture <= 1.0
INTENSITY INTEGRAL Ipi, a is maximum. cm^2.
zb
the distance where TIB–non–scan is determined. For non–scanned modes, + The max TIB for this combinational mode = the at–surface TIS–scanned value. The non–
Distance along the beam axis to the plane where the product of the scanned–TIB value indicated is the below–surface max. A “+” is used when the TIB value is
ATTENUATED OUTPUT POWER and ATTENUATED TEMPORAL–AVERAGE less than the TIS–scanned value for the operating condition.
INTENSITY (Pα(z) x Ita, a(z)) maximizes. (centimeters)
zbp value equal to 1.5 times the EQUIVALENT APERTURE DIAMETER (Deq). Also
equals 1.69 * . (centimeters)
zs the distance where TIS–non–scan is determined. The axial distance
corresponding to the location of max[min(Pα(z), Ita, α(z)x1 cm2)], where z >=
zbp. (centimeters)
Mini DLP Type C2-5: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA
TIS TIB
Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC
C2–5 scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
non–scan
Maximum Index Value 1.52 1.75 0.927 0.745** 2.48 (b)

C2–5: 2D& 2D+M mode Pr, α (MPa) 2.41 – – – – –
TIS TIB 2D P1:12.7
P (mW) – PD P1x1:64.5 – PD P:64.5 (b)
Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC Col P1:115
scan non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 51.8 – –
a (zs)x1cm^2]
Maximum Index Value 1.43 1.50 0.114 0.128 0.313+ (b)
zs (cm) – – – 1.05 – –
Pr, α (MPa) 2.51 – – – – –
zbp (cm) – – – 1.35 – –
P (mW) – 2D P1: 94.4 M P1x1: 7.74 – M P: 7.89 (b) Associated
zb (cm) – – – – 1.05 –
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 11.6 – – Acoustic
a (zs)x1cm^2] z–at–max–Ipi, α (cm) 0.750 – – – – –
Parameters
zs (cm) – – – 3.75 – – deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.474 –
Associated zbp (cm) – – – 3.12 – – 2D :2.19
fawf (MHz) 2.51 3.02 3.02 3.02 (b)
zb (cm) – – – – 0.900 – Col :2.95
Acoustic
Parameters z–at–max–Ipi, α (cm) 1.20 – – – – – 2D :3.48
X (cm) – 0.491 0.491 0.491 (b)
Dim of Aaprt Col :1.39
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.487 –
Y (cm) – 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 (b)
fawf (MHz) 3.08 3.33 3.08 2.31 2.37 (b)
td (µsec) 0.975 – – – – –
X (cm) – 1.80 0.491 2.62 0.491 (b)
Dim of Aaprt prr (pulses/sec) 100* – – – – –
Y (cm) – 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 (b)
td (µsec) 0.394 – – – – – Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.30 – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 68.2* – – – – – Other deq at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.474 –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.74 – – – – – Information Ipa, a at max. MI (W/cm2) 203 – – – – –
Other deq at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.487 – FLx (cm) – – 2.00 2.00 – –
Focal Length
Information Ipa, a at max. MI (W/cm2) 250 – – – – – FLy (cm) – – 7.60 7.60 – –
FLx (cm) – – 2.00 17.5 – –
Focal Length
FLy (cm) – – 7.60 7.60 – – Control 1 MI
Operating
Control Control 2 TIS_as
Control 1 MI Conditions
Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs TIB_bs
Operating Control 2 TIS–as
Control Control 3 TIS–as–U Control 1: 2D+Color Mode, 2D:2.1MHz Col:2.6MHz , Focus:2.0Cm, FR:10.04, Data No:2316615623-628950
Conditions Control 4 TIS–bs Control 2: 2D+Color Mode, 2D:2.1MHz Col:3.1MHz , Focus:3.5Cm, FR:17.27, Data No:2316605431-174418
Control 3: Triple Mode, 2D:2.1MHz PD:3.1MHz Col:2.6MHz , Focus:2.0Cm, FR:19.25, Data No:2316629484-836437
Control 5 TIB–bs
Control 1: 2D Mode, 2D: 3.6MHz, Focus: 2.0Cm, FR: 68.16, Data No: 2316555577–360221
Control 2: 2D Mode, 2D: 4.1MHz, Focus: 2.0Cm, FR: 136.32, Data No: 2316543434–757886
Control 3: 2D+M Mode, 2D: 3.6MHz M: 3.6MHz, Focus: 2.0Cm, FR: 65.46, Data No: 2316556384–534144
C2-5: Pulsed Doppler &2D+Pulsed Doppler

C2-8
TIS TIB
scan non–scan C2-8: 2D& 2D+M mode
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
Maximum Index Value 1.48 1.14 1.34 1.30 3.31 (b)
Pr, α (MPa) 2.57 – – – – – scan non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
2D P1: 3.80
P (mW) – PD P1x1: 93.4 – PD P: 95.5 (b)
PD P1x1: 75.8 Maximum Index Value 1.10 1.15 0.0390 0.0440 0.109+ (b)
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 110 – –
Pr, α (MPa) 1.87 – – – – –
a (zs)x1cm^2]
P (mW) – 2D P1: 52.9 M P1x1: 1.80 – M P: 2.67 (b)
zs (cm) – – – 3.75 – –
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 3.20 – –
zbp (cm) – – – 3.12 – – a (zs)x1cm^2]
Associated
zb (cm) – – – – 1.65 – zs (cm) – – – 4.24 – –
Acoustic
z–at–max–Ipi, α (cm) 1.05 – – – – – Associated zbp (cm) – – – 3.11 – –
Parameters
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.488 – Acoustic zb (cm) – – – – 1.38 –
2D : 2.20 Parameters z–at–max–Ipi, α (cm) 1.38 – – – – –
fawf (MHz) 3.04 3.02 2.50 2.55 (b)
PD : 3.05 deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.408 –
2D : 5.24 fawf (MHz) 2.88 4.55 4.54 2.91 2.88 (b)
X (cm) – 0.654 2.62 0.654 (b)
Dim of Aaprt PD : 0.654
X (cm) – 2.40 0.866 3.08 0.481 (b)
Y (cm) – 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 (b) Dim of Aaprt
Y (cm) – 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 (b)
td (µsec) 1.03 – – – – –
td (µsec) 0.568 – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 999 – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 89.3* – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.72 – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.19 – – – – –
Other deq at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.418 –
Information Ipa, a at max. MI (W/cm2) 314 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 3.50 14.5 – –
Focal Length FLx (cm) – – 3.50 17.5 – –
FLy (cm) – – 7.60 7.60 – – Focal Length
FLy (cm) – – 7.00 7.00 – –
Control 1 MI
Control 1 MI
Control Control 3 TIS–as–U
Conditions Control Control 3 TIS–as–U
Control 4 TIS–bs Conditions Control 4 TIS–bs
Control 5 TIB–bs
Control 5 TIB–bs
Control 1: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 3.1MHz , Focus: 2.0Cm, Data No: 2316627952-815388
Control 2: 2D+PulsedDoppler Mode, 2D: 2.1MHz PD: 3.1MHz , Focus: 3.5Cm, FR: 68.16, Data No: 2316631419-899378 Control 1: 2D Mode, 2D: 2.8MHz , Focus: 2.0Cm, FR: 89.32, Data No: 154490784-167289
Control 3: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 3.1MHz , Focus: 3.5Cm, Data No: 2316630791-602043 Control 2: 2D Mode, 2D: 4.7MHz , Focus: 3.5Cm, FR: 178.64, Data No: 154460160-134745
Control 4: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 2.6MHz , Focus: 14.5Cm, Data No: 2316663266-925805 Control 3: 2D+M Mode, 2D: 4.7MHz M: 4.7MHz , Focus: 3.5Cm, FR: 87.48, Data No: 154460734-422148
Control 5: 2D+M Mode, 2D: 2.8MHz M: 2.8MHz , Focus: 2.0Cm, FR: 87.48, Data No: 154491894-567012
C2-8: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA C2-8: Pulsed Doppler &2D+Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC
scan non–scan scan non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
Maximum Index Value 1.12 1.13 0.690 0.538 1.78 (b) Maximum Index Value 1.27 0.820 1.04 0.930 2.65 (b)
Pr, α (MPa) 1.98 – – – – – Pr, α (MPa) 2.22 – – – – –
2D P1: 2.09 2D P1: 1.40
P (mW) – PD P1x1: 46.8 – PD P: 45.0 (b) P (mW) – PD P1x1: 72.2 – PD P: 66.4 (b)
Col P1: 75.0 PD P1x1: 54.4
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 36.4 – – Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 64.3 – –
a (zs)x1cm^2] a (zs)x1cm^2]
zs (cm) – – – 1.60 – – zs (cm) – – – 1.70 – –

zbp (cm) – – – 1.91 – – zbp (cm) – – – 2.27 – –
Associated Associated
zb (cm) – – – – 1.50 – zb (cm) – – – – 1.50 –
Acoustic Acoustic
z–at–max–Ipi, α (cm) 0.900 – – – – – z–at–max–Ipi, α (cm) 1.90 – – – – –
Parameters Parameters
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.408 – deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.406 –
2D : 2.59 2D : 2.61
fawf (MHz) 3.10 3.10 3.10 3.09 (b) fawf (MHz) 3.03 3.03 3.04 3.08 (b)
Col : 3.10 PD : 3.10
2D : 3.56 2D : 6.16
X (cm) – 0.866 1.15 0.481 (b) X (cm) – 0.866 1.64 0.481 (b)
Dim of Aaprt Col : 1.44 Dim of Aaprt PD : 0.866
Y (cm) – 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 (b) Y (cm) – 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 (b)
td (µsec) 0.818 – – – – – td (µsec) 1.19 – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 133* – – – – – prr (pulses/sec) 999 – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.18 – – – – – Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.82 – – – – –
Other deq at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.403 – Other deq at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.400 –
Information Ipa, a at max. MI (W/cm2) 153 – – – – – Information Ipa, a at max. MI (W/cm2) 234 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 3.50 5.00 – – FLx (cm) – – 3.50 6.80 – –
Focal Length Focal Length
FLy (cm) – – 7.00 7.00 – – FLy (cm) – – 7.00 7.00 – –
Control 1 MI Control 1 MI TIS–as–U

Control 2 TIS–as Operating Control 2 TIS–as
Operating Control
Control Control 3 TIS–as–U Conditions Control 3 TIS–bs
Conditions Control 4 TIS–bs Control 4 TIB–bs
Control 5 TIB–bs
Control 1: 2D+Color Mode, 2D: 2.4MHz Col: 3.1MHz , Focus: 2.0Cm, FR: 10.22, Data No: 154539093-675474 Control 2: 2D+PulsedDoppler Mode, 2D: 2.4MHz PD: 3.1MHz , Focus: 3.5Cm, FR: 89.32, Data No: 154575762-8656
Control 2: 2D+Color Mode, 2D: 2.4MHz Col: 3.1MHz , Focus: 2.0Cm, FR: 12.42, Data No: 154540128-716812 Control 3: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 3.1MHz , Focus: 6.8Cm, Data No: 154581371-590240
Control 3: Triple Mode, 2D: 2.4MHz PD: 3.1MHz Col: 2.8MHz , Focus: 3.5Cm, FR: 15.82, Data No: 154576641-396275 Control 4: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 3.1MHz , Focus: 2.0Cm, Data No: 154571469-438588
Control 4: Triple Mode, 2D: 2.4MHz PD: 3.1MHz Col: 2.8MHz , Focus: 5.0Cm, FR: 15.82, Data No: 154580076-762106
C4-9: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA

C4-9
TIS TIB
C4-9: 2D& 2D+M mode scan non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
Maximum Index Value 1.27 1.06 0.807 0.552** 1.75 1.47
scan non–scan Pr, α (MPa) 2.84 – – – – –
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
2D P: 0.873
2D P1: 1.06
Maximum Index Value 0.742 0.528 0.0470 0.0340** 0.0410+ 0.632 P (mW) – PD P1x1: 33.3 – PD P: 33.3 PD P: 33.3
Col P1: 43.6
Pr, α (MPa) 1.72 – – – – – Col P: 8.40
P (mW) – 2D P1: 21.0 M P1x1: 1.99 – M P: 1.27 2D P: 31.8 Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 22.8 – –
a (zs)x1cm^2]
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 1.35 – –
a (zs)x1cm^2]
zs (cm) – – – 1.08 – –
zs (cm) – – – 0.680 – – zbp (cm) – – – 1.01 – –

Associated zb (cm) – – – – 1.08 –
Associated zbp (cm) – – – 1.52 – –
Acoustic z–at–max–Ipi, α (cm) 1.08 – – – – –
Acoustic zb (cm) – – – – 1.40 –
Parameters deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.294 –
Parameters z–at–max–Ipi, α (cm) 1.08 – – – – –
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.419 – 2D : 4.85
2D : 4.70
fawf (MHz) 4.97 5.08 5.08 5.08 PD : 5.08
fawf (MHz) 5.40 5.29 4.99 5.23 5.44 4.98 Col : 4.97
Col : 4.05
X (cm) – 1.90 1.35 1.35 0.633 2.07 2D : 2.70
Dim of Aaprt 2D : 2.70
Y (cm) – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 X (cm) – 0.591 0.591 0.591 PD : 0.591
Dim of Aaprt Col : 1.24
Col : 1.29
td (µsec) 0.132 – – – – –
Y (cm) – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600
prr (pulses/sec) 26.7* – – – – –
td (µsec) 0.501 – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.00 – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 102* – – – – –
Information 2 Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.41 – – – – –
Ipa, a at max. MI (W/cm ) 135 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 7.50 7.50 – –
Focal Length Information Ipa, a at max. MI (W/cm2) 332 – – – – –
FLy (cm) – – 3.00 3.00 – –
FLx (cm) – – 1.50 1.50 – –
Focal Length
FLy (cm) – – 3.00 3.00 – –
Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS–as
Operating Operating Control 1 MI TIS–as
Control 3 TIS–as–U
Control Control
Control 4 TIS–bs Conditions Control 2 TIS–as–U TIS–bs TIB–bs TIC–as
Conditions
Control 5 TIB–bs
Control 6 TIC–as Control 1: 2D+Color Mode, 2D: 4.4MHz Col: 5.1MHz , Focus: 1.5Cm, FR: 8.52, Data No: 1418065526-800874
Control 1: 2D Mode, 2D: 6.2MHz , Focus: 2.0Cm, FR: 26.73, Data No: 1417923969-833358

CF4-9
TIS TIB
scan non–scan CF4-9: 2D& 2D+M mode
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
Maximum Index Value 1.24 1.01 1.08 0.690** 2.01 1.37
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
2D P1: 1.71
P (mW) – PD P1x1: 45.9 – PD P: 41.8 PD P: 41.8
PD P1x1: 40.3 Maximum Index Value 1.24 0.392 0.0277 0.0180** 0.0669+ 0.511
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 29.2 – –
Pr, α (MPa) 2.79 – – – – –
a (zs)x1cm^2]
P (mW) – 2D P1:14.8 M P1x1:1.09 – M P:0.752 2D P:22.8
zs (cm) – – – 1.32 – –
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 0.700 – –
zbp (cm) – – – 1.52 – – a (zs)x1cm^2]
Associated
zb (cm) – – – – 1.24 – zs (cm) – – – 1.20 – –
Acoustic
Parameters
fawf (MHz) 5.02 4.96 4.96 4.43 4.43
PD : 5.03 deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.183 –
2D : 2.70 fawf (MHz) 5.06 5.56 5.34 5.34 4.65 4.77
X (cm) – 1.35 1.35 0.760 0.760
X (cm) – 1.76 1.16 1.16 0.434 2.32
Y (cm) – – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 Dim of Aaprt
Y (cm) – 0.420 0.420 0.420 0.420 0.420
td (µsec) 0.696 – – – – –
td (µsec) 0.251 – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 46.0* – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.34 – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.21 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 9.00 9.00 – –
FLy (cm) – 3.00 3.00 – – Focal Length
FLy (cm) – – 2.50 2.50 – –
Control 1 MI TIS–as
Operating Control 1 MI
Control 2
Control Operating Control 2 TIS–as TIS–as–U TIS–bs
Conditions Control 3 TIS–as–U TIS–bs Control
Conditions Control 3 TIB–bs
Control 4 TIB–bs TIC–as
Control 4 TIC–as
Control 2: 2D+PulsedDoppler Mode, 2D: 4.4MHz PD: 5.1MHz , Focus: 4.0Cm, FR: 22.69, Data No: 1418246417-358328 Control 1: 2D Mode, 2D: 6.2MHz, Focus: 2.0Cm, FR: 46.03, Data No: 2598854367-496404
Control 3: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 5.1MHz , Focus: 9.0Cm, Data No: 1418286150-147433 Control 2: 2D Mode, 2D: 7.7MHz, Focus: 7.5Cm, FR: 75.43, Data No: 2598850058-673493
Control 4: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 4.4MHz , Focus: 2.0Cm, Data No: 1418307129-808476 Control 3: 2D+M Mode, 2D: 7.7MHz M: 7.7MHz, Focus: 9.0Cm, FR: 59.95, Data No: 2598852068-368808
Control 4: 2D+M Mode, 2D: 4.4MHz M: 4.4MHz, Focus: 2.0Cm, FR: 88.45, Data No: 2598867739-512311
Control 5: 2D Mode, 2D: 4.4MHz, Focus: 7.5Cm, FR: 37.72, Data No: 2598874640-954772
CF4-9: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA CF4-9: Pulsed Doppler &2D+Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Maximum Index Value 1.07 0.624 0.274 0.178** 0.891 0.900 Maximum Index Value 1.40 0.368 0.549 0.399** 1.39 0.712
Pr, α (MPa) 2.43 – – – – – Pr, α (MPa) 3.16 – – – – –
2D P1:0.182 2D P:0.677 2D P1:0.690
P (mW) – PD P1x1:11.1 – PD P:7.67 P (mW) – PD P1x1:22.4 – PD P:17.8 PD P:22.4
Col P1:25.3 Col P:27.6 PD P1x1:14.3
zs (cm) – – – 1.20 – – zs (cm) – – – 0.900 – –

zbp (cm) – – – 1.18 – – zbp (cm) – – – 1.18 – –
zb (cm) – – – – 0.800 – zb (cm) – – – – 1.40 –
Acoustic Acoustic
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.145 – deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.193 –
2D :4.96 2D :4.97 2D :5.09
fawf (MHz) 5.15 5.17 5.17 5.17 fawf (MHz) 5.11 5.14 5.14 4.39 5.14
Col :5.15 Col :4.46 PD :5.17
2D :1.85 2D :1.85 2D :2.32
X (cm) – 1.16 1.16 0.398 X (cm) – 1.16 1.16 0.796 1.16
Dim of Aaprt Col :1.14 Col :1.14 Dim of Aaprt PD :1.16
Y (cm) – 0.420 0.420 0.420 0.420 0.420 Y (cm) – 0.420 0.420 0.420 0.420 0.420
td (µsec) 0.474 – – – – – td (µsec) 0.653 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 7.50 7.50 – – FLx (cm) – – 6.50 6.50 – –
FLy (cm) – – 2.50 2.50 – – FLy (cm) – – 2.50 2.50 – –
Control 1 MI TIS–as Control 1 MI

Operating Control 2 TIS–as–U TIS–bs Operating Control 2 TIS–as TIS–as–U TIS–bs TIC–as
Control Control
Conditions Control 3 TIB–bs Conditions Control 3 TIB–bs
Control 4 TIC–as Control 4
Control 1: 2D+Color Mode, 2D:4.4MHz Col:5.1MHz , Focus:1.0Cm, FR:21.28, Data No:2598877696-842002 Control 1: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD:5.1MHz , Focus:1.0Cm, Data No:2598903024-878665
Control 2: Triple Mode, 2D:4.4MHz PD:5.1MHz Col:4.4MHz , Focus:7.5Cm, FR:11.76, Data No:2598920883-936460 Control 2: 2D+PulsedDoppler Mode, 2D:4.4MHz PD:5.1MHz , Focus:4.0Cm, FR:37.43, Data No:2598912101-281640
Control 3: Triple Mode, 2D:4.4MHz PD:5.1MHz Col:4.4MHz , Focus:1.0Cm, FR:24.26, Data No:2598904672-585516 Control 3: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD:5.1MHz , Focus:6.5Cm, Data No:2598916579-838724
SP3-8: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA

SP3-8
TIS TIB
SP3-8: 2D& 2D+M mode scan non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
Maximum Index Value 0.732 1.47 0.747 0.510** 0.806+ 2.03
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
2D P1:10.7 2D P:5.60
P (mW) – PD P1x1:37.0 – PD P:31.7
Maximum Index Value 0.853 1.33 0.0889 0.0630** 0.120+ 1.53 Col P1:67.3 Col P:44.6
Pr, α (MPa) 1.72 – – – – – Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 25.3 – –
a (zs)x1cm^2]
P (mW) – 2D P1:50.3 M P1x1:5.07 – M P:5.23 2D P:53.5
zs (cm) – – – 1.30 – –
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 4.00 – –
a (zs)x1cm^2] Associated zbp (cm) – – – 1.66 – –
zs (cm) – – – 1.30 – – Acoustic zb (cm) – – – – 3.80 –
Associated zbp (cm) – – – 1.66 – – Parameters z–at–max–Ipi, α (cm) 3.90 – – – – –
Acoustic zb (cm) – – – – 3.80 – deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.345 –
Parameters z–at–max–Ipi, α (cm) 0.600 – – – – – 2D :3.00 2D :3.03
fawf (MHz) 3.00 4.24 4.24 3.56
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.431 – Col :4.10 Col :3.51
fawf (MHz) 4.08 5.53 3.69 3.34 2.96 3.38 X (cm) – 0.960 0.960 0.960 0.960 0.300
Dim of Aaprt
X (cm) – 0.600 0.960 0.960 0.960 0.600 Y (cm) – 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Dim of Aaprt td (µsec) 0.513 – – – – –
Y (cm) – 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
td (µsec) 0.208 – – – – – prr (pulses/sec) 12.4* – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 95.2* – – – – – Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 1.95 – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 1.87 – – – – – Other deq at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.296 –
Information Ipa, a at max. MI (W/cm2) 81.6 – – – – –
Information Ipa, a at max. MI (W/cm2) 125 – – – – – FLx (cm) – – 14.0 14.0 – –
Focal Length
FLx (cm) – – 16.0 16.0 – – FLy (cm) – – 7.00 7.00 – –
Focal Length
FLy (cm) – – 7.00 7.00 – –
Operating Control 2 TIS–as–U TIS–bs
Control 1 MI Control
Control 2 TIS–as Conditions Control 3 TIB–bs
Operating Control 3 TIS–as–U Control 4 TIC–as
Control
Conditions Control 4 TIS–bs
Control 1: 2D+Color Mode, 2D:2.8MHz Col:4.4MHz , Focus:8.0Cm, FR:12.45, Data No:444511222-544459
Control 5 TIB–bs Control 2: Triple Mode, 2D:2.8MHz PD:4.4MHz Col:3.6MHz , Focus:14.0Cm, FR:8.12, Data No:444576333-893705
Control 6 TIC–as Control 3: Triple Mode, 2D:2.8MHz PD:3.6MHz Col:3.6MHz , Focus:8.0Cm, FR:12.45, Data No:444598972-229949
Control 1: 2D Mode, 2D:5.1MHz , Focus:2.0Cm, FR:95.22, Data No:444397536-583647
Control 3: 2D+M Mode, 2D:5.1MHz M:5.1MHz , Focus:16.0Cm, FR:38.03, Data No:444417903-829070
SP3-8: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler SP3-8: CW

TIS TIB TIS TIB
Maximum Index Value 0.982 1.02 1.42 0.985** 1.91 1.65 Maximum Index Value 0.0505 (a) 1.01 0.854** 2.29 1.86
Pr, α (MPa) 1.84 – – – – – Pr, α (MPa) 0.0991 – – – – –
P (mW) – – PD P1x1:71.3 – PD P:50.8 PD P:40.8 P (mW) – (a) CW P1x1:55.2 – CW P:53.9 CW P:55.2
zs (cm) – – – 1.20 – – zs (cm) – – – 0.600 – –

zbp (cm) – – – 1.66 – – Associated zbp (cm) – – – 1.12 – –
Associated
zb (cm) – – – – 1.40 – Acoustic zb (cm) – – – – 1.20 –
Acoustic
z–at–max–Ipi, α (cm) 3.60 – – – – – Parameters z–at–max–Ipi, α (cm) 1.20 – – – – –
Parameters
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.422 – deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.377 –
2D :3.05 fawf (MHz) 3.85 (a) 3.85 3.85 3.85 3.85
fawf (MHz) 3.51 4.18 4.20 3.56 4.29
PD :4.24 X (cm) – (a) 0.435 0.435 0.435 0.435
X (cm) – 0.960 0.960 0.960 0.600 0.300 Dim of Aaprt
Dim of Aaprt Y (cm) – (a) 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Y (cm) – 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 td (µsec) CW – – – – –
td (µsec) 1.08 – – – – – prr (pulses/sec) CW – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 999 – – – – – Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 0.120 – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.71 – – – – – deq at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.354 –
Other
Other deq at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.299 – Information Ipa, a at max. MI (W/cm2) 0.341 – – – – –
Information Ipa, a at max. MI (W/cm2) 162 – – – – – FLx (cm) – – 4.00 14.0 – –
FLx (cm) – – 16.0 10.0 – – Focal Length
Focal Length FLy (cm) – – 7.00 7.00 – –
FLy (cm) – – 7.00 7.00 – –
Operating Control 1 MI TIB–bs

Control 1 MI Control Control 2 TIS–as–U TIC–as
Control 2 TIS–as Conditions Control 3 TIS–bs
Operating Control 3 TIS–as–U
Control
Conditions Control 4 TIS–bs Control 1: CW Mode, CW:3.9MHz , Focus:2.0Cm, Data No:444886700-256247
Control 5 TIB–bs Control 2: CW Mode, CW:3.9MHz , Focus:4.0Cm, Data No:444887176-855297
Control 3: CW Mode, CW:3.9MHz , Focus:14.0Cm, Data No:444889476-386128
Control 6 TIC–as
Control 1: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD:3.6MHz , Focus:6.0Cm, Data No:444591642-417465

Control 2: 2D+PulsedDoppler Mode, 2D:2.8MHz PD:4.4MHz , Focus:14.0Cm, FR:48.65, Data No:444575159-230128
L3-8: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA

L3-8
TIS TIB
L3-8: 2D& 2D+M mode scan non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
Maximum Index Value 1.49 1.57 1.14** 0.830 1.57 (b)
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
2D P1: 6.82
P (mW) – PD P1x1: 55.7 – PD P: 61.1 (b)
Maximum Index Value 1.60 1.37 0.0670** 0.0490 0.121+ (b) Col P1: 72.8
a (zs)x1cm^2]
P (mW) – 2D P1: 59.7 M P1x1: 2.89 – M P: 1.52 (b)
zs (cm) – – – 1.50 – –
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 2.11 – –
a (zs)x1cm^2] zbp (cm) – – – 1.83 – –
Associated
zs (cm) – – – 1.40 – – zb (cm) – – – – 1.80 –
Acoustic
Associated zbp (cm) – – – 1.83 – – z–at–max–Ipi, α (cm) 1.65 – – – – –
Parameters
Parameters z–at–max–Ipi, α (cm) 1.30 – – – – – 2D : 3.54
fawf (MHz) 4.23 4.30 4.28 4.30 (b)
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.166 – Col : 4.20
fawf (MHz) 3.77 4.81 4.85 4.85 3.82 (b) 2D : 3.90

X (cm) – 1.83 1.95 1.83 (b)
X (cm) – 1.31 1.95 1.95 0.975 (b)
Dim of Aaprt Y (cm) – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
Y (cm) – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
td (µsec) 0.608 – – – – –
td (µsec) 0.286 – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 119* – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 64.9* – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.82 – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.35 – – – – –
Information Ipa, a at max. MI (W/cm )2
691 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 5.50 7.50 – –
FLy (cm) – – 2.00 2.00 – –
Control 1 MI
Control 1 MI Operating Control 2 TIS–as
Operating Control 2 TIS–as Control
Control Conditions Control 3 TIS–as–U TIB–bs
Conditions Control 3 TIS–as–U TIS–bs
Control 4 TIS–bs
Control 4 TIB–bs
Control 1: 2D+Color Mode, 2D: 3.4MHz Col: 4.4MHz , Focus: 2.5Cm, FR: 9.15, Data No: 3798184465-694573
Control 1: 2D Mode, 2D: 3.4MHz , Focus: 1.7Cm, FR: 64.92, Data No: 3798018433-107267 Control 2: 2D+Color Mode, 2D: 3.4MHz Col: 4.4MHz , Focus: 3.2Cm, FR: 9.02, Data No: 3798189506-271564
Control 2: 2D Mode, 2D: 6.2MHz , Focus: 1.0Cm, FR: 129.83, Data No: 3797892845-259347 Control 3: Triple Mode, 2D: 3.4MHz PD: 4.4MHz Col: 3.9MHz , Focus: 5.5Cm, FR: 12.39, Data No: 3798375700-536008
Control 3: 2D+M Mode, 2D: 6.2MHz M: 6.2MHz , Focus: 7.5Cm, FR: 26.33, Data No: 3797924865-744534 Control 4: Triple Mode, 2D: 3.4MHz PD: 4.4MHz Col: 3.9MHz , Focus: 7.5Cm, FR: 9.22, Data No: 3798384215-151289
L3-8: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler

L5-12/50
TIS TIB
scan non–scan L5-12/50: 2D& 2D+M mode
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
Maximum Index Value 1.53 1.54 2.19** 1.72 3.19 (b)
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
2D P1: 11.2
P (mW) – PD P1x1: 108 – PD P: 127 (b)
PD P1x1: 57.7 Maximum Index Value 1.37 0.850 0.0730 0.0480** 0.114+ (b)
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 85.2 – –
Pr, α (MPa) 3.34 – – – – –
a (zs)x1cm^2]
P (mW) – 2D P1: 30.4 M P1x1: 3.04 – M P: 1.23 (b)
zs (cm) – – – 1.35 – –
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 2.07 – –
zbp (cm) – – – 1.83 – – a (zs)x1cm^2]
Associated
zb (cm) – – – – 1.35 – zs (cm) – – – 1.20 – –
Acoustic
Parameters
fawf (MHz) 4.84 4.25 4.25 4.25 (b)
PD : 4.91 deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.146 –
2D : 3.90 fawf (MHz) 5.93 5.88 5.07 4.87 5.12 (b)
X (cm) – 1.95 1.95 1.95 (b)
X (cm) – 1.52 2.50 2.50 0.624 (b)
Y (cm) – – 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b) Dim of Aaprt
Y (cm) – 0.400 0.400 0.400 0.400 (b)
td (µsec) 0.774 – – – – –
td (µsec) 0.224 – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 59.8* – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 4.31 – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 4.30 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 7.50 7.50 – –
FLy (cm) – 2.00 2.00 – – Focal Length
FLy (cm) – – 2.00 2.00 – –
Operating Control 1 MI TIS–as

Control 1 MI
Control Control 2
Conditions Operating Control 2 TIS–as
Control 3 TIS–as–U TIS–bs TIB–bs
Control 2: 2D+PulsedDoppler Mode, 2D: 3.4MHz PD: 5.1MHz , Focus: 5.5Cm, FR: 34.84, Data No: 3798304905-454049 Control 5 TIB–bs
L5-12/50: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA L5-12/50: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Maximum Index Value 1.27 1.13 0.506 0.304** 1.17 (b) Maximum Index Value 1.42 0.665 0.976 0.591** 1.25 (b)
Pr, α (MPa) 3.10 – – – – – Pr, α (MPa) 3.21 – – – – –
2D P1: 5.27 2D P1: 2.57
Col P1: 35.2 PD P1x1: 21.0
zs (cm) – – – 1.20 – – zs (cm) – – – 1.20 – –

zbp (cm) – – – 1.55 – – zbp (cm) – – – 1.55 – –
zb (cm) – – – – 0.600 – zb (cm) – – – – 0.600 –
Acoustic Acoustic
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.189 – deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.187 –
2D : 4.86 2D : 4.89
Col : 5.99 PD : 6.06
2D : 3.39 2D : 4.99
X (cm) – 2.11 2.11 0.234 (b) X (cm) – 2.11 2.11 0.234 (b)
Y (cm) – 0.400 0.400 0.400 0.400 (b) Y (cm) – 0.400 0.400 0.400 0.400 (b)
td (µsec) 0.367 – – – – – td (µsec) 0.603 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 6.50 6.50 – – FLx (cm) – – 6.50 6.50 – –
FLy (cm) – – 2.00 2.00 – – FLy (cm) – – 2.00 2.00 – –
Control 1 MI Control 1 MI
Operating Control 2 TIS–as Operating Control 2 TIS–as

Control Control 3 TIS–as–U Control Control 3 TIS–as–U
Conditions Control 4 TIS–bs Conditions Control 4 TIS–bs
Control 5 TIB–bs Control 5 TIB–bs
LN5-12: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA

LN5-12
TIS TIB
LN5-12: 2D& 2D+M mode scan non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
2D P1:1.31
P (mW) – PD P1x1:18.5 – PD P:11.6 (b)
Maximum Index Value 1.16 0.702 0.0670 0.0370** 0.0730+ (b) Col P1:26.4
a (zs)x1cm^2]
P (mW) – 2D P1: 22.8 M P1x1: 2.14 – M P: 0.778 (b)
zs (cm) – – – 0.900 – –
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 1.18 – –
a (zs)x1cm^2] zbp (cm) – – – 1.08 – –
Associated
zs (cm) – – – 1.30 – – zb (cm) – – – – 0.700 –
Acoustic
Parameters
Parameters z–at–max–Ipi, α (cm) 0.700 – – – – – 2D :5.51
fawf (MHz) 5.65 5.70 5.70 5.29 –
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.184 – Col :5.67
fawf (MHz) 5.85 6.46 6.60 6.60 5.85 (b) 2D :3.84

X (cm) – 1.02 1.02 0.300 (b)
Dim of Aaprt Col :1.47
X (cm) – 1.23 1.92 1.92 0.300 (b)
Dim of Aaprt Y (cm) – 0.400 0.400 0.400 0.400 (b)
Y (cm) – 0.400 0.400 0.400 0.400 (b)
td (µsec) 0.451 – – – (b)
td (µsec) 0.221 – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 114* – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 59.8* – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.63 – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.22 – – – – –
278 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 3.20 3.20 – –
FLy (cm) – – 1.80 1.80 – –
Control 1 MI –
Control Conditions Control 3 TIS–as–U TIS–bs
Control 4 TIB–bs
Control 4 TIB–bs
LN5-12: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler

P2-4
TIS TIB
scan non–scan P2-4: 2D& 2D+M mode
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
2D P1: 2.05
P (mW) – PD P1x1: 44.4 – PD P: 30.2 (b)
PD P1x1: 23.1 Maximum Index Value 1.09 1.74 0.0510** 0.0810 0.175+ 3.97
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 27.7 – –
Pr, α (MPa) 1.55 – – – – –
a (zs)x1cm^2]
P (mW) – 2D P1: 148 M P1x1: 5.12 – M P: 12.8 2D P: 123
zs (cm) – – – 1.20 – –
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 8.20 – –
zbp (cm) – – – 1.48 – – a (zs)x1cm^2]
Associated
zb (cm) – – – – 1.00 – zs (cm) – – – 3.00 – –
Acoustic
Parameters
fawf (MHz) 5.21 5.69 5.69 5.66 (b)
PD : 5.65 deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.983 –
2D : 3.84 fawf (MHz) 2.01 2.47 2.07 2.07 2.07 2.09
X (cm) – 1.92 1.92 1.02 (b)
X (cm) – 0.780 1.92 1.92 1.92 0.360
Y (cm) – 0.400 0.400 0.400 0.400 (b) Dim of Aaprt
Y (cm) – 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30
td (µsec) 0.689 – – – – –
td (µsec) 0.945 – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 63.7* – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.64 – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.17 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 6.50 6.50 – –
FLy (cm) – – 8.00 8.00 – –
Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS–as
Control Operating Control 2 TIS–as
Conditions Control 3 TIS–as–U TIS–bs TIB–bs
Control 4 TIB–bs
Control 4 TIC–as
P2-4: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA P2-4: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Maximum Index Value 1.22 1.64 0.788** 0.799 2.37 3.44 Maximum Index Value 1.58 1.39 1.70** 1.59 4.30 3.45
Pr, α (MPa) 1.99 – – – – – Pr, α (MPa) 2.59 – – – – –
2D P: 4.37 2D P1: 15.8
2D P1: 27.1 P (mW) – PD P1x1: 131 – PD P: 106 PD P: 106
P (mW) – PD P1x1: 60.3 – PD P: 58.6 PD P: 58.6 PD P1x1: 103
Col P1: 110
Col P: 58.3
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 131 – –
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 61.1 – –
a (zs)x1cm^2]
a (zs)x1cm^2]
zs (cm) – – – 2.30 – –
zs (cm) – – – 2.40 – – Associated zbp (cm) – – – 2.41 – –
zbp (cm) – – – 2.41 – – Acoustic zb (cm) – – – – 0.600 –
Associated zb (cm) – – – – 0.600 – Parameters z–at–max–Ipi, α (cm) 4.00 – – – – –
Acoustic z–at–max–Ipi, α (cm) 4.10 – – – – – deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.495 –
Parameters deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.492 – fawf (MHz) 2.68 2D : 1.88 2.73 2.55 2.49 2.49
2D : 1.87 X (cm) – PD : 2.55 0.780 1.56 0.360 0.360
2D : 1.88
fawf (MHz) 2.68 2.74 2.74 2.52 PD : 2.52 Dim of Aaprt
Col : 2.68 Y (cm) – 0.780 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30
Col : 2.52
2D : 0.360 td (µsec) 1.40 1.30 – – – –
2D : 0.780
X (cm) – 0.780 1.56 0.360 PD : 0.360 prr (pulses/sec) 999 – – – – –
Col : 0.660
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.55 – – – – –
Y (cm) – 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30
td (µsec) 0.951 1.30 – – – – Information Ipa, a at max. MI (W/cm2) 221 – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 366* – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 4.00 8.00 – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.77 – – – – – Focal Length
FLy (cm) – – 8.00 8.00 – –
179 – – – – –
Control 1 MI
FLx (cm) – – 4.00 8.00 – –
Focal Length Operating Control 2
FLy (cm) – – 8.00 8.00 – –
Control Control 3 TIS–as TIS–as–U
Control 1 MI
Operating Control 2 TIS–as TIS–as–U
Control
Conditions Control 3 TIS–bs Control 1: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 2.8MHz , Focus: 6.0Cm, Data No: 587661433-31074
Control 4 TIB–bs TIC–as Control 2: 2D+PulsedDoppler Mode, 2D: 1.7MHz PD: 2.6MHz , Focus: 4.0Cm, FR: 126.70, Data No: 587710246-449541
P2-4: CW
PN2-4
TIS TIB
scan non–scan PN2-4: 2D& 2D+M mode
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
Maximum Index Value 0.0770 (a) 1.94** 1.67 4.18 4.38
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
CW P1x1:
P (mW) – (a) – CW P: 208 CW P: 210
186 Maximum Index Value 1.04 1.12 0.0700** 0.0790 0.171+ 2.21
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 160 – –
Pr, α (MPa) 1.63 – – – – –
a (zs)x1cm^2]
2D P: 65.5
P (mW) – 2D P1: 85.8 M P1x1: 5.57 – M P: 7.34
zs (cm) – – – 1.40 – – M P: 2.78
Associated zbp (cm) – – – 1.80 – – Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 6.87 – –
Acoustic a (zs)x1cm^2]
zb (cm) – – – – 5.00 –
Parameters zs (cm) – – – 4.20 – –
z–at–max–Ipi, α (cm) 4.30 – – – – –
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.519 –
Acoustic zb (cm) – – – – 5.50 –
fawf (MHz) 1.92 (a) 2.20 2.20 2.20 2.20
X (cm) – (a) 0.870 0.870 0.870 0.870
Dim of Aaprt deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.424 –
Y (cm) – (a) 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30
fawf (MHz) 2.47 2.73 2.65 2.41 2.13 2.69
td (µsec) CW – – – – –
X (cm) – 1.14 1.92 1.92 1.56 0.360
prr (pulses/sec) CW – – – – – Dim of Aaprt
Y (cm) – 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 0.142 – – – – –
td (µsec) 0.608 – – – – –
Information 2 prr (pulses/sec) 60.7* – – – – –
Ipa, a at max. MI (W/cm ) 0.380 – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.56 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 16.0 14.0 – –
Focal Length deq at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.408 –
FLy (cm) – – 8.00 8.00 – – Other
FLx (cm) – – 16.0 16.0 – –
Control 1 MI Focal Length
Operating FLy (cm) – – 8.00 8.00 – –
Control 2 TIS–as–U TIC–as
Control
Control 1 MI
Control 4 TIB–bs
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 1: CW Mode, CW: 1.9MHz , Focus: 6.0Cm, Data No: 2578772417-7476 Operating Control 3 TIS–as–U
Control
Control 2: CW Mode, CW: 2.2MHz , Focus: 16.0Cm, Data No: 2578771161-916563 Control 4 TIS–bs
Conditions
Control 3: CW Mode, CW: 2.2MHz , Focus: 14.0Cm, Data No: 2578770644-4371
Control 5 TIB–bs
Control 6 TIC–as
PN2-4: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA PN2-4: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Maximum Index Value 1.02 1.30 0.895** 0.808 2.17 2.60 Maximum Index Value 1.45 1.13 1.54** 1.34 3.37 2.95
Pr, α (MPa) 1.55 – – – – – Pr, α (MPa) 2.41 – – – – –
2D P: 2.71 2D P1: 27.8
2D P1: 14.8 P (mW) – PD P1x1: 117 – PD P: 118 PD P: 210
P (mW) – PD P1x1: 67.9 – PD P: 55.7 PD P: 58.2 PD P1x1: 67.9
Col P1: 91.6
Col P: 19.4
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 101 – –
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 61.1 – –
a (zs)x1cm^2]
a (zs)x1cm^2]
zs (cm) – – – 2.50 – –
zs (cm) – – – 2.50 – – zbp (cm) – – – 2.41 – –
Associated
Associated zbp (cm) – – – 2.41 – – zb (cm) – – – – 2.20 –
Acoustic
Acoustic zb (cm) – – – – 0.600 – z–at–max–Ipi, α (cm) 2.20 – – – – –
Parameters
Parameters z–at–max–Ipi, α (cm) 0.600 – – – – – deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.520 –
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.521 – 2D : 1.80
fawf (MHz) 2.76 2.77 2.79 2.77 2.79
2D : 1.80 PD : 2.77
2D : 1.80
fawf (MHz) 2.34 2.77 2.78 2.37 PD : 2.76 X (cm) – 0.780 0.780 1.56 0.780 1.92
Col : 2.69
Col : 2.35 Dim of Aaprt
Y (cm) – 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30
X (cm) – 0.780 0.780 1.56 0.360 0.360
Y (cm) – 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30
td (µsec) 1.06 – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.83 – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 168* – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 1.64 – – – – –
Information FLx (cm) – – 4.00 8.00 – –
Ipa, a at max. MI (W/cm2) 78.8 – – – – – Focal Length
FLy (cm) – – 8.00 8.00 – –
FLx (cm) – – 4.00 8.00 – –
Focal Length
FLy (cm) – – 8.00 8.00 – –
Control 1 MI

Control 1 MI
Control Control 3 TIS–as–U TIB–bs
Control 2 TIS–as Conditions
Operating Control 4 TIS–bs
Control Control 5 TIC–as
Control 5 TIB–bs Control 1: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 2.8MHz , Focus: 4.0Cm, Data No: 485379860-684675
Control 6 TIC–as Control 2: 2D+PulsedDoppler Mode, 2D: 1.7MHz PD: 2.8MHz , Focus: 4.0Cm, FR: 115.23, Data No: 485381420-524745
PN2-4: CW
ER4-9
TIS TIB
scan non–scan ER4-9: 2D& 2D+M mode
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
Maximum Index Value 0.0630 (a) 0.822** 0.759 2.62 2.11
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
CW P1x1:
P (mW) – (a) – CW P: 101 CW P: 101
89.7 Maximum Index Value 1.18 0.587 0.0640 0.0370** 0.119+ (b)
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 82.8 – –
Pr, α (MPa) 2.54 – – – – –
a (zs)x1cm^2]
P (mW) – 2D P1: 20.6 M P1x1: 2.37 – M P: 1.82 (b)
zs (cm) – – – 1.50 – –
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 1.37 – –
Associated zbp (cm) – – – 1.80 – – a (zs)x1cm^2]
Acoustic zb (cm) – – – – 1.50 – zs (cm) – – – 1.40 – –

Parameters z–at–max–Ipi, α (cm) 3.90 – – – – – zbp (cm) – – – 1.52 – –
Associated
fawf (MHz) 1.92 (a) 1.92 1.92 1.92 1.92 Parameters z–at–max–Ipi, α (cm) 1.30 – – – – –
X (cm) – (a) 0.870 0.870 0.870 0.870 deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.227 –
Dim of Aaprt
Y (cm) – (a) 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 fawf (MHz) 4.60 6.00 5.64 5.64 4.61 (b)
td (µsec) CW – – – – – X (cm) – 1.14 1.35 1.35 0.422 (b)
Dim of Aaprt
prr (pulses/sec) CW – – – – – Y (cm) – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 0.111 – – – – – td (µsec) 0.324 – – – – –
Other deq at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.522 – prr (pulses/sec) 29.3* – – – – –
Information Ipa, a at max. MI (W/cm2) 0.272 – – – – – Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.98 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 14.0 6.00 – – Other deq at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.219 –
Focal Length
FLy (cm) – – 8.00 8.00 – – Information Ipa, a at max. MI (W/cm2) 290 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 9.00 9.00 – –
Focal Length
Operating Control 1 MI TIS–bs TIB–bs FLy (cm) – – 2.30 2.30 – –
Control
Conditions Control 2 TIS–as–U TIC–as
Control 1 MI
Control
Control 2: CW Mode, CW: 1.9MHz , Focus: 14.0Cm, Data No: 2272870401-12568 Conditions Control 3 TIS–as–U TIS–bs
Control 4 TIB–bs
ER4-9: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA ER4-9: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Pr, α (MPa) 2.32 – – – – – Pr, α (MPa) 2.80 – – – – –
2D P1: 1.01 2D P1: 1.53
Col P1: 29.5 PD P1x1: 15.5
zs (cm) – – – 1.50 – – zs (cm) – – – 1.50 – –

zbp (cm) – – – 1.52 – – zbp (cm) – – – 1.52 – –
zb (cm) – – – – 1.80 – zb (cm) – – – – 1.00 –
Acoustic Acoustic
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.166 – deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.238 –
2D : 4.21 2D : 4.22
Col : 4.48 PD : 4.46
2D : 2.70 2D : 2.70
X (cm) – 1.35 1.35 0.760 (b) X (cm) – 1.35 1.35 0.380 (b)
Y (cm) – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b) Y (cm) – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
td (µsec) 0.571 – – – – – td (µsec) 0.948 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 9.00 6.50 – – FLx (cm) – – 9.00 7.50 – –
FLy (cm) – – 2.30 2.30 – – FLy (cm) – – 2.30 2.30 – –
Control 1 MI Control 1 MI TIB–bs

Control 2 TIS–as Operating Control 2 TIS–as
Operating Control
Control Control 3 TIS–as–U Conditions Control 3 TIS–as–U
Conditions Control 4 TIS–bs Control 4 TIS–bs
Control 5 TIB–bs
EVN4-9: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA

EVN4-9
TIS TIB
EVN4-9: 2D& 2D+M mode scan non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
2D P1: 1.01
P (mW) – PD P1x1: 13.3 – PD P: 9.76 (b)
Maximum Index Value 1.18 0.587 0.0640 0.0370** 0.119+ (b) Col P1: 29.5
a (zs)x1cm^2]
P (mW) – 2D P1: 20.6 M P1x1: 2.37 – M P: 1.82 (b)
zs (cm) – – – 1.50 – –
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 1.37 – –
a (zs)x1cm^2] zbp (cm) – – – 1.52 – –
Associated
zs (cm) – – – 1.40 – – zb (cm) – – – – 1.80 –
Acoustic
Parameters
fawf (MHz) 4.49 4.46 4.43 4.47 (b)
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.227 – Col : 4.48
fawf (MHz) 4.60 6.00 5.64 5.64 4.61 (b) 2D : 2.70

X (cm) – 1.35 1.35 0.760 (b)
X (cm) – 1.14 1.35 1.35 0.422 (b)
Dim of Aaprt Y (cm) – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
Y (cm) – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
td (µsec) 0.571 – – – – –
td (µsec) 0.324 – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 108* – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 29.3* – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.89 – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.98 – – – – –
290 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 9.00 6.50 – –
FLy (cm) – – 2.30 2.30 – –
Control 1 MI
Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS–as
Operating Control 3 TIS–as–U TIS–bs Conditions Control 4 TIS–bs
Control
Control 5 TIB–bs
Control 5
Control 6 Control 1: 2D+Color Mode, 2D: 3.9MHz Col: 4.4MHz , Focus: 2.0Cm, FR: 8.28, Data No: 1446711901-640517
EVN4-9: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler

3D4-8
TIS TIB
scan non–scan 3D4-8: 2D& 2D+M mode
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
2D P1: 1.53
P (mW) – PD P1x1: 25.0 – PD P: 17.4 (b)
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 15.7 – –
Pr, α (MPa) 2.16 – – – – –
a (zs)x1cm^2]
P (mW) – 2D P1: 77.1 M P1x1: 5.01 – M P: 7.10 (b)
zs (cm) – – – 1.50 – –
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 8.06 – –
zbp (cm) – – – 1.52 – – a (zs)x1cm^2]
Associated
zb (cm) – – – – 1.00 – zs (cm) – – – 3.00 – –
Acoustic
Parameters
fawf (MHz) 3.94 4.42 4.42 3.94 (b)
PD : 4.46 deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.443 –
2D : 2.70 fawf (MHz) 2.63 2.89 4.35 2.84 2.90 (b)
X (cm) – 1.35 1.35 0.380 (b)
X (cm) – 1.56 0.744 2.38 0.744 (b)
Y (cm) – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b) Dim of Aaprt
Y (cm) – 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 (b)
td (µsec) 0.948 – – – – –
td (µsec) 0.552 – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 57.0* – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.07 – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.73 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 9.00 7.50 – –
FLy (cm) – – 6.00 6.00 – –
Control 1 MI TIB–bs
Control 2 TIS–as
Control Control 2 TIS–as
Control 3 TIS–as–U Operating
Conditions
Control 1: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 3.9MHz , Focus: 1.0Cm, Data No: 1446759726-805896 Control 5 TIB–bs
Control 2: 2D+PulsedDoppler Mode, 2D: 3.9MHz PD: 4.4MHz , Focus: 9.0Cm, FR: 19.62, Data No: 1446757871-171067
3D4-8: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA 3D4-8: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Maximum Index Value 1.12 1.22 0.731 0.583** 2.16 (b) Maximum Index Value 1.50 0.853 1.00 0.914 2.98 (b)
Pr, α (MPa) 1.95 – – – – – Pr, α (MPa) 2.62 – – – – –
2D P1: 3.30 2D P1: 1.35
Col P1: 81.1 PD P1x1: 57.1
zs (cm) – – – 1.00 – – zs (cm) – – – 3.00 – –

zbp (cm) – – – 1.67 – – zbp (cm) – – – 2.98 – –
zb (cm) – – – – 3.40 – zb (cm) – – – – 3.00 –
Acoustic Acoustic
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.298 – deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.328 –
2D : 2.65 2D : 2.69
Col : 3.06 PD : 3.07
2D : 2.79 2D : 4.76
X (cm) – 0.744 0.744 1.04 (b) X (cm) – 0.744 2.38 0.744 (b)
Y (cm) – 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 (b) Y (cm) – 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 (b)
td (µsec) 0.836 – – – – – td (µsec) 1.19 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 3.50 3.50 – – FLx (cm) – – 3.50 17.5 – –
FLy (cm) – – 6.00 6.00 – – FLy (cm) – – 6.00 6.00 – –

3D4-9: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA

3D4-9
TIS TIB
3D4-9: 2D& 2D+M mode scan non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
2D P1: 1.29
P (mW) – PD P1x1: 12.2 – PD P: 11.8 (b)
a (zs)x1cm^2]
P (mW) – 2D P1: 22.2 M P1x1: 1.96 – M P: 1.94 (b)
zs (cm) – – – 0.900 – –
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 1.45 – –
a (zs)x1cm^2] zbp (cm) – – – 0.828 – –
Associated
zs (cm) – – – 0.900 – – zb (cm) – – – – 1.30 –
Acoustic
Parameters
fawf (MHz) 5.01 5.12 5.12 5.13 (b)
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.246 – Col : 5.01
fawf (MHz) 4.18 5.90 5.48 4.90 4.55 (b) 2D : 2.57

X (cm) – 0.402 0.402 0.563 (b)
X (cm) – 1.00 1.29 0.442 0.442 (b)
Dim of Aaprt Y (cm) – 0.595 0.595 0.595 0.595 (b)
Y (cm) – 0.595 0.595 0.595 0.595 (b)
td (µsec) 0.499 – – – – –
td (µsec) 0.365 – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 109* – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 26.4* – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.79 – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.96 – – – – –
307 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 1.50 1.50 – –
FLy (cm) – – 3.50 3.50 – –
Operating Control 1 MI TIS–as

Control 1 MI
Control Control 2 TIS–as–U TIS–bs
Operating Control 2 TIS–as Conditions Control 3 TIB–bs
Conditions Control 4 TIS–bs Control 1: 2D+Color Mode, 2D: 3.9MHz Col: 5.1MHz , Focus: 1.5Cm, FR: 7.25, Data No: 2086051492-876452
Control 5 TIB–bs Control 2: Triple Mode, 2D: 3.9MHz PD: 5.1MHz Col: 4.4MHz , Focus: 1.5Cm, FR: 8.09, Data No: 2086114127-328840
3D4-9: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler

3DC2-6
TIS TIB
scan non–scan 3DC2-6: 2D& 2D+M mode
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
2D P1: 1.39
P (mW) – PD P1x1: 22.3 – PD P: 18.3 (b)
PD P1x1: 14.1 Maximum Index Value 1.41 1.04 0.0790** 0.109 0.246+ (b)
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 15.0 – –
Pr, α (MPa) 2.24 – – – – –
a (zs)x1cm^2]
P (mW) – 2D P1: 67.2 M P1x1: 5.98 – M P: 5.81 (b)
zs (cm) – – – 0.600 – –
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 8.03 – –
zbp (cm) – – – 0.828 – – a (zs)x1cm^2]
Associated
zb (cm) – – – – 1.30 – zs (cm) – – – 3.00 – –
Acoustic
Parameters
fawf (MHz) 4.38 5.00 5.01 5.12 (b)
PD : 5.11 deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.466 –
2D : 2.57 fawf (MHz) 2.51 3.26 2.76 2.85 2.64 (b)
X (cm) – 1.29 0.402 0.563 (b)
X (cm) – 1.72 0.858 2.50 0.468 (b)
Y (cm) – 0.595 0.595 0.595 0.595 (b) Dim of Aaprt
Y (cm) – 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 (b)
td (µsec) 0.808 – – – – –
td (µsec) 0.609 – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 31.6* – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.52 – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.15 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 9.00 1.50 – –
FLy (cm) – – 6.00 6.00 – –
Control 1 MI
Control 1 MI
Conditions Control Control 3 TIS–as–U
Control 5 TIB–bs
Control 5 TIB–bs
3DC2-6: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA 3DC2-6: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Maximum Index Value 1.12 1.10 0.673** 0.534 1.89 (b) Maximum Index Value 1.44 0.688 0.901 0.980 2.92 (b)
Pr, α (MPa) 1.80 – – – – – Pr, α (MPa) 2.31 – – – – –
2D P1: 2.19 2D P1: 1.35
Col P1: 81.6 PD P1x1: 50.7
zs (cm) – – – 3.00 – – zs (cm) – – – 3.00 – –

zbp (cm) – – – 2.93 – – zbp (cm) – – – 2.93 – –
zb (cm) – – – – 2.90 – zb (cm) – – – – 0.700 –
Acoustic Acoustic
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.347 – deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.449 –
2D : 2.29 2D : 2.32
Col : 2.78 PD : 2.79
2D : 3.00 2D : 4.99
X (cm) – 0.858 2.50 0.858 (b) X (cm) – 0.468 2.50 0.468 (b)
Y (cm) – 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 (b) Y (cm) – 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 (b)
td (µsec) 0.979 – – – – – td (µsec) 0.894 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 3.50 17.5 – – FLx (cm) – – 2.00 17.5 – –
FLy (cm) – – 6.00 6.00 – – FLy (cm) – – 6.00 6.00 – –
Control Control
Conditions Control 3 TIS–as–U TIB–bs Conditions Control 3 TIS–as–U TIB–bs
Control 4 TIS–bs Control 4 TIS–bs
VN4-8: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA

VN4-8
TIS TIB
VN4-8: 2D& 2D+M mode scan non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
2D P1: 3.17
P (mW) – PD P1x1: 38.4 – PD P: 32.6 (b)
Maximum Index Value 1.12 1.68 0.106 0.144 0.199+ (b) Col P1: 74.4
a (zs)x1cm^2]
P (mW) – 2D P1: 74.3 M P1x1: 5.70 – M P: 4.62 (b)
zs (cm) – – – 0.600 – –
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 7.58 – –
a (zs)x1cm^2] zbp (cm) – – – 1.20 – –
Associated
zs (cm) – – – 1.30 – – zb (cm) – – – – 0.600 –
Acoustic
Parameters
fawf (MHz) 3.10 3.61 3.62 3.10 (b)
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.439 – Col : 3.61
fawf (MHz) 2.27 4.75 3.91 3.98 3.01 (b) 2D : 3.04

X (cm) – 0.729 0.405 0.405 (b)
X (cm) – 2.03 0.729 2.59 0.405 (b)
Dim of Aaprt Y (cm) – 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 (b)
Y (cm) – 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 (b)
td (µsec) 0.819 – – – – –
td (µsec) 0.725 – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 185* – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 77.2* – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.04 – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.06 – – – – –
68.1 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 3.50 2.00 – –
FLy (cm) – – 5.50 5.50 – –
Control 1 MI
Control 1 MI
Control Control 3 TIS–as–U Conditions
Control 4 TIS–bs
Control 5 TIB–bs
Control 5 TIB–bs
VN4-8: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler

CW2.0
TIS TIB
TIS TIB
scan non–scan Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
Maximum Index Value 1.43 0.699 1.05 0.797 2.22 (b)
Maximum Index Value 0.0450 (a) 0.522 0.422** 1.56 1.39
Pr, α (MPa) 2.51 – – – – –
Pr, α (MPa) 0.0620 – – – – –
2D P1: 1.06
P (mW) – PD P1x1: 61.8 – PD P: 49.8 (b) CW P1x1:
PD P1x1: 38.8 P (mW) – (a) – CW P: 57.0 CW P: 57.0
57.0
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 47.0 – –
a (zs)x1cm^2] Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 46.1 – –
a(zs)x1cm^2]
zs (cm) – – – 2.10 – –
zs (cm) – – – 1.60 – –
zbp (cm) – – – 2.64 – –
Associated Associated zbp (cm) – – – 1.54 – –
zb (cm) – – – – 0.700 –
Acoustic Acoustic zb (cm) – – – – 2.20 –
z–at–max–Ipi, α (cm) 1.80 – – – – –
Parameters Parameters z–at–max–Ipi, α (cm) 2.20 – – – – –
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.423 –
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.549 –
2D : 5.95
fawf (MHz) 3.09 3.58 3.56 3.62 (b) fawf (MHz) 1.92 (a) 1.92 1.92 1.92 1.92
PD : 3.62
2D : 5.18 X (cm) – (a) 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600
X (cm) – 0.729 1.94 0.405 (b) Dim of Aaprt
Dim of Aaprt PD : 0.729 Y (cm) – (a) 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.38
Y (cm) – 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 (b) td (µsec) CW – – – – –
td (µsec) 1.16 – – – – – prr (pulses/sec) CW – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 999 – – – – – Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 0.0760 – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.84 – – – – – deq at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.530 –
Other
Other deq at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.423 – Information Ipa, a at max. MI (W/cm2) 0.137 – – – – –
244 – – – – – FLx (cm) – – 5.50 5.50 – –
FLy (cm) – – 5.50 5.50 – –
Operating
Control 1 MI Control Control 1 MI TIS–as–U TIS–bs TIB–bs TIC–as
Conditions
Conditions Control 1: CW Mode, CW: 1.9MHz , Focus: 5.5Cm, Data No: 1061453090-919593
Control 4 TIS–bs
Control 5 TIB–bs
156 Pin Type C2-5: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA
TIS TIB
scan non–scan
C2-5 Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
C2-5: 2D& 2D+M mode Pr, α (MPa) 2.41 – – – – –
TIS TIB P (mW) – 2D P1: 12.7 PD P1x1: 64.5 – PD P: 64.5 (b)
Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 51.8 – –
scan non–scan a (zs)x1cm^2]
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
zs (cm) – – – 1.05 – –
Maximum Index Value 1.43 1.50 0.114** 0.128 0.313+ (b)
Pr, α (MPa) 2.51 – – – – –
Acoustic zb (cm) – – – – 1.05 –
P (mW) – 2D P1: 94.4 M P1x1: 7.74 – M P: 7.89 (b)
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 11.6 – –
a (zs)x1cm^2] deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.474 –
zs (cm) – – – 3.75 – – fawf (MHz) 2.51 2D : 2.19 2.54 2.54 3.02 (b)
Associated zbp (cm) – – – 3.12 – – X (cm) – 2D : 3.48 0.491 0.491 0.491 (b)
Dim of Aaprt
Acoustic zb (cm) – – – – 0.900 – Y (cm) – 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 (b)
Parameters z–at–max–Ipi, α (cm) 1.20 – – – – – td (µsec) 0.975 – – – – –
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.487 – prr (pulses/sec) 100* – – – – –
fawf (MHz) 3.08 3.33 3.08 2.31 2.37 (b) Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.30 – – – – –
X (cm) – 1.80 0.491 2.62 0.491 (b)
Dim of Aaprt Other deq at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.474 –
Y (cm) – 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 (b) Information Ipa, a at max. MI (W/cm2) 203 – – – – –
td (µsec) 0.394 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 2.00 2.00 – –
prr (pulses/sec) 68.2* – – – – – Focal Length
FLy (cm) – – 7.60 7.60 – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.74 – – – – –
Information Ipa, a at max. MI Operating Control 1 MI
(W/cm2) 250 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 2.00 17.5 – – Control Control 2 TIS–as
Focal Length Conditions Control 3 TIS–as–U TIS–bs TIB–bs
FLy (cm) – – 7.60 7.60 – –
Control 1: 2D+Color Mode, 2D: 2.1MHzCol: 2.6MHz, Focus: 2.0Cm, FR: 10.040, Data No: 2316615623-628950
Control 1 MI Control 2: 2D+Color Mode, 2D: 2.1MHzCol: 3.1MHz, Focus: 3.5Cm, FR: 17.270, Data No: 2316605431-174418
Operating Control 2 TIS–as Control 3: Triple Mode, 2D: 2.1MHzPD: 3.1MHzCol: 2.6MHz, Focus: 2.0Cm, FR: 19.250, Data No: 2316629484-836437
Control 5 TIB–bs
Control 3: 2D+M Mode, 2D: 3.6MHzM: 3.6MHz, Focus: 2.0Cm, FR: 65.460, Data No: 2316556384-534144

C2-8
TIS TIB
scan non–scan C2-8: 2D& 2D+M mode
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
P (mW) – 2D P1: 3.80 PD P1x1: 93.4 – PD P: 95.5 (b)
Maximum Index Value 1.100 1.150 0.039 0.044 0.109+ (b)
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 110 – –
a (zs)x1cm^2] Pr, α (MPa) 1.870 – – – – –
zs (cm) – – – 3.75 – – 2D P1: M P1x1:
P (mW) – – M P: 2.670 (b)
52.900 1.804
zb (cm) – – – – 1.65 – Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 3.198 – –
Acoustic
a (zs)x1cm^2]
zs (cm) – – – 4.240 – –
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.488 – Associated zbp (cm) – – – 3.114 – –
fawf (MHz) 3.04 2D : 2.20 3.02 2.50 2.55 (b) Acoustic zb (cm) – – – – 1.380 –
X (cm) – 2D : 5.24 0.654 2.62 0.654 (b) Parameters
Dim of Aaprt z–at–max–Ipi, α (cm) 1.380 – – – – –
Y (cm) – 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 (b)
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.408 –
td (µsec) 1.03 – – – – –
fawf (MHz) 2.880 4.550 4.540 2.910 2.880 (b)
X (cm) – 2.400 0.866 3.078 0.481 (b)
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.72 – – – – – Dim of Aaprt
Y (cm) – 1.100 1.100 1.100 1.100 (b)
td (µsec) 0.568 – – – – –
314 – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 89.300* – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 3.50 14.5 – –
Focal Length Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.190 – – – – –
FLy (cm) – – 7.60 7.60 – –
Control 1 MI
FLx (cm) – – 3.500 17.500 – –
Control 2 TIS–as Focal Length
Operating FLy (cm) – – 7.000 7.000 – –
Control 1 MI
Control 5 TIB–bs
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 1: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 3.1MHz, Focus: 2.0Cm, Data No: 2316627952-815388 Control
Control 2: 2D+PulsedDoppler Mode, 2D: 2.1MHzPD: 3.1MHz, Focus: 3.5Cm, FR: 68.160, Data No: 2316631419-899378 Conditions Control 4 TIS–bs
Control 3: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 3.1MHz, Focus: 3.5Cm, Data No: 2316630791-602043 Control 5 TIB–bs
Control 4: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 2.6MHz, Focus: 14.5Cm, Data No: 2316663266-925805
Control 6 TIC–as
C2-8: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA C2-8: Pulsed Doppler &2D+Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Pr, α (MPa) 1.980 – – – – – Pr, α (MPa) 2.220 – – – – –
2D P1: 2.090 PD P1x1: 2D P1: 1.400
P (mW) – – PD P: 45.000 (b) PD P1x1:
Col P1: 75.000 46.800 P (mW) – PD P1x1: – PD P: 66.400 (b)
72.208
54.440
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 36.395 – –
a (zs)x1cm^2] Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 64.256 – –
a (zs)x1cm^2]
zs (cm) – – – 1.600 – –
zbp (cm) – – – 1.907 – – zs (cm) – – – 1.700 – –
zb (cm) – – – – 1.500 – Associated
Acoustic zb (cm) – – – – 1.500 –
z–at–max–Ipi, α (cm) 0.900 – – – – – Acoustic
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.408 – Parameters
2D : 2.590 deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.406 –
fawf (MHz) 3.100 3.100 3.100 3.090 (b)
Col : 3.100 2D : 2.610
fawf (MHz) 3.030 3.030 3.040 3.080 (b)
2D : 3.560 PD : 3.100
X (cm) – 0.866 1.154 0.481 (b)
Dim of Aaprt Col : 1.440 2D : 6.160
X (cm) – 0.866 1.635 0.481 (b)
Y (cm) – 1.100 1.100 1.100 1.100 (b) Dim of Aaprt PD : 0.866
td (µsec) 0.818 – – – – – Y (cm) – 1.100 1.100 1.100 1.100 (b)
prr (pulses/sec) 133.000* – – – – – td (µsec) 1.190 – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.180 – – – – – prr (pulses/sec) 999.000 – – – – –
deq at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.403 – Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.820 – – – – –

Other
Information Ipa, a at max. MI (W/cm2) 153.000 – – – – – Other deq at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.400 –
FLx (cm) – – 3.500 5.000 – –
FLy (cm) – – 7.000 7.000 – –
Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS–as Control 1 MI TIS–as–U
Operating Operating
Control Control 3 TIS–as–U Control 2 TIS–as
Control
Control 5 TIB–bs TIC–as Control 4 TIB–bs TIC–as
Control 1: 2D+Color Mode, 2D: 2.4MHzCol: 3.1MHz, Focus: 2.0Cm, FR: 10.220, Data No: 154539093-675474 Control 1: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 3.1MHz, Focus: 3.5Cm, Data No: 154574495-370543
Control 2: 2D+Color Mode, 2D: 2.4MHzCol: 3.1MHz, Focus: 2.0Cm, FR: 12.420, Data No: 154540128-716812 Control 2: 2D+PulsedDoppler Mode, 2D: 2.4MHzPD: 3.1MHz, Focus: 3.5Cm, FR: 89.320, Data No: 154575762-8656
Control 3: Triple Mode, 2D: 2.4MHzPD: 3.1MHzCol: 2.8MHz, Focus: 3.5Cm, FR: 15.820, Data No: 154576641-396275 Control 3: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 3.1MHz, Focus: 6.8Cm, Data No: 154581371-590240
Control 5: Triple Mode, 2D: 2.4MHzPD: 3.1MHzCol: 2.8MHz, Focus: 2.0Cm, FR: 15.430, Data No: 154573186-241338
C4-9/10ED: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA

C4-9/10ED
TIS TIB
C4-9/10ED: 2D& 2D+M mode scan non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
P (mW) – (a) PD P1x1: 33.3 – PD P: 33.3 2D P: 0.873
Maximum Index Value 0.742 (a) 0.0470 0.0340** 0.0410+ 0.632
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 22.8 – –
Pr, α (MPa) 1.72 – – – – – a (zs)x1cm^2]
P (mW) – (a) M P1x1: 1.99 – M P: 1.27 2D P: 31.8 zs (cm) – – – 1.08 – –

Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 1.35 – – Associated zbp (cm) – – – 1.01 – –
a (zs)x1cm^2]
Acoustic zb (cm) – – – – 1.08 –
zs (cm) – – – 0.680 – –
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.294 –
Acoustic zb (cm) – – – – 1.40 –
fawf (MHz) 4.97 (a) 5.08 5.08 5.08 2D : 4.85
X (cm) – (a) 0.591 0.591 0.591 2D : 2.70
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.419 – Dim of Aaprt
Y (cm) – (a) 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600
fawf (MHz) 5.40 (a) 4.99 5.23 5.44 4.98
td (µsec) 0.501 – – – – –
X (cm) – (a) 1.35 1.35 0.633 2.07
Y (cm) – (a) 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.41 – – – – –
td (µsec) 0.132 – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 26.7* – – – – – Information Ipa, a at max. MI (W/cm2) 332 – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.00 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 1.50 1.50 – –
deq at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.379 – Focal Length
Other FLy (cm) – – 3.00 3.00 – –
FLx (cm) – – 7.50 7.50 – –
Focal Length Operating Control 1 MI
FLy (cm) – – 3.00 3.00 – – Control
Conditions Control 3 TIS–as–U TIS–bs TIB–bs TIC–as
Control 1 MI
Control 3 TIS–as–U Control 1: 2D+Color Mode, 2D: 4.4MHzCol: 5.1MHz, Focus: 1.5Cm, FR: 8.520, Data No: 1418065526-800874
Operating
Control Control 4 TIS–bs
Control 6 TIC–as
C4-9/10ED: Pulsed Doppler &2D+Pulsed Doppler

HL5-12ED
TIS TIB
scan non–scan HL5-12ED: 2D& 2D+M mode
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
P (mW) – (a) PD P1x1: 45.9 – PD P: 41.8 PD P: 41.8
Maximum Index Value 1.330 1.030 0.047 0.028** 0.069+ (b)
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 29.2 – –
a(zs)x1cm^2] Pr, α (MPa) 2.970 – – – – –
zs (cm) – – – 1.32 – – 2D P1: M P1x1:
P (mW) – – M P: 0.821 (b)
31.300 2.000
zb (cm) – – – – 1.24 – Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 1.208 – –
Acoustic
a (zs)x1cm^2]
zs (cm) – – – 1.900 – –
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.320 – Associated zbp (cm) – – – 1.817 – –
fawf (MHz) 5.02 (a) 4.96 4.96 4.43 4.43 Acoustic zb (cm) – – – – 1.500 –
X (cm) – (a) 1.35 1.35 0.760 0.760 Parameters
Dim of Aaprt z–at–max–Ipi, α (cm) 1.500 – – – – –
Y (cm) – (a) 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.155 –
td (µsec) 0.696 – – – – –
fawf (MHz) 5.030 6.920 4.920 4.920 5.030 (b)
X (cm) – 1.410 1.920 1.920 0.660 (b)
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.34 – – – – – Dim of Aaprt
Y (cm) – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
td (µsec) 0.298 – – – – –
322 – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 64.900* – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 9.00 9.00 – –
Focal Length Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.750 – – – – –
FLy (cm) – – 3.00 3.00 – –
FLx (cm) – – 6.500 6.500 – –
Control Control 3 TIS–as–U TIS–bs Focal Length
FLy (cm) – – 1.900 1.900 – –
Conditions Control 4 TIB–bs TIC–as
Control 1: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 5.1MHz, Focus: 1.5Cm, Data No: 1418210964-314079 Control 1 MI
Control 3: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 5.1MHz, Focus: 9.0Cm, Data No: 1418286150-147433 Operating Control 2 TIS–as
Control
Control 4: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 4.4MHz, Focus: 2.0Cm, Data No: 1418307129-808476 Control 3 TIS–as–U TIS–bs TIC–as
Conditions
Control 4 TIB–bs
HL5-12ED: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA HL5-12ED: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Pr, α (MPa) 3.180 – – – – – Pr, α (MPa) 3.640 – – – – –
2D P1: 1.910 2D P1: 7.500
P (mW) – PD P1x1: 69.653 – PD P: 63.400 (b)
P (mW) – PD P1x1: 38.830 PD P1x1: 38.830 – PD P: 19.200 (b) PD P1x1: 45.391
Col P1: 11.500
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 39.927 – –
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 20.437 – –
a (zs)x1cm^2]
a (zs)x1cm^2]
zs (cm) – – – 1.900 – –
zs (cm) – – – 1.700 – – zbp (cm) – – – 1.817 – –
zbp (cm) – – – 1.637 – – Associated
zb (cm) – – – – 1.800 –
Associated zb (cm) – – – – 0.600 – Acoustic
z–at–max–Ipi, α (cm) 0.700 – – – – –
Acoustic z–at–max–Ipi, α (cm) 1.500 – – – – – Parameters
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.383 –
Parameters deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.248 – 2D : 4.560
fawf (MHz) 5.450 5.320 5.320 4.430 (b)
2D : 4.640 PD : 5.400
fawf (MHz) 4.570 PD : 5.470 5.470 5.470 5.490 (b) 2D : 3.840
Col : 4.520 X (cm) – 1.920 1.920 1.560 (b)
2D : 3.840 Y (cm) – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
X (cm) – PD : 1.560 1.560 1.560 0.480 (b)
Dim of Aaprt Col : 2.490 td (µsec) 0.630 – – – – –
Y (cm) – – 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b) prr (pulses/sec) 999.000 – – – – –
td (µsec) 0.327 – – – – – Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 4.050 – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 9.440* – – – – – Other deq at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.268 –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 4.000 – – – – – Information Ipa, a at max. MI (W/cm2) 579.000 – – – – –
Other deq at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.248 – FLx (cm) – – 6.500 6.500 – –
Focal Length
Information Ipa, a at max. MI (W/cm2) 565.000 – – – – – FLy (cm) – – 1.900 1.900 – –
FLx (cm) – – 4.700 4.700 – –
Focal Length
FLy (cm) – – 1.900 1.900 – – Control 1 MI
Control
Control 1 MI TIS–as Conditions Control 3 TIS–as–U TIS–bs TIC–as
Operating Control 2 TIS–as–U TIS–bs Control 4 TIB–bs
Control
Control 4 TIC–as Control 2: 2D+PulsedDoppler Mode, 2D: 4.4MHzPD: 5.6MHz, Focus: 6.5Cm, FR: 31.220, Data No: 1687283696-319757

L3-8
TIS TIB
L3-8: 2D& 2D+M mode scan non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
2D P1: 6.820
P (mW) – PD P1x1: 55.710 – PD P: 61.100 (b)
a (zs)x1cm^2]
2D P1: M P1x1:
P (mW) – – M P: 1.520 (b)
59.700 2.887 zs (cm) – – – 1.500 – –
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 2.114 – –
zbp (cm) – – – 1.831 – –
a (zs)x1cm^2]
Associated
zb (cm) – – – – 1.800 –
zs (cm) – – – 1.400 – – Acoustic
z–at–max–Ipi, α (cm) 1.650 – – – – –
Associated zbp (cm) – – – 1.831 – – Parameters
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.501 –
Acoustic zb (cm) – – – – 1.900 –
2D : 3.540
Parameters fawf (MHz) 4.230 3.830 3.800 4.300 (b)
z–at–max–Ipi, α (cm) 1.300 – – – – – Col : 4.200
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.166 – 2D : 3.900
X (cm) – 1.829 1.951 1.830 (b)
fawf (MHz) 3.770 4.810 4.850 4.850 3.820 (b) Dim of Aaprt Col : 2.100
X (cm) – 1.310 1.951 1.951 0.975 (b) Y (cm) – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
Y (cm) – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
td (µsec) 0.286 – – – – – prr (pulses/sec) 119.000* – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 64.900* – – – – – Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.820 – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.350 – – – – – Other deq at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.282 –
Information Ipa, a at max. MI (W/cm2) 691.000 – – – – – FLx (cm) – – 5.500 7.500 – –
Focal Length
FLx (cm) – – 7.500 7.500 – – FLy (cm) – – 2.000 2.000 – –
Focal Length
FLy (cm) – – 2.000 2.000 – –
Control 1 MI
Operating Control 2 TIS–as TIC–as
Control 1 MI Control
Control 2 TIS–as Conditions Control 3 TIS–as–U TIB–bs
Operating
Control Control 3 TIS–as–U TIS–bs Control 4 TIS–bs
Control 5 TIC–as Control 2: 2D+Color Mode, 2D: 3.4MHzCol: 4.4MHz, Focus: 3.2Cm, FR: 9.020, Data No: 3798189506-271564
Control 1: 2D Mode, 2D: 3.4MHz, Focus: 1.7Cm, FR: 64.920, Data No: 3798018433-107267 Control 4: Triple Mode, 2D: 3.4MHzPD: 4.4MHzCol: 3.9MHz, Focus: 7.5Cm, FR: 9.220, Data No: 3798384215-151289
L3-8: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler

L5-12/50EP
TIS TIB
scan non–scan L5-12/50EP: 2D& 2D+M mode
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
2D P1: 11.200 PD P1x1: PD P:
P (mW) – – (b)
PD P1x1: 57.714 108.100 127.000 Maximum Index Value 1.370 0.762 0.030 0.023 0.071+ (b)
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 85.158 – –
Pr, α (MPa) 3.220 – – – – –
a (zs)x1cm^2]
2D P1: M P1x1:
P (mW) – – M P: 0.808 (b)
zs (cm) – – – 1.350 – – 31.600 1.327
zbp (cm) – – – 1.831 – – Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 1.001 – –
Associated a (zs)x1cm^2]
zb (cm) – – – – 1.350 –
Acoustic zs (cm) – – – 2.100 – –
z–at–max–Ipi, α (cm) 1.300 – – – – –
Parameters Associated zbp (cm) – – – 2.071 – –
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.601 –
Acoustic zb (cm) – – – – 1.800 –
2D : 3.600
fawf (MHz) 4.840 4.250 4.250 4.250 (b) Parameters
PD : 4.910 z–at–max–Ipi, α (cm) 1.900 – – – – –
2D : 3.900 deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.133 –
X (cm) – 1.951 1.951 1.950 (b)
Dim of Aaprt PD : 1.830 fawf (MHz) 5.530 5.070 4.730 4.730 5.050 (b)
Y (cm) – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b) X (cm) – 1.910 2.496 2.496 0.936 (b)
td (µsec) 0.774 – – – – – Dim of Aaprt
Y (cm) – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
prr (pulses/sec) 999.000 – – – – – td (µsec) 0.230 – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 4.310 – – – – – prr (pulses/sec) 59.500* – – – – –
Other deq at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.564 – Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 4.560 – – – – –
457.000 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 7.500 7.500 – – Information Ipa, a at max. MI (W/cm2) 470.000 – – – – –
Focal Length
FLy (cm) – – 2.000 2.000 – – FLx (cm) – – 6.500 6.500 – –
Focal Length
FLy (cm) – – 2.250 2.250 – –
Control Control 2 TIS–as Control 1 MI
Conditions Control 3 TIS–as–U TIS–bs TIB–bs TIC–as Operating Control 2 TIS–as
Control
Conditions Control 3 TIS–as–U TIS–bs TIC–as
Control 2: 2D+PulsedDoppler Mode, 2D: 3.4MHzPD: 5.1MHz, Focus: 5.5Cm, FR: 34.840, Data No: 3798304905-454049 Control 4 TIB–bs
L5-12/50EP: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA L5-12/50EP: Pulsed Doppler & 2D+Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Pr, α (MPa) 3.340 – – – – – Pr, α (MPa) 3.590 – – – – –
2D P1: 4.110 2D P1: 4.880
P (mW) – PD P1x1:22.138 – PD P: 17.200 (b) P (mW) – PD P1x1: 43.170 – PD P: 28.600 (b)
Col P1: 33.700 PD P1x1: 28.345
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 17.240 – Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 35.604 – –
zs (cm) – – – 1.800 – – zs (cm) – – – 1.700 – –

zbp (cm) – – – 2.071 – – zbp (cm) – – – 2.071 – –
zb (cm) – – – – 0.900 – zb (cm) – – – – 2.200 –
Acoustic Acoustic
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.198 – deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.185 –
2D : 4.610 2D : 4.520
Col : 5.100 PD : 5.070
2D : 3.160 2D : 4.990
X (cm) – 2.184 2.496 0.468 (b) X (cm) – 2.184 2.496 1.250 (b)
Y (cm) – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b) Y (cm) – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
td (µsec) 0.549 – – – – – td (µsec) 0.618 – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 123.000* – – – – – prr (pulses/sec) 999.000 – – – – –
Information Ipa, a at max. MI (W/cm2) 528.000 – – – – – Information Ipa, a at max. MI (W/cm2) 732.000 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 4.500 6.500 – – FLx (cm) – – 4.500 6.500 – –
FLy (cm) – – 2.250 2.250 – – FLy (cm) – – 2.250 2.250 – –
Control 1 MI TIC–as Control 1 MI

Conditions Control 4 TIS–bs Conditions Control 4 TIS–bs TIC–as

LN5-12
TIS TIB
LN5-12: 2D& 2D+M mode scan non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
2D P1: 1.31 PD P1x1:
P (mW) – – PD P: 11.6 (b)
Maximum Index Value 1.16 0.702 0.067 0.037** 0.073+ (b) Col P1: 26.4 18.54
a (zs)x1cm^2]
P (mW) – 2D P1: 22.8 M P1x1: 2.142 – M P: 0.778 (b)
zs (cm) – – – 0.9 – –
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 1.184 – –
a (zs)x1cm^2] zbp (cm) – – – 1.081 – –
Associated
zs (cm) – – – 1.3 – – zb (cm) – – – – 0.7 –
Acoustic
Parameters
fawf (MHz) 5.65 5.7 5.7 5.29 (b)
deq(zb) (cm) – – – 0.184 – Col : 5.67
fawf (MHz) 5.85 6.46 6.6 6.6 5.85 (b) 2D : 3.84

X (cm) – 1.02 1.02 0.3 (b)
X (cm) 1.23 1.92 1.92 0.3 (b)
Dim of Aaprt Y (cm) – 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 (b)
Y (cm) 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 (b)
td (µsec) 0.451 – – – – –
td (µsec) 0.221 – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 114* – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 59.8* – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.63 – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.22 – – – – –
278 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 3.2 3.2 – –
FLy (cm) – – 1.8 1.8 – –
Control 1 MI
Control Conditions Control 3 TIS–as–U TIS–bs
Control 4 TIB–bs
Control 4 TIB–bs
Control 1: 2D Mode, 2D: 5.6MHz, Focus: 1.0Cm, FR: 59.750, Data No: 1071338078-695128 Control 2: 2D+Color Mode, 2D: 4.7MHzCol: 5.6MHz, Focus: 1.7Cm, FR: 11.420, Data No: 1071477389-332643
Control 3: 2D+M Mode, 2D: 6.8MHzM: 6.8MHz, Focus: 6.5Cm, FR: 27.410, Data No: 1071330237-350211 Control 4: Triple Mode, 2D: 4.7MHzPD: 5.1MHzCol: 5.1MHz, Focus: 1.0Cm, FR: 21.010, Data No: 1071644304-577515
LN5-12: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler

P2-4AH
TIS TIB
scan non–scan P2-4AH: 2D& 2D+M mode
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
2D P1: 2.05
PD P1x1:
P (mW) – PD P1x1: – PD P: 30.2 (b) Maximum Index Value 1.090 1.740 0.051** 0.081 0.175+ 3.970
44.364
23.11 Pr, α (MPa) 1.550 – – – – –
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 27.675 – – 2D P1: M P1x1: 2D P:
a (zs)x1cm^2] P (mW) – – M P: 12.800
148.000 5.121 123.000
zs (cm) – – – 1.2 – –
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 8.200 – –
Acoustic zb (cm) – – – – 1 – zs (cm) – – – 3.000 – –

Parameters
fawf (MHz) 5.21 5.69 5.69 5.66 (b)
PD : 5.65 deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.983 –
2D : 3.84 fawf (MHz) 2.010 2.470 2.070 2.070 2.070 2.090
X (cm) – 1.92 1.92 1.02 (b)
X (cm) – 0.780 1.920 1.920 1.920 0.360
Y (cm) – 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 (b) Dim of Aaprt
Y (cm) – 1.300 1.300 1.300 1.300 1.300
td (µsec) 0.689 – – – – –
td (µsec) 0.945 – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 63.700* – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.64 – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.170 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 6.5 6.5 – –
FLy (cm) – – 8.000 8.000 – –
Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS–as
Control Operating Control 2 TIS–as
Conditions Control 3 TIS–as–U TIS–bs TIB–bs
Control 4 TIB–bs
Control 4 TIC–as
Control 2: 2D+PulsedDoppler Mode, 2D: 4.7MHzPD: 5.6MHz, Focus: 6.5Cm, FR: 28.640, Data No: 1071623674-32391 Control 1: 2D Mode, 2D: 1.9MHz, Focus: 8.0Cm, FR: 63.700, Data No: 587426243-99916
Control 3: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 5.6MHz, Focus: 6.5Cm, Data No: 1071621494-741794 Control 2: 2D Mode, 2D: 3.1MHz, Focus: 4.0Cm, FR: 126.700, Data No: 587455966-22162
Control 4: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 5.6MHz, Focus: 3.2Cm, Data No: 1071594189-844907 Control 3: 2D+M Mode, 2D: 2.1MHzM: 2.1MHz, Focus: 16.0Cm, FR: 52.460, Data No: 587525042-993184
P2-4AH: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA P2-4AH: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Maximum Index Value 1.220 1.640 0.788** – 2.370 3.440 Maximum Index Value 1.580 1.390 1.704 1.589** 4.300 3.450
Pr, α (MPa) 1.990 – – – – – Pr, α (MPa) 2.590 – – – – –
2D P: 4.370 2D P1:
2D P1:
PD P: 15.800 PD P1x1: PD P: PD P:
27.100 PD P1x1: P (mW) – –
P (mW) – 61.137 PD P: 58.600 58.600 PD P1x1: 131.140 106.000 106.000
Col P1: 60.316
Col P: 102.604
110.000
58.300
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 130.770 – –
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 2.400 – –
a(zs)x1cm^2]
a (zs)x1cm^2]
zs (cm) – – – 2.300 – –
zs (cm) – – – 2.410 – – Associated
zbp (cm) – – – 2.410 – –
zbp (cm) – – – – – – Acoustic
Associated zb (cm) – – – – 0.600 –
zb (cm) – – – – 0.600 – Parameters
Acoustic z–at–max–Ipi, α (cm) 4.000 – – – – –
Parameters z–at–max–Ipi, α (cm) 4.100 – – – – – deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.495 –
deq(zb) (cm) – – – 2.540 0.492 – 2D : 1.880
fawf (MHz) 2.680 2.730 2.550 2.490 2.490
2D : 1.870 PD : 2.550
2D : 1.880
fawf (MHz) 2.680 2.510 1.560 2.520 PD : 2.520 X (cm) – 0.780 0.780 1.560 0.360 0.360
Col : 2.680
Col : 2.520 Dim of Aaprt
Y (cm) – 1.300 1.300 1.300 1.300 1.300
2D : 0.360
2D : 0.780 td (µsec) 1.400 – – – – –
X (cm) – 0.780 1.300 0.360 PD : 0.360
Col : 0.660 prr (pulses/sec) 999.000 – – – – –
Y (cm) – 1.300 1.300 – 1.300 1.300 Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.550 – – – – –
td (µsec) 0.951 – – – – – Other deq at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.495 –
prr (pulses/sec) 366.000* – – – – – Information Ipa, a at max. MI (W/cm2) 221.000 – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.770 – – – – – FLx (cm) – – 4.000 8.000 – –
Focal Length
Other deq at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.492 – FLy (cm) – – 8.000 8.000 – –
Information Ipa, a at max. MI 2
(W/cm ) 179.000 – – 8.000 – –
FLx (cm) – – 4.000 8.000 – – Control 1 MI
Focal Length
FLy (cm) – – 8.000 – – Control 2 TIS–as
Operating
Control 1 MI TIS–as Conditions Control 4 TIS–bs
Operating Control 2 TIS–as–U TIS–bs Control 5 TIB–bs TIC–as
Control
Conditions Control 3
Control 4 TIB–bs TIC–as Control 1: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 2.8MHz, Focus: 6.0Cm, Data No: 587661433-31074
Control 2: 2D+PulsedDoppler Mode, 2D: 1.7MHzPD: 2.6MHz, Focus: 4.0Cm, FR: 126.700, Data No: 587710246-449541
P2-4AH: CW
P3-7AC
TIS TIB
scan non–scan P3-7AC: 2D& 2D+M mode
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
CW P1x1: CW P: CW P:
P (mW) – (a) –
185.690 208.000 210.000 Maximum Index Value 0.723 (a) 0.0620 0.0470** 0.0630+ 1.08
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 159.830 – –
Pr, α (MPa) 1.53 – – – – –
a (zs)x1cm^2]
P (mW) – (a) M P1x1: 3.20 – M P: 3.15 2D P: 27.2
zs (cm) – – – 1.400 – –
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 2.19 – –

Associated
X (cm) – (a) 0.870 0.870 0.870 0.870 deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.772 –
Dim of Aaprt
Y (cm) – (a) 1.300 1.300 1.300 1.300 fawf (MHz) 4.46 (a) 4.09 4.56 3.54 4.46
td (µsec) CW – – – – – X (cm) – (a) 0.960 0.960 0.960 0.390
Dim of Aaprt
prr (pulses/sec) CW – – – – – Y (cm) – (a) 0.800 0.800 0.800 0.800
Other deq at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.508 – prr (pulses/sec) 120* – – – – –
Focal Length
FLy (cm) – – 8.000 8.000 – – Information Ipa, a at max. MI (W/cm2) 103 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 16.0 16.0 – –
Focal Length
Control 1 MI FLy (cm) – – 5.00 5.00 – –

Control Control 3 TIS–as–U TIC–as Control 1 MI TIC–as
Conditions Control 4 TIS–bs Operating Control 3 TIS–as–U
Control
Control 5 TIB–bs Conditions Control 4 TIS–bs
Control 5 TIB–bs
Control 1: CW Mode, CW: 1.9MHz, Focus: 6.0Cm, Data No: 2578772417-7476
Control 2: CW Mode, CW: 2.2MHz, Focus: 16.0Cm, Data No: 2578771161-916563 Control 1: 2D Mode, 2D: 5.1MHz, Focus: 2.0Cm, FR: 120.420, Data No: 1794395688-707599
Control 3: CW Mode, CW: 2.2MHz, Focus: 16.0Cm, Data No: 2578771161-916563 Control 2: 2D+M Mode, 2D: 6.8MHzM: 6.8MHz, Focus: 6.0Cm, FR: 103.800, Data No: 1794387705-449340
P3-7AC: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA P3-7AC: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Maximum Index Value 1.27 (a) 0.533 0.349** 0.896+ 1.56 Maximum Index Value 1.38 (a) 0.846 0.557** 1.48 1.12
Pr, α (MPa) 2.54 – – – – – Pr, α (MPa) 2.79 – – – – –
P (mW) – (a) PD P1x1: 27.5 – PD P: 17.3 2D P: 1.17 P (mW) – (a) PD P1x1: 44.1 – PD P: 28.5 PD P: 44.1
a (zs)x1cm^2] a(zs)x1cm^2]
zs (cm) – – – 1.50 – – zs (cm) – – – 1.50 – –
Associated zbp (cm) – – – 1.48 – – Associated zbp (cm) – – – 1.48 – –
Acoustic zb (cm) – – – – 1.20 – Acoustic zb (cm) – – – – 1.30 –
Parameters z–at–max–Ipi, α (cm) 1.30 – – – – – Parameters z–at–max–Ipi, α (cm) 1.30 – – – – –
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.310 – deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.302 –
fawf (MHz) 4.00 (a) 4.07 4.07 4.08 2D : 3.19 fawf (MHz) 4.07 (a) 4.03 4.03 4.07 4.03
X (cm) – (a) 0.960 0.960 0.660 2D : 0.390 X (cm) – (a) 0.960 0.960 0.660 0.960
Dim of Aaprt Dim of Aaprt
Y (cm) – (a) 0.800 0.800 0.800 0.800 Y (cm) – (a) 0.800 0.800 0.800 0.800
td (µsec) 0.603 – – – – – td (µsec) 0.872 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 14.0 14.0 – – FLx (cm) – – 14.0 14.0 – –
FLy (cm) – – 5.00 5.00 – – FLy (cm) – – 5.00 5.00 – –
Operating Control 1 MI TIC–as Operating Control 1 MI TIB–bs

Control Control 3 TIS–as–U TIS–bs Control
Conditions Conditions Control 3 TIS–as–U TIS–bs TIC–as
Control 4 TIB–bs
P3-7AC: CW
ER4-9/10ED
TIS TIB
scan non–scan ER4-9/10ED: 2D& 2D+M mode
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
CW P1x1:
P (mW) – (a) – CW P: 23.9 CW P: 24.4
24.4 Maximum Index Value 1.180 0.587 0.064 0.037** 0.119+ (b)
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 17.0 – –
Pr, α (MPa) 2.540 – – – – –
a (zs)x1cm^2]
P (mW) – 2D P1: 20.600 M P1x1: 2.372 – M P: 1.820 (b)
zs (cm) – – – 1.60 – –
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 1.375 – –
Associated zbp (cm) – – – 0.998 – – a(zs)x1cm^2]
Associated
X (cm) – (a) 0.435 0.435 0.435 0.435 deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.227 –
Dim of Aaprt
Y (cm) – (a) 0.800 0.800 0.800 0.800 fawf (MHz) 4.600 6.000 5.640 5.640 4.610 (b)
td (µsec) CW – – – – – X (cm) – 1.140 1.350 1.350 0.422 (b)
Dim of Aaprt
prr (pulses/sec) CW – – – – – Y (cm) – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
Other deq at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.417 – prr (pulses/sec) 29.300* – – – – –
Focal Length
FLy (cm) – – 5.00 5.00 – – Information Ipa, a at max. MI (W/cm2) 290.000 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 9.000 9.000 – –
Focal Length
Operating Control 1 MI TIS–bs TIB–bs FLy (cm) – – 2.300 2.300 – –
Control
Conditions Control 3 TIS–as–U TIC–as
Control 1 MI TIC–as
Control 1: CW Mode, CW: 3.1MHz, Focus: 2.0Cm, Data No: 4123679234-550072 Control
Control 4 TIB–bs
ER4-9/10ED: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA ER4-9/10ED: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Pr, α (MPa) 2.320 – – – – – Pr, α (MPa) 2.800 – – – – –
2D P1: 1.010 2D P1: 1.530
Col P1: 29.500 PD P1x1: 15.500
zs (cm) – – – 1.500 – – zs (cm) – – – 1.500 – –

zbp (cm) – – – 1.524 – – zbp (cm) – – – 1.524 – –
zb (cm) – – – – 1.800 – zb (cm) – – – – 1.000 –
Acoustic Acoustic
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.166 – deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.238 –
2D : 4.210 2D : 4.220
Col : 4.480 PD : 4.460
2D : 2.700 2D : 2.700
X (cm) – 1.350 1.350 0.760 (b) X (cm) – 1.350 1.350 0.380 (b)
Y (cm) – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b) Y (cm) – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
td (µsec) 0.571 – – – – – td (µsec) 0.948 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 9.000 6.500 – – FLx (cm) – – 9.000 7.500 – –
FLy (cm) – – 2.300 2.300 – – FLy (cm) – – 2.300 2.300 – –
Control 1 MI Control 1 MI TIB–bs TIC–as

Control 2 TIS–as TIC–as Operating Control 2 TIS–as
Operating Control
Control Control 3 TIS–as–U Conditions Control 3 TIS–as–U
Conditions Control 4 TIS–bs Control 4 TIS–bs
Control 5 TIB–bs
EV4-9/10ED: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA

EV4-9/10ED
TIS TIB
EV4-9/10ED: 2D& 2D+M mode scan non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
2D P1: 1.010
P (mW) – PD P1x1: 13.350 – PD P: 9.760 (b)
a (zs)x1cm^2]
P (mW) – 2D P1: 20.600 M P1x1: 2.372 – M P: 1.820 (b)
zs (cm) – – – 1.500 – –
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 1.375 – –
a (zs)x1cm^2] zbp (cm) – – – 1.524 – –
Associated
zs (cm) – – – 1.400 – – zb (cm) – – – – 1.800 –
Acoustic
Parameters
fawf (MHz) 4.490 4.460 4.430 4.470 (b)
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.227 – Col : 4.480
fawf (MHz) 4.600 6.000 5.640 5.640 4.610 (b) 2D : 2.700

X (cm) – 1.350 1.350 0.760 (b)
X (cm) – 1.140 1.350 1.350 0.422 (b)
Dim of Aaprt Y (cm) – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
Y (cm) – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
td (µsec) 0.571 – – – – –
td (µsec) 0.324 – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 108.000* – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 29.300* – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.890 – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.980 – – – – –
290.000 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 9.000 6.500 – –
FLy (cm) – – 2.300 2.300 – –
Control 1 MI
Operating Control 2 TIS–as TIC–as
Control Control Control 3 TIS–as–U
Conditions Control 3 TIS–as–U TIS–bs Conditions Control 4 TIS–bs
Control 4 TIB–bs
Control 5 TIB–bs
EV4-9/10ED: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler

3D4-8ET (260 Pin Type)
TIS TIB
scan non–scan 3D4-8ET: 2D& 2D+M mode
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
2D P1: 1.530
P (mW) – PD P1x1: 24.995 – PD P: 17.400 (b)
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 15.736 – –
Pr, α (MPa) 2.160 – – – – –
a (zs)x1cm^2]
P (mW) – 2D P1: 77.100 M P1x1: 5.011 – M P: 7.100 (b)
zs (cm) – – – 1.500 – –
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 8.065 – –
zbp (cm) – – – 1.524 – – a (zs)x1cm^2]
Associated
zb (cm) – – – – 1.000 – zs (cm) – – – 3.000 – –
Acoustic
Parameters
fawf (MHz) 3.940 4.420 4.420 3.940 (b)
PD : 4.460 deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.443 –
2D : 2.700 fawf (MHz) 2.630 2.890 4.350 2.840 2.900 (b)
X (cm) – 1.350 1.350 0.380 (b)
X (cm) – 1.560 0.744 2.381 0.744 (b)
Y (cm) – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b) Dim of Aaprt
Y (cm) – 1.300 1.300 1.300 1.300 (b)
td (µsec) 0.948 – – – – –
td (µsec) 0.552 – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 999.000 – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 57.000* – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.070 – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.730 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 9.000 7.500 – –
FLy (cm) – – 6.000 6.000 – –
Control 1 MI TIB–bs TIC–as

Control 2 TIS–as
Control Control 2 TIS–as TIC–as
Control 3 TIS–as–U Operating
Conditions
Control 1: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 3.9MHz, Focus: 1.0Cm, Data No: 1446759726-805896 Control 5 TIB–bs
3D4-8ET: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA 3D4-8ET: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Pr, α (MPa) 1.950 – – – – – Pr, α (MPa) 2.620 – – – – –
2D P1: 3.300 2D P1: 1.350
Col P1: 81.100 PD P1x1: 57.080
zs (cm) – – – 1.000 – – zs (cm) – – – 3.000 – –

zbp (cm) – – – 1.665 – – zbp (cm) – – – 2.978 – –
zb (cm) – – – – 3.400 – zb (cm) – – – – 3.000 –
Acoustic Acoustic
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.298 – deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.328 –
2D : 2.650 2D : 2.690
Col : 3.060 PD : 3.070
2D : 2.790 2D : 4.760
X (cm) – 0.744 0.744 1.040 (b) X (cm) – 0.744 2.381 0.744 (b)
Y (cm) – 1.300 1.300 1.300 1.300 (b) Y (cm) – 1.300 1.300 1.300 1.300 (b)
td (µsec) 0.836 – – – – – td (µsec) 1.190 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 3.500 3.500 – – FLx (cm) – – 3.500 17.500 – –
FLy (cm) – – 6.000 6.000 – – FLy (cm) – – 6.000 6.000 – –
Control 2 TIS–as Control 2 TIS–as
Operating Control 3 TIS–as–U Operating Control 3 TIS–as–U
Control Control
Control 6 TIC–as Control 6 TIC–as
3D4-9ES: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA

3D4-9ES (260 Pin Type)
TIS TIB
3D4-9ES: 2D& 2D+M mode scan non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
P (mW) – 2D P1: 1.29 PD P1x1: 12.2 – PD P: 11.8 (b)
Maximum Index Value 1.29 0.622 0.0510 0.0340** 0.126+ (b)
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 8.84 – –
Pr, α (MPa) 2.64 – – – – – a(zs)x1cm^2]
P (mW) – 2D P1: 22.2 M P1x1: 1.96 – M P: 1.94 (b) zs (cm) – – – 0.900 – –
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 1.45 – – Associated zbp (cm) – – – 0.828 – –
a (zs)x1cm^2]
Acoustic zb (cm) – – – – 1.30 –
zs (cm) – – – 0.900 – –
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.191 –
Acoustic zb (cm) – – – – 1.00 –
fawf (MHz) 5.01 2D : 4.09 5.12 5.12 5.13 (b)
X (cm) – 2D : 2.57 0.402 0.402 0.563 (b)
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.246 – Dim of Aaprt
Y (cm) – 0.595 0.595 0.595 0.595 (b)
fawf (MHz) 4.18 5.90 5.48 4.90 4.55 (b)
td (µsec) 0.499 – – – – –
X (cm) – 1.00 1.29 0.442 0.442 (b)
Y (cm) – 0.595 0.595 0.595 0.595 (b)
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.79 – – – – –
td (µsec) 0.365 – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 26.4* – – – – – Information Ipa, a at max. MI (W/cm2) 222 – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.96 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 1.50 1.50 – –
deq at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.231 – Focal Length
Other FLy (cm) – – 3.50 3.50 – –
FLx (cm) – – 9.00 2.00 – –
Focal Length Operating Control 1 MI TIS–as
FLy (cm) – – 3.50 3.50 – –
Control Control 2 TIS–as–U TIS–bs
Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS–as Control 1: 2D+Color Mode, 2D: 3.9MHzCol: 5.1MHz, Focus: 1.5Cm, FR: 7.250, Data No: 2086051492-876452
Operating
Control Control 3 TIS–as–U Control 2: Triple Mode, 2D: 3.9MHzPD: 5.1MHzCol: 4.4MHz, Focus: 1.5Cm, FR: 8.090, Data No: 2086114127-328840
Conditions Control 3: Triple Mode, 2D: 3.9MHzPD: 5.1MHzCol: 4.4MHz, Focus: 2.0Cm, FR: 8.090, Data No: 2086120338-17675
Control 4 TIS–bs
Control 5 TIB–bs
3D4-9ES: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler

3DC2-6 (260 Pin Type)
TIS TIB
scan non–scan 3DC2-6: 2D& 2D+M mode
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
P (mW) – 2D P1: 1.39 PD P1x1: 22.3 – PD P: 18.3 (b)
Maximum Index Value 1.410 1.040 0.079** 0.109 0.246+ (b)
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 15.0 – –
a(zs)x1cm^2] Pr, α (MPa) 2.240 – – – – –
zs (cm) – – – 0.600 – – P (mW) – 2D P1: 67.200 M P1x1: 5.982 – M P: 5.810 (b)
Associated zbp (cm) – – – 0.828 – – Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, (mW) – – – 8.027 – –
a (zs)x1cm^2]
Acoustic zb (cm) – – – – 1.30 –
zs (cm) – – – 3.000 – –
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.187 –
Acoustic zb (cm) – – – – 0.600 –
fawf (MHz) 4.38 2D : 4.13 5.00 5.01 5.12 (b)
X (cm) – 2D : 2.57 1.29 0.402 0.563 (b)
Dim of Aaprt deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.466 –
Y (cm) – 0.595 0.595 0.595 0.595 (b)
fawf (MHz) 2.510 3.260 2.760 2.850 2.640 (b)
td (µsec) 0.808 – – – – –
X (cm) – 1.720 0.858 2.496 0.468 (b)
prr (pulses/sec) 999 – – – – – Dim of Aaprt
Y (cm) – 1.200 1.200 1.200 1.200 (b)
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.52 – – – – –
td (µsec) 0.609 – – – – –
Information prr (pulses/sec) 31.600* – – – – –
Ipa, a at max. MI (W/cm2) 361 – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.150 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 9.00 1.50 – –
Focal Length deq at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.462 –
FLy (cm) – – 3.50 3.50 – – Other
FLx (cm) – – 3.500 17.500 – –
Control 1 MI Focal Length
FLy (cm) – – 6.000 6.000 – –
Conditions Control 1 MI
Control 4 TIS–bs
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 5 TIB–bs
Control
Control 1: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 4.4MHz, Focus: 1.5Cm, Data No: 2086159780-7913 Conditions Control 4 TIS–bs
Control 6 TIC–as
3DC2-6: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA 3DC2-6: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Maximum Index Value 1.120 1.100 0.673 0.534** 1.890 (b) Maximum Index Value 1.440 0.688 0.901** 0.980 2.920 (b)
Pr, α (MPa) 1.800 – – – – – Pr, α (MPa) 2.310 – – – – –
2D P1: 2.190 2D P1: 1.350
Col P1: 81.600 PD P1x1: 50.719
zs (cm) – – – 3.000 – – zs (cm) – – – 3.000 – –

zbp (cm) – – – 2.929 – – zbp (cm) – – – 2.929 – –
zb (cm) – – – – 2.900 – zb (cm) – – – – 0.700 –
Acoustic Acoustic
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.347 – deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.449 –
2D : 2.290 2D : 2.320
Col : 2.780 PD : 2.790
2D : 3.000 2D : 4.990
X (cm) – 0.858 2.496 0.858 (b) X (cm) – 0.468 2.496 0.468 (b)
Y (cm) – 1.200 1.200 1.200 1.200 (b) Y (cm) – 1.200 1.200 1.200 1.200 (b)
td (µsec) 0.979 – – – – – td (µsec) 0.894 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 3.500 17.500 – – FLx (cm) – – 2.000 17.500 – –
FLy (cm) – – 6.000 6.000 – – FLy (cm) – – 6.000 6.000 – –

Control Control
Conditions Control 3 TIS–as–U TIB–bs Conditions Control 3 TIS–as–U TIB–bs TIC–as
FDA Tables W.3(z1) the derated ultrasonic power at axial distance z1 (milliwatts).
ITA.3(z1) the derated spatial‑peak, temporal‑average intensity at axial distance z1
(milliwatts per square centimeter).
Symbols and Definitions
z1 the axial distance corresponding to the location of max[min(W.3(z), ITA.3(z) x 1
All table entries have been obtained at the same operating conditions that give rise to cm2)], where z = zbp (centimeters).
the maximum Index Value in the second row. Due to the complexities of the system user
zbp (centimeters).
interface, it may be difficult to exactly replicate the declared condition. Contact SAMSUNG
MEDISON for further information. zsp
For MI, the axial distance at which pr.3 is measured for TIB, the axial distance at
which TIB is a maximum (i.e., zsp = zB.3) (centimeters).
Symbols used in the table are described below.
deq(z) the equivalent beam diameter as a function of axial distance z, and is equal to
MI the Mechanical Index.
[(4/)(Wo/ITA(z))]0.5 where ITA(z) is the temporal‑average intensity as a function of z
TISscan the Soft Tissue Thermal Index in an auto‑scanning mode. (centimeters).
TISnon–scan the Soft Tissue Thermal Index in a non‑auto‑scanning mode. fc is the center frequency (MHz). For MI, fc is the center frequency associated with
TIB the Bone Thermal Index. the transmit pattern giving rise to the maximum reported value of MI. For TI, for
TIC the Cranial Thermal Index. combined modes involving transmit patterns of unequal center frequency, fc
is defined as the overall range of center frequencies of the respective transmit
Aaprt the area of the active aperture (square centimeters).
patterns.
pr.3 the derated peak rarefactional pressure associated with the transmit pattern
Dim. of Aaprt
the active aperture dimensions for the azimuthal and elevational planes
giving rise to the value reported under MI (meg zapascals).
(centimeters).
Wo For TIB and TIC: time average acoustic power at the source, in milliwatts. (Also
PD the pulse duration (microseconds) associated with the transmit pattern giving
see the definitions for W01 and W01x1 that follow.)
rise to the reported value of MI.
For TIS scan, Wo = Wo1 + Wo1x1
PRF the pulse repetition frequency associated with the transmit pattern giving rise
For TIS non–scan, Wo = Wo1x1

to the reported value of MI (Hz).
Wo1:
For scanning modes and/or scanning components of combinational modes:
pr@PIImax
the peak rarefactional pressure at the point where the freefield, spatial‑peak
time average acoustic power at the source, per cm, in milliwatts. This is the
pulse intensity integral is a maximum (megapascals). See Section 6.2.4.1 of the
acoustic power emitted from the central 1–cm length, in the scan direction, of
Output Display Standard, entitled “Measurement Methodology for Mechanical
the aperture corresponding to the scanned pulses.
and Thermal Indices”.
Wo1x1:
For non–scanning modes and/or non–scanning components of combinational
deq@PIImax the equivalent beam diameter at the point where the freefield, spatial‑peak
modes: time average acoustic power at the source, per cm2, in milliwatts. This is
pulse intensity integral is a maximum (centimeters). See Section 6.2.5.1 of the
the acoustic power emitted from the central 1 cm2 of the active non–scanned
Output Display Standard, entitled “Measurement Methodology for Mechanical
aperture through which the highest acoustic power is being transmitted.
and Thermal Indices”.
FL the focal length, or azimuthal and elevational lengths, if different (centimeters).

Explanatory Notes
IPA.3@MImax the derated pulse average intensity at the point of maximum reported MI
(Watts per square centimeter). This index is not required to this operating mode.
The Acoustic Measurement Precision and Acoustic Measurement Uncertainty are This probe is not intended for adult transcranial uses.
summarized below. This formulation for TIS is less than that for an alternate formulation in this mode.
Quantity Precision Total Uncertainty The maximum index value is less than 1.0
PII.3 (derated pulse intensity * If the MI comes from a scanning mode Transmit Pattern (pulse), the ‘prr’ listed is the
3.2 % + 21 %– 24 %
integral) average per second for the 'worst case' scan line. ‘prr’ for scanning modes is the product
Wo (acoustic power) 6.2 % +/– 19 % of the frame rate and the number of pulse per line of the Transmit Pattern .
Pr.3 (derated rarefaction pressure) 5.4 % +/– 15 % ** The max TIS unscanned value is an ‘at_surface’ value and occurs for aperture > 1.0 cm2,
Fc (center frequency) <1% +/– 4.5 %
OR The max TIS unscanned value is a ‘below_surface’ value and occurs for aperture <=
1.0 cm2.
+ The max TIB for this combinational mode = the at_surface TIS_scanned value. The non-
scanned_TIB value indicated is the below_surface max. A “+” is used when the TIB value
is less than the TIS_scanned value for the operating condition.
Mini DLP Type C2-5: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA
TIS TIB
Index Label MI Scan Non-scan Non-scan TIC
C2-5 Aaprt≤1cm² Aaprt>1cm²
Non-scan
Maximum index value 1.52 1.75 0.927 0.745** 2.48 (b)

C2-5: 2D& 2D+M mode Pr.3 2.41 – – – – –
TIS TIB 2D P1: 12.7
W0 – PD P1x1: 64.5 – PD P: 64.5 (b)
Index Label MI Scan Non-scan Non-scan TIC Col P1: 115
Non-scan
Aaprt≤1cm² Aaprt>1cm² min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 51.8 – –
Maximum index value 1.43 1.50 0.114 0.128 0.313+ (b) z1 – – – 1.05 – –
Pr.3 2.51 – – – – –
Zbp – – – 1.35 – –
W0 – 2D P1: 94.4 M P1x1: 7.74 – M P: 7.89 (b)
Zsp 0.750 – – – 1.05 –
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 11.6 – –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.474 –
z1 – – – 3.75 – –
2D : 2.19
Zbp – – – 3.12 – – fc 2.51 3.02 3.02 3.02 (b)
Col : 2.95
Zsp 1.20 – – – 0.900 –
2D : 3.48
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.487 – X Aaprt – 0.491 0.491 0.491 (b)
Col : 1.39
fc 3.08 3.33 3.08 2.31 2.37 (b)
Y Aaprt – 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 (b)
X Aaprt – 1.80 0.491 2.62 0.491 (b)
PD 0.975 – – – – –
Y Aaprt – 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 (b)
PRF 100* – – – – –
PD 0.394 – – – – –
PRF 68.2* – – – – – Pr–Pii–max 2.30 – – – – –
Pr–Pii–max 2.74 – – – – – deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.474 –

deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.487 – FLx (cm) – 3.50 2.00 2.00 – (b)
FLx (cm) – 2.00 2.00 17.5 – (b) FLy (cm) – 7.60 7.60 7.60 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 7.60 7.60 7.60 – (b) Ipa.MI–max 203 – – – – –
Ipa.MI–max 250 – – – – –
Control 1 MI
Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 4 TIS–bs
Control 5 TIB–bs Control 2: 2D+Color Mode, 2D: 2.1MHz Col: 3.1MHz , Focus: 3.5Cm, FR: 17.27, Data No: 2316605431-174418
C2-5: Pulsed Doppler & 2D+Pulsed Doppler

C2-8
TIS TIB
Non-scan C2-8: 2D& 2D+M mode
Aaprt≤1cm² Aaprt>1cm²
Maximum index value 1.48 1.14 1.34 1.30 3.31 (b) TIS TIB
Pr.3 2.57 – – – – – Index Label MI Scan Non-scan Non-scan TIC
Non-scan
2D P1: 3.80 Aaprt≤1cm² Aaprt>1cm²
W0 – PD P1x1: 93.4 – PD P: 95.5 (b)
PD P1x1: 75.8 Maximum index value 1.10 1.15 0.0390 0.0440 0.109+ (b)
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 110 – – Pr.3 1.87 – – – – –
z1 – – – 3.75 – – W0 – 2D P1: 52.9 M P1x1: 1.80 – M P: 2.67 (b)
Zbp – – – 3.12 – – min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 3.20 – –
Zsp 1.05 – – – 1.65 – z1 – – – 4.24 – –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.488 – Zbp – – – 3.11 – –
2D : 2.20 Zsp 1.38 – – – 1.38 –
fc 3.04 3.02 2.50 2.55 (b)
PD : 3.05
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.408 –
2D : 5.24
X Aaprt – 0.654 2.62 0.654 (b) fc 2.88 4.55 4.54 2.91 2.88 (b)
PD : 0.654
Y Aaprt – 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 (b) X Aaprt – 2.40 0.866 3.08 0.481 (b)
PD 1.03 – – – – – Y Aaprt – 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 (b)
PRF 999 – – – – – PD 0.568 – – – – –
Pr–Pii–max 2.72 – – – – – PRF 89.3* – – – – –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.418 – Pr–Pii–max 2.19 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – 3.50 3.50 14.5 – (b) deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.408 –
FLy (cm) – 7.60 7.60 7.60 – (b) FLx (cm) – 3.50 3.50 17.5 – (b)
Ipa.MI–max 314 – – – – – FLy (cm) – 7.00 7.00 7.00 – (b)

Ipa.MI–max 146 – – – – –
Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS–as Control 1 MI
Control 3 TIS–as–U Control 2 TIS–as
Control 4 TIS–bs Control 3 TIS–as–U
Control 5 TIB–bs Control 4 TIS–bs

Control 5 TIB–bs
C2-8: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA C2-8: Pulsed Doppler & 2D+Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Index Label MI Scan Non-scan Non-scan TIC Index Label MI Scan Non-scan Non-scan TIC
Non-scan Non-scan
Aaprt≤1cm² Aaprt>1cm² Aaprt≤1cm² Aaprt>1cm²
Maximum index value 1.12 1.13 0.690 0.538 1.78 (b) Maximum index value 1.27 0.820 1.04 0.930 2.65 (b)
Pr.3 1.98 – – – – – Pr.3 2.22 – – – – –
2D P1: 2.09 2D P1: 1.40

W0 – PD P1x1: 46.8 – PD P: 45.0 (b) W0 – PD P1x1: 72.2 – PD P: 66.4 (b)
Col P1: 75.0 PD P1x1: 54.4
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 64.3 – –
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 36.4 – –
z1 – – – 1.70 – –
z1 – – – 1.60 – –
Zbp – – – 2.27 – –
Zbp – – – 1.91 – –
Zsp 1.90 – – – 1.50 –
Zsp 0.900 – – – 1.50 –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.406 –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.408 –
2D : 2.61
2D : 2.59 fc 3.03 3.03 3.04 3.08 (b)
fc 3.10 3.10 3.10 3.09 (b) PD : 3.10
Col : 3.10
2D : 6.16
X Aaprt – 0.866 1.64 0.481 (b)
2D : 3.56 PD : 0.866
X Aaprt – 0.866 1.15 0.481 (b)
Col : 1.44
Y Aaprt – 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 (b)
Y Aaprt – 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 (b)
PD 1.19 – – – – –
PD 0.818 – – – – – PRF 999 – – – – –
PRF 133* – – – – – Pr–Pii–max 2.82 – – – – –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.403 – FLx (cm) – 3.50 3.50 6.80 – (b)
FLx (cm) – 2.00 3.50 5.00 – (b) FLy (cm) – 7.00 7.00 7.00 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 7.00 7.00 7.00 – (b) Ipa.MI–max 234 – – – – –
Ipa.MI–max 153 – – – – –
Control 1 MI TIS–as–U
Control 1 MI MI Control 2 TIS–as
Control 2 TIS–as Control 3 TIS–bs
Control 3 TIS–as–U Control 4 TIB–bs
Control 4 TIS–bs Control 1: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 3.1MHz , Focus: 3.5Cm, Data No: 154574495-370543
Control 5 TIB–bs Control 2: 2D+PulsedDoppler Mode, 2D: 2.4MHz PD: 3.1MHz , Focus: 3.5Cm, FR: 89.32, Data No: 154575762-8656
C4-9: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA

C4-9
TIS TIB
C4-9: 2D& 2D+M mode Index Label MI Scan Non-scan Non-scan TIC
Non-scan
TIS TIB
Maximum index value 1.27 1.06 0.807 0.552** 1.75 1.47
Non-scan Pr.3 2.84 – – – – –
2D P: 0.873
Maximum index value 0.742 0.528 0.0470 0.0340** 0.0410+ 0.632 2D P1: 1.06
W0 – PD P1x1: 33.3 – PD P: 33.3 PD P: 33.3
Col P1: 43.6
Pr.3 1.72 – – – – – Col P: 8.40
W0 – 2D P1: 21.0 M P1x1: 1.99 – M P: 1.27 2D P: 31.8 min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 22.8 – –
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 1.35 – – z1 – – – 1.08 – –
z1 – – – 0.680 – – Zbp – – – 1.01 – –
Zbp – – – 1.52 – – Zsp 1.08 – – – 1.08 –
Zsp 1.08 – – – 1.40 –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.294 –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.419 –
2D : 4.85
fc 5.40 5.29 4.99 5.23 5.44 4.98 2D : 4.70
fc 4.97 5.08 5.08 5.08 PD : 5.08
Col : 4.97
X Aaprt – 1.90 1.35 1.35 0.633 2.07 Col : 4.05
Y Aaprt – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 2D : 2.70

2D : 2.70
X Aaprt – 0.591 0.591 0.591 PD : 0.591
PD 0.132 – – – – – Col : 1.24
Col : 1.29
PRF 26.7* – – – – – Y Aaprt – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600
Pr–Pii–max 2.00 – – – – – PD 0.501 – – – – –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.379 – PRF 102* – – – – –
FLx (cm) – 5.50 7.50 7.50 – 6.50
Pr–Pii–max 3.41 – – – – –
FLy (cm) – 3.00 3.00 3.00 – 3.00
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.282 –
Ipa.MI–max 135 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – 1.50 1.50 1.50 – 1.50
FLy (cm) – 3.00 3.00 3.00 – 3.00
Control 1 MI
Ipa.MI–max 332 – – – – –
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 4 TIS–bs
Control 2 TIS–as–U TIS–bs TIB–bs TIC–as
Control 5 TIB–bs
Control 6 TIC–as

CF4-9
TIS TIB
Non-scan CF4-9: 2D& 2D+M mode
TIS TIB
Maximum index value 1.24 1.01 1.08 0.690** 2.01 1.37
Pr.3 2.78 – – – – – Non-scan
2D P1: 1.71
W0 – PD P1x1: 45.9 – PD P: 41.8 PD P: 41.8 Maximum index value 1.24 0.392 0.0277 0.0180** 0.0669+ 0.511
PD P1x1: 40.3
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 29.2 – – Pr.3 2.79 – – – – –
z1 – – – 1.32 – – W0 – 2D P1:14.8 M P1x1:1.09 – M P:0.752 2D P:22.8
Zbp – – – 1.52 – – min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 0.700 – –

z1 – – – 1.20 – –
Zsp 1.08 – – – 1.24 –
Zbp – – – 1.18 – –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.320 –
Zsp 1.00 – – – 1.00 –
2D : 4.85
fc 5.02 4.96 4.96 4.43 4.43 deq(zsp) – – – – 0.183 –
PD : 5.03
2D : 2.70 fc 5.06 5.56 5.34 5.34 4.65 4.77
X Aaprt – 1.35 1.35 0.760 0.760
PD : 1.35 X Aaprt – 1.76 1.16 1.16 0.434 2.32
Y Aaprt – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 Y Aaprt – 0.420 0.420 0.420 0.420 0.420
PD 0.696 – – – – – PD 0.251 – – – – –
PRF 999 – – – – – PRF 46.0* – – – – –
Pr–Pii–max 3.34 – – – – – Pr–Pii–max 3.21 – – – – –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.303 – deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.178 –
FLx (cm) – 4.00 9.00 9.00 – 2.00 FLx (cm) – 7.50 9.00 9.00 – 7.50
FLy (cm) – 3.00 3.00 3.00 – 3.00 FLy (cm) – 2.50 2.50 2.50 – 2.50
Ipa.MI–max 322 – – – – – Ipa.MI–max 332 – – – – –
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 3 TIS–as–U TIS–bs
Control 4 TIS–bs
Control 5 TIB–bs
Control 1: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 5.1MHz , Focus: 1.5Cm, Data No: 1418210964-314079 Control 6 TIC–as
Control 3: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 5.1MHz , Focus: 9.0Cm, Data No: 1418286150-147433 Control 1: 2D Mode, 2D:6.2MHz , Focus:2.0Cm, FR:46.03, Data No:2598854367-496404
Control 4: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 4.4MHz , Focus: 2.0Cm, Data No: 1418307129-808476 Control 2: 2D Mode, 2D:7.7MHz , Focus:7.5Cm, FR:75.43, Data No:2598850058-673493
CF4-9:2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA CF4-9: Pulsed Doppler & 2D+Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Non-scan Non-scan
Maximum index value 1.07 0.624 0.274 0.178** 0.891 0.900 Maximum index value 1.40 0.368 0.549 0.399** 1.39 0.712
Pr.3 2.43 – – – – – Pr.3 3.16 – – – – –
2D P1:0.182 2D P:0.677 2D P1:0.690
W0 – PD P1x1:11.1 – PD P:7.67 W0 – PD P1x1:22.4 – PD P:17.8 PD P:22.4
Col P1:25.3 Col P:27.6 PD P1x1:14.3
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 7.24 – – min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 16.3 – –
z1 – – – 1.20 – – z1 – – – 0.900 – –
Zbp – – – 1.18 – – Zbp – – – 1.18 – –
Zsp 0.800 – – – 0.800 – Zsp 0.800 – – – 1.40 –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.145 – deq(zsp) – – – – 0.193 –
2D :4.96 2D :4.97 2D :5.09
fc 5.15 5.17 5.17 5.17 fc 5.11 5.14 5.14 4.39 5.14
Col :5.15 Col :4.46 PD :5.17
2D :1.85 2D :1.85 2D :2.32
X Aaprt – 1.16 1.16 0.398 X Aaprt – 1.16 1.16 0.796 1.16
Col :1.14 Col :1.14 PD :1.16
Y Aaprt – 0.420 0.420 0.420 0.420 0.420 Y Aaprt – 0.420 0.420 0.420 0.420 0.420
PD 0.474 – – – – – PD 0.653 – – – – –
PRF 277* – – – – – PRF 999 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – 1.00 7.50 7.50 – 1.00 FLx (cm) – 4.00 6.50 6.50 – 6.50
FLy (cm) – 2.50 2.50 2.50 – 2.50 FLy (cm) – 2.50 2.50 2.50 – 2.50
Control 1 MI TIS–as Control 1 MI

Control 2 TIS–as–U TIS–bs Control 2 TIS–as
Control 3 TIB–bs Control 3 TIS–as–U TIS–bs TIC–as
Control 4 TIC–as Control 4 TIB–bs
Control 2: Triple Mode, 2D:4.4MHz PD:5.1MHz Col:4.4MHz , Focus:7.5Cm, FR:11.76, Data No:2598920883-936460 Control 2: 2D+PulsedDoppler Mode, 2D:4.4MHz PD:5.1MHz , Focus:4.0Cm, FR:37.43, Data No:2598912101-281640
Control 3: Triple Mode, 2D:4.4MHz PD:5.1MHz Col:4.4MHz , Focus:1.0Cm, FR:24.26, Data No:2598904672-585516 Control 3: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD:5.1MHz , Focus:6.5Cm, Data No:2598916579-838724
SP3-8:2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA

SP3-8
TIS TIB
SP3-8: 2D& 2D+M mode Index Label MI Scan Non-scan Non-scan

Non-scan
TIC
TIS TIB
Maximum index value 0.732 1.47 0.747 0.510** 0.806+ 2.03
Non-scan Pr.3 1.27 – – – – –
2D P1:10.7 2D P:5.60
Maximum index value 0.853 1.33 0.0889 0.0630** 0.120+ 1.53 W0 – PD P1x1:37.0 – PD P:31.7
Col P1:67.3 Col P:44.6
Pr.3 1.72 – – – – – min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 25.3 – –
W0 – 2D P1:50.3 M P1x1:5.07 – M P:5.23 2D P:53.5 z1 – – – 1.30 – –
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 4.00 – – Zbp – – – 1.66 – –
z1 – – – 1.30 – – Zsp 3.90 – – – 3.80 –
Zbp – – – 1.66 – – deq(zsp) – – – – 0.345 –
Zsp 0.600 – – – 3.80 – 2D :3.00 2D :3.03
fc 3.00 4.24 4.24 3.56
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.431 – Col :4.10 Col :3.51
fc 4.08 5.53 3.69 3.34 2.96 3.38 X Aaprt – 0.960 0.960 0.960 0.960 0.300
X Aaprt – 0.600 0.960 0.960 0.960 0.600 Y Aaprt – 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Y Aaprt – 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 PD 0.513 – – – – –
PD 0.208 – – – – – PRF 12.4* – – – – –
PRF 95.2* – – – – – Pr–Pii–max 1.95 – – – – –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.407 – FLx (cm) – 8.00 14.0 14.0 – 2.00
FLx (cm) – 4.00 16.0 16.0 – 4.00 FLy (cm) – 7.00 7.00 7.00 – 7.00
FLy (cm) – 7.00 7.00 7.00 – 7.00 Ipa.MI–max 81.6 – – – – –
Ipa.MI–max 125 – – – – –
Control 1 MI Control 2 TIS–as–U TIS–bs
Control 2 TIS–as Control 3 TIB–bs
Control 3 TIS–as–U Control 4 TIC–as
Control 4 TIS–bs
Control 5 TIB–bs Control 2: Triple Mode, 2D:2.8MHz PD:4.4MHz Col:3.6MHz , Focus:14.0Cm, FR:8.12, Data No:444576333-893705
Control 6 TIC–as Control 3: Triple Mode, 2D:2.8MHz PD:3.6MHz Col:3.6MHz , Focus:8.0Cm, FR:12.45, Data No:444598972-229949
SP3-8: Pulsed Doppler & 2D+Pulsed Doppler SP3-8: CW

TIS TIB TIS TIB
Non-scan Non-scan
Maximum index value 0.982 1.02 1.42 0.985** 1.91 1.65 Maximum index value 0.0505 (a) 1.01 0.854** 2.29 1.86
Pr.3 1.84 – – – – – Pr.3 0.0991 – – – – –
2D P1:18.8 W0 – (a) CW P1x1:55.2 – CW P:53.9 CW P:55.2
W0 – PD P1x1:71.3 – PD P:50.8 PD P:40.8
PD P1x1:37.0
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 46.6 – –
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 49.2 – –
z1 – – – 0.600 – –
z1 – – – 1.20 – –
Zbp – – – 1.12 – –
Zbp – – – 1.66 – –
Zsp 1.20 – – – 1.20 –
Zsp 3.60 – – – 1.40 –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.377 –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.422 –
fc 3.85 (a) 3.85 3.85 3.85 3.85
2D :3.05
fc 3.51 4.18 4.20 3.56 4.29 X Aaprt – (a) 0.435 0.435 0.435 0.435
PD :4.24
Y Aaprt – (a) 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
X Aaprt – 0.960 0.960 0.960 0.600 0.300
PD CW – – – – –
Y Aaprt – 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
PRF CW – – – – –
PD 1.08 – – – – –
Pr–Pii–max 0.120 – – – – –
PRF 999 – – – – –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.354 –
Pr–Pii–max 2.71 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – (a) 4.00 14.0 – 4.00
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.299 –
FLy (cm) – (a) 7.00 7.00 – 7.00
FLx (cm) – 14.0 16.0 10.0 – 2.00
Ipa.MI–max 0.341 – – – – –
FLy (cm) – 7.00 7.00 7.00 – 7.00
Ipa.MI–max 162 – – – – –
Control 1 MI
Control 3 TIS–bs
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 3 TIS–as–U Control 1: CW Mode, CW:3.9MHz , Focus:2.0Cm, Data No:444886700-256247
Control 4 TIS–bs Control 2: CW Mode, CW:3.9MHz , Focus:4.0Cm, Data No:444887176-855297
Control 5 TIB–bs Control 3: CW Mode, CW:3.9MHz , Focus:14.0Cm, Data No:444889476-386128
Control 6 TIC–as

Control 2: 2D+PulsedDoppler Mode, 2D:2.8MHz PD:4.4MHz , Focus:14.0Cm, FR:48.65, Data No:444575159-230128

L3-8
TIS TIB
L3-8: 2D& 2D+M mode Non-scan
TIS TIB
Maximum index value 1.49 1.57 1.14** 0.830 1.57 (b)
Non-scan Pr.3 3.08 – – – – –
2D P1: 6.82
Maximum index value 1.60 1.37 0.0670** 0.0490 0.121+ (b) W0 – PD P1x1: 55.7 – PD P: 61.1 (b)
Col P1: 72.8
Pr.3 3.10 – – – – – min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 40.7 – –
W0 – 2D P1: 59.7 M P1x1: 2.89 – M P: 1.52 (b) z1 – – – 1.50 – –
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 2.11 – – Zbp – – – 1.83 – –
z1 – – – 1.40 – – Zsp 1.65 – – – 1.80 –
Zbp – – – 1.83 – – deq(zsp) – – – – 0.501 –
Zsp 1.30 – – – 1.90 – 2D : 3.54
fc 4.23 4.30 4.28 4.30 (b)
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.166 – Col : 4.20
fc 3.77 4.81 4.85 4.85 3.82 (b) 2D : 3.90

X Aaprt – 1.83 1.95 1.83 (b)
Col : 2.10
X Aaprt – 1.31 1.95 1.95 0.975 (b)
Y Aaprt – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
Y Aaprt – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
PD 0.608 – – – – –
PD 0.286 – – – – –
PRF 119* – – – – –
PRF 64.9* – – – – –
Pr–Pii–max 3.82 – – – – –
Pr–Pii–max 3.35 – – – – –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.282 –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.164 –
FLx (cm) – 3.20 5.50 7.50 – (b)
FLx (cm) – 1.00 7.50 7.50 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 2.00 2.00 2.00 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 2.00 2.00 2.00 – (b)
Ipa.MI–max 520 – – – – –
Ipa.MI–max 691 – – – – –
Control 1 MI
Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 3 TIS–as–U TIB–bs
Control 4 TIS–bs
Control 4 TIB–bs
L3-8: Pulsed Doppler & 2D+Pulsed Doppler

L5-12/50
TIS TIB
Index Label MI Scan Non-scan Non-scan
Non-scan
TIC L5-12/50: 2D& 2D+M mode
TIS TIB
Maximum index value 1.53 1.54 2.19** 1.72 3.19 (b)
Pr.3 3.36 – – – – – Non-scan
2D P1: 11.2 Maximum index value 1.37 0.850 0.0730 0.0480** 0.114+ (b)
W0 – PD P1x1: 108 – PD P: 127 (b)
PD P1x1: 57.7
Pr.3 3.34 – – – – –
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 85.2 – –
W0 – 2D P1: 30.4 M P1x1: 3.04 – M P: 1.23 (b)
z1 – – – 1.35 – –
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 2.07 – –
Zbp – – – 1.83 – –
z1 – – – 1.20 – –
Zsp 1.30 – – – 1.35 –
Zbp – – – 1.69 – –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.601 –
Zsp 1.40 – – – 1.30 –
2D : 3.60 deq(zsp) – – – – 0.146 –
fc 4.84 4.25 4.25 4.25 (b)
PD : 4.91
fc 5.93 5.88 5.07 4.87 5.12 (b)
2D : 3.90
X Aaprt – 1.95 1.95 1.95 (b) X Aaprt – 1.52 2.50 2.50 0.624 (b)
PD : 1.83
Y Aaprt – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b) Y Aaprt – 0.400 0.400 0.400 0.400 (b)
PD 0.774 – – – – – PD 0.224 – – – – –
PRF 999 – – – – – PRF 59.8* – – – – –

Pr–Pii–max 4.30 – – – – –
Pr–Pii–max 4.31 – – – – –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.143 –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.564 –
FLx (cm) – 1.00 6.50 6.50 – (b)
FLx (cm) – 5.50 7.50 7.50 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 2.00 2.00 2.00 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 2.00 2.00 2.00 – (b)
Ipa.MI–max 420 – – – – –
Ipa.MI–max 457 – – – – –
Control 1 MI
Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 4 TIS–bs
L5-12/50: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA L5-12/50: Pulsed Doppler & 2D+Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Non-scan Non-scan
Maximum index value 1.27 1.13 0.506 0.304** 1.17 (b) Maximum index value 1.42 0.665 0.976 0.591** 1.25 (b)
Pr.3 3.10 – – – – – Pr.3 3.21 – – – – –
2D P1: 5.27 2D P1: 2.57
Col P1: 35.2 PD P1x1: 21.0
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 12.4 – – min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 24.5 – –
z1 – – – 1.20 – – z1 – – – 1.20 – –
Zbp – – – 1.55 – – Zbp – – – 1.55 – –
Zsp 0.800 – – – 0.600 – Zsp 1.20 – – – 0.600 –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.189 – deq(zsp) – – – – 0.187 –
2D : 4.86 2D : 4.89
fc 5.97 6.07 5.14 5.13 (b) fc 5.11 5.94 5.07 6.06 (b)
Col : 5.99 PD : 6.06
2D : 3.39 2D : 4.99
X Aaprt – 2.11 2.11 0.234 (b) X Aaprt – 2.11 2.11 0.234 (b)
Col : 1.37 PD : 2.11
Y Aaprt – 0.400 0.400 0.400 0.400 (b) Y Aaprt – 0.400 0.400 0.400 0.400 (b)
PD 0.367 – – – – – PD 0.603 – – – – –
PRF 196* – – – – – PRF 999 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – 2.50 6.50 6.50 – (b) FLx (cm) – 6.50 6.50 6.50 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 2.00 2.00 2.00 – (b) FLy (cm) – 2.00 2.00 2.00 – (b)
Control 3 TIS–as–U Control 3 TIS–as–U

LN5-12
TIS TIB
LN5-12: 2D& 2D+M mode Non-scan
TIS TIB
Non-scan Pr.3 3.34 – – – – –
2D P1: 1.31
Maximum index value 1.16 0.702 0.0670 0.0370** 0.0730+ (b) W0 – PD P1x1: 18.5 – PD P: 11.6 (b)
Col P1: 26.4
Pr.3 2.81 – – – – – min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 13.0 – –
W0 – 2D P1: 22.8 M P1x1: 2.14 – M P: 0.778 (b) z1 – – – 0.900 – –
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 1.18 – – Zbp – – – 1.08 – –
z1 – – – 1.30 – – Zsp 0.700 – – – 0.700 –
Zbp – – – 1.48 – – deq(zsp) – – – – 0.168 –
Zsp 0.700 – – – 0.600 – 2D : 5.51
fc 5.65 5.70 5.70 5.29 (b)
Col : 5.67
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.184 –
2D : 3.84
fc 5.85 6.46 6.60 6.60 5.85 (b) X Aaprt – 1.02 1.02 0.300 (b)
Col : 1.47
X Aaprt – 1.23 1.92 1.92 0.300 (b)
Y Aaprt – 0.400 0.400 0.400 0.400 (b)
Y Aaprt – 0.400 0.400 0.400 0.400 (b)
PD 0.451 – – – – –
PD 0.221 – – – – –
PRF 114* – – – – –
PRF 59.8* – – – – –
Pr–Pii–max 3.63 – – – – –
Pr–Pii–max 3.22 – – – – –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.164 –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.176 –
FLx (cm) – 1.70 3.20 3.20 – (b)
FLx (cm) – 1.00 6.50 6.50 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 1.80 1.80 1.80 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 1.80 1.80 1.80 – (b)
Ipa.MI–max 467 – – – – –
Ipa.MI–max 278 – – – – –
Control 1 MI
Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 4 TIB–bs
Control 4 TIB–bs
LN5-12: Pulsed Doppler & 2D+Pulsed Doppler

P2-4
TIS TIB
Non-scan P2-4: 2D& 2D+M mode
TIS TIB
Pr.3 3.06 – – – – – Non-scan
2D P1: 2.05
W0 – PD P1x1: 44.4 – PD P: 30.2 (b) Maximum index value 1.09 1.74 0.0510** 0.0810 0.175+ 3.97
PD P1x1: 23.1
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 27.7 – – Pr.3 1.55 – – – – –
z1 – – – 1.20 – – W0 – 2D P1: 148 M P1x1: 5.12 – M P: 12.8 2D P: 123
Zbp – – – 1.48 – – min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 8.20 – –
Zsp 1.10 – – – 1.00 – z1 – – – 3.00 – –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.365 – Zbp – – – 2.67 – –
2D : 5.63 Zsp 5.40 – – – 3.50 –

fc 5.21 5.69 5.69 5.66 (b)
PD : 5.65 deq(zsp) – – – – 0.983 –
2D : 3.84 fc 2.01 2.47 2.07 2.07 2.07 2.09
X Aaprt – 1.92 1.92 1.02 (b)
PD : 1.92
X Aaprt – 0.780 1.92 1.92 1.92 0.360
Y Aaprt – 0.400 0.400 0.400 0.400 (b)
Y Aaprt – 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30
PD 0.689 – – – – –
PD 0.945 – – – – –
PRF 999 – – – – –
PRF 63.7* – – – – –
Pr–Pii–max 3.64 – – – – –
Pr–Pii–max 2.17 – – – – –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.231 –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.703 –
FLx (cm) – 6.50 6.50 6.50 – (b)
FLx (cm) – 4.00 16.0 16.0 – 2.00
FLy (cm) – 1.80 1.80 1.80 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 8.00 8.00 8.00 – 8.00
Ipa.MI–max 512 – – – – –
Ipa.MI–max 124 – – – – –
Control 1 MI
Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 4 TIB–bs
Control 4 TIC–as
P2-4: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA P2-4: Pulsed Doppler & 2D+Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Non-scan Non-scan
Maximum index value 1.22 1.64 0.788** 0.799 2.37 3.44 Maximum index value 1.58 1.39 1.70** 1.59 4.30 3.45
Pr.3 1.99 – – – – – Pr.3 2.59 – – – – –
2D P: 4.37 2D P1: 15.8
2D P1: 27.1 W0 – PD P1x1: 131 – PD P: 106 PD P: 106
W0 – PD P1x1: 60.3 – PD P: 58.6 PD P: 58.6 PD P1x1: 103
Col P1: 110
Col P: 58.3
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 131 – –
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 61.1 – –
z1 – – – 2.30 – –
z1 – – – 2.40 – –
Zbp – – – 2.41 – –
Zbp – – – 2.41 – –
Zsp 4.00 – – – 0.600 –
Zsp 4.10 – – – 0.600 –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.495 –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.492 –
2D : 1.88
fc 2.68 2.73 2.55 2.49 2.49
2D : 1.87 PD : 2.55
2D : 1.88
fc 2.68 2.74 2.74 2.52 PD : 2.52
Col : 2.68 X Aaprt – 0.780 0.780 1.56 0.360 0.360
Col : 2.52
Y Aaprt – 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30
2D : 0.360
2D : 0.780
X Aaprt – 0.780 1.56 0.360 PD : 0.360 PD 1.40 – – – – –
Col : 1.32
Col : 0.660
PRF 999 – – – – –
Y Aaprt – 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30
Pr–Pii–max 3.55 – – – – –
PD 0.951 – – – – –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.495 –
PRF 366* – – – – –
FLx (cm) – 4.00 4.00 8.00 – 2.00
Pr–Pii–max 2.77 – – – – –
FLy (cm) – 8.00 8.00 8.00 – 8.00
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.492 –
Ipa.MI–max 221 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – 4.00 4.00 8.00 – 2.00
FLy (cm) – 8.00 8.00 8.00 – 8.00
Control 1 MI
Ipa.MI–max 179 – – – – –
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 4 TIS–bs
Control 3 TIS–bs
Control 4 TIB–bs TIC–as Control 1: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 2.8MHz , Focus: 6.0Cm, Data No: 587661433-31074
P2-4: CW mode
PN2-4
TIS TIB
Non-scan PN2-4: 2D& 2D+M mode
TIS TIB
Maximum index value 0.0770 (a) 1.94** 1.67 4.18 4.38
Pr.3 0.106 – – – – – Non-scan
W0 – (a) CW P1x1: 186 – CW P: 208 CW P: 210
Maximum index value 1.04 1.12 0.0700** 0.0790 0.171+ 2.21
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 160 – –
Pr.3 1.63 – – – – –
z1 – – – 1.40 – –
2D P: 65.5
W0 – 2D P1: 85.8 M P1x1: 5.57 – M P: 7.34
Zbp – – – 1.80 – – M P: 2.78
Zsp 4.30 – – – 5.00 – min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 6.87 – –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.519 – z1 – – – 4.20 – –
fc 1.92 (a) 2.20 2.20 2.20 2.20 Zbp – – – 2.67 – –
X Aaprt – (a) 0.870 0.870 0.870 0.870 Zsp 5.60 – – – 5.50 –

deq(zsp) – – – – 0.424 –
Y Aaprt – (a) 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30
fc 2.47 2.73 2.65 2.41 2.13 2.69
PD CW – – – – –
X Aaprt – 1.14 1.92 1.92 1.56 0.360
PRF CW – – – – –
Y Aaprt – 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30
Pr–Pii–max 0.142 – – – – –
PD 0.608 – – – – –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.508 –
PRF 60.7* – – – – –
FLx (cm) – (a) 16.0 14.0 – 16.0
Pr–Pii–max 2.56 – – – – –
FLy (cm) – (a) 8.00 8.00 – 8.00
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.408 –
Ipa.MI–max 0.380 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – 6.00 16.0 16.0 – 2.00
FLy (cm) – 8.00 8.00 8.00 – 8.00
Control 1 MI Ipa.MI–max 125 – – – – –
Control 3 TIS–bs Control 1 MI
Control 4 TIB–bs Control 2 TIS–as
Control 4 TIS–bs
Control 3: CW Mode, CW: 2.2MHz , Focus: 14.0Cm, Data No: 2578770644-4371 Control 5 TIB–bs
Control 4: CW Mode, CW: 2.2MHz , Focus: 8.0Cm, Data No: 2578769345-723114 Control 6 TIC–as
PN2-4: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA PN2-4: Pulsed Doppler & 2D+Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Non-scan Non-scan
Maximum index value 1.02 1.30 0.895** 0.808 2.17 2.60 Maximum index value 1.45 1.13 1.54** 1.34 3.37 2.95
Pr.3 1.55 – – – – – Pr.3 2.41 – – – – –
2D P: 2.71 2D P1: 27.8
2D P1: 14.8 W0 – PD P1x1: 117 – PD P: 118 PD P: 210
W0 – PD P1x1: 67.9 – PD P: 58.2 PD P1x1: 67.9
Col P1: 91.6 PD P: 55.7
Col P: 19.4
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 101 – –
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 61.1 – –
z1 – – – 2.50 – –
z1 – – – 2.50 – –
Zbp – – – 2.41 – –
Zbp – – – 2.41 – –
Zsp 2.20 – – – 2.20 –
Zsp 0.600 – – – 0.600 –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.521 – deq(zsp) – – – – 0.520 –
2D : 1.80 2D : 1.80
2D : 1.80 fc 2.76 2.77 2.79 2.77 2.79
fc 2.34 2.77 2.78 2.37 PD : 2.76 PD : 2.77
Col : 2.69
Col : 2.35 X Aaprt – 0.780 0.780 1.56 0.780 1.92
X Aaprt – 0.780 0.780 1.56 0.360 0.360 Y Aaprt – 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30
Y Aaprt – 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 PD 1.29 – – – – –
PD 1.06 – – – – –
PRF 999 – – – – –
PRF 168* – – – – –
Pr–Pii–max 2.83 – – – – –
Pr–Pii–max 1.64 – – – – –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.472 –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.517 –
FLx (cm) – 4.00 4.00 8.00 – 16.0
FLx (cm) – 4.00 4.00 8.00 – 2.00
FLy (cm) – 8.00 8.00 8.00 – 8.00
FLy (cm) – 8.00 8.00 8.00 – 8.00
Ipa.MI–max 257 – – – – –
Ipa.MI–max 78.8 – – – – –
Control 1 MI
Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 3 TIS–as–U Control 3 TIS–as–U TIB–bs
Control 5 TIB–bs Control 5 TIC–as
Control 6 TIC–as
PN2-4: CW mode
ER4-9
TIS TIB
Non-scan ER4-9: 2D& 2D+M mode
TIS TIB
Maximum index value 0.0630 (a) 0.822** 0.759 2.62 2.11
Pr.3 0.0870 – – – – – Non-scan
W0 – (a) CW P1x1: 89.7 – CW P: 101 CW P: 101
Maximum index value 1.18 0.587 0.0640 0.0370** 0.119+ (b)
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 82.8 – –
Pr.3 2.54 – – – – –
z1 – – – 1.50 – –
W0 – 2D P1: 20.6 M P1x1: 2.37 – M P: 1.82 (b)
Zbp – – – 1.80 – –
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 1.37 – –
Zsp 3.90 – – – 1.50 –
z1 – – – 1.40 – –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.667 –
Zbp – – – 1.52 – –
fc 1.92 (a) 1.92 1.92 1.92 1.92
Zsp 1.30 – – – 1.30 –
X Aaprt – (a) 0.870 0.870 0.870 0.870
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.227 –
Y Aaprt – (a) 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30
fc 4.60 6.00 5.64 5.64 4.61 (b)
PD CW – – – – –
X Aaprt – 1.14 1.35 1.35 0.422 (b)
PRF CW – – – – –
Y Aaprt – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
Pr–Pii–max 0.111 – – – – –
PD 0.324 – – – – –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.522 –
PRF 29.3* – – – – –
FLx (cm) – (a) 14.0 6.00 – 14.0
Pr–Pii–max 2.98 – – – – –
FLy (cm) – (a) 8.00 8.00 – 8.00
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.219 –
Ipa.MI–max 0.272 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – 2.00 9.00 9.00 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 2.30 2.30 2.30 – (b)
Control 1 MI TIS–bs TIB–bs
Ipa.MI–max 290 – – – – –
Control 1: CW Mode, CW: 1.9MHz , Focus: 6.0Cm, Data No: 2272865993-964416 Control 1 MI
Control 2: CW Mode, CW: 1.9MHz , Focus: 14.0Cm, Data No: 2272870401-12568 Control 2 TIS–as
Control 4 TIB–bs
ER4-9: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA ER4-9: Pulsed Doppler & 2D+Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Non-scan Non-scan
Pr.3 2.32 – – – – – Pr.3 2.80 – – – – –
2D P1: 1.01 2D P1: 1.53
Col P1: 29.5 PD P1x1: 15.5
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 8.26 – – min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 15.7 – –
z1 – – – 1.50 – – z1 – – – 1.50 – –
Zbp – – – 1.52 – – Zbp – – – 1.52 – –
Zsp 1.70 – – – 1.80 – Zsp 1.10 – – – 1.00 –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.166 – deq(zsp) – – – – 0.238 –
2D : 4.21 2D : 4.22
fc 4.49 4.46 4.43 4.47 (b) fc 3.94 4.42 4.42 3.94 (b)
Col : 4.48 PD : 4.46
2D : 2.70 2D : 2.70
X Aaprt – 1.35 1.35 0.760 (b) X Aaprt – 1.35 1.35 0.380 (b)
Col : 1.18 PD : 1.35
Y Aaprt – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b) Y Aaprt – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
PD 0.571 – – – – – PD 0.948 – – – – –
PRF 108* – – – – – PRF 999 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – 1.00 9.00 6.50 – (b) FLx (cm) – 9.00 9.00 7.50 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 2.30 2.30 2.30 – (b) FLy (cm) – 2.30 2.30 2.30 – (b)
Control 1 MI Control 1 MI TIB–bs

Control 5 TIB–bs
EVN4-9: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA

EVN4-9
TIS TIB
EVN4-9: 2D& 2D+M mode Non-scan
TIS TIB
Non-scan Pr.3 2.32 – – – – –
2D P1: 1.01
Col P1: 29.5
Pr.3 2.54 – – – – – min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 8.26 – –
W0 – 2D P1: 20.6 M P1x1: 2.37 – M P: 1.82 (b) z1 – – – 1.50 – –
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 1.37 – – Zbp – – – 1.52 – –
z1 – – – 1.40 – – Zsp 1.70 – – – 1.80 –
Zbp – – – 1.52 – – deq(zsp) – – – – 0.166 –
Zsp 1.30 – – – 1.30 – 2D : 4.21
fc 4.49 4.46 4.43 4.47 (b)
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.227 – Col : 4.48
fc 4.60 6.00 5.64 5.64 4.61 (b) 2D : 2.70

X Aaprt – 1.35 1.35 0.760 (b)
Col : 1.18
X Aaprt – 1.14 1.35 1.35 0.422 (b)
Y Aaprt – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
Y Aaprt – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
PD 0.571 – – – – –
PD 0.324 – – – – –
PRF 108* – – – – –
PRF 29.3* – – – – –
Pr–Pii–max 2.89 – – – – –
Pr–Pii–max 2.98 – – – – –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.164 –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.219 –
FLx (cm) – 1.00 9.00 6.50 – (b)
FLx (cm) – 2.00 9.00 9.00 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 2.30 2.30 2.30 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 2.30 2.30 2.30 – (b)
Ipa.MI–max 279 – – – – –
Ipa.MI–max 290 – – – – –
Control 1 MI
Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 4 TIS–bs
Control 4 TIB–bs
Control 5 TIB–bs
Control 3: 2D+M Mode, 2D: 6.2MHz M: 6.2MHz , Focus: 9.0Cm, FR: 18.31, Data No: 1446656196-100260 Control 2: 2D+Color Mode, 2D: 3.9MHz Col: 4.4MHz , Focus: 1.0Cm, FR: 8.28, Data No: 1446710192-183142
Template rev 2009-11-12
EVN4-9: Pulsed Doppler & 2D+Pulsed Doppler

3D4-8
TIS TIB
Non-scan 3D4-8: 2D& 2D+M mode
TIS TIB
Pr.3 2.80 – – – – – Non-scan
2D P1: 1.53
W0 – PD P1x1: 25.0 – PD P: 17.4 (b) Maximum index value 1.33 1.06 0.104 0.109 0.262+ (b)
PD P1x1: 15.5
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 15.7 – – Pr.3 2.16 – – – – –
z1 – – – 1.50 – – W0 – 2D P1: 77.1 M P1x1: 5.01 – M P: 7.10 (b)
Zbp – – – 1.52 – – min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 8.06 – –
Zsp 1.10 – – – 1.00 – z1 – – – 3.00 – –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.238 – Zbp – – – 2.98 – –
2D : 4.22 Zsp 3.20 – – – 1.20 –

fc 3.94 4.42 4.42 3.94 (b)
PD : 4.46 deq(zsp) – – – – 0.443 –
2D : 2.70 fc 2.63 2.89 4.35 2.84 2.90 (b)
X Aaprt – 1.35 1.35 0.380 (b)
PD : 1.35
X Aaprt – 1.56 0.744 2.38 0.744 (b)
Y Aaprt – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
Y Aaprt – 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 (b)
PD 0.948 – – – – –
PD 0.552 – – – – –
PRF 999 – – – – –
PRF 57.0* – – – – –
Pr–Pii–max 3.07 – – – – –
Pr–Pii–max 2.73 – – – – –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.227 –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.342 –
FLx (cm) – 9.00 9.00 7.50 – (b)
FLx (cm) – 2.00 3.50 17.5 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 2.30 2.30 2.30 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 6.00 6.00 6.00 – (b)
Ipa.MI–max 306 – – – – –
Ipa.MI–max 325 – – – – –
Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 4 TIS–bs
Control 4 TIS–bs
3D4-8: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA 3D4-8: Pulsed Doppler & 2D+Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Non-scan Non-scan
Maximum index value 1.12 1.22 0.731 0.583** 2.16 (b) Maximum index value 1.50 0.853 1.00 0.914 2.98 (b)
Pr.3 1.95 – – – – – Pr.3 2.62 – – – – –
2D P1: 3.30 2D P1: 1.35
Col P1: 81.1 PD P1x1: 57.1
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 43.1 – – min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 63.0 – –
z1 – – – 1.00 – – z1 – – – 3.00 – –
Zbp – – – 1.67 – – Zbp – – – 2.98 – –
Zsp 1.00 – – – 3.40 – Zsp 1.20 – – – 3.00 –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.298 – deq(zsp) – – – – 0.328 –
2D : 2.65 2D : 2.69
fc 3.06 3.07 2.84 2.84 (b) fc 3.03 3.06 3.04 2.83 (b)
Col : 3.06 PD : 3.07
2D : 2.79 2D : 4.76
X Aaprt – 0.744 0.744 1.04 (b) X Aaprt – 0.744 2.38 0.744 (b)
Col : 1.12 PD : 0.744
Y Aaprt – 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 (b) Y Aaprt – 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 (b)
PD 0.836 – – – – – PD 1.19 – – – – –
PRF 125* – – – – – PRF 999 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – 2.00 3.50 3.50 – (b) FLx (cm) – 3.50 3.50 17.5 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 6.00 6.00 6.00 – (b) FLy (cm) – 6.00 6.00 6.00 – (b)
3D4-9: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA

3D4-9
TIS TIB
3D4-9: 2D& 2D+M mode Non-scan
TIS TIB
Non-scan Pr.3 2.42 – – – – –
2D P1: 1.29
Col P1: 31.3
Pr.3 2.64 – – – – – min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 8.84 – –
W0 – 2D P1: 22.2 M P1x1: 1.96 – M P: 1.94 (b) z1 – – – 0.900 – –
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 1.45 – – Zbp – – – 0.828 – –
z1 – – – 0.900 – – Zsp 1.10 – – – 1.30 –
Zbp – – – 0.868 – – deq(zsp) – – – – 0.191 –
Zsp 1.20 – – – 1.00 – 2D : 4.09
fc 5.01 5.12 5.12 5.13 (b)
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.246 – Col : 5.01
fc 4.18 5.90 5.48 4.90 4.55 (b) 2D : 2.57

X Aaprt – 0.402 0.402 0.563 (b)
Col : 1.17
X Aaprt – 1.00 1.29 0.442 0.442 (b)
Y Aaprt – 0.595 0.595 0.595 0.595 (b)
Y Aaprt – 0.595 0.595 0.595 0.595 (b)
PD 0.499 – – – – –
PD 0.365 – – – – –
PRF 109* – – – – –
PRF 26.4* – – – – –
Pr–Pii–max 2.79 – – – – –
Pr–Pii–max 2.96 – – – – –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.177 –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.231 –
FLx (cm) – 1.50 1.50 1.50 – (b)
FLx (cm) – 1.50 9.00 2.00 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 3.50 3.50 3.50 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 3.50 3.50 3.50 – (b)
Ipa.MI–max 222 – – – – –
Ipa.MI–max 307 – – – – –
Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 3 TIB–bs
Control 4 TIS–bs Control 1: 2D+Color Mode, 2D: 3.9MHz Col: 5.1MHz , Focus: 1.5Cm, FR: 7.25, Data No: 2086051492-876452
Control 5 TIB–bs Control 2: Triple Mode, 2D: 3.9MHz PD: 5.1MHz Col: 4.4MHz , Focus: 1.5Cm, FR: 8.09, Data No: 2086114127-328840
3D4-9: Pulsed Doppler & 2D+Pulsed Doppler

3DC2-6
TIS TIB
Non-scan 3DC2-6: 2D& 2D+M mode
TIS TIB
Pr.3 3.13 – – – – – Non-scan
2D P1: 1.39
W0 – PD P1x1: 22.3 – PD P: 18.3 (b) Maximum index value 1.41 1.04 0.0790** 0.109 0.246+ (b)
PD P1x1: 14.1
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 15.0 – – Pr.3 2.24 – – – – –
z1 – – – 0.600 – – W0 – 2D P1: 67.2 M P1x1: 5.98 – M P: 5.81 (b)
Zbp – – – 0.828 – – min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 8.03 – –
Zsp 0.900 – – – 1.30 – z1 – – – 3.00 – –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.187 – Zbp – – – 2.93 – –
2D : 4.13 Zsp 4.20 – – – 0.600 –

fc 4.38 5.00 5.01 5.12 (b)
PD : 5.11 deq(zsp) – – – – 0.466 –
2D : 2.57 fc 2.51 3.26 2.76 2.85 2.64 (b)
X Aaprt – 1.29 0.402 0.563 (b)
PD : 0.402
X Aaprt – 1.72 0.858 2.50 0.468 (b)
Y Aaprt – 0.595 0.595 0.595 0.595 (b)
Y Aaprt – 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 (b)
PD 0.808 – – – – –
PD 0.609 – – – – –
PRF 999 – – – – –
PRF 31.6* – – – – –
Pr–Pii–max 3.52 – – – – –
Pr–Pii–max 3.15 – – – – –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.177 –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.462 –
FLx (cm) – 1.50 9.00 1.50 – (b)
FLx (cm) – 2.00 3.50 17.5 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 3.50 3.50 3.50 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 6.00 6.00 6.00 – (b)
Ipa.MI–max 361 – – – – –
Ipa.MI–max 314 – – – – –
Control 1 MI
Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 4 TIS–bs
Control 4 TIS–bs
Control 5 TIB–bs
Control 5 TIB–bs
3DC2-6: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA 3DC2-6: Pulsed Doppler & 2D+Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Non-scan Non-scan
Maximum index value 1.12 1.10 0.673** 0.534 1.89 (b) Maximum index value 1.44 0.688 0.901 0.980 2.92 (b)
Pr.3 1.80 – – – – – Pr.3 2.31 – – – – –
2D P1: 2.19 2D P1: 1.35

Col P1: 81.6 PD P1x1: 50.7
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 40.4 – – min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 73.5 – –
z1 – – – 3.00 – – z1 – – – 3.00 – –
Zbp – – – 2.93 – – Zbp – – – 2.93 – –
Zsp 0.700 – – – 2.90 – Zsp 2.90 – – – 0.700 –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.347 – deq(zsp) – – – – 0.449 –
2D : 2.29 2D : 2.32
fc 2.61 2.79 2.77 2.79 (b) fc 2.59 2.78 2.80 2.78 (b)
Col : 2.78 PD : 2.79
2D : 3.00 2D : 4.99
X Aaprt – 0.858 2.50 0.858 (b) X Aaprt – 0.468 2.50 0.468 (b)
Col : 1.25 PD : 0.858
Y Aaprt – 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 (b) Y Aaprt – 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 (b)
PD 0.979 – – – – – PD 0.894 – – – – –
PRF 105* – – – – – PRF 999 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – 2.00 3.50 17.5 – (b) FLx (cm) – 3.50 2.00 17.5 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 6.00 6.00 6.00 – (b) FLy (cm) – 6.00 6.00 6.00 – (b)
Control 3 TIS–as–U TIB–bs Control 3 TIS–as–U TIB–bs
VN4-8: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA

VN4-8
TIS TIB
VN4-8: 2D& 2D+M mode Non-scan
TIS TIB
Non-scan Pr.3 1.97 – – – – –
2D P1: 3.17
Maximum index value 1.12 1.68 0.106 0.144 0.199+ (b) W0 – PD P1x1: 38.4 – PD P: 32.6 (b)
Col P1: 74.4
Pr.3 1.69 – – – – – min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 27.8 – –
W0 – 2D P1: 74.3 M P1x1: 5.70 – M P: 4.62 (b) z1 – – – 0.600 – –
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 7.58 – – Zbp – – – 1.20 – –
z1 – – – 1.30 – – Zsp 0.600 – – – 0.600 –
Zbp – – – 3.05 – – deq(zsp) – – – – 0.437 –
Zsp 3.90 – – – 0.700 – 2D : 2.24
fc 3.10 3.61 3.62 3.10 (b)
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.439 – Col : 3.61
fc 2.27 4.75 3.91 3.98 3.01 (b) 2D : 3.04

X Aaprt – 0.729 0.405 0.405 (b)
Col : 1.26
X Aaprt – 2.03 0.729 2.59 0.405 (b)
Y Aaprt – 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 (b)
Y Aaprt – 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 (b)
PD 0.819 – – – – –
PD 0.725 – – – – –
PRF 185* – – – – –
PRF 77.2* – – – – –
Pr–Pii–max 2.04 – – – – –
Pr–Pii–max 2.06 – – – – –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.429 –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.439 –
FLx (cm) – 2.00 3.50 2.00 – (b)
FLx (cm) – 3.50 3.50 17.5 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 5.50 5.50 5.50 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 5.50 5.50 5.50 – (b)
Ipa.MI–max 134 – – – – –
Ipa.MI–max 68.1 – – – – –
Control 1 MI
Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 4 TIS–bs
Control 4 TIS–bs
Control 5 TIB–bs
Control 5 TIB–bs
VN4-8: Pulsed Doppler & 2D+Pulsed Doppler

CW2.0
TIS TIB
TIS TIB
Non-scan Index Label MI Scan Non-scan Non-scan TIC
Aaprt≤1cm² Aaprt>1cm² Non-scan
Maximum index value 1.43 0.699 1.05 0.797 2.22 (b)
Maximum index value 0.0450 (a) 0.522 0.422** 1.56 1.39
Pr.3 2.51 – – – – –
Pr.3 0.0620 – – – – –
2D P1: 1.06
W0 – PD P1x1: 61.8 – PD P: 49.8 (b) W0 – (a) CW P1x1: 57.0 – CW P: 57.0 CW P: 57.0
PD P1x1: 38.8
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 47.0 – – min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 46.1 – –
z1 – – – 2.10 – – z1 – – – 1.60 – –
Zbp – – – 2.64 – – Zbp – – – 1.54 – –
Zsp 1.80 – – – 0.700 – Zsp 2.20 – – – 2.20 –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.423 – deq(zsp) – – – – 0.549 –
2D : 5.95 fc 1.92 (a) 1.92 1.92 1.92 1.92
fc 3.09 3.58 3.56 3.62 (b)
PD : 3.62
X Aaprt – (a) 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600
2D : 5.18
X Aaprt – 0.729 1.94 0.405 (b) Y Aaprt – (a) 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.38
PD : 0.729
PD CW – – – – –
Y Aaprt – 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 (b)
PRF CW – – – – –
PD 1.16 – – – – –
Pr–Pii–max 0.0760 – – – – –
PRF 999 – – – – –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.530 –
Pr–Pii–max 2.84 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – (a) 5.50 5.50 – 5.50
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.423 –
FLy (cm) – (a) 5.50 5.50 – 5.50
FLx (cm) – 3.50 3.50 8.80 – (b)
Ipa.MI–max 0.137 – – – – –
FLy (cm) – 5.50 5.50 5.50 – (b)
Ipa.MI–max 244 – – – – –
Control 1 MI TIS–as–U TIS–bs TIB–bs TIC–as
Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 4 TIS–bs
Control 5 TIB–bs
156 Pin Type C2-5: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA
TIS TIB
C2-5 Aaprt≤1cm² Aaprt>1cm²
Non-scan

C2-5: 2D& 2D+M mode Pr.3 2.41 – – – – –
TIS TIB W0 – 2D P1: 12.7 PD P1x1: 64.5 – PD P: 64.5 (b)
Index Label MI Scan Non-scan Non-scan TIC min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 51.8 – –
Non-scan
Aaprt≤1cm² Aaprt>1cm² z1 – – – 1.05 – –
Maximum index value 1.43 1.50 0.114** 0.128 0.313+ (b)
Zbp – – – 1.35 – –
Pr.3 2.51 – – – – –
Zsp 0.750 – – – 1.05 –
W0 – 2D P1: 94.4 M P1x1: 7.74 – M P: 7.89 (b)
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.474 –
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 11.6 – –
fc 2.51 2D : 2.19 2.54 2.54 3.02 (b)
z1 – – – 3.75 – –
X Aaprt – 2D : 3.48 0.491 0.491 0.491 (b)
Zbp – – – 3.12 – –
Y Aaprt – 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 (b)
Zsp 1.20 – – – 0.900 –
PD 0.975 – – – – –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.487 –
fc 3.08 3.33 3.08 2.31 2.37 (b) PRF 100* – – – – –
X Aaprt – 1.80 0.491 2.62 0.491 (b) Pr–Pii–max 2.30 – – – – –
Y Aaprt – 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 (b) deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.474 –

PD 0.394 – – – – – FLx (cm) – 3.50 2.00 2.00 – (b)
PRF 68.2* – – – – – FLy (cm) – 7.60 7.60 7.60 – (b)
Pr–Pii–max 2.74 – – – – – Ipa.MI–max 203 – – – – –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.487 –
FLx (cm) – 2.00 2.00 17.5 – (b) Control 1 MI
FLy (cm) – 7.60 7.60 7.60 – (b) Control 2 TIS–as
Ipa.MI–max 250 – – – – –
Control 4
Control 1 MI
Control 3 TIS–as–U Control 2: 2D+Color Mode, 2D: 2.1MHzCol: 3.1MHz, Focus: 3.5Cm, FR: 17.270, Data No: 2316605431-174418
Control 4 TIS–bs
Control 5 TIB–bs

C2-8
TIS TIB
Non-scan C2-8: 2D& 2D+M mode
TIS TIB
Pr.3 2.57 – – – – – Non-scan
W0 – 2D P1: 3.80 PD P1x1: 93.4 – PD P: 95.5 (b)
Maximum index value 1.100 1.150 0.039 0.044 0.109+ (b)
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 110 – –
Pr.3 1.870 – – – – –
z1 – – – 3.75 – –
W0 – 2D P1: 52.900 M P1x1: 1.804 – M P: 2.670 (b)
Zbp – – – 3.12 – –
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 3.198 – –
Zsp 1.05 – – – 1.65 –
z1 – – – 4.240 – –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.488 –
Zbp – – – 3.114 – –
fc 3.04 2D : 2.20 3.02 2.50 2.55 (b)
Zsp 1.380 – – – 1.380 –
X Aaprt – 2D : 5.24 0.654 2.62 0.654 (b)
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.408 –
Y Aaprt – 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 (b)
fc 2.880 4.550 4.540 2.910 2.880 (b)
PD 1.03 – – – – –
X Aaprt – 2.400 0.866 3.078 0.481 (b)
PRF 999 – – – – –
Y Aaprt – 1.100 1.100 1.100 1.100 (b)
Pr–Pii–max 2.72 – – – – –
PD 0.568 – – – – –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.418 –
PRF 89.300* – – – – –
FLx (cm) – 3.50 3.50 14.5 – (b)
Pr–Pii–max 2.190 – – – – –
FLy (cm) – 7.60 7.60 7.60 – (b)
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.408 –
Ipa.MI–max 314 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – 3.500 3.500 17.500 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 7.000 7.000 7.000 – (b)
Control 1 MI
Ipa.MI–max 146.000 – – – – –
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 1 MI
Control 4 TIS–bs
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 5 TIB–bs
Control 1: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 3.1MHz, Focus: 2.0Cm, Data No: 2316627952-815388 Control 4 TIS–bs
Control 6 TIC–as
C2-8: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA C2-8: Pulsed Doppler & 2D+Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Non-scan Non-scan
Pr.3 1.980 – – – – – Pr.3 2.220 – – – – –
2D P1: 1.400
2D P1: 2.090 PD P1x1: PD P1x1:
W0 – – PD P: 45.000 (b) W0 – PD P1x1: – PD P: 66.400 (b)
Col P1: 75.000 46.800 72.208
54.440
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 36.395 – – min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 64.256 – –
z1 – – – 1.600 – – z1 – – – 1.700 – –
Zbp – – – 1.907 – – Zbp – – – 2.270 – –
Zsp 0.900 – – – 1.500 – Zsp 1.900 – – – 1.500 –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.408 – deq(zsp) – – – – 0.406 –
2D : 2.590 2D : 2.610
fc 3.100 3.100 3.100 3.090 (b) fc 3.030 3.030 3.040 3.080 (b)
Col : 3.100 PD : 3.100
2D : 3.560 2D : 6.160
X Aaprt – 0.866 1.154 0.481 (b) X Aaprt – 0.866 1.635 0.481 (b)
Col : 1.440 PD : 0.866
Y Aaprt – 1.100 1.100 1.100 1.100 (b) Y Aaprt – 1.100 1.100 1.100 1.100 (b)
PD 0.818 – – – – – PD 1.190 – – – – –
PRF 133.000* – – – – – PRF 999.000 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – 2.000 3.500 5.000 – (b) FLx (cm) – 3.500 3.500 6.800 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 7.000 7.000 7.000 – (b) FLy (cm) – 7.000 7.000 7.000 – (b)
Ipa.MI–max 153.000 – – – – – Ipa.MI–max 234.000 – – – – –
Control 1 MI Control 1 MI TIS–as–U

Control 3 TIS–as–U Control 3 TIS–bs
Control 4 TIS–bs Control 4 TIB–bs TIC–as
C4-9/10ED +Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA

C4-9/10ED
TIS TIB
C4-9/10ED: 2D& 2D+M mode Non-scan
TIS TIB
Non-scan Pr.3 2.84 – – – – –
W0 – (a) PD P1x1: 33.3 – PD P: 33.3 2D P: 0.873
Maximum index value 0.742 (a) 0.0470 0.0340** 0.0410+ 0.632
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 22.8 – –
Pr.3 1.72 – – – – –
z1 – – – 1.08 – –
W0 – (a) M P1x1: 1.99 – M P: 1.27 2D P: 31.8
Zbp – – – 1.01 – –
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 1.35 – –
Zsp 1.08 – – – 1.08 –
z1 – – – 0.680 – –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.294 –
Zbp – – – 1.52 – –
fc 4.97 (a) 5.08 5.08 5.08 2D : 4.85
Zsp 1.08 – – – 1.40 –
X Aaprt – (a) 0.591 0.591 0.591 2D : 2.70
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.419 –
Y Aaprt – (a) 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600
fc 5.40 (a) 4.99 5.23 5.44 4.98
PD 0.501 – – – – –
X Aaprt – (a) 1.35 1.35 0.633 2.07
PRF 102* – – – – –
Y Aaprt – (a) 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600
Pr–Pii–max 3.41 – – – – –
PD 0.132 – – – – –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.282 –
PRF 26.7* – – – – –
FLx (cm) – (a) 1.50 1.50 – 1.50
Pr–Pii–max 2.00 – – – – –
FLy (cm) – (a) 3.00 3.00 – 3.00
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.379 –
Ipa.MI–max 332 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – (a) 7.50 7.50 – 6.50
FLy (cm) – (a) 3.00 3.00 – 3.00
Control 1 MI
Ipa.MI–max 135 – – – – –
Control 3 TIS–as–U TIS–bs TIB–bs TIC–as
Control 1 MI Control 1: 2D+Color Mode, 2D: 4.4MHzCol: 5.1MHz, Focus: 1.5Cm, FR: 8.520, Data No: 1418065526-800874
Control 3 TIS–as–U Control 3: Triple Mode, 2D: 4.4MHzPD: 5.1MHzCol: 3.9MHz, Focus: 1.5Cm, FR: 13.620, Data No: 1418217475-108783
Control 4 TIS–bs
Control 5 TIB–bs
Control 6 TIC–as
C4-9/10ED: Pulsed Doppler & 2D+Pulsed Doppler

HL5-12ED
TIS TIB
Non-scan HL5-12ED: 2D& 2D+M mode
TIS TIB
Pr.3 2.78 – – – – – Non-scan
W0 – (a) PD P1x1: 45.9 – PD P: 41.8 PD P: 41.8
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 29.2 – –
Pr.3 2.970 – – – – –
z1 – – – 1.32 – –
W0 – 2D P1: 31.300 M P1x1: 2.000 – M P: 0.821 (b)
Zbp – – – 1.52 – –
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 1.208 – –
Zsp 1.08 – – – 1.24 –
z1 – – – 1.900 – –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.320 –
Zbp – – – 1.817 – –
fc 5.02 (a) 4.96 4.96 4.43 4.43
Zsp 1.500 – – – 1.500 –
X Aaprt – (a) 1.35 1.35 0.760 0.760
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.155 –
Y Aaprt – (a) 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600
fc 5.030 6.920 4.920 4.920 5.030 (b)
PD 0.696 – – – – –
X Aaprt – 1.410 1.920 1.920 0.660 (b)
PRF 999 – – – – –
Y Aaprt – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
Pr–Pii–max 3.34 – – – – –
PD 0.298 – – – – –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.303 –
PRF 64.900* – – – – –
FLx (cm) – (a) 9.00 9.00 – 2.00
Pr–Pii–max 3.750 – – – – –
FLy (cm) – (a) 3.00 3.00 – 3.00
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.153 –
Ipa.MI–max 322 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – 1.000 6.500 6.500 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 1.900 1.900 1.900 – (b)
Control 1 MI
Ipa.MI–max 464.000 – – – – –
Control 1 MI
Control 1: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 5.1MHz, Focus: 1.5Cm, Data No: 1418210964-314079 Control 2 TIS–as
Control 3: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 5.1MHz, Focus: 9.0Cm, Data No: 1418286150-147433 Control 3 TIS–as–U TIS–bs TIC–as
Control 4 TIB–bs
HL5-12ED: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA HL5-12ED: Pulsed Doppler & 2D+Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Non-scan Non-scan
Pr.3 3.180 – – – – – Pr.3 3.640 – – – – –
2D P1: 1.910 2D P1: 7.500
PD P1x1:
PD P1x1: PD P1x1: W0 – PD P1x1: – PD P: 63.400 (b)
W0 – – PD P: 19.200 (b) 69.653
38.830 38.830 45.391
Col P1: 11.500
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 39.927 – –
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 20.437 – –
z1 – – – 1.900 – –
z1 – – – 1.700 – –
Zbp – – – 1.817 – –
Zbp – – – 1.637 – –
Zsp 0.700 – – – 1.800 –
Zsp 1.500 – – – 0.600 –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.383 –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.248 –
2D : 4.560
fc 5.450 5.320 5.320 4.430 (b)
2D : 4.640 PD : 5.400
fc 4.570 PD : 5.470 5.470 5.470 5.490 (b)
2D : 3.840
Col : 4.520 X Aaprt – 1.920 1.920 1.560 (b)
PD : 1.920
2D : 3.840
Y Aaprt – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
X Aaprt – PD : 1.560 1.560 1.560 0.480 (b)
Col : 2.490 PD 0.630 – – – – –
Y Aaprt – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b) PRF 999.000 – – – – –
PD 0.327 – – – – – Pr–Pii–max 4.050 – – – – –
PRF 9.440* – – – – – deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.268 –
Pr–Pii–max 4.000 – – – – – FLx (cm) – 6.500 6.500 6.500 – (b)
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.248 – FLy (cm) – 1.900 1.900 1.900 – (b)
FLx (cm) – 4.700 4.700 4.700 – (b) Ipa.MI–max 579.000 – – – – –
FLy (cm) – 1.900 1.900 1.900 – (b)
Ipa.MI–max 565.000 – – – – – Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 1 MI Control 3 TIS–as–U TIS–bs TIC–as
Control 2 TIS–as TIS–as–U TIS–bs Control 4 TIB–bs
Control 3 TIB–bs
Control 4 TIC–as

L3-8
TIS TIB
L3-8: 2D& 2D+M mode Non-scan
TIS TIB
Non-scan Pr.3 3.080 – – – – –
2D P1: 6.820 PD P1x1:
Maximum index value 1.600 1.370 0.067 0.049** 0.121+ (b) W0 – – PD P: 61.100 (b)
Col P1: 72.800 55.710
Pr.3 3.100 – – – – – min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 40.735 – –
W0 – 2D P1: 59.700 M P1x1: 2.887 – M P: 1.520 (b) z1 – – – 1.500 – –
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 2.114 – – Zbp – – – 1.831 – –
z1 – – – 1.400 – – Zsp 1.650 – – – 1.800 –
Zbp – – – 1.831 – – deq(zsp) – – – – 0.501 –
Zsp 1.300 – – – 1.900 – 2D : 3.540
fc 4.230 3.830 3.800 4.300 (b)
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.166 – Col : 4.200
fc 3.770 4.810 4.850 4.850 3.820 (b) 2D : 3.900

X Aaprt – 1.829 1.951 1.830 (b)
Col : 2.100
X Aaprt – 1.310 1.951 1.951 0.975 (b)
Y Aaprt – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
Y Aaprt – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
PD 0.608 – – – – –
PD 0.286 – – – – –
PRF 119.000* – – – – –
PRF 64.900* – – – – –
Pr–Pii–max 3.820 – – – – –
Pr–Pii–max 3.350 – – – – –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.282 –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.164 –
FLx (cm) – 3.200 5.500 7.500 – (b)
FLx (cm) – 1.000 7.500 7.500 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 2.000 2.000 2.000 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 2.000 2.000 2.000 – (b)
Ipa.MI–max 520.000 – – – – –
Ipa.MI–max 691.000 – – – – –
Control 1 MI
Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS–as TIC–as
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 3 TIS–as–U TIB–bs
Control 4 TIS–bs
Control 4 TIB–bs
Control 5 TIC–as Control 1: 2D+Color Mode, 2D: 3.4MHzCol: 4.4MHz, Focus: 2.5Cm, FR: 9.150, Data No: 3798184465-694573
L3-8: Pulsed Doppler & 2D+Pulsed Doppler

L5-12/50EP
TIS TIB
Non-scan L5-12/50EP: 2D& 2D+M mode
TIS TIB
Pr.3 3.360 – – – – – Non-scan
2D P1: 11.200
W0 – PD P1x1: PD P1x1: 108.100 – PD P: 127.000 (b) Maximum index value 1.370 0.762 0.030 0.023 0.071+ (b)
57.714 Pr.3 3.220 – – – – –
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 85.158 – – W0 – 2D P1: 31.600 M P1x1: 1.327 – M P: 0.808 (b)
z1 – – – 1.350 – – min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 1.001 – –
Zbp – – – 1.831 – – z1 – – – 2.100 – –
Zsp 1.300 – – – 1.350 – Zbp – – – 2.071 – –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.601 – Zsp 1.900 – – – 1.800 –
2D : 3.600 deq(zsp) – – – – 0.133 –
fc 4.840 4.250 4.250 4.250 (b)
PD : 4.910
fc 5.530 5.070 4.730 4.730 5.050 (b)
2D : 3.900
X Aaprt – 1.951 1.951 1.950 (b) X Aaprt – 1.910 2.496 2.496 0.936 (b)
PD : 1.830
Y Aaprt – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b) Y Aaprt – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
PD 0.774 – – – – – PD 0.230 – – – – –
PRF 999.000 – – – – – PRF 59.500* – – – – –
FLx (cm) – 5.500 7.500 7.500 – (b) FLx (cm) – 1.500 6.500 6.500 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 2.000 2.000 2.000 – (b) FLy (cm) – 2.250 2.250 2.250 – (b)
Control 3 TIS–as–U TIS–bs TIB–bs TIC–as Control 3 TIS–as–U TIS–bs TIC–as

Control 4 TIB–bs
L5-12/50EP: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA L5-12/50EP: Pulsed Doppler & 2D+Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Non-scan Non-scan
Pr.3 3.340 – – – – – Pr.3 3.590 – – – – –
2D P1: 4.110 PD P1x1: 2D P1: 4.880
W0 – – PD P: 17.200 (b) PD P1x1:
Col P1: 33.700 22.138 W0 – PD P1x1: – PD P: 28.600 (b)
43.170
28.345
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 17.240 – –
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 35.604 – –
z1 – – – 1.800 – –
z1 – – – 1.700 – –
Zbp – – – 2.071 – –
Zbp – – – 2.071 – –
Zsp 1.400 – – – 0.900 –
Zsp 1.400 – – – 2.200 –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.198 –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.185 –
2D : 4.610
fc 5.060 5.130 5.070 5.110 (b)
Col : 5.100 2D : 4.520
fc 5.070 5.070 5.000 5.050 (b)
PD : 5.070
2D : 3.160
X Aaprt – 2.184 2.496 0.468 (b)
Col : 1.290 2D : 4.990
X Aaprt – 2.184 2.496 1.250 (b)
PD : 2.500
Y Aaprt – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
Y Aaprt – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
PD 0.549 – – – – –
PD 0.618 – – – – –
PRF 123.000* – – – – –
PRF 999.000 – – – – –
Pr–Pii–max 4.170 – – – – –
Pr–Pii–max 4.420 – – – – –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.177 –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.182 –
FLx (cm) – 1.500 4.500 6.500 – (b)
FLx (cm) – 6.500 4.500 6.500 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 2.250 2.250 2.250 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 2.250 2.250 2.250 – (b)
Ipa.MI–max 528.000 – – – – –
Ipa.MI–max 732.000 – – – – –
Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 4 TIS–bs
Control 4 TIS–bs TIC–as
Control 5 TIB–bs
Control 5 TIB–bs

LN5-12
TIS TIB
LN5-12: 2D& 2D+M mode Non-scan
TIS TIB
Non-scan Pr.3 3.34
2D P1: 1.31
Maximum index value 1.16 0.702 0.067 0.037** 0.073+ (b) W0 PD P1x1: 18.54 PD P: 11.6 (b)
Col P1: 26.4
Pr.3 2.81 min[W.3, Ita.3] 13.009
W0 2D P1: 22.800 M P1x1: 2.142 M P: 0.778 (b) z1 0.900
min[W.3, Ita.3] 1.184 Zbp 1.081
z1 1.3 Zsp 0.7 0.7
Zbp 1.483 deq(zsp) 0.168
Zsp 0.7 0.6 2D : 5.51
fc 5.65 5.7 5.7 5.29 (b)
deq(zsp) 0.184 Col : 5.67
fc 5.85 6.46 6.6 6.6 5.85 (b) 2D : 3.84

X Aaprt 1.02 1.02 0.3 (b)
Col : 1.47
X Aaprt 1.23 1.92 1.92 0.3 (b)
Y Aaprt 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 (b)
Y Aaprt 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 (b)
PD 0.451
PD 0.221
PRF 114*
PRF 59.8*
Pr–Pii–max 3.63
Pr–Pii–max 3.22
deq–Pii–max 0.164
FLx (cm) 1.7 3.2 3.2 (b)
FLx (cm) 1 6.5 6.5 (b)
FLy (cm) 1.8 1.8 1.8 (b)
FLy (cm) 1.8 1.8 1.8 (b)
Ipa.MI–max 467
Ipa.MI–max 278
Control 1 MI
Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 4 TIB–bs
Control 4 TIB–bs
LN5-12: Pulsed Doppler & 2D+Pulsed Doppler

P2-4AH
TIS TIB
Non-scan P2-4AH: 2D& 2D+M mode
TIS TIB
Pr.3 3.06 Non-scan
2D P1: 2.05 PD P1x1:
W0 PD P: 30.2 (b) Maximum index value 1.090 1.740 0.051** 0.081 0.175+ 3.970
PD P1x1: 23.11 44.364
min[W.3, Ita.3] 27.675 Pr.3 1.550 – – – – –
z1 1.2 W0 – 2D P1: 148.000 M P1x1: 5.121 – M P: 12.800 2D P: 123.000
Zbp 1.483 min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 8.200 – –
Zsp 1.1 1 z1 – – – 3.000 – –
deq(zsp) 0.365 Zbp – – – 2.674 – –
2D : 5.63 Zsp 5.400 – – – 3.500 –

fc 5.21 5.69 5.69 5.66 (b)
PD : 5.65 deq(zsp) – – – – 0.983 –
2D : 3.84 fc 2.010 2.470 2.070 2.070 2.070 2.090
X Aaprt – 1.92 1.92 1.02 (b)
PD : 1.92
X Aaprt – 0.780 1.920 1.920 1.920 0.360
Y Aaprt – 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 (b)
Y Aaprt – 1.300 1.300 1.300 1.300 1.300
PD 0.689
PD 0.945 – – – – –
PRF 999
PRF 63.700* – – – – –
Pr–Pii–max 3.64
Pr–Pii–max 2.170 – – – – –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.703 –
FLx (cm) 6.5 6.5 6.5 (b)
FLx (cm) – 4.000 16.000 16.000 – 2.000
FLy (cm) 1.8 1.8 1.8 (b)
FLy (cm) – 8.000 8.000 8.000 – 8.000
Ipa.MI–max 512
Ipa.MI–max 124.000 – – – – –
Control 1 MI
Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 4 TIB–bs
Control 4 TIC–as
P2-4AH: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA P2-4AH: Pulsed Doppler & 2D+Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Non-scan Non-scan
Maximum index value 1.220 1.640 0.788** 0.799 2.370 3.440 Maximum index value 1.580 1.390 1.704 1.589** 4.300 3.450
Pr.3 1.990 – – – – – Pr.3 2.590 – – – – –
2D P: 4.370 2D P1: 15.800
2D P1: 27.100
W0 – PD P1x1: 60.316 – PD P: 58.600 PD P: 58.600 W0 – PD P1x1: PD P1x1: 131.140 – PD P: 106.000 PD P: 106.000
Col P1: 110.000
Col P: 58.300 102.604
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 61.137 – – min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 130.770 – –
z1 – – – 2.400 – – z1 – – – 2.300 – –
Zbp – – – 2.410 – – Zbp – – – 2.410 – –
Zsp 4.100 – – – 0.600 – Zsp 4.000 – – – 0.600 –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.492 – deq(zsp) – – – – 0.495 –
2D : 1.870 2D : 1.880
2D : 1.880 fc 2.680 2.730 2.550 2.490 2.490
fc 2.680 2.510 2.540 2.520 PD : 2.520 PD : 2.550
Col : 2.680
Col : 2.520
X Aaprt – 0.780 0.780 1.560 0.360 0.360
2D : 0.360
2D : 0.780 Y Aaprt – 1.300 1.300 1.300 1.300 1.300
X Aaprt – 0.780 1.560 0.360 PD : 0.360
Col : 1.320
Col : 0.660 PD 1.400 – – – – –
Y Aaprt – 1.300 1.300 1.300 1.300 1.300 PRF 999.000 – – – – –
PD 0.951 – – – – – Pr–Pii–max 3.550 – – – – –
PRF 366.000* – – – – – deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.495 –
Pr–Pii–max 2.770 – – – – – FLx (cm) – 4.000 4.000 8.000 – 2.000
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.492 – FLy (cm) – 8.000 8.000 8.000 – 8.000
FLx (cm) – 4.000 4.000 8.000 – 2.000 Ipa.MI–max 221.000 – – – – –
FLy (cm) – 8.000 8.000 8.000 – 8.000
Ipa.MI–max 179.000 – – – – – Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 1 MI TIS–as Control 3 TIS–as–U
Control 2 TIS–as–U Control 4 TIS–bs
Control 3 TIS–bs Control 5 TIB–bs TIC–as
P2-4AH: CW mode
P3-7AC
TIS TIB
Non-scan P3-7AC: 2D& 2D+M mode
TIS TIB
Pr.3 0.106 – – – – – Non-scan
CW P:
W0 – (a) CW P1x1: 185.690 – CW P: 210.000 Maximum index value 0.723 (a) 0.0620 0.0470** 0.0630+ 1.08
208.000
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 159.830 – – Pr.3 1.53 – – – – –
z1 – – – 1.400 – – W0 – (a) M P1x1: 3.20 – M P: 3.15 2D P: 27.2
Zbp – – – 1.800 – – min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 2.19 – –
Zsp 4.300 – – – 5.000 – z1 – – – 0.800 – –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.519 – Zbp – – – 1.48 – –
fc 1.920 (a) 2.200 2.200 2.200 2.200 Zsp 0.700 – – – 1.50 –
X Aaprt – (a) 0.870 0.870 0.870 0.870 deq(zsp) – – – – 0.772 –
Y Aaprt – (a) 1.300 1.300 1.300 1.300 fc 4.46 (a) 4.09 4.56 3.54 4.46
PD CW – – – – – X Aaprt – (a) 0.960 0.960 0.960 0.390
PRF CW – – – – – Y Aaprt – (a) 0.800 0.800 0.800 0.800
Pr–Pii–max 0.142 – – – – – PD 0.267 – – – – –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.508 – PRF 120* – – – – –
FLx (cm) – (a) 16.000 14.000 – 16.000 Pr–Pii–max 1.69 – – – – –
FLy (cm) – (a) 8.000 8.000 – 8.000 deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.425 –
Ipa.MI–max 0.380 – – – – – FLx (cm) – (a) 16.0 16.0 – 2.00

FLy (cm) – (a) 5.00 5.00 – 5.00
Control 1 MI Ipa.MI–max 103 – – – – –
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 3 TIS–as–U TIC–as Control 1 MI TIC–as

Control 5 TIB–bs
Control 2: CW Mode, CW: 2.2MHz, Focus: 16.0Cm, Data No: 2578771161-916563 Control 1: 2D Mode, 2D: 5.1MHz, Focus: 2.0Cm, FR: 120.420, Data No: 1794395688-707599
P3-7AC: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA P3-7AC: Pulsed Doppler & 2D+Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Non-scan Non-scan
Maximum index value 1.27 (a) 0.533 0.349** 0.896+ 1.56 Maximum index value 1.38 (a) 0.846 0.557** 1.48 1.12
Pr.3 2.54 – – – – – Pr.3 2.79 – – – – –
W0 – (a) PD P1x1: 27.5 – PD P: 17.3 2D P: 1.17 W0 – (a) PD P1x1: 44.1 – PD P: 28.5 PD P: 44.1
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 18.0 – – min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 29.1 – –
z1 – – – 1.50 – – z1 – – – 1.50 – –
Zbp – – – 1.48 – – Zbp – – – 1.48 – –
Zsp 1.30 – – – 1.20 – Zsp 1.30 – – – 1.30 –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.310 – deq(zsp) – – – – 0.302 –
fc 4.00 (a) 4.07 4.07 4.08 2D : 3.19 fc 4.07 (a) 4.03 4.03 4.07 4.03
X Aaprt – (a) 0.960 0.960 0.660 2D : 0.390 X Aaprt – (a) 0.960 0.960 0.660 0.960
Y Aaprt – (a) 0.800 0.800 0.800 0.800 Y Aaprt – (a) 0.800 0.800 0.800 0.800
PD 0.603 – – – – – PD 0.872 – – – – –
PRF 128* – – – – – PRF 999 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – (a) 14.0 14.0 – 2.00 FLx (cm) – (a) 14.0 14.0 – 14.0
FLy (cm) – (a) 5.00 5.00 – 5.00 FLy (cm) – (a) 5.00 5.00 – 5.00
Control 1 MI TIC–as Control 1 MI TIB–bs

Control 3 TIS–as–U TIS–bs Control 2 TIS–as–U TIS–bs TIC–as
Control 4 TIB–bs
P3-7AC: CW mode
ER4-9/10ED
TIS TIB
Non-scan ER4-9/10ED: 2D& 2D+M mode
TIS TIB
Pr.3 0.0510 – – – – – Non-scan
W0 – (a) CW P1x1: 24.4 – CW P: 23.9 CW P: 24.4
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 17.0 – –
Pr.3 2.540 – – – – –
z1 – – – 1.60 – –
W0 – 2D P1: 20.600 M P1x1: 2.372 – M P: 1.820 (b)
Zbp – – – 0.998 – –
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 1.375 – –
Zsp 2.40 – – – 2.40 –
z1 – – – 1.400 – –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.417 –
Zbp – – – 1.524 – –
fc 3.08 (a) 3.08 3.08 3.08 3.08
Zsp 1.300 – – – 1.300 –
X Aaprt – (a) 0.435 0.435 0.435 0.435
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.227 –
Y Aaprt – (a) 0.800 0.800 0.800 0.800
fc 4.600 6.000 5.640 5.640 4.610 (b)
PD CW – – – – –
X Aaprt – 1.140 1.350 1.350 0.422 (b)
PRF CW – – – – –
Y Aaprt – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
Pr–Pii–max 0.0650 – – – – –
PD 0.324 – – – – –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.417 –
PRF 29.300* – – – – –
FLx (cm) – (a) 6.00 2.00 – 6.00
Pr–Pii–max 2.980 – – – – –
FLy (cm) – (a) 5.00 5.00 – 5.00
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.219 –
Ipa.MI–max 0.0860 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – 2.000 9.000 9.000 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 2.300 2.300 2.300 – (b)
Control 1 MI TIS–bs TIB–bs
Ipa.MI–max 290.000 – – – – –
Control 1: CW Mode, CW: 3.1MHz, Focus: 2.0Cm, Data No: 4123679234-550072 Control 1 MI TIC–as
Control 3: CW Mode, CW: 3.1MHz, Focus: 6.0Cm, Data No: 4123681437-752953 Control 2 TIS–as
Control 4 TIB–bs
ER4-9/10ED: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA ER4-9/10ED: Pulsed Doppler & 2D+Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Non-scan Non-scan
Pr.3 2.320 – – – – – Pr.3 2.800 – – – – –
2D P1: 1.010 PD P1x1: 2D P1: 1.530
W0 – – PD P: 9.760 (b) PD P1x1:
Col P1: 29.500 13.350 W0 – PD P1x1: – PD P: 17.400 (b)
24.995
15.500
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 8.264 – –
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 15.736 – –
z1 – – – 1.500 – –
z1 – – – 1.500 – –
Zbp – – – 1.524 – –
Zbp – – – 1.524 – –
Zsp 1.700 – – – 1.800 –
Zsp 1.100 – – – 1.000 –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.166 –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.238 –
2D : 4.210
fc 4.490 4.460 4.430 4.470 (b)
Col : 4.480 2D : 4.220
fc 3.940 4.420 4.420 3.940 (b)
PD : 4.460
2D : 2.700
X Aaprt – 1.350 1.350 0.760 (b)
Col : 1.180 2D : 2.700
X Aaprt – 1.350 1.350 0.380 (b)
PD : 1.350
Y Aaprt – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
Y Aaprt – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
PD 0.571 – – – – –
PD 0.948 – – – – –
PRF 108.000* – – – – –
PRF 999.000 – – – – –
Pr–Pii–max 2.890 – – – – –
Pr–Pii–max 3.070 – – – – –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.164 –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.227 –
FLx (cm) – 1.000 9.000 6.500 – (b)
FLx (cm) – 9.000 9.000 7.500 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 2.300 2.300 2.300 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 2.300 2.300 2.300 – (b)
Ipa.MI–max 279.000 – – – – –
Ipa.MI–max 306.000 – – – – –
Control 1 MI
Control 1 MI TIB–bs TIC–as
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 4 TIS–bs
Control 4 TIS–bs
Control 5 TIB–bs
EV4-9/10ED: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA

EV4-9/10ED
TIS TIB
EV4-9/10ED: 2D& 2D+M mode Non-scan
TIS TIB
Non-scan Pr.3 2.320 – – – – –
2D P1: 1.010 PD P1x1:
Maximum index value 1.180 0.587 0.064 0.037** 0.119+ (b) W0 – – PD P: 9.760 (b)
Col P1: 29.500 13.350
Pr.3 2.540 – – – – – min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 8.264 – –
W0 – 2D P1: 20.600 M P1x1: 2.372 – M P: 1.820 (b) z1 – – – 1.500 – –
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 1.375 – – Zbp – – – 1.524 – –
z1 – – – 1.400 – – Zsp 1.700 – – – 1.800 –
Zbp – – – 1.524 – – deq(zsp) – – – – 0.166 –
Zsp 1.300 – – – 1.300 – 2D : 4.210
fc 4.490 4.460 4.430 4.470 (b)
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.227 – Col : 4.480
fc 4.600 6.000 5.640 5.640 4.610 (b) 2D : 2.700

X Aaprt – 1.350 1.350 0.760 (b)
Col : 1.180
X Aaprt – 1.140 1.350 1.350 0.422 (b)
Y Aaprt – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
Y Aaprt – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
PD 0.571 – – – – –
PD 0.324 – – – – –
PRF 108.000* – – – – –
PRF 29.300* – – – – –
Pr–Pii–max 2.890 – – – – –
Pr–Pii–max 2.980 – – – – –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.164 –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.219 –
FLx (cm) – 1.000 9.000 6.500 – (b)
FLx (cm) – 2.000 9.000 9.000 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 2.300 2.300 2.300 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 2.300 2.300 2.300 – (b)
Ipa.MI–max 279.000 – – – – –
Ipa.MI–max 290.000 – – – – –
Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS–as
Control 4 TIS–bs
Control 4 TIB–bs
Control 5 TIB–bs
Control 3: 2D+M Mode, 2D: 6.2MHzM: 6.2MHz, Focus: 9.0Cm, FR: 18.310, Data No: 1446656196-100260 Control 2: 2D+Color Mode, 2D: 3.9MHzCol: 4.4MHz, Focus: 1.0Cm, FR: 8.280, Data No: 1446710192-183142
EV4-9/10ED: Pulsed Doppler & 2D+Pulsed Doppler

3D4-8ET (260 Pin Type)
TIS TIB
Non-scan 3D4-8ET: 2D& 2D+M mode
TIS TIB
Pr.3 2.800 – – – – – Non-scan
2D P1: 1.530
PD P1x1: Maximum index value 1.330 1.060 0.104 0.109 0.262+ (b)
W0 – PD P1x1: – PD P: 17.400 (b)
24.995
15.500 Pr.3 2.160 – – – – –
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 15.736 – – W0 – 2D P1: 77.100 M P1x1: 5.011 – M P: 7.100 (b)
z1 – – – 1.500 – – min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 8.065 – –
Zbp – – – 1.524 – – z1 – – – 3.000 – –
Zsp 1.100 – – – 1.000 – Zbp – – – 2.978 – –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.238 – Zsp 3.200 – – – 1.200 –
2D : 4.220 deq(zsp) – – – – 0.443 –
fc 3.940 4.420 4.420 3.940 (b)
PD : 4.460
fc 2.630 2.890 4.350 2.840 2.900 (b)
2D : 2.700
X Aaprt – 1.350 1.350 0.380 (b) X Aaprt – 1.560 0.744 2.381 0.744 (b)
PD : 1.350
Y Aaprt – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b) Y Aaprt – 1.300 1.300 1.300 1.300 (b)
PD 0.948 – – – – – PD 0.552 – – – – –
PRF 999.000 – – – – – PRF 57.000* – – – – –
FLx (cm) – 9.000 9.000 7.500 – (b) FLx (cm) – 2.000 3.500 17.500 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 2.300 2.300 2.300 – (b) FLy (cm) – 6.000 6.000 6.000 – (b)
Control 1 MI TIB–bs TIC–as Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS–as Control 2 TIS–as TIC–as

Control 5 TIB–bs
3D4-8ET: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA 3D4-8ET: Pulsed Doppler & 2D+Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Non-scan Non-scan
Pr.3 1.950 – – – – – Pr.3 2.620 – – – – –
2D P1: 1.350
2D P1: 3.300 PD P1x1: PD P1x1:
W0 – – PD P: 53.500 (b) W0 – PD P1x1: – PD P: 73.500 (b)
Col P1: 81.100 49.940 69.030
57.080
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 43.093 – – min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 63.040 – –
z1 – – – 1.000 – – z1 – – – 3.000 – –
Zbp – – – 1.665 – – Zbp – – – 2.978 – –
Zsp 1.000 – – – 3.400 – Zsp 1.200 – – – 3.000 –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.298 – deq(zsp) – – – – 0.328 –
2D : 2.650 2D : 2.690
fc 3.060 3.070 2.840 2.840 (b) fc 3.030 3.060 3.040 2.830 (b)
Col : 3.060 PD : 3.070
2D : 2.790 2D : 4.760
X Aaprt – 0.744 0.744 1.040 (b) X Aaprt – 0.744 2.381 0.744 (b)
Col : 1.120 PD : 0.744
Y Aaprt – 1.300 1.300 1.300 1.300 (b) Y Aaprt – 1.300 1.300 1.300 1.300 (b)
PD 0.836 – – – – – PD 1.190 – – – – –
PRF 125.000* – – – – – PRF 999.000 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – 2.000 3.500 3.500 – (b) FLx (cm) – 3.500 3.500 17.500 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 6.000 6.000 6.000 – (b) FLy (cm) – 6.000 6.000 6.000 – (b)
Control 6 TIC–as Control 6 TIC–as
3D4-9ES: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA

3D4-9ES (260 Pin Type)
TIS TIB
3D4-9ES: 2D& 2D+M mode Non-scan
TIS TIB
Non-scan Pr.3 2.42 – – – – –
W0 – 2D P1: 1.29 PD P1x1: 12.2 – PD P: 11.8 (b)
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 8.84 – –
Pr.3 2.64 – – – – –
z1 – – – 0.900 – –
W0 – 2D P1: 22.2 M P1x1: 1.96 – M P: 1.94 (b)
Zbp – – – 0.828 – –
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 1.45 – –
Zsp 1.10 – – – 1.30 –
z1 – – – 0.900 – –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.191 –
Zbp – – – 0.868 – –
fc 5.01 2D : 4.09 5.12 5.12 5.13 (b)
Zsp 1.20 – – – 1.00 –
X Aaprt – 2D : 2.57 0.402 0.402 0.563 (b)
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.246 –
Y Aaprt – 0.595 0.595 0.595 0.595 (b)
fc 4.18 5.90 5.48 4.90 4.55 (b)
PD 0.499 – – – – –
X Aaprt – 1.00 1.29 0.442 0.442 (b)
PRF 109* – – – – –
Y Aaprt – 0.595 0.595 0.595 0.595 (b)
Pr–Pii–max 2.79 – – – – –
PD 0.365 – – – – –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.177 –
PRF 26.4* – – – – –
FLx (cm) – 1.50 1.50 1.50 – (b)
Pr–Pii–max 2.96 – – – – –
FLy (cm) – 3.50 3.50 3.50 – (b)
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.231 –
Ipa.MI–max 222 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – 1.50 9.00 2.00 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 3.50 3.50 3.50 – (b)
Ipa.MI–max 307 – – – – –
Control 3 TIB–bs
Control 1 MI
Control 3 TIS–as–U Control 2: Triple Mode, 2D: 3.9MHzPD: 5.1MHzCol: 4.4MHz, Focus: 1.5Cm, FR: 8.090, Data No: 2086114127-328840
Control 4 TIS–bs
Control 5 TIB–bs
3D4-9ES: Pulsed Doppler & 2D+Pulsed Doppler

3DC2-6 (260 Pin Type)
TIS TIB
Non-scan 3DC2-6: 2D& 2D+M mode
TIS TIB
Pr.3 3.13 – – – – – Non-scan
W0 – 2D P1: 1.39 PD P1x1: 22.3 – PD P: 18.3 (b)
Maximum index value 1.410 1.040 0.079** 0.109 0.246+ (b)
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 15.0 – –
Pr.3 2.240 – – – – –
z1 – – – 0.600 – –
W0 – 2D P1: 67.200 M P1x1: 5.982 – M P: 5.810 (b)
Zbp – – – 0.828 – – min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 8.027 – –
Zsp 0.900 – – – 1.30 – z1 – – – 3.000 – –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.187 – Zbp – – – 2.929 – –
fc 4.38 2D : 4.13 5.00 5.01 5.12 (b) Zsp 4.200 – – – 0.600 –
X Aaprt – 2D : 2.57 1.29 0.402 0.563 (b) deq(zsp) – – – – 0.466 –
Y Aaprt – 0.595 0.595 0.595 0.595 (b) fc 2.510 3.260 2.760 2.850 2.640 (b)
PD 0.808 – – – – – X Aaprt – 1.720 0.858 2.496 0.468 (b)
PRF 999 – – – – – Y Aaprt – 1.200 1.200 1.200 1.200 (b)
Pr–Pii–max 3.52 – – – – – PD 0.609 – – – – –

PRF 31.600* – – – – –
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.177 –
Pr–Pii–max 3.150 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – 1.50 9.00 1.50 – (b)
deq–Pii–max – – – – 0.462 –
FLy (cm) – 3.50 3.50 3.50 – (b)
FLx (cm) – 2.000 3.500 17.500 – (b)
Ipa.MI–max 361 – – – – –
FLy (cm) – 6.000 6.000 6.000 – (b)
Ipa.MI–max 314.000 – – – – –
Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS–as Control 1 MI
Control 3 TIS–as–U Control 2 TIS–as
Control 5 TIB–bs
Control 6 TIC–as
3DC2-6: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA 3DC2-6: Pulsed Doppler & 2D+Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Non-scan Non-scan
Maximum index value 1.120 1.100 0.673 0.534** 1.890 (b) Maximum index value 1.440 0.688 0.901** 0.980 2.920 (b)
Pr.3 1.800 – – – – – Pr.3 2.310 – – – – –
2D P1: 2.190 2D P1: 1.350
Col P1: 81.600 PD P1x1: 50.719
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 40.393 – – min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 73.530 – –
z1 – – – 3.000 – – z1 – – – 3.000 – –
Zbp – – – 2.929 – – Zbp – – – 2.929 – –
Zsp 0.700 – – – 2.900 – Zsp 2.900 – – – 0.700 –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.347 – deq(zsp) – – – – 0.449 –
2D : 2.290 2D : 2.320
fc 2.610 2.790 2.770 2.790 (b) fc 2.590 2.780 2.800 2.780 (b)
Col : 2.780 PD : 2.790
2D : 3.000 2D : 4.990
X Aaprt – 0.858 2.496 0.858 (b) X Aaprt – 0.468 2.496 0.468 (b)
Col : 1.250 PD : 0.858
Y Aaprt – 1.200 1.200 1.200 1.200 (b) Y Aaprt – 1.200 1.200 1.200 1.200 (b)
PD 0.979 – – – – – PD 0.894 – – – – –
PRF 105.000* – – – – – PRF 999.000 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – 2.000 3.500 17.500 – (b) FLx (cm) – 3.500 2.000 17.500 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 6.000 6.000 6.000 – (b) FLy (cm) – 6.000 6.000 6.000 – (b)

Control 3 TIS–as–U TIB–bs Control 3 TIS–as–U TIB–bs TIC–as
Patient-Applied Part Temperature Table 156 Pin Type
Surface Temperature
Transducer Surface Temperature In-Air (°C)
Mini DLP Type Simulated-Use (°C)
C2-5 42.4 <41

Surface Temperature
Transducer Surface Temperature In-Air (°C) C2-8 41 <41
Simulated-Use (°C)
C2-5 42.4 <41 C4-9/10ED 46.7 41.8
C2-8 41 <41 HL5-12ED <41 42.4
C4-9 46.7 41.8 L3-8 45.4 41.3
CF4-9 42.4 <41 L5-12/50EP <41 42.3
L3-8 45.4 41.3 LN5-12 46 41.4
L5-12/50 42.5 41.4 P2-4AH <41 <41
LN5-12 46 41.4 P3-7AC 46.4 <41
P2-4 <41 <41 ER4-9/10ED <41 42.4
PN2-4 46.7 <41 EV4-9/10ED <41 42.4
SP3-8 <41 <41 3D4-8ET <41 <41
ER4-9 <41 42.4 3D4-9ES 43.2 41.4
EVN4-9 <41 42.4 3DC2-6 41.1 <41
3D4-8 <41 <41
3D4-9 43.2 41.4
3DC2-6 41.1 <41
VN4-8 47.3 <41
CW2.0 <41 <41

PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Volume 1

Diagnostic Ultrasound System

Samsung Medison’s systems contain Samsung Medison’s proprietary software in machine-readable

Type of protection against electrical shock: Class I

Degree of protection against harmful ingress of water: Ordinary equipment

Mode of operation: Continuous operation

Electromechanical safety standards met:

Medical Devices - Application of Risk Management to Medical Devices [ISO 14971:2007]

This is CSA symbol for Canada and United States of America.

This is manufacturer’s declaration of product compliance with applicable

This is manufacturer’s declaration of product compliance with applicable

How to Use Your Manual

Non-Samsung Medison product names may be trademarks of their respective owners.

v3.01.00-02 2014.03.18 Initial Release

System Upgrades and Manual Set Updates

If You Need Assistance

Table of Contents – Volume 1

Electrical Safety........................................................................................................................... 1-8

Mechanical Safety..................................................................................................................... 1-18

Biological Safety....................................................................................................................... 1-20

Environmental Protection....................................................................................................... 1-33

Chapter 3 Starting Diagnosis

Probes & Applications................................................................................................................ 3-4

Patient Information.................................................................................................................... 3-7

Chapter 4 Diagnosis Modes

Basic Mode................................................................................................................................... 4-6

Combined Mode....................................................................................................................... 4-37

Multi-Image Mode.................................................................................................................... 4-39

3D/4D Mode............................................................................................................................... 4-41

Chapter 5 Measurements and Calculations

Basic Measurements.................................................................................................................. 5-9

Calculations by Application.................................................................................................... 5-21

Indication for Use..............................................1-3

Mechanical Safety......................................... 1-18

Biological Safety............................................ 1-20

Environmental Protection............................ 1-33

Indication for Use

Symbols Description Symbols Description

Alternating current voltage source Input port

CAUTION: Risk of electric shock Output port

Type BF applied part (Classification

Defibrillation-proof type CF applied

Power on/off ECG port

Power on USB port

Power off Network port

Symbols Description Symbols Description

WARNING: The accompanying

CAUTION: The accompanying

IPX 1: Protected against vertically falling

IPX 8: Protected against the effects of

Equipotentiality Probe port

Dangerous voltage (Indicates dangerous CAUTION: Electrostatic sensitive devices

Protective earth (ground) Do not sit on the product.

Data output port Do not push the product.

Data input port Do not lean against the product.

Data Input/Output port Follow the operation manual.

Authorised Representative In The

[Label 2. Marked below OUTLET]

[Label 3. Safety note for “TIP-OVER” Precaution]

[Label 4. Prohibition of seating on Control panel]

Prevention of Electric Shock

[Figure 1.1 Equipotential bonding]

Guidance and manufacturer’s declaration - electromagnetic emission

Indication for Use..............................................1-3

Mechanical Safety......................................... 1-18

Biological Safety............................................ 1-20

Environmental Protection............................ 1-33